Music Transcends Race

by Lee Duigon

May 30, 2024

I spend a lot of time on YouTube, and lately I’ve been wondering: am I indulging wishful thinking, or are there suddenly a lot more black conservatives than there used to be? Or have they just found new ways to slip the censors?

We discovered them by accident. My wife got interested in the late Bobby Caldwell, a rhythm and blues star who was rather more heard than seen; and a lot of the people who enjoyed his music—black people—thought he was black, too. There are quite a few videos showing how black fans reacted when they learned that Bobby Caldwell was… white.

Amazement. Stunned surprise. And above all, delight.

Bobby Caldwell did more for race relations than any 2,000 politicians ever did—by bringing people together with his music and making them happy. And although he died in 2023, his music continues to do it. The music transcends race.

And we need a lot of that. Our country has never needed it more.

So suddenly there are all these black men and women on YouTube saying things that I might say, standing for ideals that are my ideals, too—and throwing verbal brickbats at the same left-wing dorks and culture vultures that I disparage in my daily writing (see http://www.leeduigon.com ).

We have so much in common. For years and years, Democrats have been stringing black voters along, promising them the moon but delivering nothing but the same old-same old. “You’re oppressed! White people oppress you. All your troubles are their fault! But vote for us—so we can protect you, avenge you, and hand out reparations—lots of other people’s money to go around, and we’re just itching to dole it out to you!” Etc., etc., etc. And nothing changes.

But it’s starting to look like the scam is wearing thin.

Imagine an America without Critical Race Theory exhorting people to detest and blame each other. You can already find it on YouTube. How to get it out of YouTube and into daily life is a quest well worth undertaking.

Here’s a glimpse of what it looks like: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LLdKs5W97R4

Thank you, Bobby Caldwell.

Thank you, Bobby Caldwell’s fans.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://www.leeduigon.com/ . Be patient with the YouTube link, it takes a minute or two to load. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

Discovering the Three profound Secrets to a Happy Life

By Frosty Wooldridge

May 30, 2024

Thomas Jefferson said, “We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men and women are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness.”

(Gary Hall, bicycling from Nord Cap, Norway, 600 miles north of the Arctic Circle, over 3,500 miles to Athens, Greece—asking for directions from some Italian men sitting in the park.)

Through all human history, ordinary people longed for the mythical ideal to be happy, to live a fulfilling life and to enjoy the fruits of their talents.

For the first time in history via Thomas Jefferson and the founding fathers of America—ordinary people suddenly enjoyed the “right” to pursue their happiness in their own ways, at their own speed and at their own choices.

As an ordinary citizen of America, my life path carried me into amazing places. My choices allowed me to encounter some remarkable people who espoused “how” to live a happy life. I share their ideals with you for you to incorporate them into your own life—and prosper with happiness.

Henry David Thoreau said, “If you advance confidently toward your dreams, and endeavor to live the life which you have imagined, you will meet with success unexpected in common hours. You will pass through invisible boundaries. You will engage new and liberal laws. And you will live with the license of a higher order of beings.”

I read that quote every morning before my day begins. I inculcate the essence of the message into my brain cells and my thought patterns. I make plans, I prepare to carry them out and I pursue them confidently. At first, I met with many obstacles with my dream to bicycle on all seven continents. Those difficulties became stepping-stones to my ultimate success because of my “advancing confidently” toward my dreams. Successes “popped up” in the creative field of life at the most unexpected hours.

Somewhere along your own journey, by incorporating Thoreau’s wisdom, you will pass through invisible boundaries. Once you make the transition, you will engage new and liberal laws in your daily activities. Your thought patterns change to increasingly more abundant and creative vibrations. Those vibrations propel you toward living with a higher order of beings—in other words, you transform via your thoughts. You become how you think. You manifest what you imagine.

Jack London said, “I would rather be ashes than dust. I would rather my spark burn out in a brilliant blaze than be stifled by dry rot. I would rather be a superb meteor; every atom in magnificent glow—rather than a sleepy and permanent planet. The proper function of man or woman is to live, not merely exist. I shall use my time.”

I read aloud this second secret to happiness daily. I engage the energy of London’s wisdom for squeezing every second out of every day. That may mean contemplative thought and grateful moments versus quickening intensity. I understand that each moment of living constitutes a marvelous endowment.

You too, enjoy the miracle of living. By incorporating the first and second secrets, you change the vibrations in your mind, in your heart and in your spirit. You transition into an entirely new and creative realm of thought and creative process. London understood it in his vivacious living and his enthralling literary pursuits. His book Martin Eden lives inside me since I read it 40 years ago. London inspired me and still does to this day.

Goethe said, “Whatever you can do, or dream you can do, begin it. Boldness has genius, power and magic in it. Begin it now.”

Actions drive your coveted dreams to reality, which drive your life toward fulfillment. While engaging your mind to harness your dreams, you take actions that connect you to your happiness. By channeling the creative energy of the universe, you live a happy life.

“The bicycle is just as good company as most husbands and, when it gets old and shabby, a woman can dispose of it and get a new one without shocking the entire community.”

Ann Strong, Minneapolis Tribune, 1895. This quote comes from the era when bicycling first became widely popular and gave women increased freedom. The suffrage movement was steering a new course for women, away from traditional marriage, and the bicycle was one tool in creating this freedom.

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

Time to Take a Side and Make a Stand

By Lex Greene

May 29, 2024

I’m always amazed to watch people debate “who’s the perfect candidate” when there’s no such thing as a perfect person. How do you expect to get a “perfect candidate” from a pool of imperfect people? No such thing exists… The over-popular term “lesser evil” strategically used to divide the patriotic electorate, has a natural synonym… “better choice.” The term “lesser evil” implies that there is a “greater evil,” an option even less attractive.

People who want to only vote for a “perfect candidate” overlooked the reality that there is no such thing! They live in a fantasy world.

But one thing is very clear at this moment in history…our government is currently full of the most criminally imperfect people in our country, and that must change! Right now, a growing majority of Americans across the political spectrum see Trump as that agent of change…and the more the corrupt government tries to prevent him from running, the more patriotic Americans rush to his side in a growing revolt against that maniacal anti-American corruption.

The simple truth is, Americans see themselves in Trump, someone under massive assault by our corrupt weaponized government, fighting for his life against an all-powerful cabal of international criminals and global Marxist misfits. They know that whatever our government can do to a high-profile billionaire, they can do even worse to any opponent, and they will. The left has made it personal now, and they have no rules of engagement, no conscience, and no shame!

What did you really expect from a society who thinks killing innocent defenseless babies in the womb is some insane protected right?

The Democrat Party made a critical strategic error when their lawfare turned a high-profile powerful billionaire into a “victim” of government abuses of power. They made Trump an “underdog” and Americans of all political stripes, always fight for an underdog, especially when they watch the government try to destroy a political opponent and all of his supporters!

The leftist lawfare assaults on Trump are a totally partisan politically motivated farce! Only a totally rigged trial could ever end in a conviction.

Never in American history has any political figure been so obviously targeted for destruction, by their political opponents. Never before have we witnessed an entire Justice System turned on its head, manipulated into an injustice system, all designed to defeat an otherwise undefeatable political foe. The people were awakened by what they have watched the criminal Biden regime do to Trump.

But at the same time, I’m also amazed at how easy it is to con millions of Americans, Pavlov training them to hate people they’ve never even met, regurgitate programmed lies as if they have some personal knowledge, willingly lie without conscience, and all because they were told to, by Trump’s political opponents, without a single individual thought of their own.

Despite it all, Trump is positioned to become the next President of the United States, so long as he picks the right running mate, and escapes assassination attempts. Maybe he’s sure to win because of everything democrats have pulled in the past nine-years against Trump, in broad daylight. Many who voted for Biden in 2020 have watched the democrats weaponize the entire federal government to “get Trump!” That’s something that cannot be allowed in the USA, no matter one’s politics!

Many years ago, I spoke of this historical moment in a few radio interviews, when the American people would finally realize the fact that our problems are not just republican vs. democrat… no, instead, our greatest problem is “the governed” vs “the corrupt government.” The people are here now…

Who actually “divided America” … How, and Why?

Of course, the people who actually divided America, blame the division on the people who didn’t…the same people working to unite patriotic Americans for the sake of good over evil today. Accusing your enemies of doing exactly what you are doing is an ancient left-wing tactic of evildoers, often referred to as “projection.” Nobody was better at it than Hitler and Mao, until Obama.

WHO?

In reality, those trying to turn our Constitutional Representative Republic into a socialist “democracy” are the people who “divided America.”

“Marx and Engels believed that democracy is a means to achieve socialism, not an end in itself.”

They set out to destroy everything in the Declaration of Independence, U.S. Constitution and Bill of Rights, and “fundamentally transform America” into something most Americans don’t want. That’s who “divided America,” between Americans who love America and its foundations of freedom, and those who seek to destroy it.

Those trying to turn the USA in to some insane Marxist member of a global commune under the WEF, UN and WHO, divided the USA between freedom loving patriots, and everyone Pavlov trained to hate America, and even march for the likes of Hamas, chanting “DEATH TO AMERICA.”

That’s who caused the deep divisions in America, no one else. The fact that patriotic Americans are finally starting to fight back, in self-defense and preservation of national sovereignty and security, freedom and liberty, means the divisions created by the left are finally feeling a counter-push. They don’t like it!

Before this 2024 election season is over, every American will be forced to take a side and make a stand, like it or not.

Why? …is always the same!

This isn’t about Trump…it’s about the future of freedom and liberty the world over, because as America goes, so goes the world. If America is no longer free, no place on earth will be. There’s nowhere to run, nowhere to hide. Only the political elites benefit from societal divisions, no one else. They divide in order to conquer, plain and simple.

HOW?

In 2008, Obama promised everyone he would “fundamentally transform America” and he sure has. He has made our country the sickest and most vulnerable it has ever been in 248 years. It was done by a “soft-coup,” through “community organizing” by the best community organizer since Hitler.

The current so-called Biden administration is actually Obama’s 3^rd term, with Obama administration officials running the White House again since January 20, 2021. It’s a fact, just research it for yourself.

There’s no such thing as a “blue state” in the USA. There are only “blue cities,” most of them “sanctuary cities” in direct violation of US Immigration and Naturalization laws, engaged in harboring millions of fugitives from countless foreign 3^rd world lands. All of them, imported by Obama with specific purpose.

Both the 2020 and 2022 elections were rotten with fraud. The people simply cannot afford to allow that to happen again in 2024. No one can “sit this out” on the sidelines. Everyone must take a side, make a stand, hope, and pray for the best, but prepare for the worst our country has ever seen.

STOPPING THE STEAL in 2024 will not be easy. It will be a fight to the finish.

The outcome of this election cycle will either shore up our Constitutional Republic for another hundred years, or the USA will cease to exist. The stakes couldn’t possibly be greater!

Now, some on the wrong side of this fight will attack everything I just said, using only the standardized broken-record talking points they were Pavlov trained by global Marxists. That’s fine, I couldn’t care less.

But the rest of you had best take heed… The time for talking is over. The time for action has arrived.

Doubt this message at the risk of your own peril…and that of all posterity!

E-Mail Lex Greene: LexGreene24@gmail.com

VICTORY: Huge TARGET Backlash – Only Shows The People That They Still Hold The Power

By Bradlee Dean

May 29, 2024

“Yea, a man may say, Thou hast faith, and I have works: shew me thy faith without thy works, and I will shew thee my faith by my works.” -James 2:18

Well, friends, if it is not the said, extorted representatives in America selling the people out to the highest bidders (Luke 22:48), that is when it comes to the attacks being made on the morality of a people, then it is the Chinese source from which much of this financially flows. Remember, if I can demoralize you, I can control you (Matthew 4:9-11).

Child trafficking documentary congress want see

https://ifapray.org/blog/chinese-billionaires-are-pushing-transgenderism-in-america/

Regardless of where the corruptions come from, the people in this country are the law and are to put down the crimes (Isaiah 51:4). I am happy to report that this is exactly what has happened.

According to newsbreak.com, USA Today highlighted America’s victory “Battered by boycott and backlash, Target will not sell Pride collection in all stores.”

Target will no longer sell its Pride Month collection in all stores after conservative blowback over LGBTQ+ themed merchandise, including bathing suits designed for transgender people, harmed sales.

The retailer told USA TODAY the collection will be available on its website and in “select stores” depending on “historical sales performance.”

Target – which has a decade-long track record of featuring LGBTQ+ merchandise during Pride Month – was one of the corporations assailed for “rainbow capitalism” last June during Pride Month.

Conservative activists organized boycotts and some threatened Target employees over LGBTQ+ displays in stores, prompting the chain to pull some of the Pride merchandise.

As you all know, we took part in the protest against Target last year and the “crimes against nature” that they were promoting (Leviticus 18:22). As we can all see, the Lord has amply rewarded our obedience unto Him (Matthew 16:17-19).

Bradlee confronts store manager at Target and their illegal sodomite agenda video

Americans, under the Lord, we can do this (Romans 8:37). The people still have the power.

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

Honor Victims of the U.S. Government on Memorial Day

By Cliff Kincaid

May 28, 2024

After they murdered unarmed Trump supporter Ashli Babbitt in cold blood on January 6, 2021, we have now learned that the roughly 30 FBI agents who raided Trump’s home were authorized to use deadly force as they rifled through Melania Trump’s wardrobe.

Those defending this assault as “standard operating procedure” are part of the problem. And the problem is that, as we celebrate Memorial Day, we must understand the nature of the war being waged by the federal government on the American people. It has been decades in the making.

These are dangerous times. Trump is being portrayed by the liberal media and its Democratic Party allies as a threat to democracy, creating an atmosphere in which assassination plots can be carried out for the benefit of the Deep State and another Trump enemy, the United Nations, under the control of China, Russia, and Iran.

On Memorial Day, let us remember that Ashli Babbitt, who was unarmed and murdered by the Capitol Police on January 6, 2021, in cold blood, was a military vet and Trump supporter.

In that protest, more than 500 people have been sentenced to prison. Yet, many of them were invited and escorted into the Capitol. It was at this time that Ashli Babbitt, a 35-year-old California woman, a 14-year veteran of the Air Force and UNARMED Trump supporter, was surrounded and killed by a U.S. Capitol Police officer. He was NOT prosecuted or even reprimanded for this murder.

Equally shocking, we just learned that the search warrant for the raid on Trump’s home was, essentially, a license to kill that included a medic to take care of the wounded and dying. The liberal media claim this is much ado about nothing.

But remember that an FBI sniper killed Randy Weaver’s wife in the 1992 Ruby Ridge operation. She was killed as she was holding her baby daughter in her arms. Weaver’s 14-year-old son was shot to death by federal Marshalls carrying machine guns. Ruby Ridge is the scandal involving federal agencies such as the FBI and ATF assaulting a so-called “white supremacist” living in Idaho who had been set up on a charge of selling an illegal weapon, a sawed-off shotgun.

This time, they tried to set up Trump, first with manipulation of the crowd on January 6, 2021, and then as Trump prepared to run for the presidency again.

Ruby Ridge was followed by the federal siege of the Waco religious compound on April 19, 1993, when more than eighty men, women and children were shot or burned to death. Federal agencies attacked the compound of a religious cult, the Branch Davidians, on the pretext that children were being abused. They could have apprehended the leader of the religious compound without killing all those people. It was another demonstration of their power.

Now they are using their power against Trump.

But Trump also faces foreign threats.

Remember that, in a threat personally directed against President Trump, the head of Iran’s Islamic Revolutionary Guards Corps promised revenge for the U.S. assassination that Trump ordered of an Iranian terrorist, Qassem Soleimani.

But that’s not all. In 2023, a radical woman named Pascale Ferrier pleaded guilty to sending deadly Ricin letters to Trump and had a loaded gun, 294 rounds of ammunition, a fake I.D., and a knife. She had made postings to “kill Trump.”

James Hodgkinson, who opened fire on a group of Republican members of Congress in June, 2017, was a “Bolshevik Bernie” Sanders supporter who declared he wanted to “terminate” Trump and the Republicans.

We must conclude that federal agencies, left-wing extremists, and Iranian terrorists are targeting President Trump by using KGB-style tactics and creating an atmosphere in which death threats against our former president are encouraged and assassination plots are carried out.

As we honor those who honorably served our country in foreign wars, remember the domestic wars being waged by the federal government against the people of the United States.

As we witness the assault on Trump’s home and the mass imprisonment of those protesting the stolen election of 2020, let us remember the scandals of the FBI/ATF armed assaults on Randy Weaver’s home and family at Ruby Ridge, Idaho, and the Waco religious compound in Texas.

These are the templates for what is happening today.

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

The Treaty That Cannot Be

By Paul Engel

May 28, 2024

The WHO Pandemic Agreement includes a lot of powers for this U.N. agency.
Many claims about what would happen should President Biden sign this agreement.
Except all of the claims that this “treaty” would be legally binding in the United States are not true.

The World Health Organization’s (WHO) Pandemic Agreement has been in the news again lately. Not only does this United Nation organization want the power to take over the world in a “health emergency”, but numerous politicians and commentators keep claiming that if Joe Biden signs this treaty, it would be legally binding. The truth is that is just not true, for several reasons.

The WHO Pandemic Treaty

With all of this talk about the WHO treaty, you may be surprised to find out it doesn’t call itself a treaty. Rather its actual title is the WHO Pandemic Agreement. This detail will become important later in this article. As you may expect, this agreement starts with some grandiose statements, many of which are just as grandly wrong.

Recognizing that the World Health Organization is fundamental to strengthening pandemic prevention, preparedness and response, as it is the directing and coordinating authority on international health work,

Revised draft of the negotiating text of the WHO Pandemic Agreement

As more and more information comes to light, we find that recommendations from WHO regarding lockdowns, masks, and the mRNA “vaccine” puts in question how effective they were in preventing the spread of the pandemic. Which brings into question the purpose of this agreement.

The objective of the WHO Pandemic Agreement, guided by equity, and the principles and approaches set forth herein, is to prevent, prepare for and respond to pandemics.

Revised draft of the negotiating text of the WHO Pandemic Agreement

Who would decide how to prevent, prepare, and respond to pandemics under this agreement? It shouldn’t surprise anyone that it would be the bureaucrats in the WHO calling the shots. While much of the agreement’s language is fairly vague, that doesn’t mean there aren’t problems. Language like this:

The Parties commit to take measures to progressively strengthen pandemic prevention and coordinated multisectoral surveillance, taking into account national capacities and national and regional circumstances. …

The Parties shall contribute to the further development and updating of international standards and guidelines to detect, reduce risks of, monitor and manage zoonotic spill-over and spill-back, in collaboration with WHO and relevant intergovernmental organizations. …

[and]

Each Party commits to develop, strengthen and maintain its health system, including primary health care, for pandemic prevention, preparedness and response, taking into account the need for equity and resilience, with a view to the progressive realization of universal health coverage.

Revised draft of the negotiating text of the WHO Pandemic Agreement

There is plenty of room in this language for the WHO to claim sovereignty over every country that signs on. This becomes quite apparent when you start reading Article 19 of the agreement.

The Parties shall cooperate, directly and/or through relevant regional or international bodies, to sustainably strengthen pandemic prevention, preparedness and response capacities in countries, particularly developing countries, which are Parties to the WHO Pandemic Agreement or the International Health Regulations (2005) (hereinafter referred to collectively as “Cooperating Parties”), …
The Parties shall, upon request, facilitate the provision of technical assistance and support for those Cooperating Parties that have requested such assistance or support, in particular developing countries, either bilaterally or through relevant regional and/or international organizations.

Revised draft of the negotiating text of the WHO Pandemic Agreement – Article 19

What are these “Cooperating Parties” supposed to cooperate on? Sharing technical, scientific, and legal expertise. Oh, and financial support as well. The part that got my attention was the inclusion of the International Health Regulations into this agreement. As you may have heard, there have been some interesting amendments proposed to these regulations. Amendments like:

“standing recommendation” means non-binding advice issued by WHO for specific ongoing public health risks pursuant to Article 16 regarding appropriate health measures for routine or periodic application needed to prevent or reduce the international spread of disease and minimize interference with international traffic;

“temporary recommendation” means non-binding advice issued by WHO pursuant to Article 15 for application on a time-limited, risk-specific basis, in response to a public health emergency of international concern, so as to prevent or reduce the international spread of disease and minimize interference with international traffic;

Article by Article Compilation of Proposed Amendments to the International Health Regulations (2005) submitted by States Parties in the context of Decision WHA75

Notice how these “recommendations” would no longer be non binding? I guess that means the WHO would consider these recommendations legally binding on parties to these agreements. Furthermore, these amended regulations have an amended purpose.

The purpose and scope of these Regulations are to prevent, protect against, prepare, control and provide a public health response to the international spread of diseases including through health systems readiness and resilience in ways that are commensurate with and restricted to public health risk all risks with a potential to impact public health, and which avoid unnecessary interference with international traffic and trade, livelihoods, human rights, and equitable access to health products and health care technologies and know how.

Article by Article Compilation of Proposed Amendments to the International Health Regulations (2005) submitted by States Parties in the context of Decision WHA75

There are also some fundamental principles that need to be considered.

The implementation of these Regulations shall be guided by the goal of their universal application for the protection of all people of the world from the international spread of disease. When implementing these Regulations, Parties and WHO should exercise precaution, in particular when dealing with unknown pathogens.

Article by Article Compilation of Proposed Amendments to the International Health Regulations (2005) submitted by States Parties in the context of Decision WHA75

Even with this brief look at these two documents, I hope you can see why so many people are concerned about the loss of sovereignty should the Biden Administration sign on to these two agreements. However, there are the constitutional issues we need to examine as well.

The Constitutional Issues

To truly understand the lie that is being told about this agreement, we need to start with an examination of the Treaty and Supremacy Clauses.

No president has the authority to sign a treaty on their own. As Article II clearly states, the President:

He shall have Power, by and with the Advice and Consent of the Senate, to make Treaties, provided two thirds of the Senators present concur;

U.S. Constitution, Article II, Section 2, Clause 2

So if Joe Biden follows through with his promise to sign the WHO Pandemic Agreement, legally it will be meaningless in the United States unless and until the Senate consents to it. “But Paul” you say, “this is not a treaty, it’s an agreement.” While some have claimed that the President can bind the United States to international agreements as long as they are not treaties, that isn’t true. Look at the Tenth Amendment.

The powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the States respectively, or to the people.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment X

Read the Constitution and you will not find the power to sign binding international agreements delegated to the President. The only place the power to sign such documents lies is in the Treaty Clause, which requires both the advice and consent of the Senate.

What if the Senate consents to this agreement, wouldn’t that make it legally binding? Which leads us to the Supremacy Clause

This Constitution, and the Laws of the United States which shall be made in Pursuance thereof; and all Treaties made, or which shall be made, under the Authority of the United States, shall be the supreme Law of the Land;

U.S. Constitution, Article VI, Clause 2

In order for any treaty to be considered the supreme law of the land, it must be made under the authority of the United States. Where does the United States get its authority? From the Constitution of course. So, in order for a treaty, or any “treaty like device”, to be considered legally binding on the United States, the Several States, or any of its people, it must exercise a power that the Constitution has already delegated to the United States. Look very closely and you will not find the power to regulate public health delegated to the United States. You may ask, “But what if it’s an emergency?” Look again and you’ll see, there is no emergency clause in the Constitution. That means, whether or not an American president signs the agreement or the accompanying International Health Regulations, these rules are not legally binding upon the United States. They will only have an effect here if the American people are distracted by lies.

The Treaty “Shell Game”

As a young boy, I learned about a game played in the streets, a game you could not win. The game is called “Three Card Monte”. A variation of the shell game, it works by distracting the “mark” while you play with the cards. Something very similar appears to be happening with the WHO agreement. Just as the Monte dealer cries out “Watch the lady, keep track of the lady!”, people today are crying “If Joe Biden signs this agreement American sovereignty will end!” Nothing any president can do can take away your sovereignty. Sadly, most Americans have voluntarily given up their sovereignty by falling for the lies that the president can do things via international agreement that he cannot do under the Constitution.

Let’s picture a future where some American president has signed the WHO Pandemic Agreement and the International Health Regulations, and the Senate has “ratified” these treaties. What happens then? First, since these “treaties” were not made under the authority of the United States, they are not the supreme law of the land. Further, the signing of these “treaties” would be an unconstitutional act.

An unconstitutional act is not a law; it confers no rights; it imposes no duties; it affords no protection; it creates no office; it is in legal contemplation as inoperative as though it had never been passed.

Norton v. Shelby County, 118 U.S. 425 (1886)

Then again, since members of Congress seem almost universally ignorant of the document they took an oath to support, I’m sure the vast majority would think these false treaties valid. However, any legislative acts made in support of these fake “treaties” would not be constitutional, and therefore void. As Alexander Hamilton said in Federalist #78:

There is no position which depends on clearer principles, than that every act of a delegated authority, contrary to the tenor of the commission under which it is exercised, is void. No legislative act, therefore, contrary to the Constitution, can be valid. To deny this, would be to affirm, that the deputy is greater than his principal; that the servant is above his master; that the representatives of the people are superior to the people themselves; that men acting by virtue of powers, may do not only what their powers do not authorize, but what they forbid.

Alexander Hamilton – Federalist Papers #78

Since neither the President nor Congress is likely to recognize the criminal activities they were committing, many would look to the courts to protect us. Since these justices went to the same law schools that refuse to teach the supreme law of the land, can we really expect protection from this branch of government? A quick look at the Supremacy Clause should show you not only that the decision of a court is not part of the supreme law of the land, but that the judges are bound to the Constitution, not the other way around. Of course, that will not stop those in government, at all levels, from turning their back on their oaths of office and attempting to place free citizens under the thumb of these tyrannical “treaties”. Which leaves us with only one way to protect our rights and where we should have started in the first place: With We the People.

Conclusion

So where does this leave us? I fully expect President Biden will sign the WHO Pandemic Agreement. Why would he do so? I believe that’s pretty obvious as well. There are forces in the world that believe they know better than everyone else. How we should live our lives, how we should spend our money, and how we should treat an emergency like a pandemic. The only way these people can have that kind of power is by creating a government above the nations. That is what the United Nations has become, and with the help of the World Health Organization, the World Economic Forum, and our own sellouts in the United States, they will subjugate us to the will of others.

I’m reminded of the famous picture from Tiananmen Square. The one of a single man standing before a tank. A single man, standing for his rights and those of his family. A single man, alone, but willing to do what is right. I don’t think those who would stand against these “treaties” would be alone. I believe there are hundreds, maybe even thousands, of Americans who recognize that the Constitution of the United States is their legal authority to stand athwart those who would implement these fake “treaties” and say no. They recognize that there is not a court, legislature, or executive in this country who can legally violate the supreme law of the land, and are willing to stand for that conviction. Because anyone who would sign such an agreement, vote for legislation to implement such an agreement, or decide a case in favor of such an agreement, is not merely acting against their oath of office. They are committing insurrection:

A rising or rebellion of citizens against their government, usually manifested by acts of violence.

Insurrection – The Free Legal Dictionary

You see, the dirty little secret that everyone seems to be forgetting is that, in the United States, the government is not the person in office, but the offices created by the Constitution. And when someone attempts to subvert the words of the Constitution, they are subverting the only legal government for the United States. Should these international organization attempt to subvert the Constitution, it could be said they are levying war against the United States. Meaning anyone who gave them aid and comfort would be committing treason. If you’ve followed The Constitution Study for any length of time, you should know that I do not use the term “treason” lightly.

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

Get US Out of NATO

By: Devvy

May 27, 2024

“Suffer not yourselves to be betrayed with a kiss.” -Patrick Henry, March 23, 1775

Today is Memorial Day. George Washington’s Farewell Address to the People of these United States of America, 1796

“The great rule of conduct for us in regard to foreign nations is in extending our commercial relations, to have with them as little political connection as possible. So far as we have already formed engagements, let them be fulfilled with perfect good faith. Here let us stop. Europe has a set of primary interests which to us have none; or a very remote relation. Hence she must be engaged in frequent controversies, the causes of which are essentially foreign to our concerns. Hence, therefore, it must be unwise in us to implicate ourselves by artificial ties in the ordinary vicissitudes of her politics, or the ordinary combinations and collisions of her friendships or enmities.

“Our detached and distant situation invites and enables us to pursue a different course. If we remain one people under an efficient government, the period is not far off when we may defy material injury from external annoyance; when we may take such an attitude as will cause the neutrality we may at any time resolve upon to be scrupulously respected; when belligerent nations, under the impossibility of making acquisitions upon us, will not lightly hazard the giving us provocation; when we may choose peace or war, as our interest, guided by justice, shall counsel.

“Why forego the advantages of so peculiar a situation? Why quit our own to stand upon foreign ground? Why, by interweaving our destiny with that of any part of Europe, entangle our peace and prosperity in the toils of European ambition, rivalship, interest, humor or caprice?

“It is our true policy to steer clear of permanent alliances with any portion of the foreign world; so far, I mean, as we are now at liberty to do it; for let me not be understood as capable of patronizing infidelity to existing engagements. I hold the maxim no less applicable to public than to private affairs, that honesty is always the best policy. I repeat it, therefore, let those engagements be observed in their genuine sense. But, in my opinion, it is unnecessary and would be unwise to extend them.”

Art. 1, Section 8 Clause 11 of the U.S. Constitution – Legislative Authority: “To declare war…” Only Congress can declare the U.S. go to war:

“The Constitution grants Congress the sole power to declare war. Congress has declared war on 11 occasions, including its first declaration of war with Great Britain in 1812. Congress approved its last formal declaration of war during World War II.

Country Date Senate Vote

Great Britain               Jun 17, 1812                           19-13
Mexico                         May 12, 1846                          40-2
Spain                            Apr 25, 1898                           UC
Germany                     Apr 4, 1917                              82-6
Austria-Hungary       Dec 7, 1917                             74-0
Japan                           Dec 8, 1941                             82-0
Germany                     Dec 11, 1941                            88-0
Italy                              Dec 11, 1941                            90-0
Bulgaria                       Jun 4, 1942                             73-0
Hungary                      Jun 4, 1942                             73-0
Rumania                     Jun 4, 1942                             73-0

“Since that time it has agreed to resolutions authorizing the use of military force and continues to shape U.S. military policy through appropriations and oversight.”

June 25, 1950: The Korean War Chronology: North Korean forces cross border with South Korea. North Korean People’s Army (NKPA) numbers approximately 135,000 men; Republic of Korea (ROK) Army contains 98,000 soldiers. July 1, 1950: First U.S. ground combat troops, Task Force Smith (1st Battalion, 21st Infantry, 24th Infantry Division), arrive in Korea.”

There was no formal declaration of war by Congress so what were our ground troops doing meddling in foreign affair? US troop levels in South Korea will hold steady under defense budget proposal, Dec. 8, 2023: “CAMP HUMPHREYS, South Korea — U.S. troop levels in South Korea will remain the same under an annual budget proposal submitted to Congress by the House and Senate Armed Services Committees on Thursday. Under the proposal, the roughly 28,500 U.S. troops deployed to South Korea will be maintained to affirm “the United States commitment to extended deterrence using the full range of … defense capabilities.”

During Bush, Jr.,’s presidency the evil “axis of power” included North Korea. Sure, while you and I paid for tons of food being shipped to No. Korea at the same time their dictator bought weapons instead of food for his people. No where in the U.S. Constitution does it give a president or Congress the authority to rape us using borrowed ‘phantom money’ to send food to other countries – especially a country branded as evil by globalist Bush Sr. and his son, Bush, Jr.

U.S. to send tons of food to North Korea, May 16, 2008: “The United States said Friday it has reached a deal with North Korea to provide 500,000 metric tons of food aid over the coming year to the closed-off communist nation.” While you struggle to feed your family, the fruits of your labor are stolen from your paycheck to do that?

Oh, and let’s not forget trade between No. and So. Koreans while thousands of our military have been “guarding” the demilitarized zone for since I was a toddler. North & South Korea have a long history of trade that’s had its good times and bad times. No. Korea is in bed with the commies (China) but there’s still a lot of trade going on. What No. Korea needs is for that tub of lard, Kim Jong-un, removed, No. Korea to put a lid on development of nuclear weapons and transition into a peaceful, trading nation. South Korea’s Economic Engagement toward North Korea by Lee Sangkeun & Moon Chung-in

Since there has never been a declaration of war by Congress against No. Korea, bring our troops home and let those nations work it out between each other.

Vietnam. Let me get this old debunked conspiracy theory out of the way: JFK issued Executive Order No. 11110. This is a legal analysis by a criminal defense attorney Larry Becraft, with more than 35 years- experience who actually knows what he’s talking about and does the deep research:

“There is currently floating around the Net one theory of the Kennedy assassination based upon certain legal documents. According to this idea, Kennedy was assassinated because he was about ready to start issuing silver certificates; to prevent him from doing so, the “powers that be” had him killed. Please understand that what I offer below explaining the flaw of this argument does not mean that I am an apologist for the Fed or banking industry; it should be obvious from my site that I am not. I only offer these comments because this argument demonstrates just one of the completely erroneous arguments which is allegedly based upon the “law” but is not.”

John F. Kennedy did not want a war with Vietnam. JFK Had Ordered Full Withdrawal from Vietnam: Solid Evidence

War is big business and there was lots of money to be made; Kennedy had to go. The Bay of Tonkin was based on lies. What led to the Gulf of Tonkin incident in Vietnam?

“After the event, Captain John Herrick of the Maddox sent a message: “Review of action makes many reported contacts and torpedoes fired appear doubtful. Freak weather effects on radar and overeager sonarmen may have accounted for many reports. …Suggest complete evaluation before any further action taken.” Despite the uncertainty, President Johnson informed the United States Congress that the two naval destroyers had been attacked by the North Vietnamese.

“This prompted Congress to pass the Gulf of Tonkin Resolution, which gave the president the right to take all necessary measures to repel any armed attack against the United States. This resolution and the Gulf of Tonkin incident resulted in the U.S. getting directly involved in Vietnam. The resolution was later repealed, as many members of Congress believed that it gave the president a blanket power to wage war.” After the cows left the barn.

Congress never issued a formal declaration of war against Vietnam but had no problem sending 550,000 of our finest, 58,000 dead to engage in battle with commie forces -gotta stop Vietnam from becoming a communist country! The U.S. withdrew from Vietnam in 1973 and left thousands of our own behind – many who ended up in the hands of Russia or the barbaric, savage Communist Chinese. “Military men are just dumb, stupid animals to be used as pawns in foreign policy.” Satan’s Pimp: Henry Kissinger. Yes, that “great diplomat” actually said that.

Gradually, the Communist Party has been losing some control over Vietnam but they are still staunchly socialist and still squabbling with their neighbors. I wouldn’t buy a stick of gum from Vietnam. Let them fight their own battles with each other. The bottom line is once again the Constitution was ignored and a whole lot of money was made during that “era”.

Labor Secretary under Bill Clinton, Robert Reich, January 7, 1999, USA Today:

“The dirty little secret is that both houses of Congress are irrelevant.” Reich cut to the chase when he said that “America’s domestic policy is now being run by Alan Greenspan and the Federal Reserve and America’s foreign policy is now being run by the International Monetary Fund [IMF].” And, “…when the president decides to go to war, he no longer needs a declaration of war from Congress.”

Colin Powell stood in front of the communist Controlled UN and lied: Saddam Hussein had WMD’s and off we went to destroy another country, murder a dictator (who at least kept the warring Muslim factions under control) and killed hundreds of thousands of innocent Iraqi’s. All without a formal declaration of war by Congress.

Over to Afghanistan to wreak death and destruction for 20 years with no formal declaration of war by Congress. Any American paying attention knows the history of Iraq & Afghanistan and America’s invasion of those countries based on lies. Never forget the career criminal in the WH, pedo sniffer, Joe Biden, cost the lives of 13 Americans and abandoned thousands of Americans when he sat there eating ice cream during the biggest military disaster in our history. Trump already had a peaceful, sane exit plan in place but was then cheated out of his second term before he could give the orders. How could ANY active duty or veteran vote for Joe Biden after that slaughter of our own?

Full page ad, NY Times, April 15, 1994:

Bretton Woods: The IMF and the World Bank. 1945. San Francisco: The United Nations. 1994, Marrakech: The World Trade Organization. History knows where it’s going. The final act of the Uruguay Round….to the WTO, the third pillar of the New World Order, along with the UN and the IMF.”

How to cut corners to get around the U.S. Constitution. Let’s just ignore the Constitution and use UN Resolutions to send our troops where we have no business being. Over the decades there’s been several bills to get US out of the communist controlled UN. All have failed because there was no demand by the American people spending their time tweeting or playing video games.

And last but not least, Congress has raped We the People with ZERO constitutional authority to send to Ukraine, one of the most corrupt countries on the planet more than $200 BILLION BORROWED dollars. With the debt slapped on our backs, our children and grandchildren.

The illegitimate Biden administration with the blessing of most of Congress has been running a proxy war against Russia. Show me where in the U.S. Constitution, the Supreme Law of the Land, they have the authority to send money & weapons to Ukraine while they fight a losing battle. A war that did NOT have to happen.

Russia Says It Will End Ukraine War on These Four Conditions, March 16, 2022: “In an interview with Reuters on Monday, Peskov said Moscow could “end war immediately” if Ukraine agreed to sign a neutrality agreement that would bar it from entering NATO, recognized Crimea as Russian, recognized the regions of Luhansk and Donetsk as independent, and ceased all military action.”

If a person has done any unbiased research on Ukraine & Russia, they will understand exactly why Putin wanted Ukraine to sign that neutrality agreement that it would not join NATO. Of course, the former penis waging comedian, President Zelensky, said F-YU and now his country is in ruins and will lose that war. This does not mean I am a fan of Putin, but let’s get facts to the American people and not political propaganda playing the American people for fools.

Ukraine and Russia have a long history unknown to all the do-gooders out there raising money for Ukraine when they haven’t a clue how this latest war between those two countries got started. It is a tragedy of immense proportions that could have been avoided but down the line international corporations will make tons of money “rebuilding” Ukraine and you can bet our corrupt Congress will want to send hundreds of billions more in violation of the Constitution to rebuild what we helped destroy. With money where there’s no accounting so far and endless weapons of war depleting OUR reserves leaving us vulnerable.

NATO – A rotten, corrupt collection of war mongers which is nothing more than a damn war machine.

While I am no fan of the CATO Institute, don’t throw the baby out with the bath water. In 1994, Ted Galen Carpenter wrote an exceptional book (short & fully footnoted): Beyond NATO: Staying Out of Europe’s Wars:

“Beyond NATO demolishes the utopian thinking behind a major component of U.S. foreign policy and explains how to put U.S.-European relations on a realistic, genuinely constructive footing. This book should be force-fed to every senior foreign policy official in Washinton.” Alan Tonelson, Economic Strategy Institute. Carpenter’s book is free-on-line. Stop using our military as cannon fodder for the banking cartels and global elites who want to control the world.

Ted Carpenter was right back then and he’s still right: We MUST get out of the UN and NATO. Come January 2025, We the People must demand it as people around the world are also sick and tired of their loved ones going to wars that are unnecessary – unless your country is attacked and then a country has a right to defend themselves.

Memorial Day. A day of remembrance and thanks to all those who made the ultimate sacrifice. God rest their soul in peace. Memorial Day is to honor and mourn U.S. military personnel who died while serving in the United States Armed Forces. Put politics aside for today and remember them and their families because the hurt never goes away.

Just a kid. Marine Sgt. Michael Strank of Conemaugh, PA., reported killed in action on Iwo Jima, was identified on April 8, 1945 as one of the marines shown raising the stars and stripes on Mount Suribachi in Associated Press photographer Joe Rosenthal’s historic picture.

A mom, sister, wife. A broken heart forever.

If you live near a veteran’s cemetery or Arlington National Cemetery in Washington, DC (I’ve been there twice; graves hundreds of years old), take the time to visit and leave flowers on a soldier’s grave.

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, Taking Politics Out of Solutions, 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@protonmail.com

Related:

There is no ‘axis of evil’, March 22, 2024

Bush’s War (Mine), Aug. 6, 2022

Mine which went viral in hours. I still get emails from people who’ve found that column: The House That Evil Built, March 10, 2013

Get Out of the Miliary, Don’t Enlist, Sept. 1, 2013

Ukraine is a Dead Country Walking | Larry C. Johnson, Video. Larry C Johnson is a veteran of the CIA and the State Department’s Office of Counter Terrorism. He is the founder and managing partner of BERG Associates, which was established in 1998. Larry provided training to the US Military’s Special Operations community for 24 years. He has been vilified by the right and the left, which means he must be doing something right. You can also follow him on telegram, Patreon and Substack. (Make no mistake – he knows what he’s talking about.)

The Ukraine War — Turn Out The Lights, The Party Is Over, Larry Johnson

The West Pushed Ukraine To War And Kiev Now Is Paying The Butcher’s Bill, Larry Johnson

Why Is U.S. Intelligence Lying About The War In Ukraine?, Larry Johnson

Was Henry Kissinger a Soviet Spy?

Kissinger Out Of The Closet By Charlotte Iserbyt, 11-29-2

Memorial Day 2024: Will Americans Still Die For Freedom?

by Rees Lloyd

May 27, 2024

Memorial Day—which will be officially observed on Monday, May 27 this year — is a day to remember what should be remembered every day:

The service and sacrifice of the more than 1.3-million American veterans who have given their lives in war so that we, their posterity, might live as free Americans. (See attached below a chart of casualties in all the wars from the War of Independence to Iraq and Afghanistan.)

Maj. General Patrick H. Brady (USA, ret.), Medal of Honor recipient (Vietnam), is considered to be America’s most decorated living veteran. Along with his daughter, Army veteran Meghan Brady Smith, Gen. Brady is the author of the memoir, “Dead Men Flying: Victory in Viet Nam, The Legend Of ‘Dust-off:’ America’s Battlefield Angels”). Gen. Brady reminds us on Memorial Day:

“We have no ‘titles of nobility’ under our Constitution. America’s ‘nobles’ are our veterans. On Memorial Day, what is most important, indeed, most vital, is that we remember, honor, and are grateful for, the courage, love, service and sacrifice of America’s veterans in defense of our freedom—especially those more than 1.3-million veterans who have given their lives defending our country. They are the soul of freedom, the guardians of our Constitution, and the vault for the values of our nation.”

Similarly, the late-General Norman (“Stormin’ Norman”) Schwarzkopf, Commander of forces in the Persian Gulf War (“Desert Storm”), succinctly stated an enduring truth: “Some things are worth living for. Some things are worth dying for. One of those things is freedom.”

We Americans of this era owe a great debt to those American patriots who came before us, veterans who gave their lives for freedom. We pay that debt to those Americans who came before us by what we are willing to do to preserve freedom for the Americans who will come after us.

Certain truths endure and must be recognized, perhaps especially on Memorial Day, if the American people are going to live in freedom. The first enduring truth is that freedom is not free. It has been purchased by the blood of American patriots, over 1.3-million of whom have given their lives in defense of our freedom.

The second enduring truth is that Americans will not remain free unless this and every generation of Americans is willing to fight and die if necessary in defense of American freedom— as all prior generations have done to preserve freedom. I attach below data on those patriotic veterans who have given their lives for our freedom in all the wars.

We Americans on this Memorial Day must honor those patriot veterans who gave their lives for our freedom, and we must ask ourselves: Are we Americans still a people willing to die to preserve freedom, as did those more than 1.3-million veterans who gave their lives to preserve freedom for us?

I attach also the great war poem In Flanders Fields. Although written in 1915 during the Battle of Ypres in WWI, it is as relevant, compelling, and moving today as it was then. This is most especially true of the final lines, which call on us to take up the “torch” of freedom from the falling hands of those dying, and warns: “If ye break faith with us who die/We shall not sleep, though poppies grow/In Flanders fields.”

If we are to remain free, we Americans must not “break faith” with those 1.3-million American veterans who have given their lives for American freedom.

May God bless and keep each and all of them; and may we Americans always honor and never forget them.

FOR GOD AND COUNTRY FOREVER; SURRENDER TO TYRANNY—NEVER!

FREEDOM IS NOT FREE — REMEMBER THE AMERICANS WHO GAVE THEIR LIVES IN WAR THAT WE MIGHT BE FREE:

American Wars: Killed In Action

Revolutionary War……………. 25,324
War of 1812……………………….. 2,260
Mexican War…………….……… 13,283
Civil War…………………..…… 650,000
Spanish American War………. 7,166
World War I…………………… 116,708
World War II………………… 408,206
Korean War………………….… 38,686
Vietnam War…………….….…. 58,223
Persian Gulf War…………………. 363
Iraq………………………………..… 4,212

Afghanistan………………..… 2,215+13

TOTAL KIA: 1,342,219

TOTAL MISSING IN ACTION: 83,126

In Flanders Fields

by [Canadian] Major John McCrae, May 1915, WW 1

In Flanders fields the poppies blow
Between the crosses, row on row,
That mark our place; and in the sky
The larks, still bravely singing, fly
Scarce heard amid the guns below.

We are the Dead. Short days ago
We lived, felt dawn, saw sunset glow,
Loved and were loved, and now we lie
In Flanders fields.

Take up our quarrel with the foe:
To you from failing hands we throw
The torch; be it yours to hold it high.

If ye break faith with us who die
We shall not sleep, though poppies grow
In Flanders fields.

[For the full story on Flanders Fields and the Poppy tradition]

E-Mail Rees Lloyd: ReesLloydLaw@gmail.com

Diversity, Equity, Inclusion: Another Name for 21st Century Racism

By Frosty Wooldridge

May 27, 2024

Race relations in America in the 21st century continue along a rocky, painful, disturbing, angry, separated and disparate road. Virtually every weekly newscast across America announces racial violence, especially in our big cities. Too many different “tribes” in too close proximity equals different cultures, different world views, different languages, and different ways of doing things.

You won’t find such problems in mono-ethnic societies like Japan, China, and Taiwan.

But what we see going on in America since the 1960’s proves disturbing.

In order to bring minority Americans into the employment mainstream, politicians created “affirmative action.” That lawful mandate placed unskilled, unqualified and poorly educated minority people into jobs they could not competently work. A “hitch” reared its ugly head, quickly. The minorities were out of their league. Other workers resented them. Other workers were forced to work harder to cover for the lack of abilities of those unqualified for the job. Affirmative action downgraded American standards.

Webster states that the word “incompetence” means: ineptitude, uselessness, unskillfulness, lack of skill, lack of ability.

Thus, no matter how the politicians tried to bring equity into the workplace for minorities, they failed miserably. Minorities didn’t help themselves by dropping out of school, fathering numerous children out of wedlock, and moving toward gangs, drugs and crime.

In 2024, those same “higher ups” on college campuses have placed incompetent D.E.I. minorities into positions they can’t handle. Harvard University installed Claudine Gay, a minority woman into the presidency without question of her qualifications. They discovered later that she had plagiarized her doctoral thesis multiple times. What was that thesis? Answer: African-American studies. What value does that degree hold? Answer: virtually useless.

To balance the Supreme court, Congress brought in other minorities to give racial balance. However, the last candidate, when asked if she could define a “woman”, she could not and did not know the definition of a “woman.” She lacked any comprehension of the questions Congressional members asked her. What happened? Answer: they swore Ketanji Jackson into the highest court in the land, anyway!

Another minority candidate being interviewed for the head of the Federal Aviation Administration couldn’t tell how a jet plane operates as it comes in for a landing. He could not answer the simplest questions about aircraft. Thankfully, after embarrassing himself the first day, he withdrew his nomination by Joe Biden.

Ironically, Joe Biden finds himself incompetent because of his Alzheimer’s Disease, but his wife keeps pushing him for another term of incompetence. Since he doesn’t know any better, he keeps pretending to be president of the United States.

What must disturb most Americans in 2024 stems from this reality: we have become the greatest nation on Earth because our system worked on individual effort, individual excellence, individual creativity, and proven merit. Individuals rise to their highest levels of excellence based on their education, dogged determination and personal choices.

With the introduction of Diversity, Equity and Inclusion, the quotas are back into the workplace. Employers must choose minorities for the color of their skin rather than the “content of their character.” That means, how well did they perform in school? Did they pass mandated tests to become a plumber, electrician, teacher, doctor, dentist, truck driver and hundreds of other jobs that demand excellence?

If we remain on our current D.E.I. course, companies like United Air Lines want to have a “person of color” inside the cockpit of every flight. Hospitals want to staff “doctors of color” to represent the community.

Except there would be few “people of color” who would want a “brother” flying a 747 airliner if he/she hasn’t passed flight school. No one in his or her right mind would want a D.E.I. doctor operating on his/her heart or broken leg. Who would like a D.E.I. truck driver coming down a mountain pass behind you with his brakes burned out because he didn’t downshift?

Who wants to live in cities like Los Angeles, San Francisco, Chicago and New York with minority mayors and 175,000 homeless pilfering stores, robbing drivers with “smash and grabs”, dealing drugs, and schools destroyed? Who in their right mind would give murderers, drug dealers and sex traffickers “no bail” releases to make a mockery of the ”Rule of Law.”

Who wants another four-year term of the current D.E.I. “INCOMPETENT & DEMENTIA—RIDDEN” Joe Biden in the White House where he can complete the job of displacing millions of Americans with another 12 million illegal refugee replacements, trash our laws, degrade our Constitution and wreck our economy?

Reality check: even intelligent minority American citizens cannot afford D.E.I. It’s destroying our police forces. It’s destroying our military. It’s destroying our schools. It’s destroying the very concept of excellence, personal accountability and personal responsibility.

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

Net Zero: The Plan Put Forth by the Globalist Tyrants

By Rob Pue

May 26, 2024

“Net Zero.” That’s the plan put forth by Globalist tyrants pushing the false narrative of a “Climate Change Crisis.” “Net Zero” is supposed to mean that by the year 2030, just six years from now, human beings will be putting “zero” so-called “greenhouse gases” into the atmosphere. Because according to the Globalist narrative, if we don’t drastically act now, human beings will destroy the world with CO2.

In 2015, the Paris Agreement was adopted at the UN Climate Change Conference. It took effect on November 4, 2016. Donald Trump took us out of the Paris Agreement when he took office; Biden signed us up again on his first day. This “Agreement” is a legally binding international treaty on climate change.

So, assuming it would be possible for all the nations of the earth to get to “Net Zero’ in the next six years, what will the result be? US energy secretary Jennifer Granholm recently testified before the Senate Energy Committee and dodged repeated questions on this, but basically stated “not much.” Reputable scientists agree. First, it will be impossible to reach what they call “Net Zero,” and even if we did, it would have virtually NO EFFECT on the earth’s climate. Even the UN’s Climate cabal has admitted the BEST we can hope for is less than a 1 degree rise in overall global temperatures.

But how is this “Climate Change Crisis” — and the Globalists’ “Net Zero” plan affecting us? Well, going back to the years when Obama was officially “in office,” he instigated sweeping new EPA restrictions, affecting existing power plants and halting the expansion of new ones. He stated, at that time, that anyone interested in launching new coal plants would be free to do so, but he also vowed to make sure his new regulations would ensure that if they tried, they’d go bankrupt. It was at this same time that he admitted the new regulations would cause the price of energy in this country to “skyrocket.”

Now, in his “third term,” with Biden acting as his proxy, energy independence for America is completely a thing of the past. Pipelines have been shut down, new power plants have not been built, even as the Regime is pushing to make everything “electric,” so as to reduce our “carbon footprint.” So while we’ll need an enormous amount of additional electric power, they’re making it impossible for us to produce it. This is by design.

But let’s look for a minute at the idea of “climate change.” It should be noted that the Earth has indeed warmed…but it has also cooled over the past 100 years. We see periods of above normal temperatures as well as periods of below normal temperatures. Above normal snowfall and below normal snowfall. These are cycles we go through, and honest scientists will tell you that there’s nothing to suggest that we’re facing catastrophic climate change anytime in the foreseeable future. What’s more, greenhouse gas emissions in the United States have actually fallen more than 25% over the past decade. Do you remember, a few years ago, when a team of “Climate Change Scientists” traveled to Antarctica to “prove” their claims of “global warming?” Their ship was trapped in the ice there for weeks. God definitely has a great sense of humor.

According to cfact.org, “the idea that there is a ‘scientific consensus’ does not hold up. Scientists who are skeptical about ‘dangerous manmade climate change’ have been speaking out for years. Even those who had been ‘alarmist’ about climate change for years are now admitting they do not know what the climate is doing.”

Cfact goes on to say, “The claim that ‘97% of scientists agree’ is based on 77 anonymous scientists who responded to an online survey. The survey started by seeking opinions from 10,257 scientists. However, the survey authors selectively whittled down the responses to just 77 scientists. So the 97% ‘consensus’ claim is not based on thousands of scientists or even hundreds, but 75 out of only 77 scientists. Thus, the often repeated ‘97% consensus’ is based on only 75 anonymous scientists. Yet, on this basis, some say we should tax and eliminate hydrocarbon use, severely restricting US job creation and economic growth.”

So, we’re now seeing the push to eliminate altogether the most abundant sources of energy we have: oil, natural gas and coal. We’re sinking untold trillions of dollars into things like solar and wind power, which have proven to be unreliable, extremely costly and inefficient. Not only is the Regime trying it’s best to phase out all internal combustion vehicles in favor of electric vehicles, now they’re banning gas stoves and furnaces. In May, New York became the first state to ban gas-powered stoves, furnaces and propane heating in all new residential buildings across the state. The law requires all-electric heating and cooking in new buildings within two years.

Last year, California ruled that by 2035, all new passenger cars and light trucks sold in the state must be electric.

The Globalists want everything electric, under the guise of mitigating “Climate Change.” But am I the only one that sees the absurdity of this? Apparently not. Even the most vigorous “virtue signalers” who support whatever the “latest thing” from the Regime may be, are coming to realize the utter stupidity of “The Plan.” This is, perhaps, best illustrated by the electric vehicles they’ve been so desperately pushing.

There are so many problems with electric cars, I can’t begin to list them all. But proponents claim they’re absolutely squeeky clean. No carbon emissions or nasty greenhouse gases with these. Super healthy for our environment and saving the planet, which is facing imminent disaster from us “rednecks” who still drive gas-powered cars.

Well, according to the International Energy Agency, an electric vehicle requires six times the mineral inputs of a comparable internal combustion engine. In addition, EV batteries are extremely big and heavy and are made with exotic, expensive, toxic and very flammable materials.

The primary metals in EV batteries include Nickel, Lithium, Cobalt, Copper and Rare Earth metals. The mining of these materials, their use in manufacturing and their ultimate disposal all present significant environmental challenges. Nearly 100% of traditional lead-acid batteries are recycled. But only 5% of the EV batteries are.

Moreover, the surface area disturbed by oil drilling is relatively small since the oil is extracted from under the ground. In contrast, the materials used to make EV batteries are obtained through open-pit horizontal mining, which is extremely damaging to wide areas of the environment. This means massive deforestation, a dramatic loss of animal habitats; not to mention that the metals to make these EV batteries are available only from a handful of third-world countries, where child and slave labor is commonplace.

And EV vehicles are loaded with problems. First, they have very short ranges when driving. Some claim you can drive 400 miles on a single charge, but the reality is, even the best of the best have a hard time making 150-200 miles. Once depleted, you can’t simply “fill up” again in five minutes. You have to charge your car anywhere from an hour to eight hours, or more, in order to drive another 150-200 miles. You may have seen the absurdity of the EV concept illustrated in online videos, where people travel with gas-powered Honda generators, so they can re-charge their EVs just enough to make it to the next town where hopefully they can find a place to plug in.

These new electric vehicles are also riddled with technical problems. In one case, a car was stuck on the side of the highway, completely out of power. When the owner got out to speak with a state trooper who stopped to assist, he made the mistake of closing his door. Once closed, and with the car battery dead, he had no way to get back inside. Thus, no way to put the car in neutral so it could be towed. And once towed, no way to open the charging port, because that, too, required electricity. Volkswagen recently announced a major recall on one of their EVs because the electronic door latches can malfunction and the car doors will just open on their own while driving down the highway.

Another common issue with EVs is spontaneous combustion. The batteries overheat or explode, causing massive fires. And because of the materials used in these batteries, these cars can literally burn for days, taking more than 50,000 gallons of water to try to put the fires out.

Meanwhile, our federal government is funneling trillions into EV manufacturing. EV dealerships are giving huge rebates, but a typical new Tesla will still cost you way more than a real car. Recently, I looked at used Teslas online, and vehicles just one year old with very few miles on them are going for 50% - 70% less than what they were purchased for just one year ago. Maybe the green “virtue signalers” learned a lesson.

Cities across the nation are definitely learning a hard lesson. According to an article on msn.com, “Between the federal government, states and municipalities, untold billions in taxpayer dollars have been spent adding electric buses to transit fleets across the US in an effort to reduce carbon emissions…however, cities from coast to coast are grappling with broken-down e-buses that cannot be fixed, are too expensive to fix or they’ve scrapped their electric fleets altogether.”

In cities like Asheville, North Carolina, Denver, Colorado Springs, Philadelphia, Austin, Texas, Phoenix, and all throughout California, electric bus fleets are either mostly not running, or not running at all. Many of these bus manufacturers have since gone bankrupt, so when these buses break down (which is common) the cities can no longer obtain parts to repair them. Billions of dollars have been spent to go “Net Zero” — and now these buses are simply taking up space in parking lot graveyards.

Insurance companies also charge significantly more to insure electric vehicles. My insurance man told me this is the case throughout the insurance industry, because once people discover they hate these cars, they can’t get rid of them without losing substantial amounts of money… so, many people deliberately wreck them to at least — hopefully — get their loans paid off.

And what, ultimately, is to become of a dead EV? Salvage yards don’t want them because they’re made of highly toxic materials, the batteries cannot be recycled because they’re dangerous and toxic. So far, no one has answered the question on this.

But one more point that must be made here: say you have an electric vehicle and you’re happy with it. You’re so pleased to be helping to “save the planet.” You only drive it to work and home again, plug it in at night and all is fine. You do understand that the electricity you charge your car with has to come from somewhere, right? That would be your local power station, which runs on natural gas, oil, coal or nuclear power. So after all this, you’re still using those “horrible” carbon-based commodities. And as the tyrannical push continues for everything to be electric, we’ve simultaneously limited our energy resources — on purpose — making electricity and energy in general much more expensive than it has to be.

Many are getting filthy rich off this “Climate Change” scam, but consumers are being taken to the cleaners. Stop believing the lies. Also, bear in mind that we need CO2 — it’s what plants, crops and trees breathe, and it’s what human beings and animals exhale. It’s how God designed His creation to operate. You should know that WE (humans) are the “carbon” the Globalists want to eliminate.

What does God say about all this? He made it clear in Genesis chapter 8. After the flood, the LORD said, “As long as the earth endures, seedtime and harvest, cold and heat, summer and winter, day and night will never cease.”

That pretty much clears it up. Seedtime and harvest, cold and heat, summer and winter, day and night… we will have cycles in our climate, and these cycles are natural, normal and God-ordained. And we will have these cycles for “as long as the earth endures.”

As for “Net Zero,” that’s the whole extent of what we, as human beings will get out of this demonic plan of the Globalists for the depopulation and tyrannical control of mankind. Through taxation, regulations, restrictions and shady backroom deals involving dirty money, they will net trillions…. while we net ZERO.

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

Not By Any Way Except the Kingdom of God

By Pastor Glynn Adams

May 26, 2024

For over forty-five years, I was an evangelical Christian and pastor. I so much wanted America to follow the Lord Jesus Christ and do the things that pleased Him. For twenty years, I was a member of the Moral Majority. We worked hard recruiting other evangelicals to vote for Ronald Reagan for President. We thought if we could get Ronald Reagan elected President, America would turn completely to God. We had a promise from Mr. Reagan, that when he was elected President, He would abolish the Department of Education, close the border, and deal with the problem of immigration.

President Reagan appointed Bill Bennett, a popular conservative, to head the Department of Education. We never got anything of substance from Bill Bennett. While President Reagan was supposedly defeating the Soviet Union, what we did get from Mr. Bennett was a deal between Prime Minister Gorbachev and the U. S. educational system to incorporate the Soviet mind-control, indoctrination techniques into our public school system including colleges and universities.

That was the year our public school system quit teaching our students and begin to indoctrinate students in Marxist/Communists/Socialistic ideology and the rest is history. We have gone from the very best educational system in the world to the worst. Those who wish to dismantle our Constitution has used the media, music, movies, video games, and a host of other venues but mostly our public school and university systems to change this nation.

I learned some things out of my disappointments in dealing with governments. You can’t depend on most politicians or any form of government. Governments are of this world system and are not Christian although they are ministers of God to bear the sword against evil. Most nations and their cultures are not Christian but are a part of the kingdom of this world system controlled by Satan.

The American Church was ineffective during this time for a various of reasons. The main reason is evangelicals tried to fuse the Kingdom of God with a preferred version of the kingdom of the world (whether it’s our national interests, a particular form of government, a particular political program, or so on). Rather than focusing our understanding of God’s Kingdom on the person of Jesus Christ. I believe many American evangelicals have allowed our understanding of the Kingdom of God to be polluted with political ideals, agendas, and issues. We ignored the Kingdom of God and put our emphasis on getting the right people elected and what has it gotten us?

Years ago, myself and other evangelicals thought the Kingdom of God was largely about, if not centered on, “taking America back for God,” voting for the Christian candidate, outlawing abortion, outlawing gay marriage, winning the culture war, defending political freedom at home and abroad, keeping the phrase “under God” in the Pledge of Allegiance, fighting for prayer in the public schools and at public events, and fighting to display the Ten Commandments in government buildings. We thought if we could just get that done, America would change for the better.

All this has gotten us nothing. We are largely a pagan nation now. This indulging in the world system and ways have had negative consequences for Christ’s church and for the advancement of God’s Kingdom. Even more fundamentally, because this myth links the Kingdom of God with certain political stances within American politics, it has greatly compromised the holy beauty of the Kingdom of God to non-Christians.

The only – let me repeat – the only chance we have to change America toward God is to get back to the Kingdom of God and the Way and conduct of Jesus Christ. The Kingdom Jesus Christ came to establish is “not from this world” (John 18:16) for it operates differently than the governments and nations of this world system do. By God’s design, this is how the Kingdom of God expands like a mustard seed and transforms the world. As we allow Christ’s character to be formed in us – as we think and act like Jesus – others come under the loving influence of the Kingdom and eventually their own hearts are won over to the King of Kings.

The rule or reign of God is thus established in their hearts, and the Kingdom of God expands. We are to manifest God’s beauty by sacrificially loving our enemies, serving the poor, feeding the hungry, freeing the oppressed, welcoming the outcast, embracing the worst of sinners, and healing the sick, casting out demons, and proclaiming the gospel of the Kingdom just as Jesus did. And there is no way to do his without at the same time revolting against everything in our own lives that keep us self-centered, judgmental, condemning, angry, greedy, unloving, and apathetic toward the plight of others. (It’s called dying to our flesh and abiding in Jesus.)

Nor is there any way to do this without revolting against everything in society – and – we shall see, in the spiritual realm – that keeps people physically, socially, and even the left or whoever spiritually oppressed. In the Kingdom, we do not war against flesh and blood, but against powers, principalities, and demonic forces of darkness – Satan.

This process may seem slow but God in this Kingdom process, with our allegiance and obedience, can do more in one day than we can do with governments and nations and people in our lifetime. If Christians don’t change our ways in our nation, we will continue to destroy the church in America and the Kingdom of God will not expand in this nation but evil will continue to expand and influence our citizens as it is doing now. We must cease from being participants in the kingdom of the world by trusting that if we get certain people elected or certain laws passed, it will control behavior. Only the power of sacrificial love can change hearts.

At eighty-six, I have absolutely nothing to show for my evangelical and Moral Majority days but a wasted worldly and fleshly effort. I was sincere but sincerely wrong. We did it our way but accomplished nothing so I have repented, and God has forgiven me, and has given me a revelation of the Body of Christ in America and the Kingdom of God. I now have His purpose and I now embrace His Kingdom of God Way, His Kingdom of God truth, and His Kingdom of God Life which is the only Way with Jesus, and I am warning the Body of Christ in America that if all of us do not do the same, nothing else of our human efforts will work but Jesus and the Kingdom of God.

We have to make a choice between the Kingdom of God on earth and the kingdom of man on earth. When you have something other than the Kingdom of God at the center – mammon, self-seeking, things-seeking, pride, race, hate, lust, lack of love, religion – then you are on the wrong side. “Seek first the Kingdom of God and all these things will be added unto you.” (See Matthew 6:25-33 to see what these things are). Seek first something other than the Kingdom of God and everything else will be subtracted from you.

Things given to us by God are now being subtracted from our nation and our people. We no longer seek the Kingdom of God. We seek happy church, easy belief system with no commitment, ear-tickling, we seek titles, riches, numbers and on and on while God is looking for seekers of His Kingdom. Our nation is now in rebellion and alienation and is unraveling. If we won’t live with God and seek His Kingdom, then we can’t live with ourselves as a nation.

For many years now, we in the American Culture Church, has actually reduced the Kingdom of God by making it synonymous with the Church. We have made the Church the Kingdom. But the Church is relative to something higher than itself – the Kingdom of God. The Church is built up, the Kingdom is built in – built into the structure of your being from the foundation of the world. We get into the Church by joining it, you get into the Kingdom by being born again, or from above.

The Kingdom is our structural destiny and without your decision to make it your own makes it coercion and not conversion. If the Church takes you beyond itself to the feet of Jesus and His Kingdom, this is beautiful. But if the Church makes itself the issue, then this makes the Church self-serving and idolatrous. Think about this when it is all about our church, our ministry, and our programs.

The American Culture Church has rendered the Kingdom inoperative by identifying the coming of the Kingdom with the second coming of Jesus. Many think the Kingdom will not come till Jesus Christ comes. So, we feel we can do nothing now except save individuals; an individual answer now but not a total way of life. That cuts the nerve of the Kingdom by postponing it till the coming of Jesus. But Jesus taught that the Kingdom is a total way and program for life NOW. He went out preaching the gospel of the Kingdom now; it is within you, it is at your door, you are to seek first the Kingdom, heal the sick and brokenhearted, cast out demons, and resist the evil and powers of darkness before us.

So, what Jesus demonstrated to us while He was on this earth was that the Kingdom was an issue and a total issue and total program for the total life now. We have to fight to establish the Kingdom of God in America. Each of us has a unique place in the Kingdom and we need to stop competing against each other. Jesus and the First Century Church in the Book of Acts confronted the issues of His day and He expects His Body in America to do the same.

To not embrace Jesus and His Kingdom of God, has eternal consequences because one day all this will culminate in the return of the King accompanied by legions of angels, at which time Satan’s rule will end, the earth will be purged of all that is inconsistent with God’s rule and the Kingdom of love will be established once and for all. Those of us who are ruled by Jesus in His Kingdom on this earth will rule with Him in the Millennium.

And all other people who refused to be ruled by Jesus and embrace Jesus’ Kingdom of God process for the very short time we are on this earth but instead embraced the traditions of men in our religious organizations will not fare well at the judgment for Jesus will say, “Why call Me Lord, Lord and do not the things I say, depart from Me, I never knew you.”

God bless, I remain His Warrior and Watchman, Glynn Adams (Thanks for the wonderful men of God such as Dr. Gregory Boyd, Frank Viola, the late Myles Munroe, and E. Stanley Jones on their knowledge of the Kingdom of God. Also, thanks for the late Jerry Falwell, the late D. James Kennedy, and the late Francis Schaeffer and all my other Moral Majority friends for the learning experience)

E-Mail Glynn Adams: glynnadams@sbcglobal.net

Let’s Make Oregon Safe, Free and Great Again

By Oregon Senator, Dennis Linthicum

May 25, 2024

If you are still wondering about who you might vote for in the Secretary of State’s race, let me help. I’ve got some notions that will be worth your time.

This Secretary of State’s (SOS) office is an executive position and it is entirely partisan.

By this I mean that Democrat candidates appear only on their party ballots, while Republican candidates appear solely on their Republican party ballots. In the November General Election, these respective party candidates will each face the challenge of convincing all Oregonians of the validity of their ideas.

I mention the partisan nature of this office because our friends and neighbors often think that this statewide position requires Republican candidates to abandon their values and pursue some tepid hodgepodge of watered-down policy goals. Unfortunately, this leads to initiatives based upon mutually inconsistent philosophical positions which eventually weaken and dismantle our long-standing reliance on independence and self-governance.

This is wrong. Republicans should always be striving to implement their values in the public square. After all, Republican values, principles and beliefs are key to Making Oregon Great Again.

Republicans are not the culturally backward, rural bigots, that the leftist media would have you believe. Nor are they lazy, stupid, radical or afraid of the future. To the contrary, most Republicans carry a worldview that is truly capable of solving our problems because their worldview still adheres to traditional values like truth, logic, reason, integrity, and accountability.

The Democrat party, on the other hand, has turned cultural homelessness, crime, student-unrest, drug-abuse, and vandalism into another hustle for more tax-payer funded bureaucratic solutions. More money won’t solve these problems, because using Reagan’s eloquent rhetoric, “more government is the problem.”

These problems are so detrimental to the public and reflect so poorly on our Democrat-party overlords that the SOS purchased a Misinformation, Disinformation and Mal-information (MDM) software platform to bring artificial intelligence to their aid. This is a terrible precedent.

The SOS is using the software to censor, filter and counteract news and information in the public sphere. The Democrats are in a spot where they need to engage in censorship tactics to keep their leftist election propaganda on-track.

My pledge to you is that I will terminate this MDM program because it is an unconstitutional and repugnant assault against our republican form of self-governing principles.

My victory is a key part of the solution. First, we’ll need to stop the Democrat-party propaganda machine, then we can build a fair and level playing field for all Oregonians.

We don’t need any more go-along, get-along, happy-camp Republicans who will ride along with the Four-Modern-Horseman of the Apocalypse – Tax, Spend, Regulate and Rule.

We need men and women who will stand and say, “enough is enough!”

Our upcoming Republican Primary gives Republicans the opportunity to fight for openness, integrity and transparency in both our election system and the SOS office.

Now is our Republican opportunity!

Here’s some more information about me and my candidacy:

Election Website
April 16, Oregonian interview
A series of newsletters on election integrity

Your support is vital and
your VOTE is appreciated!

Best Regards,

Dennis Linthicum
Oregon State Senate – District 28

E-Mail Dennis Linthicum: sen.DennisLinthicum@gmail.com

Ron DeSantis: A Globalist in Patriot Clothing?

By Kat Stansell

May 25, 2024

With his back to our flag, DeSantis rules Florida.

Ron DeSantis creates his public persona through his public comments – press conferences and releases – in which he says what the people want to hear. The sleight of hand he pulls on his constituents is perhaps his greatest political skill. I.e., he lies with a big smile and (some) people believe him. What he doesn’t want you to know, he keeps back.

Just like the wolf in sheep’s clothing, DeFraud bleats softly and dons a fluffy suit. He gathers people in with this; he looks so harmless, folks say…. They couldn’t be more incorrect.

From his “poor blue collar boy from Jacksonville” image, to his red, white and blue lights under the bridge to replace the rainbow colors, he says what people want to hear. I’ve written about him and his various “dog and pony shows” for several years. To review, please subscribe to this substack, https://www.substack.com/pat4evr, and dig in.

The REAL Ron DeSantis is to be understood by what he doesn’t say, the issues about which he stays silent, the bills he actually signs, after last minute legislative manipulations to change them from what he just told you he’d promised.

Two bills, SB7050 and SB 252, now law in Florida, are prime examples of DeTreachery behind DeFace. Floridians remember them. The “election integrity” law makes machine voting MANDATORY, drop boxes/early voting encouraged, and any public audits/questioning of election processes or results, an illegal activity. The medical “freedom” bill, SB252, simply ended the Covid emergency, when it was already over didn’t stop payment to hospitals for Covid deaths!) but gave Floridians NO protection from future mandates from the WHO or the DC cabal.

The latest glaring non-statement from DeSilence concerns the actions of his RPOF, which has recently taken legal action against Judeo-Christian constitutional conservative organizations in the state, who dare to use the word, “Republican” and the elephant as a symbol. This, of course, has NO basis in law, just in the minds of the persecutors. (Remind you of goings-on in the District?)

The RPOF has also removed a party regular delegate to the RNC national convention from any key committees. I published his statement which he released, on the treachery. His crime was to believe in the people (aka “grassroots”) and an avid Trump supporter.

Where IS DeGov on all this? His silence is deafening, and shows his support for the purge of true conservatives/Trump supporters from the state party organization.

In the words of the Florida Phoenix back in 2020, “He’s got an attitude about open government and he’s got an attitude about the press,” (Barbara Peterson, 25-year head of the Florida First Amendment Foundation) said of DeSantis. “And they’re not good attitudes, to my way of thinking.

The RPOF does NOT support Donald Trump or his supporters. That doesn’t take a short guy in heels to announce. We get it.

In a time in our history, when unity against our country’s enemies is the sine qua non of our living in a free country, the RPOF has taken cause with the enemy.

Florida, YOU are the only ones who can change this, and time is short. Heat up Twitter, the internet and the phones to Tallahassee. The RPOF is planning something, I honestly believe. The possibilities are wide and dark. Let me know what you think they are doing. Hint: it’s probably NOT pro-American.

“The only thing necessary for the triumph of evil is for good men to do nothing.” ~ Edmund Burke

E-Mail Kat Stansell: katvanatt@protonmail.com

The Real Fight, Pt. 1

By Steven Yates

May 24, 2024

[Author’s disclaimer: the opinions and conclusions expressed in this two-part series are solely those of its author, and not necessarily the opinions and conclusions of NewsWithViews.com, its editors or staff, or other writers.]

From DIE to Campus Upheavals.

College and university campuses have been roiled by pro-Palestinian protests, some pro-Israeli counterprotests, and more than a few professional agitators posing as pro-Palestinian. Columbia University and UCLA seem to be competing for Ground Zero status. I penned an article to address this but decided not to use it. Sometimes that happens. It explains my absence last week, for which I apologize.

Among the things that piece said that seems worth keeping around: academia has done this to itself.

For four decades now, colleges and universities (and other institutions as well) have hired and promoted based on group identity, not merit.

The result is the DIE (Diversity-Inclusion-Equity) intellectual vacuum in which a Claudine Gay rises to the top at Harvard and is forced to resign when she can’t navigate this kind of situation and is exposed as a plagiarist besides. Columbia University has Minouche Shavik at the helm. She has somewhat better credentials than Gay’s, having been at the helm of the London School of Economics — the U.K.’s Fabian-founded elite institution. But when asked about free speech and “antisemitism” at Columbia, she stammered helplessly, and also faces calls to resign.

As for the protests, I’ve no doubt that most of the students are sincere. They might not be able to find Gaza on a map, but normal human beings react viscerally to news that an admittedly vicious, psychopathic attack that killed 1,200 people including a lot of women and children is answered with a much greater power that proceeds to slaughter 35,000 more people including women and children. The other day, Yahya Sinwar, Hamas’s strongman, was profiled as having orchestrated the October 7, 2023 attack. What emerges is a portrait of a violent psychopath. Is Netanyahu a psychopath as well as a closet globalist? This wouldn’t surprise me at all. What we can believe is that when violent psychopaths tick off other violent psychopaths, the results are likely to be spectacularly bloody, with a lot of innocent people getting caught in the crossfire.

Returning to the U.S. and academia’s disastrous DIE policies:

Students of Palestinian heritage probably wonder why they don’t seem to be included in The Diversity. Back in 2020, Black Lives Matter “peaceful protesters” did hundreds of thousands of dollars in damage in over a dozen major cities and got off with slaps on the wrist. The majority of these students really are peaceful (walkouts at commencement are one species of nonviolent protest). But instead of the kid-glove treatment afforded BLM, their DIE university presidents or other administrators call in the cops who start breaking limbs and heads.

Or: unidentified black-clad troublemakers appear out of the dark and attack violently, while campus police stand down.

Perhaps if they’d consulted Steve Salaita….

The Strange Case of Steve Salaita.

Back in 2014, Salaita, a left-of-center literary scholar who is part-Palestinian, was summarily fired from a newly acquired position at the University of Illinois Champagne-Urbana. His offense: he’d posted tweets sharply critical of Israel following actions on the occupied West Bank that year — using casual obscenities I wouldn’t have used, but that’s just me.

Warranting a dressing down, perhaps, especially for the new kid on the block, but— a firing offense?

Salaita had signed his contract, resigned his previous position, and moved with his family to Champagne-Urbana. Suddenly he didn’t have a job.

No other institution would touch him. He was radioactive.

The university clearly breached its contract, an actionable offense. Their lawyers settled with Salaita out of court. With no teaching prospects, he retrained to drive a bus.

Eventually he found a job overseas, at the American University of Cairo, in Cairo, Egypt.

So why was Salaita’s contract breached?

At least one wealthy Jewish donor had threatened to end an annual million dollar donation to the school if it allowed Salaita into the classroom. If honoring Salaita’s contract meant the loss of that money, I doubt there was discussion or hesitation.

In a money political economy, money talks! Truth is often what walks!

Donors, moreover, talk to each other. There’s little doubt: Salaita was blackballed in the U.S.

Takeaway: being a man of the left doesn’t matter if you cross the wrong people!

The Power of the Zionist Lobby in the U.S.

Zionism, both nationally and globally, is probably more influential behind the scenes than cultural Marxism. Zionism is not Judaism. The latter is a religion. The former is a political-economic movement which has come to equate criticisms of Israel and its policies with criticisms of Jewry as a whole and therefore as constituting “antisemitism.”

An Antisemitism Awareness Act currently making its way through Congress trades on this purposeful confusion.

AIPAC (acronym for the American-Israeli Political Action Committee) is easily the most powerful lobby in Washington.

Even Trump bows to this lobby.

One of the most influential organizations in the country is the Anti-Defamation League, founded the same year as the Federal Reserve (1913). Another is the Southern Poverty Law Center, which we’re not supposed to notice has nothing whatsoever to do with Southern poverty.

These outfits ruin careers and lives for sport. Their networks are vast, with tendrils all throughout academia, corporate media, Big Tech, and the business world generally. The latter remains the go-to organization by corporate media on “hate groups” which are almost invariably conservative and Patriotic.

Enough said, to explain why Palestinians were never incorporated into the DIE intellectual vacuum. Some of those involved in the campus protests couldn’t care less about the Palestinians, or about Israeli policy, however, and probably couldn’t tell you what Zionism is.

I’m referring to the professional agitators that have mixed and mingled with the sincere students I mentioned. Some, like this woman, wear it on their sleeves! She’s not alone.

These people are there to cause trouble. Some may have been on the scene back in 2020 as well, because no one really thinks everyone involved with Black Lives Matter instigated or participated in the mayhem back then.

The Real Fight.

Cutting to the chase.

What’s the Real Fight? Is it between supporters of Israel and supporters of Hamas?

No.

Sure, you’ll find a few Hamas supporters among the students who are oblivious to the psychopathic nature of Hamas leadership. But they aren’t the majority.

The Real Fight is not between “right” versus “left,” moreover. There are supporters of a “hard” Zionism that equates criticism of Israeli policy with antisemitism on both sides of the aisle.

It’s not between Republicans and Democrats. It’s not between those who support Donald Trump and those who hate him.

It’s not between blacks and whites, or any other groups. It’s not men versus women, though systemic attacks by the same forces that built up the DIE cognitive vacuum have been driving them apart.

Social media has done its part isolating everyone into online echo chambers.

The Real Fight is not between Muslims and Jews. Or between Muslims and Christians. Or between Christians and any other non-Christians.

The Real Fight is between people who desire to live as they see fit, participating in the traditions they grew up with, and otherwise be left alone providing they aren’t bothering anyone else. Versus those who won’t allow them to live as they see fit either because they have a vision of global domination or because leaving others alone isn’t profitable. They believe themselves most fit to rule. They have proven themselves willing to pull out all stops in order to establish themselves as a global ruling class.

Those are “our” really dangerous psychopaths, with a deep-seated need for control over others, whatever the source of their pathology (theories are circulating such as their having been abused or neglected as children).

We’re talking about less than a fraction of a fraction of a percent of the total human population. That fraction of a fraction of a percent is superbly skilled at driving the rest of us apart, applying the divide-and-conquer principle, using money to incentivize “the masses” (i.e., an industrial age peasantry) in specific directions, distracting and isolating us all into bubbles, some based on ideology, some on religion, some on supposed educational level and profession, and some on other things which may be innocent in themselves but which serve the psychopaths’ purposes which is to hijack our attention (e.g., fascination with celebrities, film or television franchises, whatever).

If you want to live a free life, however you define this (and I hope your definition includes leaving others alone if they decline to be involved), that fraction of a fraction of a percent is your enemy!

Are we getting this?

Not whites as a group, not blacks as a group, not Muslims, not Jews, not men collectively or women collectively. Not Christians and not non-Christians necessarily.

Not supposed sexual minorities.

Not Trump supporters, and not all Democrats.

Not “conservatives” who can’t tell you want they want to conserve; nor “liberals” who can’t identify what they want liberation from.

We’ve been busy pointing fingers at each other! Are we asleep, or what?

Who was G.I. Gurdjieff? Why he might matter.

The subconscious mind is a strange entity. I sometimes think it will dredge up information from our distant past that might prove useful in a troubled present, and we don’t even have to ask it!

This morning as I write this (15 May 2024) I awakened with a name on my lips that I hadn’t heard in decades — not since my undergraduate days. The name was G.I. Gurdjieff. As a thinker, he’s unclassifiable — at least given most Western categorizations. He penned tracts with curious names like Life Is Real Only Then, When ‘I Am’ (1934?). I once had a copy I’d found in a used bookstore. I wasn’t able to make much sense of it.

Some of his students, such as P.D. Ouspensky and J.G. Bennett, explained him better.

Their school communicated an idea that resonated with me back then. This, I should note, was my take on it. What Gurdjieff originally meant might be different, and I’m sure my account is incomplete.

The idea: nearly all humanity is asleep (metaphorically). We go through life in a kind of hypnosis, a waking sleep. In this state, we are subject to outside control. The source may be an ideology, a mass movement, an appeal to fear, or even a Christian denomination that has lost touch with its roots.

If every soldier and every commander in every army fighting every war were to awaken all at once in this sense — both sides — they would stop, drop their weapons, and go home to be with their families.

Political leaders, too, of whatever stripe, if they awakened, would drop their power agendas, shake hands, and decide as one to work on common problems, such as seeing to it that the people they have responsibility for have food to eat, a roof over their heads, and an environment safe enough to conduct personal business and care for loved ones. They would attend to conditions necessary for this to happen and serve those conditions, not their previous fascination with power.

Gurdjieff seemed to believe that as persons we could wake up and become what a human being should be — by working on ourselves and recovering our spiritual roots. He called this “The Work.” It could help us become simultaneously autonomous and able to live mindfully in a world of other people, some of whom are different from us but with many common problems.

I wonder what such a figure might offer today.

My interest in philosophy arose around the time I discovered Gurdjieff, one of a smorgasbord of thinkers to draw on. I sought a criterion for who to study and who to leave aside.

My question: suppose we’d looked at what seemed to be the foundations of the scientific view of the universe, compared this to what seemed necessary for a moral view of the human world, and discovered that the two came into conflict. What then?

Later, the realizations came: we’re tribal beings. Our natural tendency is to divide the world into us and them. For most of recorded history, ethical norms call for a respect for persons applied to us; it did not apply to them. This made it possible to rationalize everything from chattel slavery to genocide.

A number of significant philosophers attempted a universal morality: ethnical norms that would apply to everyone, not just us. We’ve never figured out how to apply this idea. We’ve remained in our tribes even if we refuse to call them that.

Materialism as a view of the universe (and, a fortiori, humanity) has only reinforced this tendency, and accompanied with advancing technology, made the capacity for genocide magnitudes worse.

If the Creator created all of us in His image, then we have a basis for persons’ intrinsic value, and, a fortiori, a moral sense able to transcend us versus them by appealing to the transcendent (which modern secular philosophers don’t do).

At least in principle. Perhaps it is this moral sense that is telling students that what the Israeli IDF has been doing in Gaza is wrong, however much we repudiate Hamas, since 2007 the dominant force in Gaza, and independently of what we may or may not believe about Israel generally.

How does this square with what I said above, about the Real Fight and who the enemy is? Is that not just a recreation of us (the people) versus them (the elites)?

Continued in Pt. 2.

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

____________________

A slightly different version of this article is also available on Steven Yates’s Navigating the New Normal (Substack). Subscribe to Navigating the New Normal to receive access to exclusive content.

I have it on excellent authority that in the wake of the counterattacks against alternative (i.e., truthful) media, this site is struggling to survive. Please consider making a donation to support NewsWithViews.com here.

Steven Yates is a (still recovering) ex-academic with a PhD in Philosophy. He taught for more than 15 years total at several universities in the Southeastern U.S. He authored more than 20 articles, book reviews, and review essays in academic journals and anthologies. Refused tenure and unable to obtain full-time academic employment (and with an increasing number of very fundamental philosophical essays refused publication in journals), he turned to alternative platforms and heretical notions, including about academia itself. In 2021 he moved to Chile. He is married to a Chilean national.

He has a Patreon.com page. Donate here and become a Patron if you benefit from his work and believe it merits being sustained financially.

Steven Yates’s book Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) can be ordered here.

His philosophical work What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021) can be obtained here or here.

His paranormal horror novel The Shadow Over Sarnath (2023) can be gotten here.

Should you purchase any (or all) books from Amazon, please consider leaving a five-star review (if you think they merit such).

Iran Emerges as a Hub for International Organ Trafficking

By Amil Imani

May 24, 2024

The life-saving promise of organ transplants is marred by a disturbing reality: international organ trafficking rings. This lucrative criminal enterprise preys on the desperate and fuels a black market catering to wealthy recipients, often oligarchs, seeking a quick fix.

Iran, under a criminal regime, has emerged as a suspected hub in this illicit trade. Accusations point to a system where Iranian citizens, burdened by economic hardship, are coerced into selling their organs to foreign recipients. While the extent of the practice remains unclear, reports suggest a disturbing trend.

Here’s why this alleged Iran regime-oligarch connection is particularly concerning:

Oligarchs and Unethical Practices

With their immense wealth, Western, Arab, and other oligarchs are willing to pay exorbitant sums to bypass waitlists and legal channels for organ transplants.

Desperation in Iran under the Mullahs

The Iranian economy is in shamble due to the tyrannical regime, creating a breeding ground for exploitation. Individuals facing financial ruin become easy targets for traffickers, promising a way out of poverty and fueling a cycle of abuse.

This raises a troubling question: are helpless people in Iran essentially being turned into human spare parts for the wealthy elite?

Preying on the Vulnerable

Iran, under the rule of mullahs, is just one piece of this global puzzle. International trafficking rings exploit vulnerable people from many countries. Agents operating within these countries act as the initial point of contact, befriending or manipulating those struggling financially. They dangle the promise of immense sums of money in exchange for an organ, often a vital organ like a kidney. The desperation of poverty clouds judgment, making the offer seem like a lifeline.

Deception and Exploitation

The deception goes a step further. Victims are misled about the legality and risks associated with the surgery. They are promised anonymity and exceptional medical care, but the reality is far from rosy. These individuals are often transported to Iran or other countries with weaker regulations for the surgery. The agent pockets a large commission, while the donor receives a fraction of the promised money. Often, they lack access to proper post-operative care, jeopardizing their long-term health.

Veil of Secrecy

Iran, under the Islamic terrorist regime and with a possible unregulated or poorly regulated transplant system, becomes an attractive destination. The oligarchs’ main objective of keeping Iran away from international media scrutiny fuels this clandestine trade. A shroud of secrecy allows the trafficking ring to operate with impunity.

The international community must act to dismantle these trafficking rings. Here are some possible steps:

Investigate and Crack Down

International law enforcement agencies must collaborate on investigations to expose the networks, apprehend the perpetrators, and target the agents operating in different countries.

Financial Disincentives

Sanctions targeting individuals or entities involved in organ trafficking could disrupt their financial operations.

Support for Vulnerable People

Bolstering economies and social safety nets in countries with high poverty rates can reduce the desperation that makes people vulnerable to traffickers.

Combatting Media Blackouts

Shining a light on the Iranian regime’s criminal role in this trade and pressuring for transparency can make it a less attractive destination for oligarchs seeking organs.

Raising Awareness is a Key

The fight against organ trafficking requires a multi-pronged approach. Raising awareness is crucial – educating potential victims and highlighting the ethical implications for those seeking organs through illicit channels.

Organ transplants should offer a chance at a new life, not fuel a despicable trade. By holding those responsible accountable and ensuring ethical practices, we can ensure organ transplants remain a symbol of hope, not exploitation.

Do we understand that the international community, including various heads of government, is complicit in this scam? Their silence and inaction raise serious questions. They must prove otherwise by taking concrete steps to dismantle this tyrannical regime. They must stand with the people who yearn for freedom and democracy.

Make Christianity Masculine Again

By Coach Dave Daubenmire

May 23, 2024

Most Christian pastors are woosies. There. I said it.

The compromised, weak, Jesus loves everybody messages emanating from the pulpits of America are responsible for the full bore, full steam ahead, in-your-face-assault on everything Christian in the nation.

The pulpits have preached a woosie Jesus and have filled America’s churches with weak, compromised men.

I am sorry if this offends some of you weak, nicer-than-Jesus followers of Him, but the Truth is the Truth no matter how much it stings.

Is it any wonder that the average beer drinking, NASCAR loving, face-painting football fanatic wants nothing to do with team Jesus?

Let me ask you a question…if you were not already saved, what is it about Christianity than would draw you to wanting to join team Jesus?

The “Praise the Lord! Jesus loves you brother! Who am I to judge” bilge does not resonate with those outside the safe confines of most of America’s churches. As the Apostle Paul warned us “For if the trumpet gives an uncertain sound, who shall prepare himself to the battle?” Will someone please blow the damn trumpet!!

Most of the messages are self-focused, soft, and geared towards women and men who act like women. It is almost as if testosterone went out the door with messages of hell and damnation.

If you were a non-Christian male in today’s society, what is it about Christianity that would make you want to become one? There is a reason why the stadiums are full and the churches are empty.

A few years ago, I was working hard to disciple a friend and finally, after having had enough of my overtures, he honestly and forcibly said to me:

“Dave, I think the world of you and what you believe but I do not want to talk about Jesus any more. I AM NOT INTERESTED IN LOOSING MY BALLS!”

Boom. That is it, is it not? Christianity has lost its balls. Why would any man want to become a Christian if it means losing his stones?

We need to make Christianity MASCULINE again.

Have you been watching what is going on with Harrison But-kicker the Kansas City Chiefs kicker who called for more masculinity in America today? You know, love your wife, raise a family, be a stay-at-home Mom, have more kids, the kind of values the American church used to support?

Of course, that was pre-Travis Kelce bowing to every whimper of his feministic, lion-taming, Jezebel, Taylor Swift. Kelce did not publicly support his But-kicking teammate during the feminist onslaught. In fact, he is playing on the other team…Taylor’s team. Listen to this dolt.

At least now we know that a punter is more of a man than Kelce. Evidently Travis Kelce is one of those soft-men that my buddy was talking about when he told me he didn’t want to lose his stones.

Look. If we are ever to get this ship called America righted, we must Make America Masculine Again.

Did you know that they once asked Jesus who was the greatest Christian to walk the earth? His response was shocking and a real indictment of where we find ourselves. Jesus responded:

“And as they departed, Jesus began to say unto the multitudes concerning John, What went ye out into the wilderness to see? A reed shaken with the wind? But what went ye out for to see? A man clothed in soft raiment? behold, they that wear soft clothing are in kings’ houses. But what went ye out for to see? A prophet? yea, I say unto you, and more than a prophet. For this is he, of whom it is written, Behold, I send my messenger before thy face, which shall prepare thy way before thee. Verily I say unto you, Among them that are born of women there hath not risen a greater than John the Baptist: notwithstanding he that is least in the kingdom of heaven is greater than he. And from the days of John the Baptist until now the kingdom of heaven suffereth violence, and the violent take it by force.”

The Kingdom of God is under assault in America. We will never win the Spiritual war if TEAM JESUS is led by men who are shaken by reeds, dressed in fine linens, while hiding behind the pulpit in the church.

Harrison Butt-Kicker fired the first salvo over the bow of the feminist agenda. At what point will the soft-dressed American Christian leaders PUBLICLY get behind him?

War is not for sissies and America is at war. Thank God for men like Harrison Butt-Kicker!

It is time for all the Christian weenies to come out from hiding from the butchie, feminist women, and take our rightful place as the head of the home. America could use a more John the Baptists and less Joel O’Steens and his cadre of Prissy Pastors.

It is time to man-up my Christian brothers. Despite what you have been taught, it was gritty, gutsy, MEN who made America great. Your country and your King need you NOW!!

Take some time and read about the FAITH HALL OF FAME. Christin Testosterone is a good thing.

It is time we made Christianity Masculine again.

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com

America: We’re in Serious Trouble

By Frosty Wooldridge

May 23, 2024

Okay, I talk to a lot of people across this country. Just your basic, decent, good, kind and patriotic Americans! That’s you, that’s me, that’s the bedrock of America. There’s a whole bunch of solid, hardworking Americans that feel uneasy as to what’s going in America.

The mainstream media twists reality to unreality. “The View” features a bunch of wacko females who hate the majority of Americans. One of them said that the basketball phenomenon Catlin Clark enjoyed “Pretty Privilege…and White Privilege.” What a crock of horse-feathers! Clark became the highest scoring basketball player in college history. Yet, she’s demeaned by a black woman on The View. No one ever demeans Blackman Stephen Curry for being the greatest three point shooter in NBA history. No one ever demeans Wilt Chamberlain for scoring 100 points in a single game.

Whatever is going on in this country with all this twisting of reality, it’s all a crock. The fact is, Joe Biden stands as the most incompetent president of all time. He’s invited an invasion of our country over 12,000,000 refugees from 160 other countries. Yet, the Democrats cover for him. The media covers for him. None of them will report on the 100,000 annual American deaths from drugs screaming across our borders. No one will touch the fact that we face another 9/11 from all the Muslims that have skipped into our country because Joe Biden lets them!

My fellow journalist Mike Adams said, “‘If you’re wondering what the millions of illegals will do to the American people once they are given orders to commit mass mayhem, infrastructure sabotage and organized murder of the American people, just observe all the killing of Palestinians currently being carried out by #Israel WITH THE SUPPORT of the entire #GOP, the federal government, the US State Department, etc. When the killing starts in America, NOBODY in government will come to your aid because nobody in a position of power wants America to survive.

“That’s why Texas Gov. Abbott will gladly send thousands of law enforcement to brutalize students on campus in Austin, but won’t send anyone to stop the illegal border invasion. Between 250,000 – 300,000 illegals are entering the U.S. PER MONTH, a number that exceeds by a factor of 10 the entire Russian military recruitment monthly pipeline of new soldiers. A foreign army of millions is already staged across America, awaiting final orders. This is all being done with the support of nearly the entire U.S. government and the U.S. Congress.

“The United States of America is being invaded, overrun, and destroyed ON PURPOSE, and if you don’t yet understand that this will end in the attempted mass slaughter of the American people and the taking of their land, homes and resources, then you’re living in total denial of reality. Our “representatives” are traitors, and our own government is actively engineering the complete destruction of our nation and the extermination of the American people. Wake up.‘”

There are some gutsy journalists out there trying to wake up the American people. It’s a guaranteed fact that Norah O’Donnell, David Muir, Lester Holt, Scott Simon, Terry Gross, 60 Minutes, and the rest of them won’t do anything to educate you about what we all face.

Mike Adams added, “’The entire purpose of the mainstream media (corporate media) is to convince you that none of the devastating things taking place right now are happening, so that you take no action until it’s too late. Illegal immigration will destroy America, yet you are being told it’s not real. The COVID jabs are causing global infertility, depopulation, and sudden deaths by the millions, yet you are told none of that is happening.

“The climate cultists are shutting down food producing farms across Europe and (soon) the United States while banning combustion engines. This will lead to engineered global famine, yet you are told that food doesn’t need to come from farms at all. Instead, it will come from cricket protein factories. Think about all the lies the media continues to tell: That J6 was an “insurrection,” that Building 7 should be forgotten, that herbicides are good for your health, that the #dollar will always be strong, that #Ukraine will defeat Russia, that ivermectin is bad for you, etc.

“EACH ONE OF THESE LIES is designed to nullify your critical thinking while you are being meticulously exterminated. This is an attempted global culling of the human race, and the corporate media’s entire job is to keep you in a state of passive acceptance of your own extermination while it’s taking place in real time. If you are reading this, consider yourself among the top 1% of rare, informed individuals who knows what’s happening. The other 99% who read nothing but MSM sources have no clue at all.’”

Okay, if you have read my columns for years, I’ve said it over and over again. Now, we’ve got more gutsy journalists to repeat not only what my columns have been saying for years, but my three published books have made it even clearer: Immigration’s Unarmed Invasion: Deadly Consequences published 2004…America on the Brink published 2009: The Next Added 100 Million Americans …America’s Overpopulation Predicament: Blindsiding Future Generations published 2021 by Frosty Wooldridge.

Those books I wrote over the past 20 years spell out the destruction, decay and collapse of America because of mass immigration. Our current president and majority of Congress are out to kill America. Worse, they are succeeding. Our country faces destruction because our country continues on a self-destruct path of apathy, stupidity and outright denial of reality. You can deny reality for quite some time, but reality will finally confront you.

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

Different Strokes, Different Folks

by Lee Duigon

May 23, 2024

I’m looking at a face with wide gogggling eyes, a decidedly fishy mouth, a big round silver medallion hanging from one ear—shoot, it would look great on a certain kind of merry-go-round.

But it’s not a face, not at all. It’s a clear plastic trash bag filled with garbage, mostly soda cans. Damn! I could draw that face. I know exactly what it is—so why do I continue to see it as a face?

It’s an optical illusion. My eye, with help from my imagination, has played a trick on me. Nothing more to it than that.

Ah! But what if I were to insist the bag of soda cans really is a face? And that anyone who doesn’t see it is a Hater, and must be dealt with sternly? Maybe I could go a step farther and declare I recognize the face. “Look! It’s that Marvel Comics superhero, Fisho! Or it might be Bernie Sanders…”

[NOTE: As an experiment, I asked my wife to stand directly behind my chair and tell me what she sees. She replied at once, “A face! With big round eyes and a fishy mouth.” Exactly what I saw. But when I asked my next-door neighbor to take a look, she couldn’t see a face at all.]

Same information, for two different sets of eyes—but with entirely different results.

People see the same things differently. And that explains a lot. It’s why we have Republicans and Democrats, Hatfields and McCoys: same information, but totally different perceptions. It makes me wonder, as a political scientist, how we govern our country at all. Some see the face, some don’t. If it were a more important issue, we might wind up fighting over it.

It certainly explains elections, doesn’t it?

If we don’t want the fighting to get out of hand, we have to agree to disagree—and that’s harder than it looks. Once upon a time it plunged our country into civil war: individual states vs. federal government, and two vastly different takes on states’ rights… and slavery. Try to name a war that didn’t start over widely different perceptions of the same damned thing.

The one thing everyone has to agree on, in such a situation, is the desirability of peace and civil order. That has to be the commitment shared by all. To a degree, ordinary daily life would not be possible without it. In real life we rely on it every day. Otherwise the police would be a lot busier than they already are.

Can we keep that commitment? God help us: I’m afraid that’s what this year’s presidential election will decide. We break that commitment at our peril—the party in power deciding, for instance, that the other party’s candidate must be packed off to prison.

Playing with fire, that’s what it is. Watch out we don’t get burned.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://www.leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and visit, always taking care not to start a civil war. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

A Picture Paints a Thousand Words, Portrait of King Charles III

By Shirley Edwards

May 22, 2024

(These are my views as a woman living in England, on how the culture and spirit of my country has changed over 50 years. Why the country does not feel protected or strong any more, how it has lost, and is losing it values and decency, and how we are daily losing our free speech.)

They say we should never look back to the past or resist the change which mankind claims to promote in the so-called evolution of our human history. Life is meant to go forwards not backwards, but to be perfectly honest, I’m holding on to certain standards right now, and trying to always remember some of the beauty and the decency which we once cherished and strived for, before it is gone for good.

Fortunately, I know I’m not alone in witnessing the distortion and the destruction of our countries. As bad as it is, there is a human divide of great numbers now who know what and who the enemy is and are shining a light in the darkness. But, unfortunately, the lies, the greed, and the total mockery of God’s creation both physically and geographically thrown in our faces each day, has driven many people to utter despair or death. It is especially hard at times to live and work amongst people who are indifferent, or who are still unaware of the plans which are in store for them.

I believe the first official portrait since the coronation of King Charles III, painted by Jonathan Yeo, which has caused quite a stir amongst art critics, is actually a significant and accurate representation of the present-day colour which now paints today’s British culture.

The wash of red paint reminds me of the blood which has been un-necessarily shed, a cancelling out, and a displacement of my country and its people.

King Charles: First official portrait since coronation is unveiled, painted by Jonathan Yeo – BBC News

Like the dull stoney eyed stares of fashion models who grace our glossy magazines, it represents a truth which disguises itself behind the attire and the image of expensive finery. But it’s all a lie.

The reality of life on the streets of the UK is entirely different to how it once was. There is nothing to hide behind. Many people are afraid to walk the streets of towns and cities in the UK which have become unrecognisable. They are afraid to go to their doctors and hospitals’ and they do not like what their children are being exposed to in schools and via the media. The popularity of the Monarchy is also diminishing as people become more aware of an elite group of people who steal from the poor to give to the wealthy, in body mind and spirit.

Was painting a portrait in Red really appropriate and what does the colour Red represent? I’d say a Red Flag in this instance.

Unholy

British singer Sam Smith in the 2023 Grammy Awards was attired in Red, alongside Kim Petras the first transwoman to win a Grammy.

Their song ‘Unholy’ is about infidelity and features scenes in a car body shop and a strip club.

Prior to Sam Smith becoming known for wearing elaborate bizarre clothes and making provocative videos; although a gay man, Sam Smith was more well known for singing soulful ballads. He appeared thoughtful and believable.

Kim Petras and Sam Smith Bring Fiery Red ‘Unholy’ Style to the Grammys 2023 Red Carpet (yahoo.com)

It is reported from an interview with Billboard, Sam Smith said:

“I think joy for me, and for a lot of queer people, is quite a dangerous place. We’re all masters of pain, and I think it’s … courageous to step into the queer joy of it all.”’

Sam Smith Opens Up On Their Journey to ‘Queer Joy’ & Teases New Album (billboard.com)

The Red Flag of Eurovision 2024

Sam and other artists are not the only celebrities to popularize the colour Red, or promote queer joy. Are they really being courageous, or are they being controlled?

Wearing a Red Fluffy jacket and pink skirt, this year’s winner of the Eurovision Song Contest was won by Swiss artist Nemo, with a song called ‘The Code’

The lyrics to The Code are meant to be the singers experience with coming to terms with their non-binary identity.

Nemo is quoted as saying:

“I’m mostly just really grateful for this experience and all the friends I’ve made along the way. This was one of the most queer representations we’ve seen at Eurovision which was amazing, I want to shout out all the other queer artists this year.”

Eurovision 2024 winner’s press conference with Nemo

The 68th Eurovision Song Contest watched by 7.6 million people, which was a big drop in previous viewers; also witnessed Bambie Thug, a goth gremlin goblin witch who was representing the country of Ireland with the song ‘Doomsday Blue’.

Bambie Thug sang and danced inside a pentagram.

BBC music correspondent Mark Savage, who reported on most of the acts, declared the song to be “weird and witchy’ – a song so shocking that one Irish priest declared the country was finished.

The entry for the UK was performed by Olly Alexander and the song was called ‘Dizzy’ It was reported that the performance was about gay group sex in a filthy bathroom. The singer and the male dancers, of course, predictably, all wore Red.

It was apparently an embarrassing performance and received – Nil Points.

Eurovision 2024 winner’s press conference with Nemo
Bambie Thug: Meet the designer behind their look – BBC News
Eurovision 2024: Bambie Thug breaks Ireland’s semi-final ‘curse’ – BBC News
Eurovision: What does the UK have to do to win? (yahoo.com)

Reading about the Eurovision Song Contest which was once a family show, and which claims to be non-political, it appears it was explicit in that there was blatant and extremely perverse mockery being directed towards everything which is wholesome, fun and beautiful.

In this instance the colour Red, was a symbol of sacrifice and initiation towards a form of slavery linked to the occult which was apparently evident in the performances.

The portrait of King Charles III featured a butterfly landing on his shoulder. The artist reportedly stated he kept the tradition of the uniform and the sword, but he was aiming for something more modern with the bold colour and the butterfly which he states in art represents metamorphosis and re-birth.

The symbol of the Monarch butterfly is also a symbol of mind control.

Never has there been such a time in history when we have witnessed such blatant mind control being conducted which is ‘out in the open’.

There is one heck of a big Red Flag being waved.

I am pleased Eurovision 2024 did not attract many viewers, I wondered where OFCOM, the government approved regulatory body who are meant to protect people from harmful or offensive material was?

It’s a bit too late to close the gate once the horses have bolted.

Speaking of which, last month, four horses broke free from the Household Cavalry Mounted Regiment, the Ceremonial Guard of the British Monarch, and galloped through the streets of London.

The media are a bit sketchy on just how many horses broke free. Some say four, some say five, some say several and some will not say the colour of the horse which was covered in blood.

The horses were Black but there was one horse initially seen covered in blood which was White, before another horse was injured.

You can listen to a full report from Lieutenant Colonel Matt Woodward from the Household Cavalry Mounted Regiment here, and watch the startling scenes of the horses running free:

Military horses break free, run loose across London; 2 seriously hurt (youtube.com)

2 of the 4 horses that broke free in central London underwent surgery, British Army says – ABC News (go.com)

The signs and the symbols which we are witnessing all around us are not to be overlooked. Although there is great darkness, there is light which is exposing these warnings to us. Life will go forwards and upwards or forwards and downwards to hell. Which road you travel on is important.

I don’t want to forget or be indifferent to the red flags and the signs, and the facts which were and are being presented to us, and I don’t want to be fearful or resentful to them.

“Whatever is true, whatever is noble, whatever is right, whatever is pure, whatever is lovely, whatever is admirable – if anything is excellent or praiseworthy – think on such things” —Philippians 4:8

E-Mail Shirley Edwards: eshirley02@gmail.com

Links:

King Charles: First official portrait since coronation is unveiled, painted by Jonathan Yeo – BBC News

Kim Petras and Sam Smith Bring Fiery Red ‘Unholy’ Style to the Grammys 2023 Red Carpet (yahoo.com)

Sam Smith Opens Up On Their Journey to ‘Queer Joy’ & Teases New Album (billboard.com)

Eurovision 2024 winner’s press conference with Nemo

Bambie Thug: Meet the designer behind their look – BBC News

Eurovision 2024: Bambie Thug breaks Ireland’s semi-final ‘curse’ – BBC News

Eurovision: What does the UK have to do to win? (yahoo.com)

Military horses break free, run loose across London; 2 seriously hurt (youtube.com)

2 of the 4 horses that broke free in central London underwent surgery, British Army says – ABC News (go.com)

Record High Of Hostility & Violence Against Churches In America

Authored by Bradlee Dean not AI

May 22, 2024

“If you’re not careful, the newspapers will have you hating the people who are being oppressed, and loving the people who are doing the oppressing.” -X

If it is not the sodomites who are playing the victims to those who stand up to their crimes by calling them bigots and haters (Leviticus 18:22), then it is those from the Middle East that mean to treasonously conquer America by calling out those who stand up against their crimes as ‘Islamophobic” (Article III, Section 3 U.S. Constitution). The truth of the matter is that they hate the very Laws that condemn their crimes. This is why they are attacking them by playing the victim. Yet, they are getting special categories of protection from the corrupt within the halls of government.

There are Laws in the books already that address these issues. What is this all about? They are defending these groups that are getting special permission as to whom they can now attack and play the victim. Nothing new here (Ecclesiastes 1:9).

Now we have the people supporting the likes of today’s Israel without paying attention to who they are supporting. Meanwhile, American government is attempting to strip the people over here for ‘antisemitic’ behavior when it comes to their First Amendment, God-given Rights. It is being reported that “US House Passes Bill to Outlaw New Testament.” This is about as backward and as telling as it gets (Isaiah 5:20).

Make distinction when defending people regardless of religion ethnicity or race video

This antisemitic hate crime bill is aimed at Christians furthermore these protests were all pre planned

MUST WATCH SHORT VIDEO

Firstliberty.org highlighted “New Report: Record High Hostility and Violence Against Churches in America.”

Hostility and violence against churches in America is at an all-time high, according to a recent Family Research Council report. They documented more than 430 incidents in 2023—more than double the number in 2022.

That’s an 800% increase in incidents since 2018 and an average of 39 attacks every month. America’s churches aren’t just witnessing hostility and violence at a higher rate than ever before. The report suggests the attacks are increasingly more violent and more personal. Close to 400 were acts of vandalism and arson, which often left church properties defaced and causing thousands of dollars of damage in many cases. Gun-related crimes, assault, interruption of church services and bomb threats comprised a smaller share of the attacks. Those numbers are bad. But it’s likely that the problem is much worse. As FRC notes, “many acts of hostility against churches are likely not reported to authorities and/or are not featured in the news or other online sources…Thus, the number of acts of hostility is undoubtedly much higher than the number reflected in this report.”

These findings also correlate with a similar report titled “The Intensifying Intolerance Toward Christians in the West,” documenting a sharp rise in religious freedom violations. The 2024 data shows that persecution of Christians by Western governments rose by 60% last year. And over the past four years, most violations in the Western world actually took place in the United States.

These trends are alarming—and they betray everything that religious freedom in America is about. Attacks, threats and terror against houses of worship have no place in our country. We’re founded on the principle that people of all faiths should be able to worship peacefully. No American should ever have to worry about their safety at their house of worship. Sadly, it seems that we’re getting further away from that founding principle.

It’s almost impossible to separate these trends from the broader cultural and legal fight that’s being waged on religious freedom. We shouldn’t be surprised to hear about rising violence on churches, especially when so many institutions in our society don’t appear to value the free exercise of religion.

Whether it’s government, woke corporate America, higher education, the media or political activist groups, they’ve all shown a particular disdain for religious Americans. And to some extent, they’ve all had a hand in trying to strip away the legal and constitutional protections that guard people of faith.

“There is a common connection between the growing religious persecution abroad and the rapidly increasing hostility toward churches here at home: our government’s policies,” according to FRC President Tony Perkins. “The indifference abroad to the fundamental freedom of religion is rivaled only by the increasing antagonism toward the moral absolutes taught by Bible-believing churches here in the U.S., which is fomenting this environment of hostility toward churches.”

At First Liberty, we often warn Americans that no nation is immune to tyranny. We constantly say that we need to heed the warning signs. Religious persecution and violence aren’t just happening in totalitarian regimes far away. The stats show that some of the worst offenders are America’s neighbors.

And now, the numbers clearly show that religious persecution is increasing on our shores.

This reminds us why protecting and restoring religious freedom is so important. There’s a reason why it’s the First Freedom in the Bill of Rights, the very first that appears in the First Amendment. History shows that chaos, violence and tyranny result when this fundamental freedom isn’t protected.

This is not a time for indifference. As Americans, we can’t afford to bury our heads in the sand. We need to stand up for our First Freedom. We need to make sure America remains a safe haven where people of all faiths are free to live and worship in peace.

Leaving the Church Defenseless?

His Tabernacle Family Church, led by Pastor Micheal Spencer, recently got a huge win in court for their First and Second Amendment rights.

The congregation challenged a New York law that prohibited firearms at places of worship. The hypocrisy of this law allowed most secular establishments, like Home Depot or a local diner, to decide for if patrons can defend themselves. But houses of worship couldn’t.

In December, a federal appeals court ruled in favor of His Tabernacle Family Church. The Court rejected the State of New York’s unconstitutional attempt to make all houses of worship in New York gun-free zones.

Pastor Micheal discusses why this wasn’t just a win that protected his flock, but also the rights and freedoms of countless Americans. Watch below:

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

What Can the Constitution Do For You?

By Paul Engel

May 21, 2024

Does the Constitution still matter anymore?
Is the Constitution a magically document that will save the day?
Or is it the only tool that can restore our rights.

I meet a lot of people who think the Constitution is useless, while others wonder how people can get away with violating it. While these may appear to be opposing positions, I believe they stem from the same misconception: That the Constitution of the United States is some superhero that will come flying in to save the day. Rather, the Constitution is ink on parchment, a tool and nothing more. Like any other tool, the Constitution is absolutely useless unless it is picked up and wielded. And like any other tool, unless you learn how to use the Constitution, you’re much more likely to crush your own thumb than those who are infringing on your rights.

What is the Constitution

We need to start at the beginning. What is the Constitution? Yes, it’s ink on parchment, words on paper. If that’s all it is, then why do so many people revere it? In the Supreme Court case Marbury v. Madison, we find:

Certainly all those who have framed written Constitutions contemplate them as forming the fundamental and paramount law of the nation,

Marbury v. Madison Opinion

So if the Constitution is the fundamental and paramount law of the United States, why is it violated so often? Because the Constitution is just laws.

A rule, particularly an established or permanent rule, prescribed by the supreme power of a state to its subjects, for regulating their actions, particularly their social actions.

Law – Webster’s 1828 Dictionary

The Constitution is not some magical incantation, or spell that forces all who hear it to comply. Like any other law, it’s powerless without law enforcement.

That which gives energy or effect; sanction. The penalties of law are enforcements.

Enforcement – Webster’s 1828 Dictionary

In other words, the Constitution, like any other law, is merely a tool, a means of articulating the rules. It’s their enforcement that gives laws power. The Marbury court stated that the Constitution forms the fundamental and paramount law of a nation, or as Article VI, Clause 2 states, the supreme law of the land:

U.S. Constitution, Article VI, Clause 2

However, all this vaunted talk of supreme, fundamental, and paramount laws mean absolutely nothing unless and until they are enforced.

The Constitution as a “Power” Tool

Most people I talk to about the Constitution see it as something someone else should be using to protect their rights. While I agree, people like politicians, judges, and attorneys should be using the Constitution enforcing the rules of the Constitution, today they show little interest in fulfilling the oath they took to support it. Part of the reason, I believe, is the fact that most politicians and all judges and attorneys learn their craft in law schools. Sadly, it appears that these supposed schools of law completely ignore the supreme law of the land. For five years I have asked every judge, attorney, or anyone who attended law school a simple question. Did they study the actual Constitution in law school or did they study “constitutional law”? In those five years I have had exactly one person say he studied the Constitution in law school. “Constitutional law” is not law because it did not go through the lawmaking process. Rather, it’s the opinions of judges, passed down and manipulated over generations of attorneys, in order to to arrive at the outcome they sought. Many of the law school graduates I have met stated how they studied the Constitution in other ways, but the schools dedicated to teaching the law have failed to teach the students the supreme law of the land. To understand why this is so important, let’s take a look at how the Constitution functions.

What prevents Congress from making laws that control a person’s speech or what they can publish? Most people would say “The First Amendment!” The First Amendment may prohibit such actions, but can do nothing to prevent it. Only the enforcement of the First Amendment would render such a law null and void, and only the political backlash from such unconstitutional actions would prevent members of Congress from voting for such a law in the first place. It’s the same way a hammer cannot drive a nail until it’s picked up and swung properly. Yet in the United States today, Congress passes hundreds of unconstitutional laws and the executive agencies promulgate thousands of unconstitutional rules and regulations every year, yet no one seems concerned about it. Why? First, I believe that most politicians and bureaucrats have no clue what the Constitution actually says. I guess, in their case ignorance is bliss. Second, We the People rarely if ever actually provide the political backlash to dissuade government actors from their unconstitutional acts. Why do the American people do nothing when the supreme law of the land is violated? Again, I think there are two reasons. First, We the People know even less about the Constitution than those who went to law school. In this case ignorance is not bliss, but misery. Second, because we keep sitting around for “Captain Constitution” to fly in and save the day. Is this how the Constitution was meant to be wielded?

Who Wields The Constitution

When I was in high school, I was taught that the Constitution was only for politicians, judges, and lawyers, that it was to complicated for “average” people to understand. It wasn’t until decades later that I learned the truth about who the Constitution was written for.

The first clue to who the Constitution was written for comes from its own preamble.

We the People of the United States, … do ordain and establish this Constitution for the United States of America.

U.S. Constitution, Preamble

If We the People are the ones who ordained and established the Constitution for the United States, shouldn’t we not only know what it says, but be well educated on the subject? This is certainly what John Jay, our first Chief Justice of the United States, thought about it.

Every member of the State ought diligently to read and to study the constitution of his country, and teach the rising generation to be free. By knowing their rights, they will sooner perceive when they are violated, and be the better prepared to defend and assert them.

John Jay, First Chief Justice of the United States

Mr. Jay thought that everyone should not only read and study the Constitution, but to teach it to the rising generations. In the opinion of the very first Chief Justice, it was not the responsibility of government to teach our children to be free, it’s each and every one of ours. And look at what we get for diligently reading and studying the Constitution: Tools! Reading and studying the Constitution gives us the tools to recognize when our rights are being violated, and the tools to defend and assert them. However, just like the first toolkit many of us got when we were young, these tools won’t do us any good if we keep them locked up and refuse to use them.

Adding Power to the Tools

Now we know where to get the tools we need, we should start figuring out how to put them to good use. There’s an old saying, “To a hammer, everything looks like a nail.” It expresses the idea of tunnel vision. If all you have is a hammer, the only thing you can do is drive things in as if they were nails. Thankfully, the Constitution is not a single tool, but a toolkit. And like any toolkit, there are some tools we use more often than others. That’s not to say the other tools are less valuable, but I’ve found a couple of tools that are almost universal in their ability to help the other tools work.

The Supremacy Clause

U.S. Constitution, Article VI, Clause 2

I know we’ve already mentioned the Supremacy Clause, but there are a few things about this tool that may not be obvious at first. The Supremacy Clause clearly lists three things as the supreme law of the land. First, the Constitution. That seems pretty obvious. Second, the laws of the United States. but only those laws made pursuant to, or following, the Constitution. Lastly, treaties. Again, only those treaties made under the Authority of the United States. And where does the United States get its authority? Why from the Constitution, of course. This means that just because Congress passes a law, or the President signs a treaty with the advice and consent of the Senate, it does not make it the supreme law of the land. In fact, as Alexander Hamilton put it in Federalist Paper #78:

Alexander Hamilton – Federalist Paper #78

Now, let’s look at what is not included as the supreme law of the land. Executive Orders are not the supreme law of the land, neither are rules and regulations made by the executive branch. Even the decisions of courts are not the supreme law of the land. In fact, the rest of the supremacy clause states:

and the Judges in every State shall be bound thereby, any Thing in the Constitution or Laws of any State to the Contrary notwithstanding.

U.S. Constitution, Article VI, Clause 2

In other words, the judges are bound to the Constitution, not the other way around. That sounds like a pretty beefy tool to me.

The Tenth Amendment

The next tool we need to have in our pocket is the Tenth Amendment.

The powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the States respectively, or to the people.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment X

Simply put, if the Constitution doesn’t delegate a power to the United States, then it belongs to someone else. Though some people like to state that the Constitution implies powers it doesn’t specifically enumerate, that doesn’t match with what the Tenth Amendment says. Another important point, powers are delegated to the United States.

To entrust; to commit; to deliver to anothers care and exercise; as, to delegate authority or power to an envoy, representative or judge.

Delegate – Webster’s 1828 Dictionary

That means the powers not only had to exist before they were delegated to the United States, but they needed to be possessed by another entity. In this case, as the Tenth Amendment points our, the powers not delegated to the United States are reserved to the states or the people.

Kept for another or future use; retained.

Reserved – Webster’s 1828 Dictionary

That means that any power the Constitution does not delegate to the United States is yours, either directly or through your state.

These two clauses provide so much power to the other tools in the Constitution, it’s like going from a simple screwdriver to a power screwdriver. Sure, you have a right to not be deprived of life, liberty or property without due process of law (Amendments V & XIV), but the supremacy clause means no entity can legally place an exception to that law. It also means that when the federal government comes in to regulate something they have not been delegated the power to regulate, the Tenth Amendment is your legal authority to say no.

Conclusion

Hopefully now you have a better idea of the tools you have available, and are feeling encouraged to learn how to use them. I’m reasonably sure you feel like you’re standing there with your bag of tools, staring at a decrepit old apartment building and wondering what difference you can make. After all, the place is huge, it’s a mess, and the vast majority of the tenants either won’t do a thing or are actively trying to destroy the place. What can one person do in the face of such opposition?

Don’t miss the forest for the trees. Yes, the United States is a gigantic mess with hundreds of millions of people and fifty different states, all with their own agendas. You don’t have to fix the United States though; all you have to do is make your neighborhood better. That decrepit and messed up apartment building is made up of apartments, just as the United States is made up of individual states. Each of those apartments are made up of different rooms, just as the states are made up of counties, cities, and towns. So before you go trying to fix the United States, even before you try to fix your state, clean up your county, city, or town. Start by voting for representatives who understand the oath they will take to support the Constitution of your state and the United States. Many of them will not have studied these constitutions, so help them. Point out their oaths, what the Constitution actually says, and your expectation that they fulfill their oath. If they don’t, make sure the political backlash is both constitutionally sound and very, very public. To do that, you’ll also need to help your neighbors understand the Constitution and the consequences of ignoring it. That way, when your elected representatives screw up, and they will, it’s not just you pushing back, but a hopefully growing number of your neighbors. As those elected officials start looking at statewide offices, make sure they know you will hold them to their oaths just as firmly at the state level as you did at the local level. As more and more people across your state see the benefit of using the tools we have to keep our governments in check, they will start learning to use these tools as well, and your state will be not only be more constitutional, but freer as well. As this message spreads across the states, they will become more constitutionally sound and Washington, D.C. will become less important. After all, according to the supreme law of the land, there’s actually very little the federal government can legally do.

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

Titanic: Accident or Deliberate Drowning?

By Sidney Secular

May 21, 2024

What does the FED (Federal Reserve) have to do with the sinking of the Titanic? The owner of the White Star line, a fleet of ships which included the Titanic, was J.P. Morgan, the financial shark (apologies to the species!). He belonged to a circle of criminal and conspirator bankers that wanted to found the FED in the USA as its central bank. On board the maiden voyage of the Titanic was a cabal of very wealthy people opposed to formation of such a central bank especially as it was constructed under FED guidelines. These included Benjamin Guggenheim, Isidor Strauss, John Jacob Astor, and other financial oligarchs.

Because they opposed this effort at world financial domination, Astor and this circle of financiers had to be eliminated! However, because they were hardly unknowns in the world economy, this had to be done with no possibility of the matter being connected to the issue at hand. As a result, they all just happened to be aboard the Titanic on her maiden voyage. Morgan was also on the list of passengers, but backed out just before sailing. When the Titanic had an “accident” and sank, they perished to a man. Note: Yes, the Titanic did not have half the lifeboats needed for those on board (including the crew), but it did have more lifeboats than were demanded by the shipping regulators! The idea that the boat was short lifeboats for some nefarious reason is not true. Indeed, she was designed to be as safe as anything can be, but there’s more to safety than enough boats! Many of the ship’s lifeboats left with only a few of the forty people maximum because the passengers did not believe that the ship was in danger! Also, while the ethics of the sea were that women and children were to be first into the boats, that maxim failed to take into account the class of those women and children. Hence, more women and children from steerage class died than did men in the first class!

And there were many other problems. A message from a German ship giving the longitude and latitude of the ice-field containing the berg that the Titanic hit “got lost” in the thousands of messages being sent by passengers to Cape Race and then forwarded on to New York. Had that message gotten to the bridge, there would have been changes to the ship’s course and speed! After the collision, the Titanic had a great problem getting other ships to understand her plight! Her sister ship, the Olympic merely said that they would meet in New York! The radioman of The Californian, a ship that had stopped because of the ice only five miles away from the Titanic had gone off duty and no one heard the distress call! (By the way, this was the first use of the signal SOS for disasters!) The rockets fired from the decks of the Titanic – a well known nautical disaster signal! – was responded to by the other ship with an attempt to contact by signal lights that went unseen and so, the crew of The Californian actually watched the Titanic sink without having any idea what was taking place a mere five miles away!

All of this helped assure that the oligarchs opposed to the FED’s formation would perish. There is some belief that had the millionaires not remained on the ship and thus perished, that there were crew members who would have seen to their deaths, but that is way too “tin-foil hat!” Remember there were no lifeboats for the crew either with the exception of the sailors who had to go with every boat! Of course, underlying this “conspiracy theory” was the fact that a novella, written in 1898, “Futility, or the Wreck of the Titan” by one Morgan Robertson predicted nearly all the events surrounding the sinking of the Titanic in close detail including the dimensions of the ship itself! That could have been a blueprint for the entire scenario or, in the alternative, it could simply have been one of those “accidents of history” that make life so interesting. Whatever the truth about the Titanic, another truth is that The FED has been blamed as the single most disastrous economic development in American history, responsible for the economic crash of 1929 – and not just in America! – and the continuous depreciation in the value of the dollar beginning with its formation in 1913. The FED didn’t need the Titanic to be a disaster!

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

New Election Lawsuit: Plaintiffs RNC & Donald J. Trump

Authored by Devvy Kidd not AI

May 20, 2024

“One of the most cowardly things ordinary people do is to shut their eyes to facts.” —C. S. Lewis

There is great hope President-Elect Donald Trump, who was absolutely cheated for a second term, will win this November. Never mind all the conspiracy theories peddled by the prostitute media and mindless hens on garbage TV shows like The View that career criminal, Joe Biden, won in 2020.

That quote pretty much sums up the blabbermouth “experts” on CNN, MSNBC, ABC, NBC, FOX, CBS and bird cage liner newspapers like the NY Times “all the news that’s fake to print”. It’s really all about blind loyalty to a political party and their agenda, not to pedo sniffer Joe Biden. It’s about the immoral and unconstitutional rules and regulations that have been rammed down our throats by unconstitutional cabinets and agencies. All unelected by We the People.

Not to mention fake president Biden and his love for Executive Orders he can shove where the sun doesn’t shine. Please remember Executive Orders only apply to federal employees and are not law. VERIFY: Explaining the difference between executive orders and laws

What’s most important right now is to make sure the shadow government’s pimps don’t get away with it again. Not only was Trump cheated but so were constitutionally grounded candidates running for the U.S. House and Senate.

Kari Lake won the governor’s race, not the lying, cheating, morally bankrupt skank, Katie Hobbs, who parades around masquerading as AZ’s governor like she’s some kind of queen. Well, Katie: Look in the mirror and what do you see? Someone who cheated her way into a high office who hasn’t an ounce of integrity or honesty. Someone who cares nothing for the truth, only her ego and lust for power.

Dominion admitted their software was defective three days after the Nov. 2020 Election by LYLE J. RAPACKI, Ph.D., ARIZONA TODAY who was/is heavily involved in exposing the truth about the Big Steal in AZ (as did happen in NV, PA, GA, MI, MN). Quoting Lyle from his email, March 14, 2024: “For the past three and a half years, more concerns, evidence, witnesses, and discoveries have shown a well-planned and executed process to interfere with the election of November 7, 2020, and then again in the 2022 election, at least within Arizona. Almost the entire legal system either denied such, would not hear such, or would not rule on such even after compelling evidence and testimony were presented.

“People directly involved lost jobs, income, and positions in the community fighting the good fight to restore election integrity and security. Many elected officials could not be bothered to tackle such controversy and “conspiracy-minded” stuff. The cost to those who continued to fight the good fight for election integrity has been quite real, quite heavy – emotionally, as well as financially. To this day, I periodically meet someone who doesn’t hesitate to tell me it was all a conspiracy and political theatre.

“As running mates, Mark Finchem and Kari Lake filed in U.S. District Court, Arizona, an action requesting a temporary restraining order, alleging such egregious acts and violations of integrity in the electoral process.

“Today a Writ of Certiorari (cause to re-examine) is being submitted to the U.S. Supreme Court given the copious and prodigious amounts of evidence not allowed into lower courts but have now become painfully evident that such should have occurred. The gravity of the evidence from 2020 and continuing to present, is alarming and quite sobering. Then I received the 19-page report below dated March 19th, 2023, wherein Dominion admitted their voting software was defective, had “design flaws,” and “serious bugs.”

“Let us pray that the U.S. Supreme Court accepts the petition to re-examine, people are held accountable, and face consequences; and our electoral process takes a giant step forward toward returning to a transparent, secure, and integrity restored, so we all can trust again. The link below takes you to the 19-page Dominion report and confession.”

Dominion admitted their software was defective three days after the Nov. 2020 Election – Mar 13

“Dominion Voting Systems knew its software was compromised and covered it up until Friday. That was when emails between Dominion employees disclosed the cover up. The emails are now evidence in a Michigan Court case, 2023-285759-FH.

“Dominion employees admitted that its voting software was:

defective
had “a serious bug” and
“design flaws.”

The filing is 59 pages and is linked here.”

Of course I read it. Please do note almost all the names are Serbian: Aleksandar Lazarevic, Dragan Djordjevic, Dalibor Milovanovic, Ranko Stamatovic and Goran Obradovic to name a few. Pg 10: Affidavit of Sheriff Dar Leaf signed and notarized March 8, 2024.

Pg. 36: Must stop all the wild conspiracy theories “promoted by the president.” Email dated Nov. 12, 2024, obviously referring to President Trump. Pg. 52: Oh, my…the F word.

And, of course election fraud in local elections, i.e.:

Harris County Judge Orders New Election for 180th District Court Seat After Controversial 449-Vote Loss — Nearly 1,500 Votes Cast Illegally, May 15, 2024

“In a landmark decision, a Bexar County visiting judge has ordered a new election for the 180th District Court seat in Harris County, Texas. This ruling comes after Republican candidate Tami Pierce narrowly lost to Democrat DaSean Jones by a mere 449 votes in the November 2022 election.”

This is a four-video montage, each under 2 minutes. The first one is Jovan Pulitzer. Click on the image, it goes full screen to the hearings which I watched live at the time: BREAKING BOMBSHELL

“At this very moment at a polling location in Columbia, South Carolina, not only do we have access through the devices to the poll-pad, the system. BUT WE ARE IN.” It’s called hacking. How the votes were changed for Biden.

Besides the massive fraud from voting machines and scanners, the Big Steal was made possible by fake Americans counting votes. I say fake because true Americans should believe our elections must be fair and honest even if our candidate of choice legitimately loses. 2020 & 2022 exposed our election system as two of the most corrupt, dishonest election events in our history.

The destruction since usurper, Joe Biden, was unlawfully sworn into office along with cackler fake VP, Ho Kamala Harris is almost beyond words. Credit for allowing the fraud to succeed should also be given to the rotten SOB, FBI Director (Trump should have fired him on day one), Christopher Wray.

Turncoat U.S. Attorney Bill Barr as well as state judges who turned a blind eye to actual, physical evidence as was the case in Nevada. I also watched the Nevada hearing live and despite paper proof thousands and thousands of votes cast by registered voters WHO NO LONGER EVEN LIVED IN NEVADA was just fine with the judge who sided with the cheaters. Another partisan hack with no moral standards.

Trump has promised that on day one he will begin the biggest deportation operation ever seen in this country among other critical issues. Like Trump, hate his old tweets, don’t like his hair – put a sock in it. This isn’t a personality contest or gee, isn’t Bill Clinton so handsome! Yeah, like a rattlesnake. Our very survival is going to depend on getting Trump in the WH and taking control of both the House and Senate. Unfortunately, too many RINO’s allegedly won their primaries so it won’t be all roses and happy days. But Trump is going after the hordes of illegals.

Only We the People can stop another steal. Regular readers of my columns know I’ve been focusing on the 1997 U.S. Supreme Court 9-0 decision in Foster v. Love 9-0 for years. Did everything in my power to get Trump to file with the Supreme Court right away. (I know others did, too but were also ignored.) Since I’m a nobody in Trump’s circle, I’m sure my packages to him, his Chief Adviser, Stephen Miller and his NV case attorney, Jesse Bennell, just got tossed in the garbage can. Instead, the “legal” circus that ensued following Nov. 3, 2020 was obscene. It never had to happen that way.

THAT is exactly the sledgehammer that cheated Trump: Huge containers of ballot dumps in the middle of the night, tens of thousands of ballots “found” after Cheater Joe Biden was selected and rubber stamped by whores in the so-called “mainstream media” and state courts giving the okay to accept and count ballots days or weeks after election DAY. Day – singular – is 24 hours, not three days or two weeks later. Trump was ahead before midnight ON election DAY. China Joe Biden could not have won the election.

January 29, 2024: Finally: RNC Files Bombshell Election Lawsuit (Mine). If you missed it or need a refresher, please take the time to read it because it has all the details and FACTS as well as using Foster v Love. Most important is another lawsuit filed. Every GOP State Republican Party (and plaintiffs) in this country should join with Trump as Plaintiffs and file NOW using Nevada or Mississippi’s filing.

Trump Campaign Files First 2024 Election Lawsuit, Demands Ban on Counting of Mail-In Ballots After Election Day, May 4, 2024 (Emphasis mine): “The lawsuit is a response to legislation passed by Nevada’s Democratic-controlled legislature back in 2021, which allows the tallying of mail ballots received up to four days after Election Day so long as the envelopes are postmarked before the end of the day.

“Nevada’s ballot receipt deadline clearly violates federal law and undermines election integrity in the state,” RNC Chairman Michael Whatley said in a statement. “Ballots received days after Election Day should not be counted.”

“Nineteen U.S. allow the counting of mail-in ballots received after Election Day.* The law’s claim they allow more voters to participate, although they are commonly used as a way of giving Democratic operatives enough time to “find” the necessary votes to ensure victory. (I think author meant 19 U.S. states.)

“Although this is the first lawsuit filed by Trump’s presidential campaign, the RNC has already filed five separate lawsuits targeting election integrity across six state.” (I think the author meant states.)

UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT DISTRICT OF NEVADA filed May 3, 2024:

REPUBLICAN NATIONAL COMMITTEE; NEVADA REPUBLICAN PARTY; DONALD J. TRUMP FOR PRESIDENT 2024, INC.; and DONALD J. SZYMANSKI, Plaintiffs

COMPLAINT FOR DECLARATORY AND INJUNCTIVE RELIEF

Page 7:

“I. There is only one federal Election Day.

The U.S. Constitution’s Elections Clause vests state legislatures with power to set the time, place, and manner of congressional elections. U.S. Const. art. I, §4, cl. 1.
But the Elections Clause also reserves to “Congress” the power to “at any time by Law make or alter such Regulations, except as to the Places of chusing Senators.” Id.
A law governs “‘the election’ of a Senator or Representative” when it “plainly refer[s] to the combined actions of voters and officials meant to make a final selection of an officeholder.” Foster v. Love, 522 U.S. 67, 71 (1997).
Exercising its constitutional power to pass laws governing elections for federal offices, Congress has established one specific day as the uniform, national Election Day for members of the United States House of Representatives and of the United States Senate. For both offices, the “Tuesday next after the 1st Monday in November” is “the day for the election.” 2 U.S.C. §7 (elections for members of the House of Representatives held on that day “in every even numbered year”); see also id. §1 (Senators to be elected “[a]t the regular election held in any State next preceding the expiration of the term for which any Senator was elected to represent such State in Congress, at which a Representative to Congress is regularly by law to be chosen”).
The U.S. Constitution also vests in “Congress” the power to “determine the Time of chusing the Electors” for the offices of President and Vice President. U.S. Const. art. II, §1, cl. 4.”

Now, I have spoken with our County Judge who presides over our county Commissioners Court and is responsible for our elections. Judge Johnson (I voted for him) is an honest man, a genuinely patriotic American who is taking this seriously. I explained to him last week just because we have such a disgusting low voter turn out doesn’t mean down the road we could have 75% voting.

There are almost 3,200 counties in the US; Texas has a whopping 254. Howard County is small. The corrupted census (they count ILLEGAL aliens) shows our 2020 population at just under 34,000. I’ve also spoken with the head of our Elections Division who assured me that Supreme Court decision doesn’t really affect us because they’re done counting ballots by 10:30 pm and go home.

Well, when you have only 8.74% of registered voters get to the ballot box (truly disgusting), sure, it can get done fairly quickly. But it does matter: ALL counties in the U.S. must follow federal law regarding federal elections, period. I will keep readers up to date on the lawsuits. The Democrat/Communist Party USA and their coconspirators are already planning how to steal the November election again and you can bet they will demand ballots can be harvested and counted forever after election day using voter suppression or some other BS as justification.

I must bring this up. Career criminal, fake president Joe Biden, is in the first stages of Altzheimer’s so forget the senile or dementia as he’s long past that. Joe Biden Spins Around Looking Dazed and Confused at Campaign Event in Atlanta (VIDEO) – May 18, 2024.

Anyone whose been around a person with Altzheimer’s knows how their loved one reacts, talks and gradually loses their mind. It is horribly painful for family and the individual.

My message to Trump is stop running ads making fun of Biden falling on stairs and his constant mumbling, stumbling and obvious loss of being able to remember what he’s saying even though there’s a teleprompter to guide him. It simply isn’t necessary as the whole world can see Joe Biden’s brain no longer functions properly. President Trump Eviscerates Joe Biden In Hilarious ‘Keeps Falling’ Music Video On Truth Social, May 18, 2024.

According to the Altzheimer’s Association, seven MILLION Americans suffer from Altzheimer’s. Their families suffer with them. To have a presidential candidate run ads poking fun of someone who suffers from that terrible disease during a campaign rally/speech, IMHO, shows no compassion even if it’s only directed at his political opponent. Trump might consider family and friends of a Altzheimer’s victim probably vote and I think many could get angry enough to vote against Trump or simply skip that box on the ballot. Trump has enough ammo (metaphorically speaking) on Biden’s failures without having to resort to mocking Biden’s obviously absent mind.

Even tho’ Biden is a career criminal who should be tried, convicted and sent to Supermax in Colorado, it will never happen. I predict that in the not-too-distant future there may be no other choice but to put him in an Altzheimer’s facility. Pumping old Joe full of amphetamines can only go so far. EXCLUSIVE: WY Rep. Harriet Hageman Slams Merrick Garland’s Election Interference in Hiding “How Joe Biden is Failing in Terms of Mental Acuity” By Refusing to Turn Over Biden/Hur Interview Tapes (VIDEO), May 18, 2024

Who knows what’s going to happen between now and the DNC convention. Should Joe step aside “for the good of the country”, who knows which Marxist marionette will be the new standard bearer as long as that traitor follows instructions from the real power behind the Oval Office. No question it’s been dirty cheater, America hating, Hussein Obama and Valerie Jarrett since January 2021. Actually, he’s just the middle man following orders from the cabal of massively wealthy global elites.

The most important goal for the traitors running America behind the curtain is to keep Donald Trump from winning again. The lawfare plan has backfired big time and bottom feeders like Jack Smith, Porky Alvin Bragg, Big Fani Willis and the rest of them know it – including a couple of partisan judges who have disgraced their profession and don’t give a damn. Just “get Trump”.

Regardless of the size of your county, only We the People are going to stop another steal. I know we all have full plates but we are down to our last chance to stop this communist revolution taking place on college campuses, Congress, state capitols and lower city and county officials. I’ve been in the trenches full time for 31 years, do not doubt my word. The Unreachables and useful fools can call themselves liberals or progressives but their political ideology is communism with a good dose of fascism thrown into the cauldron.

It isn’t enough just to stand around and watch votes counted. We saw what happened in 2020 when authorized Republican observers were literally shoved out the door. Like many others, I wrote a million words about the Big Steal. We can’t let it happen again. How we stop it will be my next column. I know Trump’s teams are on this but with almost 3,200 counties and all the thousands of precincts, it’s going to take lots of boots on the ground.

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@protonmail.com

*Those 19 were also in violation of federal election law.

House GOP Gullibility on Display Once Again

By Dr. Mike Spaulding

May 20, 2024

In Greek mythology, a story is told about Odysseus, a king of Ithaca. This king is said to have waged war against the city-state of Troy. After an unsuccessful siege of the city, Odysseus conceived the idea of building a huge horse and hiding within its structure many of his best fighters, counting on the Trojans to see the wooden horse as a sign of their victory over the Greeks.

As Odysseus believed, the Trojans pulled the wooden horse inside their city walls, believing it to be a sign from the gods of their victory. At nightfall, the Greeks disembarked their hiding place, opened the gates for their fellow soldiers and the city of Troy fell. History has trumpeted the genius of Odysseus. The Trojans on the other hand, have been seen as gullible and painfully naïve.

Why the quick lesson in Greek mythology? It seems the same type of strategic maneuver has recently been completed in the US House of Representatives, with many Republicans playing the part of the Trojans. Let me explain.

House Resolution 6090 (HR 6090), interestingly named the Antisemitism Awareness Act, was passed recently without a full committee hearing or markup, which would have enabled lawmakers to address many of the concerns voiced by those who see dangerous implications for American’s free speech rights under the US Constitution.

It should go with saying that antisemitism is evil. Labeling Israel as an apartheid state is the height of ignorance and delusion. Declaring Israel’s government and military leaders war criminals for their response to Hamas’ October 7, 2023, invasion and violent barbarity is unconscionable. The issue is not about addressing antisemitism. We must do that forcefully. The issue is that addressing antisemitism must be a genuine effort whereby all parties to any proposal agree that antisemitism must be prosecuted to the full extent possible while also denying potential applications outside the original intent of the law. Loopholes left intact that can be used to prosecute other parties beyond original intent is extremely dangerous to free speech rights in America. Therein lies the rub.

The House of Representatives under Republican Speaker Mike Johnson and his predecessor, Republican Kevin McCarthy, have practiced “airdropping” bills to the House floor which circumvents regular order, deliberation, and potential amendments. In other words, nothing can be debated, objected to, removed, or added. Lawmakers are left to vote yea or nay. Christians and conservatives decry that practice when the Democrats do it but are surprisingly silent when Republicans do the same thing.

At issue with this bill is any clear definition of what constitutes antisemitic speech. It seems that this bill is little more than a knee-jerk reaction to the violent antisemitic actions currently wreaking havoc on several college campuses across America. As such, the bill fails to adequately address the current turmoil and does not give any clear direction for prosecution of offenders in the future. If it cannot or will not be used to prosecute the current Soros funded campus violence, then what is the point in touting this bill as some type of solution? I’ll tell you what the point is – it is mere political optics. In other words, HR 6090 is meant to shore up the Biden administrations polling numbers among American Jews, a demographic that is in freefall away from Biden. The same strategy has been used by the current administration toward Israel, coddling the American Muslim population ahead of the 2024 election by denouncing Israel, threatening to withhold armaments, and giving a green light to the International Criminal Court’s issuance of arrest warrants. Do you really believe that a bill to protect Jews from acts of violence would find favor with House Democrats without the Biden administration giving the go ahead? Why are Republicans, Conservatives, and Christians so naïve?

Opponents of the bill cite the Bible as now being placed directly in the crosshairs of prohibited language. The standard by which courts in the future will decide what constitutes antisemitic language (depending on whether the Senate rubber stamps the bill as anticipated) was developed by the International Holocaust Remembrance Alliance (IHRA). Why does that matter? It matters because the IHRA has provided what amounts to another step in the destruction of American civil liberties. I’m not saying that the IHRA has deliberately done anything nefarious. I am saying that their language needs revision and “tightening up” to make it specific, and clear. Their broad definition of antisemitism begins with “Antisemitism is a certain perception of Jews.” This means that the thoughts, opinions, or perspectives of people are once again on trial. What the IHRA has provided, and a majority of the House GOP railroaded through, is nothing more than the same broadly defined hate speech legislation that Conservatives and Christians have criticized from the very start of that dangerous and unconstitutional boondoggle. Why are some Christians and conservatives celebrating this bill?

Within the language the IHRA provided is this gem: “Using the symbols and images associated with classic antisemitism (e.g., claims of Jews killing Jesus or blood libel) to characterize Israel or Israelis.” Using a cross, a Bible, or biblical passages can under this bill be deemed antisemitic.

Before we go any further, let it be known that this author is a staunch supporter of Israel. I have taught for decades and continue to teach that Israel is Yahweh’s people, that His promises in the Abrahamic, Mosaic, and Davidic Covenants will be fulfilled entirely, that Israel has every right to exist in peace without constant threat of attack, that Israel must stop being made the villain for the haters in the Muslim world and elsewhere, and that the church absolutely has not nor ever will replace Israel in Yahweh’s economy. My bona fides concerning Israel are impeccable.

I’m also sympathetic to the “something is better than nothing” argument currently heard in response to opposition of this bill.

However, Christians must be alert to the deceptive intrusion of anything with a stated goal of stopping and criminalizing certain types of speech and behavior.[1] Legislation that purports to bring greater degrees of safety offered to us during times of national crisis always has ulterior motives buried deep within the language. The Patriot Act and the FISA Court renewal is one of the most egregious examples of the violations of American life, liberty, and right to privacy and personal freedom this nation has ever witnessed. I remind you that it was delivered under a Republican President completely written and white-washed as patriotic and necessary to fight terrorism. Beware the bearer of gifts presented with claims of greater safety. It is almost always a Trojan Horse.

Christians of all people should see the handwriting on the wall. Our judicial system has become progressive and Marxist. How do you think a judge will rule on a case when the defendant is a Christian pastor who was teaching from the book of Acts and happened to linger on 4:10-12 which says: “let it be known to all of you and to all the people of Israel, that by the name of Jesus Christ the Nazarene, whom you crucified, whom God raised from the dead—by this name this man stands here before you in good health. He is the stone which was rejected by you, the builders, but which became the chief corner stone. And there is salvation in no one else; for there is no other name under heaven that has been given among men by which we must be saved.”

Or how about Acts 3:14-15 which says, “But you disowned the Holy and Righteous One and asked for a murderer to be granted to you, but put to death the Prince of life, the one whom God raised from the dead, a fact to which we are witnesses.”? Consider 1 Thessalonians 2:14-16: “For you, brethren, became imitators of the churches of God in Christ Jesus that are in Judea, for you also endured the same sufferings at the hands of your own countrymen, even as they did from the Jews, who both killed the Lord Jesus and the prophets, and drove us out. They are not pleasing to God, but hostile to all men, hindering us from speaking to the Gentiles so that they may be saved; with the result that they always fill up the measure of their sins. But wrath has come upon them to the utmost.”

Under the proposed definition of antisemitism Christian pastors who might preach from these biblical passages would be subject to criminal prosecution and sentencing if any Jewish person wanted to press the case and a judge wanted to make an example of him or her.

We must oppose antisemitism everywhere. We must stand for Israel and against the flood of wickedness unleashed against her in our day. But we must oppose antisemitism from solid ground. We must stand for Israel from the sure foundation of Yahweh’s Word. That means we will be very careful to examine everything purported to assist America is standing for Israel and that includes clearly defined definitions and outcomes in any potential legislation considered.

I used to say that most everything the Democrats want I oppose. The Democrat party has lost touch with not just Americans but truth and reality. I can now add most Republicans to the same principle. They are either exceedingly gullible, or more likely, have given up trying to make a difference for Americans and especially Christian Americans. They have allowed the Trojan Horse of deception to enter the once protected arena of the church. As author Daniel Silva observed, “The barbarians broke down the gates a long time ago…They’re living among us and devouring our children.”

God, please give us wisdom to navigate the days in which we live. We will stand with Your people Israel. That means we must be wise in considering anything offered by known enemies of Israel that is touted as coming to Israel’s defense. If it looks like a Trojan Horse, it likely is.

E-Mail Mike Spaulding: drmichaelspaulding@gmail.com

Footnotes:

[1] Current President Biden’s prosecution of prolife activists who merely pray outside abortion mills is one example of the evil lurking within most legislation. One 80-year-old woman has been sentenced to jail for praying on a sidewalk near an abortion center. Careful and thorough review is prudent and wise to avert any unintended applications.

America Going Tribal Beyond Recognition or Commonality

By Frosty Wooldridge

May 20, 2024

“Illegal immigration is outpacing legal immigration, and our government is outsourcing immigration policy to citizens of other nations who are in the country illegally.” www.NumbersUSA.com

From Biden’s “Parole Program”, “Illegal aliens are given a free pass, and once here, they can sponsor more illegal aliens to enter the United States.”

Turning America into a Third World country appears to be the “Prime Directive” of the Democrat Party. They condoned, supported, encouraged and facilitated over 12,000,000 illegal aliens to enter our country in violation of our laws—in the last 44 months. Joe Biden leads it, DHS Chief A. Mayorkas engineers it, our U.S. Congress does nothing to stop it, and the American people sit by watching it.

Many readers from all over America responded to my last column, May 16, 2024, Import Millions of Third World Refugees into Your Country: You Become a Third World Country.

J.H. said, “They don’t want “we-the-vulnerable” to know that the preponderant majority of these ‘migrants on the terror watch list’ are more than likely Islamic-fascist terrorists who want to do to us what Hamas did to Israel. Our ‘government’ seems to be more interested in protecting evil people than in protecting us. We are living in our own occupied country by foreign invaders.”

J.C. said, “Western countries aren’t “committing suicide.” They’re being deliberately murdered. And the one thing I cannot understand is why none of those commenting on this phenomenon will identify those most responsible. And by “those most responsible” I refer to the traditional enemies of White, Anglo-Saxon, Protestants, specifically Zionist globalist Jews and the Roman Catholic Church, which is now being controlled by Jesuits. More than any other groups, these two groups are the greatest proponents of open borders and unlimited illegal immigration. This fact is easily verified: I can site a petition signed by 1500+ rabbis “in support of welcoming refugees.” And there is more than enough proof of the role being played by the Jesuit controlled Catholic Church in Michelle Malkin’s book Open Borders Inc. Her book is incredibly well documented.”

“As a side note, Alejandro Mayorkas, the Jewish Secretary of Homeland Security, came right out of HIAS, the Hebrew Immigrant Aid Society, and into Biden’s cabinet. And he keeps telling us that the border is secure. Also, there are an estimated 28 Jews in creepy Joe Biden’s cabinet.

“Can you explain why these two groups are never mentioned by those commenting on the ongoing invasion?”

R.J. said, “I believe that it is too late to rectify the demographics short of violent action. And… unfortunately, that is on the horizon unless something out of the ordinary occurs. Rather I think the only solution is for whites and those others who accept and follow Western culture to “regather” in massive enclaves of their own. I am specifically referencing the theory of the “inland northwest.” Sometimes it is referred to the American Redoubt.”

E.S. said, “OMG! You made it easy to follow, and it’s scaring the pants off me.”

J.S. said, “Once again right on the money. I don’t know what’s going on with folks anymore. Do they just not care or do they not care about the future of the planet let alone their kids etc.

I think that the ultra-extreme P.C. environment has a lot to do with it. In an effort to be good people and do the right thing it has all turned to horse pucky. With all the info you have put out there for the public’s consumption you’d think a little more of it would have stuck. It’s all very sad. Thank you for continuing to try and fix it.”

G.G. said, “If you fail to learn from History, you will be doomed to repeat it’. The Romans hired, and sometimes granted Roman citizenship to, Germanic tribes to help fortify their lengthy borders. In 476, after Rome had been sacked several times, and the Roman citizenry diluted by those from other countries, the Visigoth king, Odoacer, accepted the royal trappings from the last Roman Emperor, Romulus Augustulus, this event becoming the symbolic end of the once mighty Roman Empire.

“Vestiges of Rome survived in Europe into the Middle Ages, and King Charlemagne of what is now France referred to his territories as the Holy Roman Empire. However, the empire which once ruled the world during the Golden Age under emperors such as Caesar Augustus was gone forever. The Roman Forum, once the marketplace for the world, became grazing land for cattle by the 18th century, prompting Edward Gibbon to write his famous magnum opus, The Rise and Fall of the Roman Empire.”

J.B. said, “You’re writing the horrible truth of what’s happening to America. It’s too late.”

T.K. said, “I live 10 miles from Dearborn, Michigan in Canada. We see it here in Windsor. The Muslims tried to get the call to prayer blasted on loudspeakers, but the mayor refused which is surprising because he is a globalist.”

J.C. said, “Well you’ve gone and done it again, telling the truth to ears that seem to be deaf or just refuse to hear. I am beginning to wonder if the citizens of this country even want this country to survive. You and others are sounding the alarm and some of us try to forward your excellent articles to help but seldom do I even get a return comment. Our government and the current crop of peasants seem to be oblivious to the warnings in plain sight. Has it been educated out of them or is it just there dormant until it’s too late? Survival speech has been outlawed and called hate speech. Their progeny will pay the price.”

If you look around America, you can see what Muslim Barack Obama said, “I’m going to fundamentally change America.”

Dr. Victor Davis Hanson gave a frightening 10 minute speech, “The worst president in my lifetime.”

No question: we are repeating Rome’s history. America is bifurcating. We’re manifesting “tribalism” rather than Americanism. We’re battling 55 million foreign born who don’t share our cultural values. We’re segmenting. We’re CRT’ing. We’re D.E.I. separating. We’ve got “affirmative action” employees in the cockpits of 747 airliners. We’ve got Muslim American Hamas supporters chanting, “Death to America.” We’ve got George Washington’s statue at George Washington University draped into a Muslim headscarf and Palestinian flag. We’ve got another 40 million illegal aliens comprising a new underclass of poverty, multiple languages that equate to incompatible world views, and a total unsuitability with the American Way of Life.

Another four years of Biden would accelerate our demise at Warp Factor Nine. If you don’t think we’re in trouble, you may want to pay more attention.

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

Back to the Kingdom of God or Else

By Glynn Adams

May 19, 2024

The Body of Christ in this nation is so out of touch with spiritual reality it is amazing and yet so tragic. As a pastor of churches many years ago, I made my mistakes but not like we are doing today. We are not paying attention to what the Word of God is saying and we are not listening to the Spirit of God as He shouts to us today – Here is what the Spirit is shouting at the Body of Christ in this nation – “The Body of Christ has lost the Kingdom of God Message that Jesus preached.

Many preachers today preach Jesus but they do not preach what Jesus preached – the Kingdom of God Message. Life simply will not work except in God’s way and God’s way is Christ’s and Christ’s way is the gospel of the Kingdom of God. The whole New Testament is the Kingdom of God Message. Are we hearing God? No!!!!! The Body of Christ is not listening and are “hell bent” on doing things “their way” which is not effective nor is it influencing and changing the culture in this nation. Until we repent and “Seek first the Kingdom of God”, nothing is going to change in this nation except for the worse – and it is getting worse. Do not be deceived at what you see today; it is the things working underneath our spiritual foundations that are working toward our destruction.

John the Baptist came preaching in the wilderness saying, “Repent, for the Kingdom of God is at hand.” (Matthew 3:1-2) Jesus begin His ministry, “Repent for the Kingdom of God is at hand.” (Matthew 4:17) So, the best and wisest and most powerful man who ever lived – Jesus – made the Kingdom of God His message. He called it the Good News – the Gospel of the Kingdom. It is the only thing He called the gospel. “He went out preaching the gospel of the Kingdom.” (Matthew 4:23) He sent out His disciples to preach the gospel of the Kingdom of God (Matthew 10:1-15)

Jesus used the phrase, “the Kingdom of God or the Kingdom of Heaven” or its equivalent a hundred times. Jesus summed up His life purpose in these words: “I must give the good news of the Kingdom of God to the other towns also, for that is what I was sent to do.” (Luke 4:43). He made it the first petition in the Lord’s Prayer. “Thy Kingdom come, Thy will be done on earth as it is done in heaven.” The second phrase explains the first, the coming of the Kingdom is doing the will of God on earth as it is done in heaven.

After the resurrection, Jesus spent forty days talking to His disciples, not about the resurrection or the cross, but about the Kingdom of God. (Acts 1:3) Citizens of the Kingdom are to manage and occupy this earth until Jesus returns and we are to operate this earth like it is in heaven. Christians are to take the Kingdom of God Message and replace the Kingdom of Satan message in the hearts of men, women, and children and in our nation.

Shame on the Body of Christ in America. The Kingdom of God is not expanding in this nation – Satan’s kingdom is the one expanding and influencing this nation. When Christians have something other than the Kingdom of God as the center, then we are on one side and the Kingdom of God is on the other and the choice has to be made. The imperative is this: “Seek first the Kingdom of God and all these things will be added unto you” Seek first something other than the Kingdom of God and everything else will be subtracted from you. This is exactly what is happening in America today. The blessings we once had from God are now being subtracted from us. American Culture Christianity does not have the Kingdom of God as the center of our message. We no longer seek first the Kingdom of God.

The wonder is that Jesus did not merely preach this Kingdom, He was the illustration of what the Kingdom is. Jesus is the revelation in the flesh of what God is like and of what the Kingdom of God is like. In Jesus, we see God’s character and we see it in operation in human relationships, under the storms and stress of those relationships being lived out. Everything must fall on that character that falls on us. We must see His motives and actions and reactions, and then we will know what God is like in character. And we have seen it – “He that hath seen Me hath seen the Father.”

Then God is Christlike. He is a good God and is trustable. But one thing remains: What is the nature of the Kingdom of God? After God’s personal character, nothing is more important than the nature and character of God’s reign – His Kingdom. His kingdom must be by its very nature a total Kingdom for God is not a half-god ruling over a half realm, ruling over the personal but not over the social, or ruling over the social and not over the personal. He must be God of all or not God at all.

And His Kingdom must be a total Kingdom or no Kingdom. So, the Kingdom of God is the total answer to man’s total need. One gospel for all men and for the total man and his total environment – his culture environment, his social environment, his government environment, his political environment, his economic environment and his personal Christian environment. A gospel that does not reverse or subtract anything but regenerates and adds everything.

Every alternative to Jesus and His Kingdom has broken down, is breaking down, and will break down. The ages and the present say so. Every revolt against Jesus and His Kingdom has turned out badly and sadly, this is in the individual and in the collective and that includes the church in America. There is a way to live and Jesus and His Kingdom is that way, and we have missed the Way and hence our present chaos and confusion. So let not our cry be, “Save the Church,” but “Seek the Kingdom first, last and always and “all these things will be added unto you,” including the Church, redeemed and reoriented and single-pointed – the Kingdom of God.

But if the Church concentrates its endeavors in saving itself it will lose itself, for it will break a law of the Kingdom: “He that saves his life shall lose it and he that loses his life for My sake shall find it.” The Kingdom has the last word – now and always. We have no alternatives left but to repent and return to the Kingdom of God Message. Jesus shows us what God is like and also shows us what the Kingdom of God is like in operation. This is true Christianity and anything less is false Christianity

What we have in America is a crippled and false Christianity going across America leaving a crippled result. For years know, due to the loss of the Kingdom in America, our nation has declined, our culture corrupted, our values assaulted, our country invaded, our nation cursed with unpayable debt, drugs, sickness, diseases, violence, divorce, division, sexual perversion, suicides, deception, apathy, and destruction. While the Body of Christ should be bringing forth the fruit of the Kingdom, we are allowing Satan’s fruit to come forth and millions of lives are being destroyed or seriously hurt.

While the Body of Christ in our nation has been mandated to change our culture and to influence our nation, we have been disobedient to the Word of God and Satan now rules America rather than God ruling America. Socialism is slowly replacing the Constitution in our nation. Christians in America must reverse this by forsaking their foolish ineffective religious ways, fulfilling their spiritual responsibilities to this nation and the only way possible is repentance and return back to Jesus and His Kingdom of God Message.

The Kingdom was taken away from Israel not only because it refused to put it in operation but also because it was trying to put into operation something other and something different from what Jesus was revealing in his own Person. “The Kingdom of God shall be taken away from you and given to a nation bringing forth the fruits thereof.” (Matthew 21:43) Note here: “bringing forth the fruits thereof.” The test of possessing the Kingdom was to bring forth the fruits thereof. That lifted the Kingdom out of identification with any existing nation and any existing church or movement and placed it in the hands of those who bring forth the fruits thereof. This universalized the Kingdom.

The test of possessing the Kingdom was to bring forth the fruits thereof. Our Kingdom mandate and will is to change our culture to reflect the ways of God. But in the last 60 years, the Marxists and their demonic New World Order elites have made more disciples of Satan than we have made of God. They have changed our culture to the ways of Satan while we should have changed our culture to the ways of God. That is of the highest order of an insult and disobedience to our King and if we don’t repent and change our ways, we shall continue to suffer the extreme consequences from God!!!

The Kingdom is offered to all and yet identified with none, none except those who brought forth the fruits of the Kingdom. To say you are a Christian in the Kingdom of God is dangerous if you are not bringing forth Kingdom fruit. “The Kingdom of God is a culture in itself and its purpose is to change the culture around it. The Kingdom of God was never intended to submit to a culture” (Ron Carpenter of Redemption Church). That is exactly what the Body of Christ has allowed to happen in our nation.

The Body of Christ in America has developed their own culture of an easy belief system with no spiritual responsibilities and waiting and wishing for the rapture, neglecting the Kingdom Message while the Word of God says we are to be prepared, be ready, and to maintain our culture under the Kingdom of God (the rule of God) until He comes again. Throughout the Scriptures, Old and New, there have always been serious consequences when God’s People submit to the culture around them rather than challenging and changing that culture.

Many members in the Body of Christ in this nation want a form of godliness but God requires we preach the Kingdom of God Message. Many denominations in this nation refuse to preach this Kingdom Message because it conflicts with their denominational religious beliefs, traditions of men, denominational doctrines, their religious creeds, their form of godliness or the Jesus in their image. We keep this religious foolishness up and God will subtract our freedoms and replace them with bondage; He will subtract our plush way of life with pain, want, and misery.

Because the Body of Christ in this nation is not seeking first the Kingdom of God and its Message, our nation is breaking down. Because we bear no fruit of the Kingdom of God Message, our families are being destroyed, our government, our economic system, our children are embracing Satan’s Kingdom – Socialism. If we don’t repent and return to the Kingdom of God Message in the Body of Christ in this nation, we shall be overcome with more Satanic evil and our nation destroyed.

How much more chaos, pain, misery, suffering, deception, violence, bondage, and tyranny are we prepared to suffer and endure in this nation? All because the Body of Christ in America want it their way and not God’s Kingdom Way. Well, your way is not working and this nation has the Socialists way of Klaus Schwab and his New World Order demonic elites and demonic fruit to prove it. God bless, I remain His warrior and watchman, Glynn Adams (Thanks to Ron Carpenter and Dr. E. Stanley Jones for their insight to the Kingdom of God)

E-Mail Glynn Adams: glynnadams@sbcglobal.net

Press Conference on Narco-Nation America

By Cliff Kincaid

May 19, 2024

For those who think marijuana is a harmless drug and that “Reefer Madness” is the name of a funny out-of-date movie, consider the case of Bryn Spejcher. She experienced what is called “cannabis-induced psychosis” and stabbed her boyfriend Chad O’Melia 108 times, killing him, then stabbed her dog and was trying to kill herself when the police arrived. She was arrested, prosecuted, and convicted of involuntary manslaughter.

On Monday, May 20, 2024, Spejcher will be available to talk about the dangers of “recreational marijuana” at the National Press Club (529 14th St. NW, Washington, DC 20045) during an 8-11 a.m. news conference.

It turns out that “reefer madness” is very real and accelerating in America, taking its toll on young people and their families, and constituting a national security threat. Tetrahydrocannabinol (THC), the mind-altering or psychoactive component of marijuana, attacks the brain, creating more mental illness and violence, and has been linked to birth defects in pregnant women.

Marijuana is already all over the country, in its legal or illegal forms, with the legal market the result of the success of the Russian-financed Curaleaf company, generating profits and taxes for politicians in many states. Meanwhile, we are constantly learning more about how the communist Chinese are funding “illegal” pot operations in America in such states as “conservative” Oklahoma. Last year four people were shot and killed at a Chinese-sponsored marijuana growing operation in Oklahoma. The dead were Chinese nationals.

It appears that the Russians have cornered the “legal” part while the Chinese go after the “illegal” market.

In Russia and China, however, marijuana remains illegal. Indeed, WNBA star Brittney Griner was sentenced to nine years in a Russian prison for bring marijuana into the country. Biden then exchanged her for the Russian arms dealer and former Soviet military officer Viktor Bout, the legendary “Merchant of Death” who was serving a 25-year sentence in U.S. federal prison.

The National Press Club event on Monday is sponsored by Roger Morgan, a 30-year drug prevention activist who founded the Take Back America Campaign and is demanding that leaders of both major political parties address the violence and death caused by America’s national drug policy and the loss of thousands of Americans a year to drugs like fentanyl and marijuana.

The National Press Club conference room holds forty people. To secure a seat and receive a security code required to enter, please email rogermorgan434@gmail.com.

“While the government has the responsibility to protect the people, they have failed to do so, largely because of the influence of money flowing from a billionaire with evil intent: George Soros,” says Morgan. “America has become a narco-nation.”

Smoking cigarettes, of course, causes cancer, suffering, and death. My own mother died from lung cancer after smoking for decades. My father smoked for years but then gave up the habit. But marijuana, with some of the same carcinogens, is now given the seal of approval because it generates a “high” acceptable to the liberal elites who want to leave people in a brain-damaged fog capable of being directed into “progressive” causes.

Known as the godfather of drug legalization, George Soros understands that pot is the perfect commodity, guaranteed to keep customers coming back for more, in higher and higher doses.

Thanks to George Soros and Mark Zuckerberg, Oregon decriminalized LSD, cocaine, and heroin in an “experiment” that even liberals concede totally backfired and has since been repealed. However, legalization of marijuana continues at a rapid pace on a state-by-state basis, to the extent that “Big Marijuana” is now on track to be a $112 billion dollar business in America.

Despite the debacle in Oregon, it probably won’t be long before you can take LSD and other psychedelic drugs, perhaps under the watchful and approving eye of the government.

As I noted in the 2013 article on LSD as “medicine,” a key Obama supporter by the name of Ashawna Hailey was a pioneer in the field of psychedelics, as well as transgenderism. Ashawna Hailey was once a “he.” Shawn Hailey was born a man, but “changed his gender” to female and his name to Ashawna.

This is how he marijuana legalization movement got started. Video footage of a pro-marijuana event many years ago showed Ed Rosenthal, formerly of High Times magazine, speaking to dozens of marijuana activists. “With all the talk about medical marijuana, I have to tell you that I also use marijuana medically (laughter),” he said. “I have a latent glaucoma, which has never been diagnosed (more laughter). And the reason why it has never been diagnosed is because I’ve been treating it (laughter)… But there is a reason why I do use it. And that is because I like to get high. (cheers, applause). Marijuana is fun.”

Another video excerpt showed Richard Cowan, former director of the National Organization for the Reform of Marijuana Laws, saying that “`The key to it [legalization] is medical access because once you have hundreds of thousands of people using marijuana medically under medical supervision the whole scam is going to be blown. . . Once there’s medical access and if we continue to do what we have to do–and we will– then we’ll get full legalization.”

In Frederick County, Maryland, where I moved, David Frederick Miner IV, 21, entered guilty pleas to involuntary manslaughter and two counts of 2nd-degree assault for killing his mother. He was hallucinating on LSD. He was sentenced to ten years in prison for the involuntary manslaughter count, and was given 20 years suspended sentence for the 2nd-degree assault counts, when he resisted arrest and attacked the police.

The menace of LSD was unleashed by the CIA in the notorious MK-Ultra mind control project. Look up the name “Frank R. Olson.” My new dentist is housed in an office in a building dedicated to him.

Ironically, MK-Ultra was conceived as defensive in nature, to guard against communist brainwashing techniques. It may now become official U.S. Government policy.

Some observers say marijuana and other drugs have become the Soma of the “Brave New World,” to keep the people distracted and from using critical thinking to solve the real problems facing America.

America is so far gone that, in a hearing supposedly addressing global threats, Democratic Senator Ron Wyden of Oregon demanded to know why the Intelligence Community wasn’t hiring more potheads. Avril Haines, director of National Intelligence, declared the Intelligence Community was open to potheads, as long as, presumably, they weren’t smoking on the job.

“The White House and Senate are under the control of George and Alexander Soros,” Roger Morgan says of the main financiers of the drug legalization movement. “It cannot continue or we will not have a country worth living in. It is unsafe now.”

The push to legalize the drug began under Barack Hussein Obama, who won the presidency despite a personal record of heavy marijuana use in the “Choom Gang.” Biden, who once opposed legalizing the drug, has changed course. It is a strange development that his own son Hunter Biden’s drug- and alcohol-fueled lifestyle has not caused him to crack down on illegal and legal drugs. Instead, it is apparent that he has adopted a pro-marijuana policy to attract votes from stoners during the presidential campaign.

Another factor may be the fact that Joe Biden’s daughter was busted for weed.

President Trump lost his brother to alcoholism and should consider speaking out against the Soros-funded marijuana craze before more lives are ruined and lost.

In previous remarks, directed at President Trump, Roger Morgan said that “America can never be great again if a major percentage of its young people are brain damaged, mentally ill, addicted or dead.” He wants the former president to address the problem in his campaign.

In the past, Trump has correctly indicated marijuana could be a root cause of much of the gun violence in the United States because of genetically engineered or high-potency marijuana causing psychotic breaks in people.

Therefore, if the federal government wants to stop gun violence, one place to start is enforcing federal laws against marijuana. But Biden refuses to do that.

Indeed, the Biden Administration’s “Department of Justice” has just declared that marijuana is not as harmful as people once thought and should be “re-scheduled” under federal law. It could mean billions of dollars in more sales for marijuana businesses, at the expense of young brains.

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

Integrity Matters

by Rolaant McKenzie

May 19, 2024

Nickaylah Sampson dreamed of following in the footsteps of her parents, Mathias and Natalie Sampson, by pursuing a career of service to her country as an officer in the U.S. Army. In 2020, she was appointed to West Point, one of the most prestigious military academies in the United States, where only about ten percent of applicants are admitted annually.

The following year, as the COVID-19 shot was being mandated at West Point, Sampson and two of her friends, Hannah MacDonald and Willow Brown, chose to follow their Christian convictions and refuse to take it. They held that it was unlawful to be coerced into taking an experimental drug, especially one that they could see was causing serious injuries to young and healthy cadets.

Sampson and her friends experienced increasing levels of ridicule, ostracism, and other forms of punishment for not taking the shot. They were deeply disappointed that while they were making a commitment to protect the freedoms of American citizens and defend the U.S. Constitution, their freedom to choose and their bodily autonomy were being trampled.

While others eventually succumbed to the pressure and took the shot, Sampson and her friends resolved to be faithful to God and trust Him with their future. Like Sampson’s parents, they believed that God honors integrity and faithfulness, and when He closes one door, He opens another.

Sampson, MacDonald, and Brown were able to depart from West Point with an honorable discharge. Michael Harner, Chief Staff Officer of Hillsdale College, a small Christian classical liberal arts college in southern Michigan that operates independently of government funding, heard of their plight and opened the door for them to attend Hillsdale College with a generous scholarship.

Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego faced a similar challenge to their faith and principles as Sampson and her friends. However, as young men taken captive from the Kingdom of Judah by Nebuchadnezzar, king of Babylon, to be trained as government aides to his kingdom, they could not resign and leave his service.

When Nebuchadnezzar, seeking to enhance the greatness of his kingdom and the loyalty of his subjects, commanded all his government officials to bow down and worship the golden image he set up in the plain of Dura (Daniel 3) or suffer a fiery death, this ran counter to the belief of Shadrach and his friends that worship should be given to God alone. They chose not to bow to the pressure and rationalize obeying the king’s command, as the majority of their colleagues, even other Hebrews, had done to avoid execution.

Not intimidated by the anger of the king, Shadrach and his friends told Nebuchadnezzar that they would not follow his mandate and that their God was able to deliver them from his fiery furnace. They further said that even if God did not rescue them, they would in no way worship his gods or the golden image. They believed it was far better to be faithful to God, even if their death was the result.

Enraged by the refusal of Shadrach and his friend to accede to his demands, Nebuchadnezzar increased the intensity of the fire seven times and had them thrown into the furnace. But to the king’s amazement, not only were they not consumed, but he saw a fourth Person with them. In this theophany, a pre-incarnate appearance of Jesus Christ, He Himself came to rescue His children.

Shadrach and his friends trusted in the Lord (Daniel 1-2), and He gave them the courage they needed to stand, even though they did not know beforehand that they would be delivered.

Impressed by their faithfulness and integrity, Nebuchadnezzar not only acknowledged the greatness of the God of Israel, but he promoted Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego in the province of Babylon.

Just as Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego learned from their parents the reverence of God and the importance of living a life of undeterred integrity, Sampson, MacDonald, and Brown heard their story from their parents as they grew up and learned the same lessons. They discovered, as they did, that faithfulness to the Lord is not only rewarded in heaven but also can be in this life on earth. They also learned to trust in the Lord, the One who is able to open the way to something better, when the door to their plans was closed.

Many rightfully lament and are disturbed by the rapidly escalating corruption they see in society. Examples include institutions of justice that have degenerated into a legal system that is used as a shield for political allies and favored criminals and a weapon against political opponents and the vulnerable; and executives, lawmakers, and bureaucrats who take bribes to increase their wealth and power and are blackmailed to serve those who bought them to the detriment of the people.

It may be asked, who or what is responsible for this terrible state of society? While we may look at many people and organizations to blame, the truth is that all we have to do is look in a mirror.

In the Bible, leaven is often used as a symbol for sin and corruption that grows over time. In one place, it says, “A little leaven leavens the whole lump of dough.” (Galatians 5:9) As a people, we have gradually drifted away from personal integrity and godly principles. One manifestation of this is that in electing our political leaders, seeking the win for someone from our favored party has taken precedence over whether or not that individual possesses principles and personal integrity. This leavening has resulted in the prevalence of corruption among our political leaders and institutions, with terrible consequences for society.

In His Parable of the Leaven, Jesus used leaven in a different and positive sense. He said, “The kingdom of heaven is like leaven, which a woman took and hid in three pecks of flour until it was all leavened.” (Matthew 13:33) In this case, it symbolized the gospel message and the great impact it has on changing the lives of individuals and society, including instilling steadfast principles and integrity in those who believe in Jesus and follow Him, causing them to choose leaders with integrity who build up society instead of corrupting it.

The integrity exhibited by Shadrach and his friends and Sampson and her friends came from their faith in God, which enabled them to be salt and light in their respective venues (Matthew 5:13-16), even in difficult circumstances. May God cultivate that kind of integrity in us through the power of the gospel of Jesus Christ as we look forward to the “new heavens and a new earth, in which righteousness dwells,” that He will bring (2 Peter 3:13).

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

Website: http://www.gospeloutreach.net/

City of “Yes, I Want to Be a Slave”

By, Kathleen Matquardt

May 18, 2024

City of Yes for Carbon Neutrality

In New York City mayor Eric Adams says, “Everything you need to know about the latest proposal in ‘City of Yes’” we get to see one of the latest schemes to capture property rights – via carbon neutrality. What is carbon neutrality? According to the European Parliament it “is reached when the same amount of CO2 is released into the atmosphere as is removed by various means, leaving a zero balance, also known as a zero-carbon footprint”. To understand that better, we had a carbon neutral world up until the 1800s when crude oil/fossil fuels were discovered. That brought about the advances in our lives – automobiles, gas and electric appliances, phones, computers – you name it. Green energy can never produce the equipment needed to supply these modern tools.

(note: quotes from the proposal article are in bold italics)

City of Yes for Carbon Neutrality would modernize our city’s zoning regulations to support our climate goals. (emphasis mine)

Yep, city zoning plans are no longer about what is best for the people who live there, it’s about removing their carbon footprint – just short of removing them permanently (for now).

The world is facing a climate emergency. To respond, cities across the globe — including New York City — have set ambitious goals to reduce their greenhouse gas emissions. To achieve our goals by 2050, we need to transform our energy grid, retrofit our buildings, and shift to electric vehicles, transit and other modes.

You question my remark about doing away with the residents to achieve “carbon neutrality”? Don’t worry, there will be a hierarchy.

The Department of City Planning (NYC Planning) is working with the Department of Buildings (DOB), New York City Fire Department (FDNY), and Mayor’s Office of Climate and Environmental Justice (MOCEJ) on this proposal to clear the way for the many green investments needed in our buildings. (emphasis mine)

Getting rid of carbon-based fuels will make energy far more expensive and green power can only provide energy; it cannot be used to make things. Only carbon-based fuels can. But I guess we don’t need much since, as Klaus Schwab keeps telling us, “You will own nothing and be happy”. If you own nothing, i.e. have no right to private property, you are a slave. And that is where all of this non-existent “climate emergency” is taking us.

City of Yes for Carbon Neutrality will help us decarbonize NYC. Decarbonize means reducing our reliance on carbon-based fuels, which are harming our health and our planet. Updating our zoning rules will make it easier to install green energy technology. City of Yes for Carbon Neutrality would modernize NYC’s zoning rules to make our homes, businesses, electric power grid and even waste streams much cleaner.

Ah, but your buildings might be flimsily built (or retrofitted to be carbon neutral), but like a Potemkin City, it will look like your old neighborhood.

City of Yes would address burdensome restrictions on wall thickness, height, and other regulations that limit building electrification and retrofitting. Our buildings could get energy efficient upgrades while maintaining the look and feel of New York’s neighborhoods.

And you think your taxes are high now, just wait.
Among other impacts, these changes would support environmentally friendly retrofits for over 50,000 buildings, including over 1 million homes, that are not currently feasible to retrofit today.

While far too many do not understand the underlying dangers of carbon neutrality, the degradation – even destruction — of human, animal, and plant life, they do understand the dangers to the culture.

Residents located in suburban neighborhoods in particular have expressed fears that the proposed changes will alter the character of their communities.

One of the posted complaints about the plan I found: “Imagine bustling massage parlors and late-night corner stores popping up on your quiet street corner. The “City of Yes” could turn peaceful residential areas into commercial zones, driving up noise, traffic and congestion. This rapid, unregulated development could also push property values and rents sky-high, displacing long-time residents who can no longer afford their own homes. Remember the recent uproar over migrants at Creedmoor? They’re just one example of our Eastern Queens communities worried about losing their cherished sense of suburbia.’”

While we watch carbon neutrality and net-zero being plugged into every city, people need to understand a couple things: 1- the fact that, even if green energy sources could provide us with the energy we need, few could afford what it will cost. I’m not exaggerating; it will be sky-high. And 2- we must have/use carbon fuels to produce the mechanisms that supply power – the wind turbines, solar panels, stoves, operating room equipment. Green energy will never be able to do that.

Carbon neutrality is just one of the thousands of weapons being used against us in this asymmetrical warfare of Cancel Culture. To fight better, we need to be working together. Join a Freedom Pod today, at AmericanPolicy.org, or start one in your neighborhood so you can better counter these attacks on our God-given constitutional rights.

To read the entire “City of Yes” article here.

E-Mail Kathleen Marquardt: koikpm@yahoo.com

Armed Forces Day—Third Saturday of May

By Attorney Rees Lloyd

May 18, 2024

May 18, the third Saturday of May, is Armed Forces Day in America.

But the question raised this Armed Forces Day 2024, is: In these troubled times, will our divided nation, including our governing bodies and mass media, unite to honor for their service and sacrifice in defense of our freedom, all those 1.3-million Americans serving on active duty in the six military branches—Army, Navy, Marines, Air Force, Space Force, and Coast Guard — and the 778,539 serving in the Reserves and National Guard?

Veterans who have served, and veterans’ service organizations like The American Legion, the Veterans of Foreign Wars, Disabled American Veterans, and others, can be counted on to once again act to honor on Armed Forces Day all active duty military personnel and those serving in the Reserves or National Guard.

But it is doubtful that the nation — so transformed from what it was when Armed Forces Day was established in 1950 — will unite as Americans once did to honor on Armed Forces Day 2024 those patriotic Americans serving on active military duty or in the Reserves or National Guard in this era of progressive liberal “woke” ideology dominating the federal government and dominating the modern “woke” mass media — both of which never met a pervert it didn’t love, nor a patriot it didn’t despise.
Consider, among other points, that:

— Armed Forces Day 2024 takes place when the nation is facing unprecedented division and threats to our freedom, our sovereignty, our currency, our status internationally, including being threatened economically and militarily by the Chinese Communist Party, and being dragged into what may become WWIII in Europe if the war between Russia and the Ukraine is not resolved by negotiation rather than escalating warfare.

— We are being invaded at our southern border as never before. Literally millions of illegal aliens —a high percentage of which are military age males— are invading as if they have a “right” to invade our country, instead of having the courage to do what is necessary to stand and fight to right-the-wrongs of the governments in their home countries. It is manifest that the situation at the southern border is out of control.

It is also manifest that no nation can maintain its national unity when its national culture, values, and heritage are overwhelmed by illegal alien invasion. Rome died when there were more unassimilated illegal alien immigrants in Rome than Roman patriots.

— Thousands of patriotic military members of our all-volunteer armed forces were purged in the Covid Pandemic by the “Woke” Department of Defense of the “Woke” Democrat Party Biden regime for declining to submit — on religious grounds—to injection of experimental Covid vaccines. The courts issued injunctions stopping the Biden regime purges pending full trials, and the government’s lies about the Covid Crisis are being exposed more and more.

— At the same time that the “Wokified” Biden DOD has purged out thousands of patriotic military personnel for declining Covid jabs, the DOD has announced failure to meet recruitment goals. Recently, the DOD, when questioned as to whether it was acting to reinstate the thousands of military members purged over declining the Covid shots, responded only that the purged could “re-apply.”

In contrast, former President Donald Trump has stated publicly that, if re-elected president, he will order the purged patriots reinstated with a make-whole remedy.

—The Biden regime has sent over $100-billion to the Ukraine government —without any demand of accountability—in the Russia-Ukraine war, along with more and more sophisticated weapons, ammunitions, and oil from our strategic reserve, in what appears to be a proxy war with Russia, while not building up the funds, weapons, ammunition, and oil needed by our own armed forces to protect America.

— Among these and other such policies of providing billions to the Ukraine—considered the third most corrupt government on the planet —the Democrat Biden regime is actually paying, with U.S. taxpayer dollars, the “pensions” of retired corrupt Ukraine government office holders and employees. At the same time, the overwhelming majority American blue collar workers— outside of government employees — don’t have “pensions.”

— Most recently, a new Ukrainian corruption scandal was exposed in the Ukrainian Supreme Court, resulting in the chief justice being arrested. This while it is learned that many of our armed forces personnel families at home are paid so little that they qualify for, and are receiving, “food stamps.” In contrast, illegal aliens are being provided phones, free medical care (overwhelming hospitals in border States), and housed in hotels at hundreds of dollars a night in NYC and elsewhere (apparently with room service, as well).

Thus, these and other facts indicate that it is unlikely that the elitist Democrat “Wokist” government regime, and the “Wokist” mainstream media, will give anything but “lip service” to honoring all active duty personnel and members of the Reserves or National Guard on Armed Forces Day 2024—unless American citizens stand up to the “Woke” governing authorities, and to the “Woke” media, and demand that that patriotic Americans in the Armed Forces be honored on Armed Forces Day as they deserve to be honored.

Indeed, once upon a time in America, when Armed Forces Day was created, Americans gathered together to hold parades and other communal celebrations to honor our Armed Forces. So did governing bodies and the media.

So should it be again on every Armed Forces Day, and every day.

May God bless and keep all those more than 1.3-million patriotic Americans who by their service and sacrifice on active duty in the armed forces or in the Reserves or National Guard protect and defend the freedom of all 340-million of the rest of us Americans.

FOR GOD AND COUNTRY FOREVER; SURRENDER TO TYRANNY—NEVER!

E-Mail Rees Lloyd: ReesLloydLaw@gmail.com

In Defense of Jews, Israel, and the Sacred Individual

By Peter Falkenberg Brown

May 17, 2024

I am a Christian. A Gentile. An American. And . . . I love the Jewish people and the Nation of Israel. This makes me unpopular with anti-Semites; those who hate the Jews and blame them for the ills of the world.

I expect anti-Semitism from Neo-Nazis and actual white supremacists. I expect it from Orthodox Muslims who follow the teachings of the Qur’an, verse 2:191, to “kill them wherever you find them.” I expect it from ignorant students rioting across American campuses, led by paid activists to support murderous, genocidal attacks by Hamas. I expect it from Leftists and Marxists who view religious people, including Christians and Jews, as impediments to their atheistic, totalitarian plans.

The Rise of Conservative Anti-Semitism

But I was profoundly disappointed and shocked to discover a growing anti-Semitism in the ranks of patriotic conservatives. It caught me by surprise. I did a double-take when I read the words of conservatives blithely stating that a cabal of Jews and the nation of Israel were responsible for just about everything “bad in the world.” I said, “What? What did I just read?” But it has gotten worse, and now it seems that some conservatives are on the side of the Palestinians and Hamas and are blaming Israel and “the Jewish Cabal” for “massacring” the people of Gaza, while virtually ignoring the Hamas massacre of Jews on October 7, 2023.

How did these conservatives fall into the pit of anti-Semitism? I took their various references and comments and began to research their sources and found what I can only describe as a swamp of allegations and conspiracy theories. Hours and hours and hours of videos by individuals who talk of secret (and mostly unproven and undocumented) “truths” that “normies” don’t understand.

I found the term “normie” both offensive and ridiculous. What does it actually mean? That we don’t have their secret decoder ring? If truth is truth, then let it be known as truth for all—and prove it.

It helps no one to create a wall behind which hidden knowledge is found, understood only by “those in the know.” And if we are “normies,” what are they? “Abnormies?” “Truther” is one term, although it is used as a pejorative by many, including totalitarian leftists who lie for a living. I recommend that the terms be dropped and we dig into what is real; that we examine evidence that we all can see and analyze as members of the human race.

I will not attempt an extensive rebuttal of all of their theories, partly because it would become an enormous article and partly because I think that there’s a better way to address the issues, based on spiritual and ethical values and common sense. Before I embark on that attempt, here’s a snapshot of some of the anti-Jewish theories that I’ve run into in conservative circles.

Propaganda and Disinformation:
The Khazarian Mafia and The Protocols of Zion

Chief among the anti-Semitic theories is the allegation that around A.D. 800, the King and the citizens of Khazaria, a kingdom on the Black Sea, converted to Judaism under duress and subsequently evolved into a dominant force in Judaism. They are referred to by conservatives as “the Khazarian Mafia” and are said to follow The Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion, which details the Jewish plan for world domination.

One of the major articles pushing the Khazarian Mafia “history” is chock-full of allegations without documentation.[1] As it turns out, there is no evidence that the Khazars converted to Judaism and no evidence that modern Jews are descended from them. Writing for the periodical Jewish Social Studies and quoted in the magazine Forward, Prof. Shaul Stampfer stated:

“There never was a conversion by the Khazar king or the Khazar elite. The conversion of the Khazars is a myth with no factual basis.”[2]

Stampfer’s conclusions were seconded by a linguist studying the language connections between Khazaria and Yiddish. In the publicat2]ion Forward, Alexander Beider wrote:

“Globally speaking, all arguments suggested by proponents of Khazarian theory are either highly speculative or simply wrong. They cannot be taken seriously.

This has never stopped the theory from being popular. But the ideological reasons for this are for another article.”[3]

The Protocols have also been thoroughly debunked as fake. They were based in part on a pamphlet by the French satirist Maurice Joly, written in 1864 and ultimately revised by the Okhrana, the Russian secret police, between 1893 and 1895, retitled as the “Protocols of the Elders of Zion.”[4]

The Soviet-studies expert J. R. Nyquist wrote:

“When Hitler was presented with proof that The Protocols was a forgery, he snarled that it didn’t matter because the book was ‘true in principle’ anyway.” [5]

The Protocols have been actively and vigorously disseminated around the world by many individuals and groups, including Henry Ford and the Soviet KGB. As reported by Kenneth R. Timmerman in Tablet Magazine, a former deputy chief of Romania’s intelligence service, Ion Mihai Pacepa, stated that the KGB “distributed several hundred thousand copies of the Protocols in Arabic” with the goal to “persuade the Islamic world that Israel and the United States intended to transform the rest of the world into a Zionist fiefdom.”[6]

The role of malicious propaganda in forming public opinion is too often ignored by intelligent, thinking people, both young and old, who should know better. Pacepa recalled:

“As that very clever master of deception Yuri Andropov once told me, if a good piece of disinformation is repeated over and over, after a while it will take on a life of its own and will—all by itself—generate a horde of unwitting but passionate advocates.”[7]

This is easy to understand. If a false rumor is started in a small village and then repeated across many households as fact that “John Smith committed a heinous __fill in the blank__ crime,” it is highly probable that John Smith’s reputation and career would be quickly over. Without any proof at all.

Disinformation can be used by propagandists to attack one person, or an entire country or group. Sometimes the propaganda is strengthened by hostility already present. The anti-Jew hatred in the Muslim world was created by the words and actions of Mohammed, the Qur’an, and the Islamic Hadiths. Distributing Arabic copies of the fraudulent Protocols only made their hatred toward Jews much, much worse.

It is tragic that non-Muslims are also being affected by documents like The Protocols. It has indeed convinced a large group of “unwitting but passionate advocates.” Anti-Jewish and anti-Israel individuals, both young and old, are victims of this malicious propaganda. They haven’t been able to separate propaganda from fact—but it’s desperately important to do so, to keep civilization on track. Do we really want another holocaust?

The “Khazarian Mafia” propaganda states that “evil Jews” are in positions of immense power and wealth; are the central driving force of history; and are the controlling power in the state of Israel. Thus, according to the Khazarian Mafia theory, a large percentage of the evils of the world are because of Israel and the Jews.

Some conservative proponents of these theories attempt to draw a line and admit that “some Jews are good people, i.e. are not members of the Khazarian Mafia.” However, it’s a difficult line to hold, and to my dismay, conservatives who should know better say things or share information that pretty much lumps all Jews—and Israel—into the Evil Bin.

The first problem with the theory of a secret society of “Khazarian Mafia Jews” is that it’s secret. Where’s the evidence? It’s similar to the bandied-about theory that Queen Elizabeth II was part of an evil cabal that engaged in child sacrifice and sex trafficking.[8]

Where’s the proof? Anyone can say anything about anyone, but it doesn’t mean it’s true. How much of this is malicious “noise” meant to confuse and distract people?

Mortal Enemies to Freedom

I actually have no doubt at all that any number of ultra-wealthy, powerful people are banding together to increase their power and wealth at the expense of the world’s citizens. And I have no doubt that some of those powerful people are evil megalomaniacs who are willing to create policies that kill millions of people.

But even wealthy people should not be accused and convicted without proof. The irony is that the face of real evil in the modern age is so bold that it’s plain for all to see. Let’s start with just a few examples (there are many more) that are public knowledge. They don’t have to be proven. The evidence is already in.

As I list ten of these genuine evils (presented in no particular order), I invite you to refer back to the title of this essay and ask yourself: is all this evil the result of a Cabal of Jews and the State of Israel? Note that Jews and Israel are targeted in this list as prominent victims of “the evil side.”

Anthony Fauci, the CDC, China, and a variety of other groups and individuals harmed and/or killed many millions of people with the COVID pandemic, the forced lockdowns, and the forced “vaccine” program.
The Biden administration has opened America’s borders and in just three years over ten million unvetted illegal immigrants have entered the United States. Tens of thousands of them are members of criminal gangs or hostile actors from China and other countries who might be activated to commit violent attacks across the country. Imported fentanyl from China is killing huge numbers of American youth every year.
George Soros has funded the elections of soft-on-crime District Attorneys across the country that have resulted in a large number of murderers walking free and murdering again. Crime is soaring across America. And yes, Soros is a Jew. But his actions are his own.
Klaus Schwab and Yuval Noah Harari are running the World Economic Forum and are pushing transhumanism and a variety of other nefarious schemes, including the abolition of private property (for the masses) and the propagation of video games and drugs for “useless” people.
The World Health Organization is trying to create a compact with national governments that will take away our God-given health rights and make us subservient to whatever health mandates the WHO sends our way. Bill Gates is a prominent donor to the WHO and works with the WEF as well.
The United Nations is backing all of the above and is not a friend to free democracies.
Iran is funding Hamas and Gaza and wants to wipe Israel off the map with a nuclear weapon—a necessary doomsday scenario that will instigate the reappearance of the “12^th Imam.”⁹ Iran is also oppressing its own citizens, especially women.
Militant, orthodox Sharī‘ah Islamists are waging a global jihad against Western civilization, including Israel as the “Little Satan” and America as the “Great Satan.” Britain is on its way to becoming a Sharī‘ah Islamic totalitarian country within a few decades and could be renamed “the Islamic Republic of Britain.”

Winston Churchill must be in agony, having stated in his book The River War that Islam is “a militant and proselytising faith” and that “no stronger retrograde force exists in the world.”[10]

Orthodox Islam has an intrinsic goal to eliminate Jews and Christians from its populations; by conversion if possible, by murder if necessary. Islam has already killed approximately 270 million people in the last fourteen hundred years. This is all documented.[11]

Much of the Western world has accepted the Islamic propaganda that “Islam is a religion of peace,” and thus has tremendous difficulty in accepting that Islam is violently and implacably hostile to Western civilization. But it is true, and the evidence for that fact runs from Islam’s core teachings to its historical and current actions. I created an overview of the issue in my article: “Saving Western Civilization Demands That We Study Islam: Presenting a simple resource guide to gain a clear understanding of the REAL Islam.”[12]

And . . . we cannot forget the long-term goal of Marxism to dominate the world and remove freedom of religion entirely, including Judaism and Christianity. The current kingpins of this effort are Vladimir Putin and Xi Jinping.

Will Russia and China Conquer the West?

Some conservatives believe that Putin and Xi are friends of America, secretly working with Donald Trump to reform their countries. However, as J. R. Nyquist has thoroughly documented in his heavily researched articles at https://jrnyquist.blog/, Putin and Xi are “playing” Westerners, confusing them with propaganda and long-term, skilled disinformation that became finely honed under Lenin and has continued to this day. The reality is that Putin and Xi are working together with the goal of conquering the United States and the West. China’s footprints in America are everywhere, from media to college campuses to industry and farmland.

Nyquist has also documented that China and Russia are behind Soros and Schwab and are funding militant Islam and Western leaders like Bill Gates. He stated:

Do you think our enemy is Uncle Sam? Do you think it is capitalism? No. Our enemy is communism. The deep state is made up of Marxists recruited and brainwashed in our own elite schools. DAVOS is a communist front.

The Kremlin and Beijing are communist. Raul Castro, Daniel Ortega, and Nicolas Maduro are communists. North Korea? Communist. South Africa and Congo, Nepal and Angola? Communist. The last two chancellors of Germany? (Who do you think was pulling their strings?)

The Mullahs in Iran? Graduates of Moscow State University. Biden? Put into the Senate by Armand Hammer, a KGB agent. Obama? Mentored by Frank Marshall Davis, a card-carrying member of the Communist Party USA.

Who do you think George Soros really works for? Don’t listen to what they tell you. Follow their actions, their alliances, their money. The useful idiot Bill Gates is one of China’s favorite people. Gates doesn’t use China. China uses him.

Who did 9/11? The leader of that attack, Mohammed Atta, was trained in a communist terrorist training camp in communist Czechoslovakia in 1987. (According to my Czech sources.) Alexander Litvinenko, the FSB defector, said that Putin was behind Al Qaeda and 9/11. After he went public with his testimony, Putin’s agents poisoned his tea with Polonium 210. Read the verdict handed down by the British judge who looked at the classified evidence in the case.

You want to tell me somebody else is doing all this to us? The communist movement is enormous. Its tentacles are everywhere. If there is one thing I am begging you to learn, for the sake of your own survival, it is: Your Enemies are the Communists.[13]

Marxism and Islam, NOT Israel and the Jews

So then, where does this leave the Jews and Israel?

Some might point to the large numbers of Jews that are Leftist and Marxist. Some people believe that Israel and the Khazarian Mafia Wealthy People Cabal are running the whole show.

They can allege that Jews “did all the evil,” but quite honestly, that view makes no sense, for many reasons, including how frequently the Jewish people have been victimized. “It’s the Jews” is an unproven accusation that is so gigantic, with such a huge scope, that it has to be believed “on faith.” Sort of like saying that aliens from other planets are among us.

Where’s the proof? The evidence? The documentation? Hundreds of videos with flashy graphics that allege “secret truths” are not evidence. Disinformation and propaganda are not evidence.

What is clear and provable is that Marxism killed over 100 million people since 1917 and Islam has killed over 270 million people since the seventh century. What is clear is that social freedoms are severely curtailed in totalitarian Marxist and Islamic countries (countries that were previously free).

The world has two major forces of evil—Marxism and Islam—that have not been able to hide their actions. The Hamas males who raped and killed Israelis on October 7, 2023, were not following the orders of Israel or the “Khazarian Mafia.” They were following the directions of the Qur’an and Mohammed, quite explicitly.

Even if some Israeli leaders failed in their duty to protect Israel against that attack, it does not mean that the entire country and population of Israel is an “evil cabal.” Caroline Glick did a video report called “Inside the INSANE Intelligence Failure of Oct. 7,”[14] in which she criticized and documented leadership failures. But even if major parts of the country’s leadership are corrupt or misguided (which requires proof) we must remember that Israel’s benevolent and charitable actions in the Middle East significantly outshine the actions of their neighbors.

The Sacred Individual

We come then to the question of the individual: the Sacred Individual.

Ideology and religion can affect individuals in terrible ways, as it has done with the ideologies of Marxism and Islam. Based on the evidence, we can conclude that totalitarian ideologies are not good for the world and should be avoided at all costs.

In fact, shouldn’t the political incitements to violence expressed and taught by Marxism and Islam be banned?

There are also good and peaceful ideologies and religions. Western civilization has evolved based on principles of freedom, coming to full flower with the US Constitution, which created the freest and most prosperous country in the world. The United States is so amazing, in fact, that under Joe Biden’s administration, over ten million individuals entered America illegally in just three years because they really liked America.

(With exceptions made for the many thousands of bad actors who have crossed the border with deadly and nefarious intentions—a tragedy that may soon unfold.)

The heart of Western and American civilization is based on Judeo-Christian traditions of faith, including the Ten Commandments and the teachings of Jesus. This fact cannot be denied. Thus, a good Jew and a good Christian are to be admired for their principles and their faith which often result in noble actions.

The Jewish and Christian faiths teach that every individual is accountable to God. It doesn’t matter what that individual is taught or how he or she is raised. In the end, each person makes choices. Shall I be honest and ethical? Shall I be peaceful and virtuous and loving? Or shall I go down a dark path and help create an evil, violent world and participate in murder?

I believe that when someone dies, their physical body falls away and the person travels to a realm of the spirit world that matches their heart, feelings, spirit, values, and actions. Thus, our thoughts and actions during our lifetime have consequences in our life in the spirit world.

I wrote about that phenomenon extensively in my 2023 novel, The Death and Life of Edward Wild: The Postmortem Adventures of a Modern Man, available at https://worldcommunitypress.com/ew.

How Many Countries Have the Jews Conquered?

Jews should be treated as we should treat every human being. Each Jew must be assessed as an individual. Individuals are good or bad or a combination of both. Being “Jewish” is irrelevant in this sense. But taken as a whole, if we examine history, we can indeed make a very long list of “good Jews.” The Jewish people have blessed the world, and the world would be a darker place if they had not existed.

And the country of Israel? Let us compare it to Hitler’s Germany, Communist Russia and China, Iran, the Ottoman Empire, and 1400 years of Islamic conquest. Did Israel murder six million Germans? Or 270 million Muslims? Or 100 million anti-communists? Of course not. Israel is not an “aggressor,” no matter what the Leftist, pro-Hamas propaganda states. Islamic Arabia expanded in the seventh and eighth centuries and conquered country after country, killing and enslaving millions. Islam continues its aggressive and totalitarian expansion to this day.

How many countries have the Jews conquered? Are the Jews rampaging through Africa, kidnapping girls as sex slaves, burning churches, and murdering thousands? Unlike Islam, Judaism really is a religion of peace.

The modern state of Israel has turned a desert into productive farmland; has welcomed Muslims into its country as citizens with full rights; has offered peace to Palestinians multiple times (with all overtures rejected) and has contributed to the world scientifically, culturally, and spiritually.

Plainly speaking, anti-Jewish, anti-Israel, and anti-Semitic attacks and theories are anti-history, anti-truth, anti-love, and egregiously wrong. We must reject anti-Semitism completely and treat all Jews as sacred individuals, just as we must treat all human beings as sacred individuals.

We all stand alone before the eternal truths of God and humankind.

E-Mail Peter Falkenberg Brown: peterbrown@worldcommunity.com

Website: https://peterfalkenbergbrown.com

Image Credit:

Painting: “Daniel’s Answer to the King,” by Briton Rivière, 1890

Oil on canvas, 120.5 cm (47.4 in); width: 187.9 cm (73.9 in)

Manchester Art Gallery, Public Domain

This version has been altered tonally and cleaned up.

FootNotes:

[1] https://veteranstoday.com/2022/03/10/the-hidden-history-of-the-incredibly-evil-khazarian-mafia/

[2] https://forward.com/news/200825/why-ashkenazi-jews-are-not-descended-from-khazars/

[3] https://forward.com/opinion/382967/ashkenazi-jews-are-not-khazars-heres-the-proof/

[4] https://www.jewishvirtuallibrary.org/the-ldquo-protocols-of-the-elders-of-zion-rdquo

♦ https://encyclopedia.ushmm.org/index.php/content/en/article/protocols-of-the-elders-of-zion

♦ https://www.memri.org/reports/protocols-elders-zion-arab-and-muslim-world-%E2%80%93-past-and-present

♦ https://www.britannica.com/topic/Protocols-of-the-Elders-of-Zion

[5] https://jrnyquist.blog/2020/02/25/a-note-on-antisemitism/

[6] https://www.tabletmag.com/sections/news/articles/timmerman-disinformation

[7] Ibid.

[8] https://www.vice.com/en/article/dy7d5k/qanon-queen-elizabeth-ii

[9] https://www.meforum.org/65368/mahdism-the-apocalyptic-ideology-behind-iran

[10] https://winstonchurchill.org/publications/churchill-bulletin/bulletin-153-mar-2021/churchill-islam/

[11] http://cspipublishing.com/statistical/tears_of_jihhad.html

[12] https://peterfalkenbergbrown.com/writings/essays/culture-and-politics/saving-western-civilization-demands-that-we-study-islam/

[13] https://jrnyquist.blog/2022/06/04/beijings-war-plan-an-interview-with-lude-media/ – Comment by Nyquist, June 7, 2022, 1:40 a.m. Used with permission.

[14] Inside the INSANE Intelligence Failure of Oct. 7 | The Caroline Glick Show In-Focus, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iW_RvmWdhKg

Unsatisfying Script: A Description of the Movie “Civil War”

By Sidney Secular

May 17, 2024

The critics’ reviews of the movie waxed critical. Easy to do since the director did not pick a side or make some left wing political statement. Even negativity can cause people to think and evaluate, but that is a challenge now as people are hourly spoon fed solutions on which they are expected to chow down – and believe. There is a snippet in the movie where a character holding some journalists at gunpoint asks who they are, and they respond “Americans!” He then asks them what kind of Americans? That simple question leaves these particular “Americans” stymied and stumped because “America” has already split into at least two opposing camps! The leftists fight the war without any rules of engagement much as the so-called “Union” (the North) fought in the second Civil War* in the 1860s. For them, laws, ethics and morality and former conventions no longer matter in this conflict. Today, the keyboard patriot and weekend warriors still are not able to process the possibility of a shooting war with the GovMint and their leftist fanatics. [*The first “civil war” was fought in the late 18^th Century when America’s population split between those who favored Great Britain and those who favored independence from that Empire.]

The movie was deliberately vague on what started the “civil war,” as well as who were the good guys and who the bad. They didn’t even make plain whether the entire country was involved. In the manner of most modern movies, there were no clearly defined moral choices, thus leaving the viewer hanging with no satisfying resolution of conflicts or issues. An implication of the movie is that warlords will rise up and exact retribution on locals they consider enemies, a scenario that is not new as a similar plot was presented in the Kevin Costner film, The Postman, a 1997 post-apocalyptic adventure film based on David Brin’s 1985 book of the same name. The same scenario was played out in all the Mad Max films dealing with the effort to recreate some type of society after the current world ends! According to the present film local communities will split up on “diverse” lines, and become battlegrounds. Neighbors will fight neighbors, and families will fight families, and with 300 million guns floating around, there will be bloodshed. Small farmers, already harassed by the climate change fanatics, will come under attack by the hungry masses. As a result, it will be essential for small communities of like-minded folk to form militias to protect their farms and communities.

Of course, intelligent people know that our existing uni-party government is corrupt to the core, evil, and, frankly, hates its own people. Whatever they are called or however characterized, it is clear that they are our enemy. It is also clear they can only be stopped by violence. Though this movie did not take sides, it is distinctly implied the “status quo” – that is, the existing government will be defeated. If such turns out to be the case, the question then becomes who or what will take its place. From the current vantage (or disadvantage) point, it is hard to see how a republic could be reborn from this overweening atmosphere of debt, delusion and decay especially given the precipitous drop in IQ levels today. The average citizen in the 1770s and the 1860s could think rings around our present “ordinary citizens” not to mention their superior moral ethics!

“Civil War” is certainly a sobering and depressing movie, but hopefully should spark some reflection of the belief that there may be a spark of hope for the future even if that hope comes from the belief that what presently “is” may someday be what “was.” If that is so, then the real problem is the response that Bill Clinton once gave: “It all depends upon what ‘is’ is.”

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

Why Are Western Countries Committing National Suicide?

By Frosty Wooldridge

May 16, 2024

In 1973, Frenchman Jean Raspail, seeing his country being overwhelmed by mass immigration, wrote a stunning novel: Camp of the Saints. He depicted a fleet of third world refugees landing on his country from a flotilla of wretched ships. The captain of one of the ships said, “If this horde of brutes ever lands on your country, they will swallow you up.”

One critic said, “Once you read Camp of the Saints, you will need brain surgery to remove it. It’s vicious, filthy, vile, prophetic, and frightening for anyone living in a Western country. It portends the end of the White race.”

One look at France today, 55 million French persons, and 5 million Muslims, you can cut the racial/religious air with a knife. You might remember where Muslim terrorists shot up Paris restaurants, slaughtered theater patrons and killed cartoonists in that once “free society.” More than 90 “no-go zones” now dominate the French countryside. That means French people dare not enter the religious Islamist enclaves. While Raspail suffered “racial” criticism when the book published, its prophetic pages have come true across Europe.

But the fact is, the book now applies to Sweden, Norway, United Kingdom, Germany, Belgium, Holland, Denmark, Finland, Spain and more. No go zones abound. European women cannot walk the streets of Paris with any chance of personal safety. The invaders expect welfare, housing, and medical care. They lack any cultural, linguistic, or educational compatibility with those Western countries.

“The Camp of the Saints, a speculative fictional account, it depicts the destruction of Western civilization through Third World mass immigration to France and the Western world.”

Fast forward to 2017, British author Douglas Murray wrote, The Strange Death of Europe: Immigration, Identity, Islam. It picks up where Germany’s Angela Merkle opened the doors to 1.5 million Middle Eastern and African refugees. Murray methodically shows where illegal immigration has gotten SO out of hand, that Europeans are drowning in their own misery.

“This is the most disturbing political book I’ve read this year. Based on travels through key European centers, Murray weaves a tale of uncontrolled immigration, failed multiculturalism, systemic self-doubt, cultural suicide and disingenuous political leadership. Accurate, insightful, and devastating, with applicable lessons for countries on both sides of the Atlantic.” Jonathan Sacks

I’ve read both books. I’ve also traveled extensively through Europe, Australia, Canada, and America. If you’ve learned nothing from history, you missed the reasons for how empires collapsed, how religious zealots killed and how innocent people died by the millions. Without a doubt, Hitler and Islam dominate history’s bloodiest pages.

Thankfully, Charles Martel in 722 drove back the Muslim hordes. But today, Europe, Canada, New Zealand, Australia, and America invite them into their guts. Is it Western guilt? Western stupidity?

Why would anyone invite a deadly, violent religion into their home? Why? The Qur’an demands, “Convert or kill all non-believers.” The fact remains that Muslims only follow the dictates of Sharia Law no matter where they land. They possess no allegiance or affinity to democracies, human rights, animal rights, women’s rights, and religious choice.

Now let’s travel over to America. Just last week, Muslim Hamas demonstrators in Detroit and New York City chanted, “Death to America.” They are imported American citizens who hate America just as much as Hamas hates Jewish people. If not for our laws, they would rain down terror on us. Oh, they already did that on 9/11.

“lslam isn’t in America to be equal to any other faith, but to become dominant.” said Omar Ahmad, Director of C.A.I.R. “The Qur’an,, the Muslim book of scripture, should be the highest authority in America, and Islam the only accepted religion on Earth.”

Where does that allow freedom of religion in America? How does that vile statement stand with their oath of American citizenship? How does that make Muslims into pretend-Americans?

If you visit Detroit, Michigan, you can see Muslims slitting the throats of sheep or goats in public for animal sacrifice. They voted it into law via dominant Muslim majorities in Detroit city councils. They perform honor killings and female genital mutilation across America in accordance with Sharia Law. They do not fly Old Glory anywhere in Muslim dominated communities. They produce video tapes to show Muslim men how to beat their women without showing scars or bruises.

To show they won’t assimilate into the great American melting pot, Muslims enclave in clusters. They do not mix with Americans. It’s commanded by the Qur’an.

“Kill them [unbelievers] wherever you find them… And fight them until there is no more unbelief and worship is for Allah alone.” (Quran 2:191-193).

“Strike off their heads and strike from them every fingertip” (Quran 8:12).
Mohammed’s last words: ‘Allah cursed the Jews and the Christians because they took the graves of their Prophets as places for praying.”‘

When Muslim Barack Obama reached the White House, he employed another Muslim named Majid, known as the Sharia Law advocate. Obama made one of the rooms in the White House into a Muslim prayer room.

Take a car trip into Dearborn, Michigan to see mosque after mosque built like forts with walls around them. You will be appalled. Muslim mosques now number over 2,500 in America. They stand as territorial markers against Christianity in America. Notice you will NEVER see a Christian church allowed in a Muslim country. They do not tolerate any other religion in their countries.

Take a walking trip through “Somaliland” in Minneapolis, Minnesota. See if you make it out of those 125,000 imported “American citizens” in one piece. Try it as an American woman! Send your kids to their schools. See if they live through a week of classes!

Notice it’s the express “prime directive” of Islam’s Hamas terrorists to kill all the Jews in the world.

If you look at what’s happened to Europe, you’re seeing the disintegration of Western Society. If you look at Canada’s Vancouver, B.C., you notice that Canadians are now the minority in their own city. If you look at Miami, Florida, you see few Americans and more and more illegal aliens.

How are we going to save ourselves from Europe’s ugly fate? Answer: shut down all legal and illegal immigration, TODAY! Because if we don’t, we Americans don’t stand a chance against our immigrant mob. Yes, it’s going to get really, really nasty in the next decade or two.

It’s a sad situation when you must fight for your own country within your own country. But that’s what’s coming, and it’s coming fast. I might pen my next book: The Strange Death of America: Immigration, Islam, Identity by Frosty Wooldridge.

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

It’s Getting Too Crazy

by Lee Duigon

May 16, 2024

I can’t decide which nooze to report today. It’s getting too crazy out there, one story’s goofier than another. Here are a few snippets.

The Chicago teachers’ union wants another 50 billion dollars. Well, they need it, don’t they? For abortions. For “LGBT training,” whatever that is (don’t ask!). And for “migrants.”

“Migrants”? Somehow, while we weren’t looking, illegal aliens got replaced by “migrants.” It’s a dishonest stupid buzzword. Birds migrate. You know—fly south for the winter. But they don’t just stay down there! They migrate northward in the summer. Our “migrants” don’t swim the Rio Grande with any intention of swimming back when the season changes. Anyway, the Chicago teachers’ union wants to give them money. Our money.

Three women in a car were visiting the back roads in Rumania. By “back roads” I mean “wilderness with skimpy little roads and no rest stops.” They stopped the car when they saw what they describe as “a group” of bears. What they saw was a mother bear with a couple of cubs. Once upon a time, everybody in the world knew this was a good time to stay in the car and keep the windows closed. These geniuses decided to roll down the window and take some selfies. Then the big bear approached the car. Quote of the day: “I thought he wanted to be friends.” He? You mean you didn’t know it was the mother bear, and that you never, never, never want to mess with a mother bear with cubs? Oh, boy, what a selfie! Hang farther out the window, get a better shot!

The bear ate a big piece of the woman’s arm. Ignorance may be bliss, but it can also be fatal.

A high school teacher was fired for teaching “critical thinking.” You know—actually thinking about what you say before you say it, and not just repeating, mindlessly, what you’ve heard other people say. A student called J.K. Rowling (of Harry Potter fame) a bigot. The teacher engaged the student in a dialogue, examining the charge. He should have remembered what happened to Socrates when he did that. He convinced the student that the charge was not true, based on the facts of the case. But he made the mistake of filming the exchange and posting it on his blog. Adios, muchacho. Three months later he was fired, having served four years at the school. Silly rabbit! We don’t teaching thinking anymore.

And then we had New York City Mayor Eric Adams addressing the “migrant” crisis in his city. And it is a crisis, no mistake about it. Meanwhile, though, the mayor had noticed that the city needed more lifeguards for its swimming pools and beaches. The light bulb goes off overhead. Aha! If only the feds would release the funds for it, he said, the city could hire a lot of the migrants as lifeguards… because “they’re excellent swimmers,” he said. (Yeesh! Can you imagine the screams of outrage if George W. Bush had said this?) It seems swimming or wading across the Rio Grande to enter the country illegally is excellent preparation for a New York City lifeguard.

So that’s a few of them—stories I could’ve covered if the sheer volume of idiotic nooze hadn’t overwhelmed me this week. Next week I’ll try harder. Scouts’ honor…

And if you’ve been following the nooze yourself, you’ll know I probably shouldn’t have said “Scouts’ honor.”

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://www.leeduigon.com/ . If you can steer clear of the mother bear with cubs, click the link and drop in for a visit. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

Tied of Being Called “Anti” Simply For Having an Opinion Counter to Someone Else

By Coach Dave Daubenmire

May 16, 2024

Bully is defined as “a noisy, blustering overbearing fellow, more distinguished for insolence and empty menaces, than for courage, and disposed to provoke quarrels.”

Have you ever noticed that the Left is ANTI everything wholesome and that they are hell-bent on making you accept it?

Anti, according to Webster, means “A preposition signifying against, opposite, contrary, or in place of; used in many English words.”

So…I am anti…anti…meaning I am sick and tied of being called “anti” simply because I have an opinion counter to someone else. It happened again to me this weekend. I got myself into a heap bowl of chili simply by asking an obvious question that I didn’t know I wasn’t allowed to think out loud.

(The thought police on the Right can be just as vicious as those on the LEFT.)

So, dumb me, I opened my mouth and innocently said “why are we spending billions of dollars protecting the Israeli border while ours is wide open?”

You would have thought I had passed gas. Crinkled noses and squinted eyes greeted my simple, honest question.

ANTI-SEMITE!! Their eyes screamed! How dare you question the Nation of Israel!! Those are God’s chosen people?

I never said ANYTHING about the Jewish people but simply asked why we weren’t protecting America? I guess that asking the wrong question today makes you “anti” some protected class.

If you question affirmative-action you are anti-black and anti-woman. That is what they call a two-fer. Asking an honest question now carries with it the possible accusation of being “anti” this or that.

I simply wanted to know why our border was wide open…racist ole me.

Have you noticed this new shame-you-into-silence approach to debate today? You will find out very quickly who and what you are able to ask questions about. So let me make a few confessions today that will hopefully clear the air.

I am pro-American but anti-communist government. Opposing the Luciferian government does not make me anti-American but pro-liberty.

I prefer Kentucky Fried Chicken over McDonald’s but I am not anti-hamburger.

I am attracted to woman…especially my wife…but that does not make me anti-homosexual.

I prefer driving a car but I am not anti-bicycle.

I think unborn children have a God-given right to live but that does not make me anti-woman.

I think humans are born either male or female but that does not make me anti-sexual deviant.

When my wife and I go out for a meal I will order a steak while she may get lobster…but that does not make me anti-crustacean.

I support men playing men’s sports and women playing women’s sports but that does not make me anti-binary…(whatever the heck that means.)

Pointing out the crisis of fatherlessness in the black community does not make me anti-black.

Preferring Roseanne Barr over Whoopi Goldberg does not make me anti-stupid black women.

Calling a plumber to my house does not make me anti-toilet backup…although I guess I am.

Standing against Planned Parenthood does not make me anti-woman nor anti-choice. It makes me PRO-baby.

Objecting about the billions of dollars given to The Ukraine does not make me anti-Ukraine.

You get the point…I could go on…

Name calling is the fall-back position when you find yourself losing a debate. No way could your argument be valid so please stop trying to confuse me with the facts. Or, as Oprah would say, stop trying to change MY TRUTH. Truth is nothing more than an opinion so stop confusing me with YOUR TRUTH. Haven’t you figured that out yet?

Anti-black. Anti-Semite. Anti-Gay. Anti-woman. Anti-choice. Anti-Christ. I’m sick of it all.

I’m pro-America, pro-Jesus, pro-baby, pro-peace, pro-truth, pro-woman, pro-free speech, and pro equal justice.

Webster’s defined bigotry “Obstinate or blind attachment to a particular creed, or to certain tenets; unreasonable zeal or warmth in favor of a party, sect or opinion; excessive prejudice.”

When I grew up in the 60’s the bigots were on the Right. Today, the thought police reside on the LEFT. The LEFT are the real bigots.

I am anti-bigot, anti-Left, and anti-suck on your thumb.

A wise man once told me that a man is not free if his speech is not free. As we used to say when we were young boys…you can like it or you can lump it.

I’m thinking of having a tattoo printed on my forehead…

WARNING: THOUGHTS MAY BREAK INTO WORDS AT ANY TIME!

Lump it Lefties…and the horse you rode in on.

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com

Guilty Illegal Immigrants Rioters Charges Dismissed While Innocent January 6ers Remain In Jail

By Bradlee Dean

May 15, 2024

“He that justifieth the wicked, and he that condemneth the just, even they both are abomination to the LORD.” -Proverbs 17:15

Today in America, we see where the government, both federal and state, are treasonously alluring illegals to come into this country (Article III, Section 3 U.S. Constitution). In the process, these illegals are bringing with them drug trafficking, human trafficking, murder, rape, attacks on the American military, attacks on America’s police, etc. The list goes on. What could one expect from those who are ILLEGALLY crossing over the border?

What has been the response to these crimes?

Recently, a Spanish Judge in Texas, Judge Ruben Morales somehow ruled against American Law (He must be impeached and prosecuted; Article 2, Section 4 U.S. Constitution) in arguing that Texas authorities failed to prove probable cause.

In spite of the above, consider that back on January 06, 2021, we found that Americans were allured to Washington D.C. and then entrapped only to be accused by this government of the crimes that the paid provocateurs that were bused in are guilty of committing.As of today, over 1200 Americans who were exercising their First Amendment, God-given rights are somehow behind bars (Proverbs 17:15).

Americans, with all due respect to our Father in Heaven, the truth of His Word, and to those that are illegally suffering behind bars, this is happening while the corrupt are incarcerating the innocent without recourse… This one is on you for letting this happen. Read Deuteronomy 28:63

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

Competing Titles: Tennessee House Falls Victim to ‘Agenda 21’ Conspiracy Theory vs Tennessee Bans Agenda 2030

By Kathleen Marquardt

May 15, 2024

The first story is from 2012, the second this year, 2024. The first by the Southern Poverty Law Center (SPLC), the Second by The New American. Oh, what a difference a decade (or so) makes.

In 2012, while Agenda 21 (now 2030) had been around for two decades, because we had a misinformation press even back then, the number of people who had understanding of what Agenda 21 i.e., Sustainable Development was about, was very small comparatively. And many of the tools and tactics of Agenda 21 had not been out in the open back then. Over the past eight or nine years, we have been exposed – blatantly—to many. If a poll were taken now, the number of people, who believe Agenda 21 is just a conspiracy theory from the far Right, would be much smaller than it was in 2012. And, conversely, the number of people believing that Agenda 21/2030 is a blueprint of the one-world order Henry Kissinger, Klaus Schwab, and others promised us.

Let’s take a look at them:

From Southern Poverty Law Center (I will use SPLC)

“In a new sign of antigovernment extremism creeping into the political mainstream, the Tennessee House of Representatives will vote tomorrow on a resolution condemning Agenda 21, a non-binding United Nations plan for sustainable development.

“In the world of far-right extremists, Agenda 21 is demonized as a sort of Trojan horse, part of a larger scheme to shatter Americans’ liberties and institute a totalitarian, one-world government known typically as the “New World Order.””

And what do we see happening in our country and the world today? That one-world government being foisted on us through tracking; CBDCs (coming soon); taking private property for tools of Green energy – which are a scam on the people that will cost billions and be iffy at best –; “Diversity, equity, and inclusion” that says we are all equal but some are more equal than others (four legs good/two legs bad), the gender blurring edits; Environment, Social and Government (ESG) regulations – all to protect us from global warming. Oops, it’s now climate change. And before global warming, it was a new ice age.

No wonder the people are waking up. But I have just begun.

The New American (I’ll use NA) starts out:

As Tennesseans head into the new year, they will have something to celebrate: The Volunteer State has enacted legislation banning state and local involvement in globalist United Nations initiatives, including its Agenda 21, Agenda 2030, and climate-change schemes.

Same issue, different decade. The difference is that we have been now living through over 30 years of Agenda 21.

SPLC:

“Of course, this bears no relation to the facts. Actually, the U.N. agreement is a rather benign, non-binding plan calling for governments to develop plans to meet current needs for natural resources without threatening the survival of future generations. It was adopted by 178 governments, including the U.S. under President George H.W. Bush, 20 years ago at the Earth Summit in Rio de Janeiro.”

Uh huh, non-binding, “without threatening the survival of future generations”. Our generation is dearly threatened by this non-binding agreement. Our federal government is giving our money away faster than it can print it; our farmlands and homes are being decimated by solar and wind power equipment that destroys the land forever, our children are being brainwashed in the schools that they must “save the earth” by reducing their carbon footprint (get it low enough and you are dead).

NA:

(1) “Agenda 21,” adopted by the United Nations in 1992 at its Conference on Environment and Development;

(2) The 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development, introduced at a United Nations Summit in 2015;

(3) The United Nations’ proposal to reach net zero emissions by 2050; or

(4) Another international law or ancillary plan of action that contravenes the constitution of the United States or the constitution of this state.

SPLC:

“In a big win for this big lie, the Republican National Committee (RNC) in January passed a resolution condemning Agenda 21 and calling for policymakers to be made aware of its “destructive strategies for ‘sustainable development.’” The RNC voted to give copies of its resolution to all Republican members of Congress as well as to the party’s presidential and congressional candidates. It also recommended that the anti-Agenda 21 policy be adopted in the party platform at the 2012 convention.”

Where was the big lie? Even the Left now claims Agenda 2030 and AOC’s Green New Deal is A21/2030 in a bartender’s trashy dress.

NA:

“Agenda 2030, officially titled “the 2030 Agenda,” is one of the main programs blocked by SB 1147. It is a United Nations program based on the UN Local Agenda 21 program — also banned in the bill — unveiled in 1992 and the UN Millennium Development Goals released in 2000. Under the guise of “sustainable development,” this plan seeks totalitarian control and regimentation of the entire planet, including the economy, our country, our lives, and our children. Agenda 2030 is divided into 17 Sustainable Development Goals, or SDGs, along with 169 specific “targets” to be imposed on humanity.

“The SDGs include “universal health coverage,” “vaccines for all,” and “universal access to sexual and reproductive health-care services, including for family planning [i.e., abortion]” (Goal 3). It also advocates for socialist indoctrination of youth (Goal 4), global wealth redistribution (Goal 10), and radical actions to combat alleged “climate change” (Goal 13). None of these goals is constitutional, or even adheres to the spirit of the Declaration of Independence and U.S. Constitution.

“Other prominent examples of Agenda 2030’s implementation include the global war on farmers, carbon-capture pipelines, and the “transition” toward “green” energy as recently promoted at the UN COP28 gathering.”

SPLC

“Among the antigovernment extremists who have presented frequent seminars around the country or latched onto anti-Agenda 21 propaganda to advance their causes are Tom DeWeese, head of the American Policy Center and creator of the new “action kit” at the JBS website; Phyllis Schlafly, a pioneering, virulently anti-feminist organizer and founder of the Eagle Forum; the Oath Keepers, a “Patriot” organization that encourages police officers and soldiers to disobey orders they believe are unconstitutional; and the League of the South, a neo-Confederate organization that promotes a second Southern secession.”

Southern Poverty Law Center, mainstream media, and our federal government were lying to us from the get-go. And much of the population believed them. But it has been 30+ years and we have seen the results of the war on global warming/climate change. Many have lost their homes, their jobs, even their lives in this Marxist/Satanic battle. We have a federal government that has been re-tooled to take away our ability to have any say in legislation. We have state and local governments that have been either bought, bribed, or blackmailed into helping the Global Elite reduce the human population, steal private property, and drive us to poverty.

These are competing titles of the same subject, just different views. One is a Marxist, fatalist view, the other is one of protecting property rights and individual freedom. We have a choice, but we must make it and take a stand for our choice.

How do you do your part in saving America from Agenda21/2030/New Green Deal/Climate Change, etc.? Join or start a Freedom Pod. Go to: https://americanpolicy.org/contact-us/

E-Mail Kathleen Marquardt: koikpm@yahoo.com

Presidential Immunity

By Paul Engel

May 14, 2024

Do presidents have immunity for their official acts?
If so, where in the Constitution do we find it?
Is the Supreme Court going to make this up an immunity clause?

In one of the many cases against Donald Trump, his attorneys’ are claiming that he cannot be criminally charged for an act he performed in his official capacity as President. Why? Because of something called Presidential Immunity. Is there such a thing as Presidential immunity? If so, where is it stated in the Constitution? Or is the idea of Presidential immunity just the latest attempt to turn the President of the United States into a king?

There was a lot in the oral arguments for this case that didn’t set well with me, not to mention how much of the more than two and a half hours were spent on hypotheticals and concerns about future cases. I want to focus on the core question asked: Do Presidents have any form of immunity for their actions in office? This is a fairly long article because there were a lot of important statements made. We start with the Petitioner, D. John Sauer for Mr. Trump.

Petitioner

Without presidential immunity from criminal prosecution, there can be no presidency as we know it. For 234 years of American history, no president was ever prosecuted for his official acts. The Framers of our Constitution viewed an energetic executive as essential to securing liberty. If a president can be charged, put on trial, and imprisoned for his most controversial decisions as soon as he leaves office, that looming threat will distort the president’s decision-making precisely when bold and fearless action is most needed. Every current president will face de facto blackmail and extortion by his political rivals while he is still in office.

Trump v. United States – Oral Arguments

While many in the legal and political realm treat the office of President as an elected king, the idea that a President of the United States can commit crimes in office without even the possibility of accountability would be the true change in this nation as we know it. Remember, the idea that kings can never be wrong, and are therefore immune from prosecution, was one of the concepts from which we fought for independence. Simply because a president has not been charged yet doesn’t mean they shouldn’t have been, or that they should be in the future. You cannot claim that no one is above the law, and then place someone above it. Justice Thomas asked what I think is the most important question.

JUSTICE THOMAS: Mr. Sauer, to your last point, could you be more precise as to the source of this immunity?

SAUER: The source of the immunity is principally rooted in the Executive Vesting Clause of Article II, Section 1.

Trump v. United States – Oral Arguments

What is the Executive Vesting Clause?

The executive Power shall be vested in a President of the United States of America. He shall hold his Office during the Term of four Years, and, together with the Vice President, chosen for the same Term, be elected, as follows

U.S. Constitution, Article II, Section 1

Do you see anything about immunity there? I don’t. Perhaps it comes as part of the executive powers.

Having the quality of executing or performing; as executive power or authority; an executive officer. Hence, in government, executive is used in distinction from legislative and judicial. The body that deliberates and enacts laws, is legislative; the body that judges, or applies the laws to particular cases, is judicial; the body or person who carries the laws into effect, or superintends the enforcement of them, is executive

Executive: Webster’s 1828 Dictionary

Nope, no mention of immunity there. So where has Mr. Sauer come up with this idea of Presidential Immunity?

JUSTICE THOMAS: And how does that happen?

SAUER: That — the source of it, Justice Thomas, I think is, as you described in your separate opinion in Zivotofsky, for example, that the Executive Vesting Clause does not include only executive powers laid out explicitly therein but encompasses all the powers that were originally understood to be included therein.

Trump v. United States – Oral Arguments

OK, so Mr. Sauer points to an opinion Justice Thomas wrote in the case Zivotofsky v. Kerry:

Our Constitution allocates the powers of the Federal Government over foreign affairs in two ways. First, it expressly identifies certain foreign affairs powers and vests them in particular branches, either individually or jointly. Second, it vests the residual foreign affairs powers of the Federal Government—i.e., those not specifically enumerated in the Constitution—in the President by way of Article II’s Vesting Clause.

Zivotofsky v. Kerry

However, just because Justice Thomas said it’s so in a concurring opinion in this case doesn’t make it true. In fact, the Tenth Amendment states exactly the opposite:

The powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the States respectively, or to the people.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment X

If a power is not delegated to the United States by the Constitution, it belongs either to the states or the people. The Constitution specifically delegates powers; it most certainly does not imply them.

Mr. Sauer also reached for the case Marbury v. Madison as evidence of presidential immunity.

And Marbury against Madison itself provides strong evidence of this kind of immunity, a broad principle of immunity that protects the president’s official acts from scrutiny, direct — sitting in judgment, so to speak, of the Article III courts, that that matches the original understanding of the Executive —

Trump v. United States – Oral Arguments

In fact, Marbury said no such thing. That court found:

The authority, therefore, given to the supreme court, by the act establishing the judicial courts of the United States, to issue writs of mandamus to public officers, appears not to be warranted by the constitution; and it becomes necessary to inquire whether a jurisdiction, so conferred, can be exercised.

Marbury v. Madison Opinion

What the Marbury court actually found was that Congress could not give the judicial branch the power to order public officers around. A writ of mandamus is an order by the court to an official to perform their duties. Since the official in this case was a member of the executive branch, a constitutional branch of government, Congress did not have the authority to grant such power to the courts.

In response to a question from Justice Jackson, Mr. Sauer brought more evidence to support his position.

SAUER: I would quote from what Benjamin Franklin said at the Constitutional Convention, which I think reflects best the Founders’ original understanding and intent here, which is, at the Constitutional Convention, Benjamin Franklin said: History provides one example only of a chief magistrate who is subject to public justice, criminal prosecution. And everybody cried out against that as a violation.

Trump v. United States – Oral Arguments

I found the quote Mr. Sauer mentioned in Farrand’s Record of the Federal Convention of 1787, and it seems to say something quite different. The Congress was debating whether or not to remove from the impeachment clause that a president could be removed from office on impeachment and conviction for certain behaviors. During the debate, Mr. Franklin said:

Docr. Franklin was for retaining the clause as favorable to the executive. History furnishes one example only of a first Magistrate being formally brought to public Justice. Every body cried out agst this as unconstitutional. What was the practice before this in cases where the chief Magistrate rendered himself obnoxious? Why recourse was had to assassination in wch. he was not only deprived of his life but of the opportunity of vindicating his character. It wd. be the best way therefore to provide in the Constitution for the regular punishment of the Executive when his misconduct should deserve it, and for his honorable acquittal when he should be unjustly accused.

Farrand’s Record of the Federal Convention of 1787

This was not a discussion of criminal or even civil immunity from prosecution, only whether there would be a mechanism to remove the president from office in the Constitution. Yes, people cried out at the idea of removing the President, but I think Mr. Franklin provided a very good reason why he thought impeachment should remain in the Constitution. Seeing as removal from office on impeachment and conviction remained in the document, I would say Mr. Franklin’s position was the one adopted.

Mr. Sauer also called on George Washington’s Farewell Address to bolster his position. Washington did warn about the “alternate domination of one faction over another, sharpened by the spirit of revenge, natural to party dissension”, and how these have led to “frightful despotism”. He even went so far as to describe how that might happen.

The disorders and miseries which result gradually incline the minds of men to seek security and repose in the absolute power of an individual; and sooner or later the chief of some prevailing faction, more able or more fortunate than his competitors, turns this disposition to the purposes of his own elevation, on the ruins of public liberty.

Washington’s Farewell Address 1796

If there is one position in this case that Mr. Washington seems to be warning about, it’s the idea of consolidating power in the presidency. Perhaps that’s one reason why the idea of presidential immunity does not appear in the Constitution, as Justice Kagan pointed out.

JUSTICE KAGAN: The Framers did not put an immunity clause into the Constitution. They knew how to. There were immunity clauses in some state constitutions. They knew how to give legislative immunity. They didn’t provide immunity to the president.

And, you know, not so surprising, they were reacting against a monarch who claimed to be above the law. Wasn’t the whole point that the president was not a monarch and the president was not supposed to be above the law?

SAUER: I would say two things in response to that. Immunity — they did put an immunity clause in in a sense. They put in the Executive Vesting Clause, which was originally understood to — to adopt a broad immunity principle that’s set forth in the very broad language of Marbury against Madison.

And also, they did discuss and consider what would be the checks on the presidency. And they did not say, oh, we need to have criminal prosecution. Right there at the Constitutional Convention, Benjamin Franklin says, we don’t have that. That’s not an option. Everybody cried out against that as unconstitutional. The structural check we’re adopting is impeachment. And they’re very clear on that in pages 64 to 69 of the second volume of [Farrand].

Trump v. United States – Oral Arguments

Again, Mr. Sauer refers to the non-existent immunity he believes inherent in executive powers, the reaction to Mr. Franklin’s statement about the impeachment clause, and the Marbury v. Madison case, all of which I’ve shown to be misleading.

The last of Mr. Sauer’s arguments I will deal with came in response to a question from Justice Barrett.

JUSTICE BARRETT: So, Mr. Sauer, you’ve argued that the Impeachment Clause suggests or requires impeachment to be a gateway to criminal prosecution, right?

SAUER: Yes. I think that’s the plain meaning of that second phrase in the clause.

Trump v. United States – Oral Arguments

There are actually two impeachment clauses: Article II, Section 4 which describe who can be impeached for what, and Article I, Section 3, Clause 7, which describes the punishment.

Judgment in Cases of Impeachment shall not extend further than to removal from Office, and disqualification to hold and enjoy any Office of honor, Trust or Profit under the United States: but the Party convicted shall nevertheless be liable and subject to Indictment, Trial, Judgment and Punishment, according to Law.

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 3, Clause 7

This clause states that, after conviction of impeachment, the party is still liable for any violations of the law. There’s nothing in this language that states the person involved is immune from criminal prosecution until they are removed from office by impeachment. Justice Barrett brings up another point.

JUSTICE BARRETT: Okay. So there are many other people who are subject to impeachment, including the nine sitting on this bench, and I don’t think anyone has ever suggested that impeachment would have to be the gateway to criminal prosecution for any of the many other officers subject to impeachment. So why is the president different when the Impeachment Clause doesn’t say so?

SAUER: Someone very important has made the opposite suggestion as to the president himself, which is Solicitor General Bork, which is reaffirmed in the OLC opinions on this, where the — where Solicitor General Bork, in 1973, as to the issue of the vice president, reviewed the historical materials, and he said the sequence is mandatory only as to the president.

That is DOJ’s view of the original understanding of the Impeachment Judgment Clause, which is exactly our position. The sequence is mandatory only as to the president. Keep in mind that the criminal prosecution of a president — president prior to impeachment contradicts, in our view, the plain language of the Constitution but also hundreds of years of history and what DOJ admits is the Framers’ intent.

Trump v. United States – Oral Arguments

So Mr. Sauer is now quoting two sources from the Department of Justice, a part of the executive branch, that claim the Impeachment Clause requires something that it does not state. First, that the clause requires impeachment before prosecution, and second, that the rules for the President are different than for the Vice-President, other civil officers, and as Justice Barrett noted, federal judges.

Respondent

Now that Mr. Trump’s attorney has had his chance, it’s time for the government to present their case, made by Mr. Michael R. Dreeben, Counselor to the Special Counsel, Department of Justice.

This Court has never recognized absolute criminal immunity for any public official. Petitioner, however, claims that a former president has permanent criminal immunity for his official acts, unless he was first impeached and convicted. His novel theory would immunize former presidents from criminal liability for bribery, treason, sedition, murder, and, here, conspiring to use fraud to overturn the results of an election and perpetuate himself in power.

Such presidential immunity has no foundation in the Constitution. The Framers knew too well the dangers of a king who could do no wrong. They therefore devised a system to check abuses of power, especially the use of official power for private gain.

Trump v. United States – Oral Arguments

I think Mr. Dreeben has stated the point quite effectively. The Supreme Court has never recognized absolute immunity for any public official. This novel idea has no foundation in the Constitution of the United States, and would seem to contradict the foundational principles that the United States would be a nation of laws, not men. Justice Thomas questioned the scope of Mr. Dreeben’s statement.

JUSTICE THOMAS: Mr. Dreeben, does the president have immunity, or are you saying that there’s no immunity, presidential immunity, even for official acts?

DREEBEN: Yes, Justice Thomas, but I think that it’s important to put in perspective the position that we are offering the Court today. The president, as the head of the Article II branch, can assert as-applied Article II objections to criminal laws that interfere with an exclusive power possessed by the president or that prevent the president from accomplishing his constitutionally assigned functions.

Trump v. United States – Oral Arguments

Mr. Dreeben points out that the president does have the power to violate laws that would prevent him from performing his duties under Article II, what’s commonly referred to in this case as “core powers”. For example, if Congress passed a law criminalizing the appointment of members of certain groups to office, the President could point to his Article II appointment powers to say such law could not apply to his because it would be unconstitutional.

During her questions of the respondent, Justice Jackson tried to deal with a concern the petitioner had brought.

JUSTICE JACKSON: All right. The final sort of set of questions that I have have to do with what I do take as a very legitimate concern about prosecutorial abuse, about future presidents being targeted for things that they have done in office.

I — I take that concern. I think it’s a real thing. But I wonder whether some of it might also be mitigated by the fact that existing administrations have a self-interest in protecting the presidency, that they understand that if they go after the former guy, soon they’re going to be the former guy and they will have created precedent that will be problematic.

Trump v. United States – Oral Arguments

Why haven’t previous presidents been criminally charged for their actions in office? I believe there are several reasons. First, we are in a unique election cycle where a previous president is again running for office against the man who defeated him. It’s like having two first-term incumbent presidents both running for office. Mr. Trump is not just a previous president, but an extremely polarizing one at that. Simply look at the claims of those who support him and those who oppose him. Second, we have witnessed over the last couple of decades, a willingness, especially from one political party, to take short-term gains for long-term losses. Simply look at the Senate getting rid of the filibuster for Supreme Court nominees, which quickly led to getting rid of it for all judicial nominees. In short, the traditions that have allowed competing parties to peacefully co-exist have been abandoned, just as George Washington warned us.

Washington’s Farewell Address 1796

Conclusion

Mr. Sauer’s argument for presidential immunity rested on several pillars: The Executive Vesting Clause, Marbury v. Madison, the reaction to Franklin’s statement in the Federal Convention of 1787, and George Washington’s Farewell Address. I’ve shown in this article that none of those documents in any way suggests a presidential immunity from criminal prosecution. While much of the questioning from the justices focused on the impact of their decision, primarily not in this case but in future ones, space prevents me from diving into that topic here. Let me summarize by stating that while each side stated their positions, the evidence brought by Mr. Sauer was a flawed as the rest of his case.

Mr. Sauer was not alone in having flaws in his argument. To me the saddest quote of all came from Mr. Dreeben.

We are trying to design a system that preserves the effective functioning of the presidency and the accountability of a former president under the rule of law.

Trump v. United States – Oral Arguments

Rather than following the Constitution and laws of the United States, the courts, and all of the attorneys arguing the cases, are attempting to design a system to meets their ends. They are legislating from the bench, rather than applying the law to the case at hand. While Mr. Trump is attempting to turn the Presidency into a Kingship, the courts are trying to turn the United States into an oligarchy. All so one faction can have dominion over another. Quite a frightful despotism indeed.

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

Happy 76th birthday, Israel

By Amil Imani

May 14, 2024

This week, Israel celebrates its 76th birthday. Seventy-six years ago, May 14, 1948, was the rebirth of one of the oldest cultures and nations in history, the State of Israel. With Judaism as its religion, Israel has a historical continuity spanning over 4,000 years. It is one of the oldest monotheistic religions and the oldest to survive into the present day. Israel today is a unique and diverse Jewish state with a young, viable democracy in an unstable region. In 2010, the Jewish population was estimated at 13.4 million, or roughly 0.2% of the world population.

The circumstances surrounding Israel’s rebirth were anything but easy. Regrettably, Israel’s journey from her early beginning to the present has been fraught with great suffering. It is a tribute to the indomitable spirit of the Jewish people that they persisted in their valiant struggle to re-gather again in the land of their birth. Some even go as far as saying that Israel’s renaissance — after 4,000 years or so– was nothing short of miraculous.

The re-birth of Israel, in reality, is a culmination of thousands of years of gestation during which the Jewish people, dispersed throughout much of the world, endured immense degrees and varieties of suffering. The Nazi murderers and their collaborators capped the crimes committed against the Jewish people by brutally slaughtering six million innocent men, women and children.

We can hardly find countries that have gone out of existence for as long as 4,000 years and then reappeared and been reborn. Thus, the rebirth of this magnificent culture, people, and land was truly a miracle.

In ancient times, a noble and just Persian king, Cyrus the Great, rescued tens of thousands of Jewish people from captivity in a foreign land, empowering them to return home and build their sacred temple. By his action of freeing an entire people from captivity and restoring their rightful dignity, Cyrus the Great, the author of the first code of Human Rights, cemented a bond of friendship between the Jews and the Persians. It was the Just King’s way of setting the world on a course of freedom, equality, and justice for all people, irrespective of any considerations.

Israel has welcomed many Jews across the world, including the Iranian Jews who could no longer tolerate the rule of the oppressive venomous mullahs. These mullahs are indeed traitors to the lofty, long-standing tradition and values championed by Cyrus the Great and revered by Persians throughout the ages. Israel also must be commended for affording millions of Israeli Arabs opportunities denied to them in many other lands.

Regrettably, the sworn enemy of the Iranian people and the Persian heritage (the Islamic Republic) also supports terrorism abroad. The Islamic regime has increased its support for groups that seek the destruction of Israel. These include the Lebanese Hezbollah and such Palestinian groups as Hamas, the Palestinian Islamic Jihad, and the Popular Front for the Liberation of Palestine-General Command. Israel has the right to defend herself from these brewing factions who want nothing short of obliteration of the Jewish state.

We should consider the rebirth of the Jewish State to be a blessing for the Muslims. Israel has provided the opportunity to show the world the results of the Jewish state of mind in action…a mind that yearns to be free and a mind that longs to see that all humanity enjoys life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness, said Tashbih Sayyed.

Israel’s fair treatment of the Iranian Baha’is in Israel is praiseworthy. This further demonstrates their ability and willingness to live in harmony with others. In Iran, the birthplace of the Baha’i faith, Baha’is are ruthlessly subjected to a form of gradual genocide by the cruel mullahs. Some Baha’is are executed for their faith, Baha’i children are denied university studies, Baha’i holy places are destroyed, and even their cemeteries are bulldozed, to cite a few examples. By contrast, Israel has provided the Baha’is freedom to care for their holy places, which were established in the Holy Land during the 19th century, long before Israel’s rebirth.

The Jewish community of Iran is one of the oldest in the Diaspora, and its historical roots reach back to the 6th century B.C.E., the time of the First Temple. Their history in the pre-Islamic period is intertwined with that of the Jews of neighboring Babylon. The Jewish colonies were scattered from centers in Babylon to Persian provinces and cities such as Hamadan and Susa. The books of Esther, Ezra, Nehemiah, and Daniel give a favorable description of the relationship of the Jews to the court of the Achaemids at Susa.

To this day, traditional Jews pray three times a day for the Temple’s restoration. During the centuries, the Muslims controlled Palestine, and two mosques were built on the site of the Jewish Temple. (This was no coincidence; it is a common Islamic custom to build mosques on the sites of other people’s holy places.) Since any attempt to level these mosques would lead to an international Muslim holy war (jihad) against Israel, the Temple cannot be rebuilt in the foreseeable future.

“Next year in Jerusalem being the wish of Diaspora Jews, dispersed from their homeland yet acknowledging their spiritual and historical home is Israel, specifically, Jerusalem. Psalm 137 is referred to as the well-known lament of the Babylonian Jews who wept ‘by the rivers of Babylon’ and declared, ‘If I forget you, O Jerusalem, let my right hand wither.”

The perennial prayer, “Next Year in Jerusalem,” has finally been answered. We, the spiritual children of Cyrus the Great, pray that Israel succeeds in taking the steps necessary to make the New Jerusalem a place of hope and lasting safety for the Jewish people, people of all religions, and those with no religion at all.

Although Israel was reborn in 1948, the Israelis were unable to settle down for long in their own homeland, to worship their God as they wished, and to live in peace. They were assaulted once again by the forces of destruction that sent them scurrying for the relative safety of other lands. These challenges continue to this day.

Now, Israel is a sovereign state but hardly safe. She is surrounded by nations and peoples who are bent on her destruction. Tragically, she and her neighbors have been unable to find an equitable way of living side-by-side with mutual respect and peace. I earnestly hope that ways can be found to resolve this destructive impasse peacefully.

A thorny issue of great concern to Israel is the Mullahs’ gallop to join the nuclear club and use the bomb as a club over the head of any nation, near or far, that stands in their way or does not accede to their demands. And it is here that some advocated a pre-emptive action by Israel, the U.S., or both to postpone, if not prevent, the Mullahs from achieving their objective.

For example, attacking the Bushehr nuclear facility alone would be a nightmare, releasing radiation into the atmosphere. To attack Iran’s nuclear facilities will not only provoke unnecessary war, but it could also unleash clouds of radiation far beyond the targets and the borders of Iran. In addition, it is almost a certainty that the Islamic Republic would retaliate by hitting Israel’s Dimona nuclear complex. Everyone loses.

The best strategy with the greatest chance of success and the least risk of starting a cataclysmic chain reaction is for a “coalition of the willing,” to borrow a phrase, to rally behind the Iranian opposition. Democracy-seeking secular Iranians are thoroughly capable of dislodging the tyrannical Mullahs.

We should also remember that Iran sits on many large, active fault lines. Of the major earthquakes that do occur in Iran, many are stronger than magnitude six on the Richter scale. Should, say, the Bushehr plant be hit by an earthquake, it would be catastrophic, not only to the entire region but beyond.

Today, Israel has reunited Jerusalem and provided unrestricted freedom of religion. Access of all faiths to the Holy Places in the unified City of Peace is assured. The story of Israel’s rebirth is indeed a miracle, yet challenges have remained, threatening the existence of this tiny ancient country filled with a rich culture.

As we watch, we pray for Israel and the Jewish people for everlasting peace and prosperity.

It doesn’t make any difference whether you are pro-Israel or not. If another holocaust looms, it leaves Israel with no alternatives but to lash out without pause or restraint at those who wish to destroy the Jewish State.

Happy 76th Birthday, Israel

What 2024 Polls Really Tell Us

By Lex Greene

May 13, 2024

My favorite line about polls and statistics is, 99% of all statistics are made up on the spot to suit someone’s agenda, and man is that true when it comes to modern political polling data. Today, most Americans don’t even care how accurate the information is, they will share the polls of their choice, so long as it suits their agenda.

It’s called “selective push-polling.” Political operatives need their loyal followers to remain loyal, believing that their candidate is some messiah with a good chance of winning. It’s a critical component to the general “divide and conquer” mission of the elites in control of all governments. It’s also very important when it comes to campaign donations. Most people won’t donate to someone perceived to have no chance.

In modern times, push-polls are also being used to prepare voters for manipulated stolen elections. No matter how blatantly obvious and visible mass election fraud is, the people will still believe the “steal” so long as it appears consistent with pre-election polling data.

Push-polling is when they frame a question in such manner as to elicit a prescribed response to suit the agenda.

EXAMPLE: Do you support women’s Rights?

Of course, most Americans support “women’s Rights” every time they are asked this question. The agenda isn’t “women’s Rights” though, it’s “abortion” rights. The poll asked if people support women’s Rights, and of course most people do. But then the reporting on those poll results reads “majority of Americans support abortion.” That’s not what the poll asked, and that is how push-polling works.

Selective polling is when those being polled have a known ideological leaning on a subject. Of course, if the Biden Team polls only democrat voters, Biden will likely perform well in that poll, allowing Team Biden to claim he is ahead in the polls. Likely, Trump polls aimed at republican voters will deliver the same desired outcome for Trump, allowing team Trump to declare that he’s ahead in the polls.

As a result, Team Biden will likely poll people who watch MSNBC, while Team Trump might poll Fox News viewers…and that’s why you can’t rely on any polling data, for the most part. Most polls are “selective push polls” with a predetermined goal.

But what are the 2024 polls really telling us about the 2024 election cycle?

#1 – Almost half of the country, a reported 41%, anticipate a second Civil War as a result of this election cycle, no matter who wins, while 49% have doubts. “Thirty-seven percent of voters think a civil war is more likely If President Joe Biden wins reelection; 25% think civil war is more likely if former President Donald Trump wins.”

#2 – Nobody trusts Congress – “The poll of 1,813 U.S. adult citizens May 5-7 found that only 12% approved of Congress’ performance, while 61% disapproved and 18% had no opinion.”

#3 – Most don’t trust the Supreme Court or the current justice system either. “The Supreme Court fared slightly better, with 32% approval and 54% disapproval.”

#4 – People no longer trust any political figure at any level. “The poll also found that all public and elected officials, regardless of political affiliation, are generally viewed more unfavorably than favorably.”

#5 – Few trust the current economic experts. “When asked whether the economy is improving or worsening, only 18% said it was getting better, while 54% said it was worsening.” – “just 24% described the current state of the economy as excellent or good, while 43% described it as poor, and 39% believe the country is already in a recession.”

In other words, the vast majority of Americans no longer trust the Federal Government at all, any branch, any agency, no matter who’s in charge.

The people no longer trust the U.S. news media either, seen as nothing more than global Marxist propaganda machines now, hiding truths from the people, while continually spewing well-known outright lies 24/7 to support a “global” agenda, and undermining everything the USA has ever been.

And this is why a growing number of Americans see a civil war somewhere in our near future. They have lost any faith in the system designed to prevent a second civil war, because that system has become so corrupt and anti-American that the people believe, with increasing regularity, that sooner or later, they will have to take matters into their own hands to restore and preserve our Constitutional Republic.

Many years ago, I was doing a radio interview at about the time the “Tea Party” started rising to rebuke the corrupt nature of our runaway federal government. At the same time, an opposition group was rising under the label “99-percenters,” favoring socialism and totalitarianism for the American future, based upon 99% “poor” against the 1% “uber-wealthy.”

I was asked about these two competing groups in that interview, and my response was… The 99-percenters almost have it right, almost…

Sooner or later, it will be 99% against the 1%, but not based upon the poor versus the wealthy, or socialists versus conservatives, nor will it be in support of socialism or totalitarianism. Instead, it will be the 99% governed against the 1% who have turned our government against every American citizen.

2024 marks that time in history when a uniting of citizens from all past political affiliations will come together to defeat the runaway criminal enterprise called “the Federal Government,” the real 99% governed, against the corrupt 1% governing elites. How the hell has a thousand governing elites gained total maniacal control over 330-million legal Americans?

Here’s what most American voters have learned in the past four years…

Politicians are not trustworthy, none of them.
Our Federal Government is of, by, and for, itself.
Our Federal Government has been weaponized against ALL Americans, including the frontrunning opponent to the DC cabal, the people’s candidate, Trump.
Almost no one in power today is actually “on our side.”
The Constitutional System of self-governance is all but gone.
Politicians have divided the electorate in order to conquer all citizens.
Our tax dollars are being used to defeat the taxpayers.
Every penny in taxes is “taxation without representation” now.
The global left (WEF Partners) will stop at nothing to destroy our country.
No one against reformer candidate Trump, is actually a Republican, much less a conservative.

Most of all, Americans are finally waking up to the reality that Barack Hussein Obama, the greatest “community organizer” of all time, via ACT BLUE international funding, BLM, ANTIFA, and numerous Soros .orgs, has indeed kept his 2008 promise to “fundamentally transform America” into a toilet, where at least two young generations have been raised on socialist indoctrination, no longer capable of self-reliance or self-governance.

Instead, we now see the generations raised by Hillary Clinton’s village idiots, taking over our cities in support of well-known terrorists like Hamas, chanting “death to America.” They now represent the biggest racist group in America calling for the “ethnic cleansing of Jews,” the killing of “whites” and total control over every citizen by using more than 15-million new “illegal aliens” to redistrict the nation and vote out legal American citizens!

2024 marks the election cycle in which the American people, no matter past partisan views, must and likely will, come together to defeat the D.C. cabal of criminal miscreants, and preserve our Constitutional Republic, freedom, and liberty for all, by refusing to fall for the massive efforts to demonize every American who wants to see our country become free and great again.

It is 99% against 1% now… us against them. The only people who don’t know it yet are the deeply indoctrinated who were raised to prefer total government dependence over individual freedom and liberty.

But they too, will soon learn. I pray they will learn the easy way, peacefully through legitimate nationwide election integrity, instead of a civil war. But either way, they must be taught the true value of freedom and liberty, and that their utopian Marxist dreams have failed everywhere on earth they have ever been tried.

It’s up to the awake, to fix the woke… no matter what it takes! Or freedom and liberty will very soon exist nowhere on earth!

E-Mail Lex Greene: LexGreene24@gmail.com

Earth Day 2050: Our Society Is Not Prepared For The Future

By Frosty Wooldridge

May 13, 2024

Part 4: Blip in time, resources, energy exhaustion, what it takes to keep this civilization operating.

“Mother Earth has been talking to us ever since her beginning. She smiles through sunshine, cries through rainfall and screams through storms. And now, more than ever, paying attention to the many moods of the earth is crucial, as we face climate change and detrimental weather events that place people at risk. Life as we know it depends on the health of the planet, and that’s why Earth Day, which falls on April 22, is so important.” —Manal Aman, Lilli Iannella

To give you a startling metaphor in the last part of this series on Earth Day 2024, let’s rediscover April 15, 1912 when the H.M.S. Titanic churned too fast, too blind and too stupidly through the iceberg-filled North Atlantic Ocean. Captain Edward John Smith, thinking his Titanic provided an invincible steamship, plowed through the dark night at full speed. He wanted to make a record run to New York harbor. Such arrogance combined with the time of year and the absolute knowledge that monstrous icebergs floated everywhere in that area, proved fatal to him, his crew and his passengers. A horrifying 1,517 innocent lives died when the Titanic sank. Again, a cautionary tale for America, Canada and Europe!

Do you notice that every time you turn around in America, someone pitches you to buy a faster Internet connection. We’ve gone from 2 G’s to 5 G’s to 10 G’s. If you buy an item from Amazon, you can expect it to arrive within 24 hours in many cases. Car spokespersons promise to carry you at screaming speeds to your next destination. Computers do everything but dance the Charleston.

But everything takes energy to unearth, transport, manufacture, ship and sell at destination. Everything takes water, food and air to allow our civilization to remain sustainable…and to function.

Here’s the rub: there is not ONE SINGLE politician or mainstream media outlet informing you or educating you to the absolute fact that exponential growth cannot continue.

“The greatest shortcoming of the human race is our inability to understand the exponential function.” ―Albert A. Bartlett

That term, “exponential growth” means endless growth, like a cancer cell, which always kills its host. He was my friend for 30 years. I still keep his letters in my files. He educated me. He inspired me. His quotes are timeless and sobering.

“We must realize that growth is but an adolescent phase of life which stops when physical maturity is reached. If growth continues in the period of maturity it is called obesity or cancer. Prescribing growth as the cure for the energy crisis has all the logic of prescribing increasing quantities of food as a remedy for obesity.” ―Albert A. Bartlett

Yet, in his and my State of Colorado, after he gave 1,600 lectures on what’s coming to our civilization as to human overpopulation, the leaders of Denver and other cities continue to build homes, apartments, businesses without any thought of the “human iceberg” awaiting all of us. That goes for the rest of the country. We are on course, like the Titanic trying to make it to New York harbor at record speed, to add 100,000,000 (million) more people by 2050. That’s 4,000,000 net gain, annually for the next 26 years.

“’Smart growth’ destroys the environment. ‘Dumb growth’ destroys the environment. The only difference is that ‘smart growth’ does it with good taste. It’s like booking passage on the Titanic. Whether you go first-class or steerage, the result is the same.” —Al Bartlett

Since the mainstream media won’t educate you, and politicians continue to explode our population via legal and illegal immigration into America, you cannot count on knowing or understanding what Americans face in 26 short years. But I can tell you this: it’s gonna’ get really ugly for anyone living in that 2040 to 2050 decade when America hits that 100 million added human “resource competitors.”

They, that’s you and/or your kids, will be competing for water, energy, food, resources, clean air, and everything we take for granted in 2024. And, if catastrophic climate destabilization, which is driven by human population growth, really arrives with a vengeance, you’re going to find that our civilization will go the way of Easter Island, the dinosaurs or the way of every species that cannot feed, water, warm and sustain itself.

There are plenty of books showing with incredible accuracy as to what we face:

♦ Blip: Humanity’s 300 Year Self-Terminating Experiment with Industrialism by Christopher O. Clugston. He shows when all those resources required to allow this civilization to operate—will be exhausted. Our civilization will not be able to operate. We will collapse.
♦ The End of Nature by Bill McKibben. Remember that we keep killing 1,000,000 roadkill’s 24/ 7 in America, alone! How will any animals have a chance to live with their habitat being turned to pavement as well as them being slaughtered on our highways, in the air and on the water? As human numbers add another 1,000,000,000 of ourselves to reach 9 million or more by 2050, how in the hell does Nature’s other creatures stand a chance?
♦ The Long Emergency by James Howard Kunstler will give you a blow by blow account of life when that “human iceberg” smashes into our civilization.
♦ Out of Gas: The End of the Age of Oil by David Goodstein. He shows what we face when oil is gone. Guess what? Electric cars and conservation won’t solve anything!
♦ Peak Everything by Richard Heinberg. His book chronicles much the same as Clugston’s book—Blip.
♦ There another 20 books saying the same thing about our future.

In other words, we’re in SO DAM*ED MUCH TROUBLE, there’s no way we’re going to keep this civilization operating. If you’re alive in 2050, you and your family is screwed as the wheels fall off our ability to feed, warm and sustain ourselves. Yes, you hear all this cheery stuff on Earth Day, but it’s a national farce—because since 1970, everything has gotten worse because humans added 4.5 billion more of ourselves. We dumped 170 trillion pieces of plastic into our oceans. It’s sickening what we’ve done to this planet. It won’t tolerate humans much longer.

What can you do? Answer: a great deal. In my book, America’s Overpopulation Predicament: Blindsiding Future Generations by Frosty Wooldridge, I give three huge chapters on what you can do at the local, state, national and international arenas.

By acting, future generations stand a chance. By doing nothing, your kids or anyone living around 2050 will experience pretty much what happened to those passengers on the Titanic.

That pretty much sums up Earth Day 2024. What will Earth Day 2050 look like? Take a guess!

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

Happy Church, Little Resistance of Evil and the Powers of Darkness

By Pastor Glynn Adams

May 12, 2024

I wish I had the words and the ability to express in such a way that all of America would see that we are in such spiritual disarray because of our false religion. Jesus and His First Century Church is our example as it was lived out by the disciples of Jesus in the Book of Acts for us to see and we are not even in the ballpark or even close to that example in our churches in America today!! As a result, we are in such danger that I do not have the words to express also. I learned a long time ago that I can’t make anyone see anything. People that have eyes that see not and ears that hear not, Jesus did not spend a lot of time with them. He gave them truth and if they did not act on it, Jesus simply moved on without them and left them to their devices!!!

Leonard Ravenhill once said, “The world outside there is not waiting for a new definition of Christianity. It’s waiting for a new demonstration of true Christianity. In the First Century, while He was on this earth, Jesus cleansed the temple; today He would cleanse the pulpits of America from religious humanist false pastors.” I might add, He would cleanse the podcast, seminars, and many books written today!!!

Paris Reidhead said in a sermon, “Paul warned us in Colossians 2:8 not to be taken captive by philosophy and empty deception but today our subtle philosophy and deception is religious humanism. You can define religious humanism as a philosophical statement that declares, “The end of all things is the happiness of man.” The liberal says, “The end of religious humanism is to make man happy while he is alive and the fundamentalist says the end of religious humanism is to make man happy when he dies.” This is unchristian and the betrayal of the ages. And it is a betrayal in which we live and I don’t see how God can revive this. True Biblical Christianity says, “The end of all being is the glory of God.”

Didn’t God intend to make man happy? Yes, but as a byproduct not a prime product. What is the philosophy of missions, of evangelism, and of a Christian? If our motive is we don’t want people living a life of suffering and misery and going to hell, then we are using the provision of Jesus Christ as a means to improve upon human conditions of suffering and misery and thus, we are motivated by religious humanism

I would like to see some people repent on Biblical terms again. Here is somebody trembling because he or she is going to be hurt in hell but they have no sense of the enormity of their guilt, no sense of the enormity of their crime, no sense of the enormity of their insult against Deity, no sense of their rebellion against God, no sense of God’s righteousness, of His holiness, of His justice, the justice of His wrath and anger. I would like to see God so descend on people that they would repent because they had a revelation of the holiness of God, and in the light of that, they have seen the enormity of their sin against God and God so penetrated their minds and hearts they would fall to the ground in brokenness over their spiritual condition not their living conditions.

“Lord Jesus, I am going to obey You, and love You and serve You, and do what You want me to do as long as I live, even if I go to hell at the end of the road, simply because you are worthy to be loved and obeyed and served, and I’m not trying to make a deal with you. There is only one reason for God meeting you and that is to bring you to the place where in repentance you have been pardoned for His glory and in victory you have been brought to the place of death that He might rule in your life. And in His fullness, Jesus Christ is able to live and walk in you and your attitude is the attitude of the Lord Himself who said, “I can do nothing of myself. I can’t speak of myself – I don’t make plans for myself because my only reason for being is the glory of God.”

And if you don’t know the fullness of the Holy Spirit, then present your body a living sacrifice and let Him fill you so you can have the purpose for His death on the cross fulfilled in you so the Lord Jesus can get glory through your life and the people you influence. IT’S NOT WHAT YOU ARE GOING TO GET OUT OF GOD. IT’S WHAT GOD IS GOING TO GET OUT OF YOU. Let’s be done with this false humanist philosophy of Christianity in our day brought on by positive pastors and their sermonettes that make God a means instead of the glorious end that He is. MAY THE LAMB THAT WAS SLAIN RECEIVE THE REWARD OF HIS SUFFERING” (Paris Reidhead)

Pastor Paris Reidhead is a man who lived and preached the true gospel How many times have we seen people come down the altar, crying because they heard a sermon that hell is hot and “were trembling because he or she is going to be hurt in hell but they have no sense of the enormity of their guilt, no sense of the enormity of their crime, no sense of the enormity of their insult against Deity no sense of their rebellion against God, no sense of God’s righteousness, of His holiness, of His justice, the justice of His wrath and anger” and some pastor or counselor who immediately leads that person to repeat Romans 10:9, and after they confess with their mouth, they are declared a Christian. That pastor or counselor, who probably abhors abortion, just aborted a new birth because that was not a new birth from above; it was humanism and it had nothing to do with the heart and spiritual condition but everything to do with their human condition of suffering.

Our churches are full of these “false conversions” and most will never change their life and cannot live by every Word that proceeds out of the mouth of God. God does not rule our pastors and the life of churchgoers because they have never been brought to a place of death so God can rule in their life and in our nation. That is why we have made a false religion, a sectarian sect, and we have reduced Christianity to going to a building on a certain day. That is also why their lives do not influence anyone or a nation to give God the glory.

We are making a huge spiritual mistake if we think we can revive this religious system and wrong mindset currently operating in America. Americans do not understand the sovereignty of a King. We live in a nation where we can criticize the President and voice our opinion or our private interpretation of the Word of God on Facebook. But this mindset is suicide for Christians. God is Sovereign and what He says is law and is to be obeyed. We have no opinions, or private interpretations of what He says in the Word. We are to obey it period!!! God is clear in the Word of God. Faith without works is dead. We are to read the Word of God and act on it. That is obedience. We are not to sat in our church buildings passively, and watch this world being destroyed and expect the rapture to deliver us out of here.

The church is given gifts to the Body to equip the saints for the work of ministry and for war. There is a war going on between good and evil and we are commanded to show up at the battlefield, wherever it is, with the full armor of God and His weapons – His Name, His power, and His authority to stand and resist the lies of Satan and anyone who exalts themselves against the Word of God in our culture. James 4:7, is plain as day, “Submit to God; resist the devil and he will flee from you.” God has defeated Satan at the cross and He has given us authority over all the works of the power of darkness. A warning: If you are not resisting Satan; he will overcome you as he has done to so many in America!!!

We must read the Book of Acts until we get their mindset. Our spiritual responsibility is to go into all the world, door to door, resist evil, make disciples, expose the unfruitful works of darkness. The work of God is not done in the church building but out in the culture in which we live. America has been captured by Satan and his hordes of demonic occult’s and New World Order and the church in America has been captured by religion, false philosophy (Colossians 2:8) and false pastors and we must rid ourselves of these immediately.

Now I want to address the true, faithful Remnant of God in this nation. Our attitude today is to have more seminars, podcasts, gatherings to get to know each other better and to learn more about ourselves and what is going on in our nation. We are in a war against our nation. We are very close to the collapse of many parts of our nation – by design!!! Time is not on our side.

In 1964, I was on the USS SEGUNDO (SS-398) and we sailed into the war zone of Viet Nam. Everything on that boat changed. We weren’t thinking of fellowship, getting to know each other better. We knew we were in a war zone and our mission was to keep that boat afloat and resisting the enemy as we were commanded.

Today in America, we are in a war zone. We have not taken the time to recognize our visitation. It is still religious business as usual – we are still having seminars, Bible studies, and fellowship meetings. We need to stop this now!!! We must lay battle plans to stand and resist this enemy in our nation. Our enemy is well organized and on the same page. The Remnant of God is not organized throughout America and we have no plan of resistance against our enemies.

God has the plan; the Remnant just needs to get in on it and implement God’s plan. We have our orders and we have been given our weapons and now we need to implement God’s plan of resistance of our enemies. Our enemies are committed to destroying us, enslaving us and our children into bondage and even kill us!!!! They really “hate” the Bible and those who follow God!!! THAT IS WHY WE NEED AN ACTIVE GODLY RESISTANCE FORCE IN AMERICA!!!!!

This is not the time to be a coward or fearful and try to save your life. Jesus is clear. In spiritual war there are no safe zones, no hiding places or playing it safe. Jesus said, “If you try to save your life you will lose it but if you lose your life for My sake, you will save it.” I don’t need to be hyped up or encouraged, or manipulated to obey Jesus Christ. I have the love for Jesus in my heart to do that and if that is not enough, I have the fear of God!!!

In the underground church in China, they operate with a spirit of resistance to the Chinese government. No pastor in China teaches the Hitlerian interpretation of Romans 13 as do many of the pastors of America. The Scriptures in Romans 13 are clear. We are to obey government. But when our government or any government requires that we participate in evil or anything contrary to Scriptures, we are not only not to obey the government, we are to resist. Most of the churches in America are failing to do this.

It is decision time for the Remnant in America. We have a faithful LORD and King and if we will meet Him on the battlefield, He will give us the victory against evil. We have work to do because one day we will stand before the King and answer to Him for what we did with what He gave to us. God bless, I remain His warrior and watchman, Glynn Adams

E-Mail Glynn Adams: glynnadams@sbcglobal.net

The Absurdity of the Two State Solution Crowd

By Pastor Mike Spaulding

May 12, 2024

Asking why we continue to see and read of the hatred and vitriolic rants against the nation of Israel often sounds like a “broken record.” I have surmised that we will continue to hear and see the incessant spewing of Antisemitism because those expressing these views are short on reason, rational thinking, and logical, analytical deduction skills. This is not meant as an insult. This is observably true. What else can possibly explain the lack of comprehension among so many?

A simple way to address the widespread disinformation and subsequent rants of those who hate Israel would be to ask a series of questions and wait for an accurate and meaningful response. For example, I would ask someone who has expressed the kind of thinking that denigrates Israel as the sole cause of the many issues facing the region, this simple question: “When did the Palestinian people organize their land and establish its local governing authorities?” Israel is always spoken of as occupying the land of the Palestinians, so when did the Palestinians organize their land and set up a government to govern it and them? The answer of course, is, never. There is no such thing as the land of the Palestinians or Palestine.

Any honest historian will state that the Palestinian “problem” was created by Arab and Muslim nations who refused to admit those Arabs and Muslims who fled Israel in 1947-48 at their insistence. When Arabs and Muslims left Israel, the people including the leadership of the new nation asked them to stay. Today, the same problem exists because Arab and Muslim nations will not allow the Palestinians to immigrate to their countries. Those nations see the Palestinians as both a bargaining chip against Israel and a likely domestic problem for peace if allowed to immigrate. The reality is that the Arab and Muslim nations will never permit the Palestinians to enter their nation because along with them come the dangerous tentacles of Hamas and Hezbollah. There is much to be gained by the Israel haters by continuing the erroneous global optics of Israel as the villain in the story of the Palestinians.

The so-called ethnic cleansing decried on college campuses across America is also logically a non-starter. How is Israel committing genocide against the Palestinian people when the population of the Palestinians continues to grow? If there is a genocide ongoing, it is being perpetrated by the terror groups which rule Gaza and Lebanon with an iron fist. The Palestinian people are nothing more than expendable chattel in the hands of Hamas, Hezbollah, and their masters, the Iranian mullahs.

Perhaps the most potent question one could ask of someone blinded by their hatred toward Israel is this: “Can you name one Arab, Muslim, or Palestinian leader who has stated publicly and is affirming among his group of constituents that as a part of a separate Palestinian State, Israel has a right to her land in which to live in peace and security?”

Today’s virtue signaling, communist loving, Israel hating, Palestinian sympathizers, have no depth of understanding concerning global politics, and they certainly do not have any historical perspective. The Oslo Accords and the Camp David Summit in 2000 resulted in a basic framework for a Palestinian State. The continuing issue is that while the Arab and Muslim leaders smile for the cameras and receive the applause of the Western world for their determination to bring peace to the region, these same leaders speak a very different message to their constituents. That message is “We will never be at peace with the Jewish occupiers of OUR land; we will only drive them into the sea and out of existence. Then the land will be cleansed and returned to us.” Arab and Muslim doctrine dictates that if a territory was ever occupied by Muslims, it belongs to Allah into perpetuity. Thus, the leaders of the Palestinians lie to the West but tell the truth of their intentions to their people.

Unless the Arab and Muslim leaders start telling the truth about their intentions, there will never be an acceptable two state solution. Israel knows the truth. The West refuses to allow it to see the light of day. It seems incredible to consider but President Biden is doing all he can to force the issue on Israel by threatening to withhold armaments required to continue to purge the region of terror. How absurd is it to stop Israel from doing the entire world a favor by destroying Hamas? How absurd is it to have a US President protect terrorists by deterring Israel?

Now, we must also consider of highest importance what the Bible has to say about Israel. Here I remind people that Yahweh has spoken many promises over His people Israel. Whether we consider the Abrahamic, Mosaic, or Davidic Covenant, there remain unfulfilled promises to this day. You have two choices to make concerning the Covenants. You can say that Yahweh will fulfill them to His people Israel, or you can believe that Yahweh is finished with Israel and the Covenant promises now belong to the Christian church. If you choose to believe the latter, that Yahweh has abandoned His people Israel, you are faced with believing what the Bible explicitly refutes. Consider in the least that Yahweh has promised to give to Israel an everlasting inheritance (Genesis 17:89; Zechariah 12:9-11; Luke 21:20, 24; Acts 1:6).

The Apostle Paul informed the believers in Rome that:

For I do not want you, brethren, to be uninformed of this mystery—so that you will not be wise in your own estimation—that a partial hardening has happened to Israel until the fullness of the Gentiles has come in; and so all Israel will be saved; just as it is written,

“The Deliverer will come from Zion,
He will remove ungodliness from Jacob.”
“This is My covenant with them,
When I take away their sins.”

From the standpoint of the gospel they are enemies for your sake, but from the standpoint of God’s choice they are beloved for the sake of the fathers; for the gifts and the calling of God are irrevocable.

All Israel will be saved. This has meaning within the context of the Tribulation, about which the angel Gabriel informed Daniel that a future time of Tribulation would come which would involve Daniel’s people, Daniel’s holy city, and the process by which Yahweh would save all Israel (See Daniel 9:24-27; and Zechariah 12).

Finally, Yahweh’s promises concerning His people Israel are summed up well in Jeremiah 31:35-37.

Thus says the Lord,
Who gives the sun for light by day
And the fixed order of the moon and the stars for light by night,
Who stirs up the sea so that its waves roar;
The Lord of hosts is His name:

“If this fixed order departs
From before Me,” declares the Lord,
“Then the offspring of Israel also will cease
From being a nation before Me forever.”

Thus says the Lord,
“If the heavens above can be measured
And the foundations of the earth searched out below,
Then I will also cast off all the offspring of Israel
For all that they have done,” declares the Lord.

Unfortunately, even here, there are some who reject the clear and literal biblical narrative concerning Israel. We are living in a unique time indeed.

E-Mail Mike Spaulding: drmichaelspaulding@gmail.com

E-Mail Mike Spaulding: pastormike@cclohio.org

Understanding the Sovereignty of God

By Pastor Butch Paugh

May 12, 2024

“I have lived, sir, a long time and the longer I live, the more convincing proofs I see of this truth: That God governs in the affairs of men.” (Partial Quote) Ben Franklin.

While I fully realize that in life Franklin was certainly not a born again believer in Christ, at least not for most of his life, since at one time he was a member of the “Hell Fire Club”. It would behoove the reader to research this for themselves. But this fact still does not preclude the fact that Franklin was correct in his famous quote. The only true sovereign that ultimately rules in all affairs of mankind desires that His crowning creation would recognize of his own free will, the need to accept His authority in all spheres of man’s governments, personal, family, church and civil. Unfortunately, history has very clearly proven that mankind is totally incapable in his fallen nature to follow God’s will in his personal life, much less in the civil sphere. But that does not change the truth that God always has and always will see His word fulfilled on earth as it is in Heaven! Mankind will either be governed by God and His “governmental” laws, or he will be judged by those same laws! Individually, as the church and nationally! Obviously man has been judged by God’s standards in the past, is still today and will be in the final judgment.

Now I have said all of the above to set the foundation of the point of truth I would like to establish in this article. This is going to shock a lot of folks and upset several in many cases I’m sure. God does not care what type of earthly government a nation establishes! A monarchy, democracy, oligarchy or a republic to name a few. Of course He abhors evil rulers who persecute His people for obedience to Him over themselves. But keep in mind that He will use evil rulers to punish His people for their rebellion against Him and His Kingdom laws! Ps. 106:40-42 is just one example. As John Calvin stated “When God wants to judge a nation, He gives them wicked rulers”.

A Kingdom (monarchy), a democracy (majority rule), oligarchy (a small group of men ruling), or a republic (people rule through elected representative) can all be a glory to God and be blessed of Him if they lead or govern according to His Laws, statutes and judgments! For those who perhaps learned a little American history before it was “changed” to fit our modern educational public “fool” system, you may remember this story about Ben Franklin. A lady by the name of Elizabeth Willing Powell asked Mr. Franklin, “Well, doctor, what have we got, a republic or a monarchy?” Franklin’s answer was “A Republic if you can keep it.”

Whether a government is of one, a few or by the people, unless it is built solidly on the foundation of Jesus Christ and His teachings, it cannot and will not last long. All will inevitably “devolve” into chaos, tyranny and finally collapse! (Ps. 9:17)

As we have already established God’s sovereign will ultimately will be fulfilled. Ps. 76:10 says, “Surely the wrath (anger, poison, rage) of man shall praise thee: the remainder of wrath shalt thou restrain.” Man’s evil will not in any way interfere with God’s sovereign plan for His creation. But, do not be deceived, God is not mocked! It has always been man’s “duty” to obey the laws of God at all times in all areas of life, personal or public! (Gal. 6:7) (Ecc. 12:13) If men and women would only self-govern themselves according to God’s Word and demand their leaders do the same, any and all forms of civil authority would glorify God and nations would be peaceful and prosperous. Erwin W. Lutzer said, “When God is separated from government we are forced to accept arbitrary laws. Either God is the lawgiver or man is; either we derive our laws from the theistic universal values, or we say that the individual countries or cultures are the lawgivers. Either God is supreme or the state is supreme.” In order for those who govern to become tyrants, the people must surrender their will and obey their new “gods!” To remain silent in the face of evil or tyranny is to acquiesce to that evil/tyranny. To acquiesce is to comply and in so doing, support the evil itself.

We are “commanded” in Deut. 17:14-20 to only choose/elect “men” (brethren) that God chooses. We are not to select a stranger/non-Christian for any reason. We have been conditioned, deceived and entitled to believe the damnable lie that we have to choose the lesser of the evils offered to us by the “elite”. After all we have been told a little evil is better than more evil. So as Christians, we “must” choose the lesser evil! We have ignored to our own destruction (I Cor. 5:67 and Gal 5:9)

Francis Schaeffer made a statement in the 1970’s, “There are times in which anyone with a shred of moral principle should be profoundly angry, we live in such times”. But, as in the past, we are seeing the fulfilment of God’s Word in Jer. 5:31. The people not only condone the evil, they love to have it so!

Two more quotes and three more scriptures in closing. Albert Einstein said, “The world is a dangerous place to live; not because of the people who are evil, but because of the people who don’t do anything about it”.

As we are instructed in God’s Word to elect/appoint only Christian brethren in Christ as those given authority to lead and govern. As with all, we can know them by their fruits. In my lifetime of nearly seventy six years, I cannot think of a single instance in a national election that even “church goers” have followed this commandment. Almost all of us have put our approval/vote on what we consider the “lesser” of evils! Take an honest look at what this sinful compromise has wrought in America. The “fruit” of our sin is not obeying the Word of God as referenced in the article is very obvious!

In November we will be expected to do the same thing again. Biden or Trump! Biden is an anti-christ as was his former boss, the homo Obama! Trump says in the 2016 election that he was more “pro gay” than Hillary! Melania Trump at a fundraiser as reported on ABC News, stated that she and her husband are starting a major voter outreach initiative to garner “conservative” gay and lesbian (sexual perverts) support in this election! How dare we support either of these Godless men!! Pro-American does not mean pro-Godly in either case! God cannot and will not bless any nation that compromise His laws! We know that there are no “perfect” men to vote for. Even men with a sincere desire to follow God fall short! But, only the willfully ignorant can even begin to believe that God would have us as Christians support either of these men as our leader! (Jer. 12:5/Prov. 29:2 – 14:34, Ps. 9:17, Prov. 23:1-2)

You have been forewarned! We must stop committing patriotic idolatry!

Proverbs 29:7, “An unjust man is an abomination to the just; and he that is upright in the way is abomination to the wicked”.

Take careful heed to this in Proverbs 17:15, “He that justifieth the wicked, and he that condemneth the just, even they both are abomination to the Lord.”

Proverbs 28:4 says “They (individuals or nations) that forsake the law praise the wicked: but such as keep the law contend with them.

“All that it required for evil to triumph is for good men to do nothing.” —Edmund Burke

E-Mail Butch Paugh: ctdm@hotmail.com

Why the U.S. Ignores Islam’s Threat

By Amil Imani

May 11, 2024

Forget the left; they are already in cahoots with the Islamists, and they will assuredly be among the very first victims of Islam as soon as it assumes power. They both share an ideological milieu with an authoritarian mindset. Islam, with the help of the leftist media and the Democrat Party, has been using the US Constitution against the American people to advance their Islamic agenda.

The left has put America in a very precarious position by allying with America’s enemy. We are in a state of subversion, and most of us don’t even dare to name the enemy, which is Islam. It is no surprise. The so-called Democrat Party always allies itself with America’s hardcore enemies. It could be radical Muslims, illegal aliens, terrorists of all stripes, etc. For as long as they hate America, the Democrats consider them friends.

Many Americans are confused as to why Democrats back Islamic ideology, honor their holidays and customs, and promote them as “the religion of peace,” knowing full well that Islam is not a religion of peace. The answer is quite simple: The Democrat Party will do anything to stay in power. They stand with anyone who dislikes America and the Republican Party.

For those who wish to serve this great nation and hope to keep it on its course toward its glorious destiny, the left recoils. An unholy coalition has been placed by homicidal liberals with Islamists who wish to destroy our existing order of freedom and liberty.

When Democrats and their newfound allies don’t like what they hear, they resort to ridicule, accusations, and name-calling. In fact, they call everyone their favorite word, “racist” or Islamophobes. The Republican Party is not far behind on this issue. No one, not a single elected official in the US Congress, has dared to raise the Islam issue and speak about this extremely important topic that is eating America alive.

So far, nothing has phased our representatives to get serious about Islamic issues and their agenda.

Not even the 9/11 attacks, when a group of Muslims killed nearly 3,000 people, made them think twice about stopping Islam’s ideology. Not an Islamic extremist massacring forty-nine people at a gay nightclub in Orlando, not San Bernardino, CA, where 14 people were killed, not Major Nadal Hassan, a Muslim psychiatrist who gunned down thirteen unarmed soldiers and injured 30 others while yelling Allah-o-Akbar at Ft. Hood, TX. Not Muslim snipers killing three men and two women in separate attacks over 15 hours in Montgomery County, MD. Not even Islamic terrorists detonated a massive truck bomb under the World Trade Center, killing six people and injuring over 1,000 trying to collapse the towers in New York City, and six people died. Not when ten members of a local mosque phoned in a false alarm and then ambushed the responding officers, killing one, in New York City. Not when a Pakistani with Mujahedeen ties gunned down two CIA agents outside of their headquarters, killing them in Langley, VA. Not when a ‘devout Muslim’ staged a suicide attack on a recruiting center at a strip mall and a Naval Center, which left five dead, in Chattanooga, TN, had any effect on US officials. The list goes on, but you get the point.

What can these elected officials do? The least they can do is pass laws that protect American citizens. It’s that easy. They can ban Sharia law in all 50 states, but they won’t. As you can see, these are not isolated issues. As a representative republic, it is incumbent upon these officials to make sure their fellow citizens are safe. But, these officials are also victims of another form of ideology: political correctness. The executive and legislative branches must sit down together and find a solution to this crisis; otherwise, future generations will find themselves in a political and religious war that they have never seen.

In Islamdom, they can dish out insults to non-Muslims and arrest Christians, Bahia’s, or the Jews just for praying. They can confiscate their Holy books and toss them in the trash. They call Jews pigs and monkeys and spit on anyone who isn’t Muslim. But they go into frenzies of self-righteous outrage at the slightest criticism of their barbaric and highly dangerous beliefs.

They never need to challenge the existing political order in our country but can achieve all their goals without bothering or violating the Constitution of the U.S. because the Constitution guarantees complete government non-interference toward religions. Finally, and the most important element perhaps, is the extreme coziness and appeasement of U.S. officials towards Islam and Muslims, which will recklessly and unknowingly drag the entire country and her citizens into an everlasting Islamic inferno, an inferno like the Islamic Republic in occupied Iran and other Islamic terrorist countries.

Even if most Muslims seek to adopt an American lifestyle, a great many Muslims are dead-set on using violence to make America conform to their barbaric way of life. Islam is a cancer. Cancer cells are always few at the beginning, and if left unchecked, they keep multiplying, eventually devouring the non-cancerous organism.

Preparing the Trial of Barack Hussein Obama

By Cliff Kincaid

May 11, 2024

[DISCLAIMER: The opinion in this article is the sole opinion of the author and is not necessarily the opinion of NewsWithViews.com, it’s employees, representatives, or other contributing writers.]

When he left the White House and let China Joe take over the Oval Office, President Trump made a big mistake. But another big mistake came earlier, when he failed to launch a criminal prosecution of Barack Hussein Obama. That is the subject of my report, “The Criminal Trial of Barack Hussein Obama,” making the case for his prosecution and imprisonment.

I have just sent Rep. James Comer of the House Oversight Committee a letter requesting a criminal referral against Obama. Read it here. He must move beyond the Biden Crime Family to the real source of the problem.

For his part, Trump was given bad advice by such people as Stephen K. Bannon, who was fired by Trump after he said Bannon had “lost his mind.” Bannon had no understanding of who or what Obama was. Trump was in the dark as well.

Today, Bannon is staking his career on Rep. Majorie Taylor Greene, whose motion to remove House Speaker Mike Johnson was supported by only 11 Republicans. Her demand for zero funding for Ukraine led to the moniker “Moscow Marjorie.”

It is sad. She does a lot of good work. But on Ukraine, she and other “Republicans” like Stephen K. Bannon have embarrassed themselves.

The problem is not aid to Ukraine; it is not enough aid. Similarly, Biden (Obama) wants Israel to lose its war against Hamas. These are no-win wars that benefit our enemies. The solution, however, is not to let Ukraine and Israel be slaughtered by their enemies. The solution is a new president that wants to defeat Russia and China and save America from Obama-style Marxism.

Greene is a lightweight on foreign policy. No, she is worse than that. She is a dupe of the Russians.

Speaker Mike Johnson is not the problem. Biden is not the problem. It is Obama. He is behind the policies that have given us wars in Europe and the Middle East. He is behind the open borders.

His main strategist Steve Phillips declares in a new book that they will “WIN” the civil war. That is the war we find ourselves in.

This is not to say that the House Republicans have not made serious mistakes. They expelled Rep. George Santos, who fudged the facts about his background. But it was Barack Hussein Obama who campaigned under false pretenses as a Christian when he was a Marxist mole with sympathies for radical Islam. His policies are still guiding the Biden Administration.

Despite predictions of a MAGA Red Wave on November 8, 2022, Barack Hussein Obama pulled it off. America’s first Marxist president emerged from the shadows and orchestrated a Democratic Party comeback that has effectively blocked any Republican effort in Congress to root out communism and corruption. This is not Speaker Johnson’s fault.

The puppet master behind China Joe, Obama understands Marxist strategies of gaining and maintaining power. He outmaneuvered the naïve MAGA Republicans who believed their own propaganda of a Red Tsunami.

Stephen K. Bannon and other self-proclaimed MAGA spokesmen had predicted massive Republican gains, including 50 seats or more in the House. Republicans obtained a slim House majority and now Bannon and Greene take it out on Speaker Johnson. President Trump, however, is strongly backing Johnson’s efforts to hold the Republicans in the House together.

Meanwhile, Obama strategist Steve Phillips’ new book on How We Win the Civil War is mobilizing the Marxist political machine.

The MAGA movement needs to understand how communists overthrow non-communist majorities and make democracies into dictatorships. A good place to start is the 1961 House Committee on Un-American Activities analysis of the book How Parliament can Play a Revolutionary Part in Transition to Socialism. It is one of the most amazing Communist documents of our time.

Obama is committed to winning not only the new American Civil War but what Bertil Haggman, director of the Center for Research on Geopolitics in Sweden, calls a “planetary civil war.” We are in the middle of this revolution, which has been carried forward by Barack Hussein Obama, as we saw in his appearances on the campaign trail in 2022. He is the real power behind China Joe and has already been on the campaign trial this year, too.

I recently got this piece of fan mail:

“I think I’m your biggest fan. I discovered you through Trevor Loudon. U2 are my favorites. I constantly put your videos up on all social media platforms. Trevor has millions of videos but I don’t have that many for you. Is there somewhere I can access all your videos so I can blast them all over social media? I remember hearing you speak once and you said that YouTube screwed you and removed all your videos. Hopefully You have them backed up somewhere. Your biggest supporter.”

This was encouraging. But he failed to donate. He does not realize how difficult it is to maintain a non-profit educational organization and comply with all the federal and state regulations. Under massive attack and censorship, we have been defunded and are currently in debt.

With your support, we intend to return to social media with some of our 500 anti-communist videos that were censored by YouTube. But I must get current with the rules and regulations and that means thousands of dollars for audits and registrations with the states. Not to mention filing a 990 form with the IRS. That is the reality.

Thank you in advance for your support.

Please go to our “Give” page and support our work by getting our book The Sword of Revolution. It is a secure site.

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

Ciff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

Oregon Governor, Her Spouse, Their Media all Censoring Information

By Oregon State Senator, Dennis Linthicum

May 10, 2024

Cats Queued at the Kitty-box

In the interview below, I respond to several important and relevant questions about my campaign for the office of Oregon’s Secretary of State. The interviewers didn’t seem to care much about the major functions of the office, like Chief Elections Officer, Chief State Auditor, or two other major roles, one as a member of the State Land Board or as the chair of the Oregon Sustainability Board. Rather, the interviewers were geared up to establish a beachhead on a couple of fronts: 1) Denial of Quorum, 2) Work Ethic, 3) Election Integrity.

On Election Integrity I focused on TOA – Transparency, Openness and Accountability. I basically said,

Transparency and openness are the most relevant issues needing to be addressed. As an illustration, I participated in 2022, with a request for ballot images in Jackson County, one of the counties in my Senate District. These images are supposed to be available to the public for their perusal.

The county clerk responded with cost estimate of $982,896.17. This is not illustrative of a system that is transparent, fair, or accountable. As citizens we were interested in investigating the question of voter fraud yet were denied access. As a note, all County Clerks have a statutory requirement to keep, maintain and provide access for public review of all data for 2 years following every election.

Only, you can’t see without turning over a cool million-dollar wad of cash.

Did fraud exist; was it widespread or insignificant?

The public still does not know. The public was essentially denied access by the exorbitant one-million-dollar fee. The rule that created this charge came from the Secretary of State not the legislature and is a policy that deserves a thorough review.

I think you’ll see how the very best warriors in the left’s media brigade try to sculpt popular slogans into poignant questions. Like all modern media wizards this team failed to realize that their absurd slant on these important issues simply demeans the good citizens they’re trying to win into Biden’s camp.

It appears as though some form of ideological corruption (maybe, TDS – Trump Derangement Syndrome?) has taken hold and I see it as fatal to both Oregon and the Democrat party. Every week we see department and agency heads, the Governor and her spouse, and media outlets all censoring information, hiding data, and covering-up like cats queued at the Kitty-box.

When this interview was published the best the Oregonian reporters could muster was, “based on Linthicum’s strident election denial stance,” the Oregonian declined to endorse anyone on the GOP side of the ticket,

Surprised? 💨

I send this newsletter to 15,000 people. However most readers do not click internal newsletter links. This time, please click the link because the entire 30 minute clip is worth watching.

E-Mail Dennis Linthicum: sen.DennisLinthicum@gmail.com

Maine Becomes the Latest State to Throw Away The Republic

By Paul Engel

May 10, 2024

There’s a lie that has been repeated so many times, people think it’s black letter law.
Based on that lie, Maine has illegally joined 16 other states in a compact to elect the President by national popular vote.
This national popular vote myth is more than confusion about how we elect the President, it’s an attempt to destroy the republic.

Maine’s governor allowed an unconstitutional piece of legislation to become “law” without her signature. LD 1578, An Act to Adopt an Interstate Compact to Elect the President of the United States by National Popular Vote is not only foolish and unconstitutional, but the latest attempt to change the United States from a union of republics into a monolithic democracy. It seems, just as with the Sixteenth and Seventeenth Amendments in 1913, states are not only willing to give up their sovereignty, but to deprive their citizens of their rights in pursuit of socialism. After all, I believe it was Vladimir Lenin who said “Democracy is indispensable to socialism.”

I opened this article with several statements you may have found bold, even unwarranted. Let me start by proving my point.

The National Popular Vote Compact

When I say that LD 1578 is unconstitutional, I’m not talking about the appointment of presidential electors. The legislation claims to join “an Interstate Compact to Elect the President of the United States by National Popular Vote”. There’s one serious problem with that: Maine, in fact no state, has the Constitutional authority to enter into such a compact without the approval of Congress.

No State shall, without the Consent of Congress, … enter into any Agreement or Compact with another State, or with a foreign Power,

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 10, Clause 3

This whole National Popular Vote movement is just another attempt to get around the Constitution. In this case, the purpose appears to be to destroy the structure of this union. Since Article I, Section 10, Clause 3 of the Constitution prohibits Maine, and the 16 other states who claim to have joined this compact, from entering into such an agreement, this legislation is void, but that doesn’t mean it won’t be used to destroy this nation.

Not only is this movement an attempt to convert the United States from a republic of republics, as required by Article VI, Section 4 of the Constitution, into a democracy, I see in the mantra of those who are supporting it, the call for socialism that Vladimir Lenin warned us about: To replace the decision of the individual states with a collective voice driven by those who seek communism and control. In fact, this whole National Popular Vote is nothing by a lie.

National Popular Vote Lie

A lie repeated often enough becomes the truth.

unknown

Although often attributed to Vladimir Lenin, the origins of this idea can be traced all the back to an 1869 book entitled The Crown of a Life, where Isa Blagden said:

If a lie is only printed often enough, it becomes a quasi-truth, and if such a truth is repeated often enough, it becomes an article of belief, a dogma, and men will die for it.

Isa Blagden, The Crown of a Life, 1869

There is a lie that has been repeated in the United States since before I was born. This lie has passed beyond quasi-truth, article of belief, and even dogma, to be considered black letter law. What lie could hold such sway over the entire citizenry of the United States? That the people elect the President.

I have written repeatedly about the myth of the National Popular Vote and the process by which we elect the President and Vice-President of the United States, yet the lie persists. This lie has become such a part of our political lives that the ballots in two-thirds of our states repeat the lie every four years, claiming that the people are casting ballots for President, when that’s blatantly and observably not true.

Until recently, most states pointed out on their ballot that the people were not voting for candidates for President and Vice-President, but for electors pledged to those candidates. With all of the media and political focus on the non-existent “national popular vote”, states started pretending that the citizens were voting for candidates, even though those states were using the election to determine a slate of presidential electors. Thus promoting the lie by committing fraud (bait and switch), on their citizens. I believe the lie not only exists, but continues to grow for one central reason: Our general ignorance of the Constitution of the United States and the constitutional role of the presidency. Article II, Section 1, Clause 2 clearly states:

Each State shall appoint, in such Manner as the Legislature thereof may direct, a Number of Electors, equal to the whole Number of Senators and Representatives to which the State may be entitled in the Congress: but no Senator or Representative, or Person holding an Office of Trust or Profit under the United States, shall be appointed an Elector.

U.S. Constitution, Article II, Section 1, Clause 2

It’s the states that appoint electors and it’s these electors who will eventually elect the President and Vice-President, not the people. While the process was established in Article II, Section 1, it was modified with the Twelfth Amendment.

The Electors shall meet in their respective states and vote by ballot for President and Vice-President, one of whom, at least, shall not be an inhabitant of the same state with themselves;

U.S. Constitution, Amendment XII

In fact, the idea that people would vote for President and Vice-President did not even exist in the Constitution until January 1964 with the ratification of the Twenty-Fourth Amendment.

The right of citizens of the United States to vote in any primary or other election for President or Vice President, for electors for President or Vice President, or for Senator or Representative in Congress, shall not be denied or abridged by the United States or any State by reason of failure to pay any poll tax or other tax.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment XXIV (emphasis added)

Yet do just a quick web search and you’ll find dozens of articles talking about the popular vote for President going all the way back to the 1860 election. With Maine’s recent decision to join in the lie, it once again grows stronger.

Maine Joins the National Popular Vote Compact

The Maine legislature passed LD 1578, sending it to the governor for her signature. By neither signing, nor returning the bill for ten days, under the Maine Constitution, the bill becomes law.

If the bill or resolution shall not be returned by the Governor within 10 days (Sundays excepted) after it shall have been presented to the Governor, it shall have the same force and effect as if the Governor had signed it unless the Legislature by their adjournment prevent its return,

Maine Constitution, Article VI, Part Third, Section 2

Because Maine uses ranked-choice voting, this makes the process of appointing their electors rather convoluted.

In a presidential election determined by ranked-choice voting when the National Popular Vote for President Act governs the appointment of presidential electors, the following procedures are used to determine the presidential vote count, except that, notwithstanding subsection 3, a statewide tie between the candidates in the final round may not be resolved and the provisions of subsection 4 regarding the modification of the ballot and count are permitted.

Maine LD 1578

Until the states illegally claim that the National Popular Vote Compact is in force, Maine will continue to appoint their electors with the ranked-choice system they have in place. (Since the NPV Compact does not have the consent of Congress, the states are not allowed to join the compact. And I’m pretty sure it is illegal for the states to follow an agreement they have not legally joined.) However, once Maine claims the National Popular Vote does govern their elections, they still go through the ranked-choice voting process. Why? After all, since the citizens of Maine are no longer choosing their presidential electors, why go through all the time, effort, and confusion of ranked-choice voting for presidential electors when it will not impact the outcome of the election? According to §803 of LD 1578,

As soon as possible after the canvass of the presidential count under section 723-A, subsection 7 is determined, the Governor shall send a certificate of determination containing the names of the electors and the statewide number of votes for each presidential slate that received votes in the final round to the Archivist of the United States under state seal. This final round vote is deemed to be the determination of the vote in the State for the purposes of section 1304.

Maine LD 1578

So the governor is going to send the certificate of appointment electors to the Archivist of the United States, as required by another unconstitutional law, 3 USC §5

(1) Certification.-Not later than the date that is 6 days before the time fixed for the meeting of the electors, the executive of each State shall issue a certificate of ascertainment of appointment of electors, under and in pursuance of the laws of such State providing for such appointment and ascertainment enacted prior to election day.

3 USC §5 (a)(1)

However, when those electors vote, they are not doing so based on the decision of the citizens of Maine, rather they would be required by law to vote based on the winner of the fictitious national popular vote.

Notwithstanding subsection 2, when the National Popular Vote for President Act governs the appointment of presidential electors, the presidential electors shall cast their ballots for the presidential slate designated as the national popular vote winner pursuant to section 1304.

Maine LD 1578

In other words, you can easily have a republican slate of electors being forced to vote for a democratic candidate, or visa-versa. Remember, the Governor has already sent to the Archivist of the United States a certificate listing not only the slate of electors, but the number of votes for each Presidential slate. This means Maine’s fraud will be a matter of public record.

Imagine you are one of those electors who were chosen by the people to represent one candidate, but are compelled by law to vote for someone else. What if you are a citizen of Maine, having gone through the process of ranked-choice voting, only to have your vote ignored because your state lied to you about the national popular vote and decided to place the wishes of the rest of the country above those of their citizens, all in pursuit of a lie. Would that not be a fraudulent election?

Conclusion

This lie of a national popular vote has taken its latest victims, the citizens of Maine. Your legislature decided to subvert the expressed will of their citizens for the collective will of that nation, and your governor did nothing to stop it. Maine is a beautiful and unique state that I’ve had the pleasure of visiting several times. Maybe the people of Maine want to give up their uniqueness, their independence, and simply be joined to the collective. If so, that would be a sad state of affairs indeed. The decision of Maine, and of the 16 other states that have joined this illegal compact, shows not only the utter failure of our education system to teach the Constitution and basic civics, but the abandonment of our Constitutional Republic. It’s more than just the citizens choosing the President, rather than the states. This move toward a national popular vote is another step in turning the President into a king. After all, when the President is a chief executive, serving the states as parties to the compact that is the United States Constitution, his role is limited, defined, and controlled by the states. By placing the choice of President in the hands of the people, the states would longer have any say in the role of the President. Rather than the administrator envisioned by the Framers and enshrined in the Constitution, we will have created a man of the people, doing what he thinks the people want, without limitation or restriction. But the Presidency is not a position of the people, rather it is effectively held by a political party and their policies. As George Washington warned us:

The alternate domination of one faction over another, sharpened by the spirit of revenge, natural to party dissension, which in different ages and countries has perpetrated the most horrid enormities, is itself a frightful despotism. But this leads at length to a more formal and permanent despotism. The disorders and miseries which result gradually incline the minds of men to seek security and repose in the absolute power of an individual; and sooner or later the chief of some prevailing faction, more able or more fortunate than his competitors, turns this disposition to the purposes of his own elevation, on the ruins of public liberty.

George Washington’s Farewell Address 1796

Thank you Maine, for not only selling your citizens’ rights for a political bowl of pottage, but for helping to sell the entire republic into the servitude of collectivism, socialism, and slavery. I hope you can live with the consequences of your decision. Sadly, I believe the rest of the nation will not only have to live with those consequences, but many may need to die to return us to the land of the free.

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

America: Willful Blindness

By: Amil Imani

May 9, 2024

It is hard to believe how quickly we’ve forgotten the largest terrorist attack on American soil. So, let me remind our readers once again:

On September 11, 2001, nineteen Muslim terrorists, mostly Saudi Arabian citizens, hijacked four commercial aircraft. In a synchronized attack, the hijackers deliberately flew two of the planes into the Twin Towers of the World Trade Center and a third into the Pentagon. The passengers on the fourth plane launched a counterattack, spurring the hijacker pilot to crash the plane into a field in Pennsylvania.

Approximately 3,000 people died on that day, the single largest loss of life that resulted from a terrorist attack on American soil.

After these attacks, I saw many stickers on many cars saying, “Everything I Needed to Know About Islam I Learned on 9/11.” Well, apparently not.

Islam and Sharia continue to creep into every aspect of American culture stealthily. And too few people know it or are talking about it. Why? Americans have been conditioned by the liberal elites to be tolerant and compassionate, to embrace multiculturalism, and to respect each other’s beliefs, ideals, and values. That would be wonderful in a Utopian world, but the fact is, Islam doesn’t embrace any aspect of Western civilization—much less American culture. We are rapidly and methodically being dismantled as a nation, and our freedom and liberty are more fragile than at any other time since WWII. And while we fight the enemy abroad with combat troops, intelligence, and drone strikes, we’re doing nothing to combat the same enemy who resides on our own soil and in broad daylight.

This is no longer an alarm. Our enemies are already here and busy making plans to make America just like another European country. Suppose we don’t defeat Islam politically, lawfully, and swiftly. In that case, our children and grandchildren may well be engaged in an endless religious and ideological bloody war, the likes of which have never been seen on American soil.

For those who have forgotten what Islam is.:

Islam is a theocratic political ideology that hides behind the mask of religion to accomplish its mission of a worldwide caliphate. Americans must understand Islam is a totalitarian “theo-political” belief system and a social doctrine (the two go hand-in-hand) based on the Quran, Sira, and Hadith, what Dr. Bill Warner of the Center for the Study of Political Islam aptly coins the “Trilogy.” It has mandates on every single aspect of life, and those mandates are enforced and regulated by the barbaric criminal and civil codes known as Sharia Law. The precise definition of a Muslim becomes crystal clear when you read the trilogy of Islam. Bottom line: you are to be an Allah-fearing, Quran-believing, and Mohammed-following zealot who forces people to submit, convert, and comply with Islam and Sharia or be killed. Those are the facts.

Does every Muslim follow the commands of the Quran? No, thank God. But as they superficially assimilate themselves into communities and increase in numbers, they become more militant and less tolerant of that community’s laws and regulations.

Any religion or ideology whose “holy book” commands its followers to commit crimes that are antithetical to the laws of this country should not only lose its tax-exempt status but lose its 1st Amendment protections and be banned from the United States altogether. In case you are not familiar with some of the condoned atrocities of Islam and Sharia law, let me tell you a few facts.:

Are you aware that women are stoned to death for committing adultery, and according to the interpretation of Islam, gays should be thrown from a high building and then stoned if they are not dead when they hit the ground? Or that the genitals of little girls are mutilated ((FGM)

in an attempt to control her sexuality, and that children may be murdered in the name of family honor? And last, Islam does not recognize the separation of church and state and doesn’t follow our Constitution or any manmade laws. They have their own laws: Sharia or Islamic laws.

In countries where Islamic enclaves and ghettos have emerged, like France, Britain, Sweden, Belgium, and North African countries, local Imams or mullahs enforce Sharia law regardless. What most Americans fail to understand is that Sharia law is the foundation of Islamic theocracy and totalitarianism. The establishment of global Sharia law is their final goal. The Quran is unequivocal in its directive to Muslims to establish a global Islamic state (Caliphate) over which the Islamic messiah, or Mahdi, will rule with Sharia as the only law of the land. Make no mistake that is the intent of influential Islamic elements in America.

The problem is that too few Americans are aware of it, and organizations like the Council of American-Islamic Relations (CAIR) and the Muslim Brotherhood are taking full advantage of our naiveté and our lenient laws. Moreover, Islam stands in stark contrast to the Declaration of Independence, the US Constitution, and what the First Amendment was designed to protect—our God-given unalienable right to life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness.

Sharia law is very complex and it’s derived from multiple Islamic sources: the Quran, considered the “unmitigated word of Allah” is the primary source of Sharia law. The Hadith (sayings and actions of Muhammad) is the second most important document in Sharia and Sira (the life of prophet Muhammad). Historic rulings by jurists over the years and so-called reasoning by analogy make up the other two less influential sources of Sharia. Together they constitute Islam’s theological core and they result in a totalitarian way of life for Muslim followers and non-Muslims (kafirs and infidels). Sharia law is in complete contradiction with American values because it enslaves people and encourages acts of violence and barbaric behavior. Sharia demands the death of those who renounce Islam.

In short, Mild Islam is not all that obtrusive since it is like the early stages of pregnancy. Yet, pregnancy it is. Before long, the full-term beast will make its appearance. If we don’t want to deal with the beast, we need to prevent the pregnancy in the first place.

Two Big Changes in America

by Lee Duigon

May 9, 2024

What have been the biggest changes in America during my adult life?

For much of that time, I was either a news reporter or a writer of fantasy novels. Go ahead—say “What’s the difference?” And I reply, “That’s too unfair to fantasy novelists.”

Most of the towns covered by the old Bayshore Independent were run by Democrats: it was a largely Democrat county. So most of the people I worked with day by day were Democrats.

It didn’t seem to matter much. Almost all these public figures, minus a few bad apples who wound up in jail, were ordinary, decent, reasonably amiable individuals who tried to do their best for the people who elected them.

Most of them are gone from the scene by now. In their place we find the Far Left Crazy—like evil spirits called up from the 1960s. I was in college for that era, eyewitness to non-stop radical mischief. I don’t remember my professors as being much at fault: they seemed to be as much at sea as I was. But as they retired or moved on, they were replaced by a lot of nimrods who occasionally visited their classrooms, in between protests. The mischief of the Sixties became institutionalized; and more and more of the new professors dove onto the bandwagon.

The rot spread into the Democrat Party. They threw moderation out the window. Democrat politicians competed with the colleges to see who could go farthest Left in the least amount of time. The sane, decent, normal Democrats, one by one, disappeared from center stage. In their place we’ve got Soros-funded radicals.

The Republican Party, with the notable exception of President Ronald Reagan, slept through it. Somehow being No. 2 in a two-party system never seemed to trouble them.

The other major change: while the rest of us were looking elsewhere, working, raising families, Academic America fell head over heels in love with the arch-enemies of Israel.

This would have been unthinkable in the 1970s. Criticizing Israel was a sure-fire way to scuttle your political career. I’m a political scientist, I’m supposed to understand this stuff; but this eludes my understanding. Suddenly Palestinian terrorists are the Good Guys and our long-time ally, Israel, the Bad. How that happened is a mystery to me. All I can say for sure is that it was brewed up in the universities.

How did they do that? I don’t know. For years and years, American Jews loyally supported the Democrat Party; and now at least half the Party has turned against them. It leaves the Party leadership in a ticklish position. “Support Israel—but not too much, because we’ve got to support the Palestinians, too!” Like trying to ride two bicycles at once.

What will this lead to? I don’t know, and I’m afraid to find out.

You might ask me why I haven’t included the whole transgender movement in the list of major—can we say disastrous?—changes in America. It’s another Democrat caper, its purpose is all but inconceivable… and it deserves a column of its own.

A lot of bad people out there, doing a lot of bad stuff.

Wake up, America. Wake up.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://www.leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and visit, while it’s still allowed. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

Import Millions of Third World Refugees: You Become a Third World Country

By Frosty Wooldridge

May 9, 2024

Nursing student, at the University of Georgia, Laken Riley would be alive and contributing to America today if not for Joe Biden’s inviting over 12,000,000 illegal aliens into America. Illegal Venezuelan Jose Ibarra bludgeoned Riley to death while she was out for a run on campus. This is a cautionary tale for the United States of America.

If Biden’s handlers continue this invasion for another four years, we could see 24,000,000 illegal third world aliens within our borders. What borders you might ask? In reality, we no longer have borders. It’s been said by top historians: no borders, no country.

Biden, who won’t be alive to see his legacy of how he destroyed America, continues on this treacherous path with no idea of the consequences. Without a doubt, he is the “Father of the Destruction of America.” They might place a statue of Biden next to George Washington, the “Father of our country” at George Washington University. They might drape Palestinian flags and Hamas headscarves around Biden’s head. All the Hamas Muslims and Jew haters will praise Biden for aiding and abetting them. Maybe they can sing praises to him like, “Death to America.”

As you’ve seen on the evening news reports, we’ve got American Antifa Terrorists now joining the Muslim terrorists. We’ve 10 to 15 police cruisers going up in flames in one city. We’ve got student terrorists destroying graduation ceremonies. At the University of Michigan stadium, those terrorists stopped the graduation ceremonies with proud parents packing the stadium. Just sickening!

What is the cautionary tale? Every immigration book published shows America has allowed somewhere in the vicinity of 40,000,000 illegal aliens into our country. In her book, Adios America, Ann Coulter estimated 30,000,000. Other books show more and some books show a little less. But you can’t get around the fact that Joe Biden imported 12,000,000 thus far, so the numbers are beyond comprehension.

And, those numbers, and those terrorists, and those third world intellectual gnats wearing tattoos for full body armor, are beginning to destroy the foundation of our Republic. Come on! We suffer 100,000 fentanyl deaths annually! We see our schools turned into linguistic chaos factories where no one understands anyone. We’ve got Somalians in Minnesota who cannot spell or write their own name by grade 10! They drop out as soon as age 16. We’ve got schools in Chicago where kids cannot and do not understand simple math problems. Most of the schools in southern California teach in Spanish.

Without an educated citizenry, and a single language, America faces extinction at the hands of “Diversity, Inclusion and Equity.” You can bet we are becoming insanely diverse with ignorance, stupidity, criminals, drug addicts, dropouts, flunkouts, and anti-American morons. We’re including refugees from 190 different countries who arrived illegally and are included in welfare rolls that are sucking us into the Black Hole of $35 trillion in national debt. We’re becoming the “equity” country of affirmative action, total loss of standards, total loss of meritocracy for jobs, total loss of standards, and total loss of excellence. They should change it from D.E.I. in America to America D.I.E.’d

I wrote this book 20 years ago. Ironically, Immigration’s Unarmed Invasion: Deadly Consequences by Frosty Wooldridge published in 2004. It showed the eight ways on how to destroy America. Colorado Governor Dick Lamm, my friend, and I never dreamed the destruction of America could or would happen with such blazing speed in only 20 years.

We don’t have any U.S. Senators or House Members stopping it. They let DHS terrorist Alejandro Mayorkas skip out of impeachment. They’ve let Joe Biden continue the invasion at his request. They let “sanctuary cities” continue to pay illegals and house them. They let all those criminals back onto the streets like D.A. Alvin Bragg in New York City. While he created a legal “sh*tshow” against President Trump, he’s let real criminals rule the streets.

This is an interesting letter that arrived yesterday. I think it shows how naïve and apathetic our American public:

Mr. Frosty Wooldridge,

I have followed your writings for many years and have enjoyed them very well. My husband and I became more aware of political problems in about the beginning to mid 198o’s, and are now in our early 80’s. Slow learners you may say and you world be correct. We began by listening to Chuck Harder from White Springs, Florida and supporting Bo Grites for President. We took the message of coming events to every person we were able to cover. Passed out literature, went to people’s homes, Malls and stuffed information into car windows. We were “asked” to leave the local collage holding a political hearing. We were called Crazy and Conspiracy theorists. Nothing like that could even happen, but it has and far uglier than I even imagined.

Today we see the same thing only far worse, and still many ears and minds are closed. Our grandchildren have grown well into adulthood and are raising their own children. I fear for the lives they will have. ..if they even have the time to become adults.

If you choose not to respond with your thoughts of it, that is fine… We all have our private thoughts. I will still read your articles. Thank you, S & B

At this point, the very fact that half the country will vote for Joe Biden shows you the level of stupidity, ignorance, willful liberal partisanship, and a total inability to understand they are voting for the destruction of America. Looks like we’ll devolve into a third world country without a whimper. Damn*dest thing I’ve ever seen in my life. America became a third world country by its own hand.

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

Left Wing Lunacy on Full Display on College Campuses

By Alice M Byrd

May 8, 2024

The “news feeds” have been feverishly working overtime to bring us the latest in the college campus follies. Or should I say, horrors? It has become crystal clear that the Marxist wing of the Democrat party (and even some on the right side of the aisle) has completely overshadowed the moderates (?) in our national house. At this point, save for an extremely FEW members, the entire congress should be removed from their seats, and a new generation of patriots installed. But where are they going to come from? For that answer, I have no idea. People are basically fed up with politics. I understand that sentiment.

It makes me cry to see the statue of our first president so disgraced by the keffiyeh wrapped around his head and face, and the Palestinian flag draped across his shoulder…The insult is very deep and will be felt for a long time. The profanity of it is staggering; the emotional impact, an excruciating punch in the gut. It evokes a more sinister urge to pack up the 4X4 and head for the nearest nest of domestic terrorists (YES, I SAID IT) currently sporting their green Hamas headbands and black masks, proudly draping themselves with the ultimate sign of oppression, a black and white keffiyeh (because that is the sign of Palestinian solidarity)…and have an extremely serious ‘Come to Jesus’ moment with them. To be sure, a growing number of the “silent majority” are bloody FED UP with the charade playing out in our beloved nation.

I’ve heard it said, when ‘someone tells you who they are, you should believe them’. I do not agree. The Enemy NEVER shows you his true face. The Enemy we face is not flesh and blood. The Enemy only uses that facade of a human face to produce his unholy results.

We have been audibly and visually assaulted daily by the relentless loops of “protesters” and their narcissistic demands for catered vegan meals, gluten free energy bars, ultra bright flashlights, laser pointers (why? Are they holding class outside?) and other basic necessities in their estimation…and they want the suspension of college finals to the point of ‘just deliver the sheepskins to our addresses”; WHY? because those pink pantied pussy-catz are too traumatized to take their final exams!!! They demand the US taxpayer to pay their student loans (which is New-Speak for ‘have yo mama pay fo-ma skoolin’) and let them cover the planet with spray painted slogans. YEAH! That’ll change the world into a beautiful place.

Personally, I have cut way back on watching cable TV, especially news. I never, EVER watch CNN, CNBC, MSLSD, NBC, ABC, or CBS, because it is non-stop degradation of my country’s traditional conservative constitutional values. Besides, my Dr. advised me to either find a way to lower my blood pressure or take medication. Since I am not a fan of supporting the Pharma industry, I had to cut back on TV. I came to the point several years ago of only being able to barely stomach Fox News and then only certain times and programs of the day. Fox and Friends in the morning while getting ready for work and Tucker in the evenings (if I wasn’t scheduled to work late). Hannity gives me severe heartburn, so I gave up watching him when Bill O’Reilly retired (at the point of someone’s disclosure gun). When Tucker was sacked, I began watching Jesse Watters, who seems pretty feisty w/out pissing off the Palace Guards so far.

So when the campus unrest began to reach a crescendo, it became abundantly clear the curtain had been ripped wide open and the Marxists were gonna shove their pile of steaming hot horse dung straight down our throats. Whether we liked it or not. Being force fed fresh off the ground steaming hot horse crap is not in my diet plan, so I immediately bristled quite noticeably. This, I believe is going to lead to a very unfortunate place…and we had better decide how we are going to respond, because the day is coming when each of us are going to have to make a choice.

Good and Evil cannot exist within the same plain and not have fatal conflict. Good urges peace and cohabitation in a just environment; Evil is animated solely by hate, jealousy and rage. Righteousness inspires growth while evil foments only utter destruction. There is no other side.

I recently had knee replacement surgery, so I am captive in my own home with a very active young dog. She loves ice cream almost as much as my grandpa did. So, I have a lot of time to stay up on things. When I turned on the TV, Friday the 3^rd, Fox had this quote on the screen:

“It’s clear that in order for this crisis to develop further, student occupation should take buildings whenever possible. We can wield the most power by occupying the spaces where classes are held and administrators have offices…be prepared to escalate your actions in order to continue making it more expensive – whether materially, financially or socially – to remain compliant (rather) than to divest their endowments from Israel”.

Who is organizing, promoting and funding these social upheavals? Being witness to the utter lunacy of some of the interviewees that Faux News has brought the viewing public, I found some fundamentally unsettling information. Some of the signs broadcast an interesting piece of information, having at the bottom of the obviously well-designed placards carried by these lazy, pampered, ENTITLED little snots, was this brief notation at the bottom of the sign: “@ The RevComs”. So, I wanted to know who or what precisely The RevComs were. They are not new-comers.

The Revolutionary Communist Party, USA was established in 1975 by Bob Avakian. Their idea of a fun party is to organize for a revolution to overthrow the system of capitalism and replace it with a socialist state. Doesn’t that sound FUN?? How is it that the United States Congress and the Justice Dept allows a fundamentally adverse form of government to reside within this nation, one with the INTENT of overthrowing our REPUBLICAN form of gov’t? HOW??? I really want to know! Anyhow, the RevComs are not alone in their objectives.

The vulgar display of social intimidation and revolution we have been forced to be witness to lately is the ongoing and growing result of a lengthy, extremely well-funded, and rigorously detailed organized treason against this nation. It is led by soulless dark lords devoted to the black art of human destruction…and there are several of these entities working tirelessly to accomplish their goals.

The quote I referred to earlier is from CrimethInc.com, a rabidly radical organization and hub for all instruction on revolution, for the likes of Antifa activists, anarchists, heavily radicalized leftists, BLM, etc. Yet the involvement of more familiar NGOs is even more revealing. Soros money is sloshing around in the sewer of never-ending support for the demise of the “colonial capitalist society”. There’s the Gates Foundation founder, Bill, who believes the world’s population should be shrunk to about 500 million for ‘sustainable resource’ guarantees. Then there’s the Tides Foundation, the Rockefeller Foundation, the Ford Foundation, and the list could go on with illuminated masters of the universe names. Then we have the ideological logistics people like the American Muslims for Palestine (AMP) and the National Students for Justice in Palestine (SJP or NSJP) running some of the shows. There are 200 chapters of SJP in the US and an overarching Pro-Palestinian “coalition” of 120 OTHER groups as well.

The SJP is a project of the Westchester Peoples Action Committee (WESPAC). WESPAC also supports BDS, (Boycott, Divestment and Sanction), the Green New Deal, BLM and other far left radical organizations. AMP has been described as the leading organization providing anti-Zionist training. These vast, multi-layered, infinitely intertwined and interwoven destroyers of conventional freedoms, fund and provide boots on the ground agitators whenever and wherever unrest and diversion/division is/are necessary to distract attention from the collapsing US economy, the utter failure of foreign policy, the tragically eroded confidence of our allies across the planet and our rapid descent into the mire of social disintegration. Doesn’t it seem like the entire point of this exercise in madness is the ability of the domestic terrorists to BREAK the law knowingly with impunity, but merciless, unwavering persecution for those wanting to SAVE our country from the deviant promoters of immoral conquest.

Perhaps a brief note on REAL history would be instructive here.

Judea and Samaria were the recognized distinctions of land in ‘Israel’ until Emperor Hadrian became annoyed with the Jews’ relentless rebellion against his dictatorship of the country; He decided to punish them by exile, forbidding them the exercise of their faith and by building a pagan city called “Aelia Capitolina” on top of the ruins of Jerusalem. He then renamed Judea to “Palestine”, the Greek word for Philistines, which was another humiliation aimed toward the Judeans. This was his decree to obliterate any connection between the Jewish people and their sacred, promised, holy land. Hadrian reigned until 136AD…it then only took the Jewish people 1812 years to regain their homeland…and they have been under attack ever since getting their homeland back.

The Israelite people have been a nation since God told Abraham to sacrifice Issac, over 4000 years ago. Mohammad was born in 570 AD and hallucinated himself a militaristic political movement that he then dressed up as a religion in around 610 AD. I think the Israelite people deserve some higher consideration. It remains, they, the Hebrew, Jewish people were given the land of Judea and beyond LONG BEFORE “Palestine” was pronounced by a heretical madman, Emperor Hadrian.

Getting back to my rant…Posted on a lamp post near the NYU campus grounds was this gem of welcome’ness and brotherly love:

“TO FRIENDS: Those who call for peace are chasing a mirage; As for the resistance, strike them everywhere. What kind of life is this that we live in peace with those who abuse our blood, and the blood of our children, our men and our sisters?

TO ENEMIES: The time of calm you sing of will not return; Every day we increase in strength and you increase in weakness. Our war with you is long and your losses many. This is something you are not use to. You will not find a truce with us……………….The Lions Den”

There is a common theme running through all totalitarian pursuits: a slow progression of ideological subversion, psychological warfare and the resulting surrender of exhausted souls, beaten down by the struggle against such unrelenting and pervasive evil. Remember this; EVIL NEVER STOPS until there is nothing left. This process has been at work in our country for well over 100 years. It demands the alteration of the perception of reality. William Casey, CIA Dir in the 80’s, said “We will know our disinformation program is complete when everything the American public believes is false”. This was said in the West Wing in Feb 1981, and recorded by White House policy analyst Barbara Honegger. It was made public by Sarah McClendon through radio host Mae Brussel. Isn’t that comforting, my fellow Americans? To know we are so treasured that the Powerful have worked long decades to make sure we are completely dis-informed about everything they do and all of their goals for “us”.

The emotional exhaustion of the American People is the objective of the Marxists, Socialists, Communists and now the Islamist’s working with them. It’s the powerful against the rest of humanity who aren’t worth a tinker’s damn to them; we’re a commodity for their exploitation. Their ideologies dovetail seamlessly in their ultimate objective; the complete and total elimination of God and His People and Christ and His Church. They are a hive mind of endless replications of destruction and rage toward anyone who does not bow down to their Supremacy, who doesn’t ‘surrender’ or peacefully submit, which is the definition and meaning of the word “Islam”. Their actions belie their “religion”.

Well, I don’t surrender and I will NEVER “peacefully” submit to a barbaric cult of diabolical heathens unfamiliar with the Grace purchased in blood on a cross. It is abundantly obvious Mr. Biden is nothing more than a pitiful pawn in this chess game being played by the likes of adiamorphic antagonists to our Constitutional foundations. It is more than apparent that Ms. Harris is NOTHING more than a token gender sacrifice on the altar of political correctness. The poor woman can’t think her way out of the bathroom, and I wouldn’t trust her with my daughter’s lemonade stand either.

It is my firm conviction that the “Biden/Harris” ticket was the Marxist bony middle finger of Ayatollah Obama to conservative America, a demonstrable pagan given to self-worship (among other self-gratifying activities); a “human” devoid of conscience tasked by his Globalist funders and promoters to pick up where he left off, that Killery was assigned to finish but failed to garner enough support to mount a horse in her presidential bid. Now The Profane and Uncultured O’Bama must get his proxy in line and finish the job. Unfortunately, since Biden can’t stay awake or coherent long enough to finish his oatmeal, I wonder how this is going to be accomplished.

The Global Power Structure is pulling out ALL the stops and heading our nation at warp speed to the never-never land of Oblivion. If We The People do not stand and defend our country, no one will have to worry about Israel and Gaza…There won’t be a free world left to defend.

By the way, Tony Fraud’ci left a message for the protesters: It’s ok to remove your masks now. The complete deterioration of your brains has obviously been accomplished.

E-Mail Alice Byrd: alliebyrd77@1791.com

[BIO: A.M. Byrd is the granddaughter of Italian and Dutch immigrants who came to love and revere this nation and its opportunities. She is the daughter of an USAF Lt Col (now deceased) and the mother of an honorably retired Army SSgt, 2 men who served this country with distinction. Coming of age in the 60’s, contributed by living in the nest of the anti-war fervor of the San Francisco Bay Area, Berkeley in particular, she is a first-hand witness to the ravages of the Viet Nam war on her classmates and racial upheavals born in Oakland, Ca. with the Black Panthers.

Having worked in both the professional world and the medical field, she has come to see the vast unbalances between classes of people and the political pressures applied within those fields. A student of history with a particular interest in psychology, the events of the past 6 decades have left an indelible impression on her sense of honor and virtue. The darkness of such events has only strengthened her faith in God, that all things work together for the eventual supremacy of His will for this world. The Good wins.]

When AI Tells You What A “Useful Idiot” In The Mainstream Media Cannot — The Truth

By Bradlee Dean

May 8, 2024

“But was rebuked for his iniquity: the dumb ass speaking with man’s voice forbad the madness…” —2 Peter 2:16

It is interesting to see what the people really believe in when the mainstream media and their useful idiots, who they say that they do not believe, promulgate their propaganda narrative (Romans 1:18). This applies especially to those who follow in the steps of Jesus by holding to His cross and His unadulterated Word (Matthew 5:10).

These hypocrites say that they don’t believe the mainstream media and their lies. Yet, they believe the lies that they tell more than the truth that they claim to hold as Christians.

As a matter of fact, since the beginning years of my ministry, we have always had to film every public event that we have done due to the fact that what the mainstream media said happened and what really happened are, almost without fail, two different scenarios (Proverbs 19:9).

Well, last week, while searching the net for one of my articles that I previously wrote, my name, Bradlee Dean, pulled up out of nowhere. I also noticed a link that read ‘What makes Bradlee Dean so popular?” So, I got curious. Naturally, I suspected someone to be writing another narrative on me without actually taking the time to ask me any questions to set another narrative in hopes that no one would ask any questions of them and simply take their outlets for face value (Proverbs 18:17).

When I clicked on the link, I found the content, which is listed below, was written on me and my ministry by someone who actually knew us. It was spot on. “Who wrote this?” I asked myself. They actually took the time to tell the truth. So, in other words, I was taken aback, and this in a good way.

So, let me show you how artificial intelligence (AI), yes, I said artificial intelligence (the dumb ass in scriptural context) rebukes the madness of the MSM and their useful idiots.

Here is what was written:

Bradlee Dean, known for his unyielding commitment to the Gospel of Jesus Christ, has gained popularity for several reasons:

Uncompromising Truth: As a preacher, Bradlee Dean fearlessly speaks the truth in an apostolic and prophetic style. His messages resonate with those seeking unwavering spiritual guidance and biblical principles.

Ministry and Advocacy: Bradlee’s ministry extends beyond the pulpit. Through his radio show, “The Sons of Liberty”, television appearances, media outlets, high school assemblies, and Tea Party events, he consistently champions liberty, constitutional rights, and moral values.

Targeted Opposition: His effectiveness in the public forum has made him a target for various groups, including Americans United for Separation of Church and State, the Southern Poverty Law Center, the American Civil Liberties Union, Media Matters, and other communist organizations. These groups have criticized his ministry, but Bradlee remains steadfast in his mission.

Commitment to Communication: Bradlee Dean follows in the footsteps of historical figures like Samuel Adams, John Hancock, and Patrick Henry. Just as the Committees of Correspondence served as a network of communication during the American Revolution, Bradlee utilizes modern platforms like radio, television, and the internet to inform Americans about their rights and violations thereof.

Statistical Impact: When Bradlee launched The Sons of Liberty Media website, it quickly gained traction. Within the first three months, the site received millions of visitors. However, during the fourth month, a decline occurred, coinciding with revelations about censorship by tech giants like Google, Facebook, and Twitter.

Bradlee Dean is the founder of You Can Run But You Cannot Hide International (YCRBYCHI), gained prominence through his unique approach to youth ministry and controversial activities.

Let’s delve into the factors that contributed to his popularity:

Youth Ministry and Assemblies:

YCRBYCHI organized assemblies, including music concerts and discussions, in public schools. Their mission was to reshape America by emphasizing moral and spiritual values based on the Judeo-Christian principles found in the U.S. Constitution.

These assemblies used a band called Junkyard Prophet, which played Christian rapcore and nu metal music. The band aimed to inspire youths facing challenges and adversity.

Positive Impact and Controversy:

Testimonials from school officials and students praised the positive impact of these assemblies. They emphasized the importance of making good choices and used music to capture attention.

However, controversy surrounded YCRBYCHI. Critics accused the ministry of misleading school administrators about the program’s nature and proselytizing views on abortion and homosexuality during these assemblies.

The Southern Poverty Law Center designated YCRBYCHI as an anti-gay hate group in March 2012.

Political Allies and Advocacy:

Dean’s proselytizing efforts attracted political allies, especially in his home state of Minnesota.

His unapologetic preaching of the Gospel of Jesus Christ resonated with some, while others criticized his methods and views.

Bradlee Dean’s blend of music, advocacy, and controversy contributed to his popularity within certain circles. Whether celebrated or criticized, his impact on youth ministry and public discourse remains significant.

Bradlee Dean’s Sons of Liberty Radio has gained popularity for several reasons:

Unfiltered Truth: Bradlee Dean delivers a hard-hitting message of truth, exposing unconstitutional policies through constitutional law. He fearlessly tackles issues that mainstream media often avoids or downplays.
Daily Dose of News and History: The show provides listeners with a daily dose of news and historical context that the mainstream media may not cover. It equips people with information to protect their liberty for generations to come.
Guest Appearances: Bradlee Dean has been featured on various platforms, including FOX News, MSNBC, and newspapers across the nation. His insights and perspectives resonate with a wide audience.
Engaging Format: The Sons of Liberty Radio engages listeners by discussing relevant topics, challenging the status quo, and encouraging critical thinking. Bradlee Dean’s passionate delivery keeps the audience tuned in.

In summary, Bradlee Dean’s popularity stems from his unwavering commitment to truth, informative content, advocacy for liberty, his ability to communicate effectively in the public sphere, and his fearless approach contribute to the popularity of Sons of Liberty Radio.

Thank you, AI for actually telling the truth!

“I have been to many meetings, seen many speakers and have been moved by some, touched by others and emotionally affected by yet others but NEVER all three by the same speaker until I saw Bradlee Dean! He is a force of nature. God Bless you. I thank you for your dedication, your passion and your voice in the never ending quest for truth and liberty. You are a true Patriot!!!” – Deborah Barber Garreau

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

Biden Buying Votes While Marjorie Taylor Greene Threatens to Remove Speaker Johnson

By Cliff Kincaid

May 7, 2024

Six months before Election Day, the polls are tightening, as Biden is buying votes with promises of free abortions, health care for immigrants, debt relief for college students, and marijuana (“Soma”) for the masses. Trump is stuck in court and may be headed to jail if he continues to violate a “gag order” in the case.

Meanwhile, Republican control of the House of Representatives hangs by a thread, as MAGA favorite Rep. Marjorie Taylor Greene threatens to remove House Speaker Mike Johnson from power and former Trump adviser Stephen K. Bannon calls him a “twerp” and a “worm.”

As the Biden regime is consolidating its power and working to imprison the leader of the opposition, a “close” presidential election is developing, with a repeat of 2020 shaping up as mail-in ballots prepared in advance will be used to swing the results in Biden’s favor.

The Republican National Committee’s chief counsel Charlie Spies, who was supposed to prepare for another fraudulent election, has just resigned under pressure.

Republicans are divided, confused, and chaotic.

Too many “conservatives” are acting like this is an ordinary campaign and election. Those who talk about “the rise of MAGA” in 2024 are fooling themselves, just like their predictions of a “Red Wave” in the 2022 congressional elections failed to materialize.

The organizations which peddled the Red Wave propaganda two years ago included the New York Post, Fox News, Fox Business, Mike Lindell’s Frank Speech channel, the Clay & Buck radio show, PJ Media, Townhall, the Daily Caller, and the Real America’s Voice network.

They were all wrong.

More bad news comes from Maryland, a deep blue state, where “Republican” Senate candidate Larry Hogan, a popular ex-governor, is backed by Senate Republican leader Senator Mitch McConnell. Hogan is a Liz Cheney-type RINO and a “never Trumper.”

My new report on the important Senate race in Maryland is now available at the America’s Survival, Inc. website.

Showing his disdain for the conservatives who now dominate the Maryland Republican Party, he didn’t participate in a Frederick County (Maryland) Conservative Club debate featuring Senate candidates. But he seems to be campaigning this time around as a conservative on issues like the open border and rampant crime. He staged a photo op at the border with a briefing from “Democratic border sheriffs.”

When President Trump had called for a state-by-state review of the certification of the results of the 2020 presidential election, in view of reports of irregularities and fraudulent mail-in ballots, Hogan rejected his calls for election integrity and said that such an assessment of the real results was a “scheme” against democracy.

During COVID, as governor, Hogan closed churches and left pot shops open. Indeed, “medical cannabis growers, processors, and dispensaries” were considered public health establishments under Hogan’s executive orders. Maryland became home to a booming “medical marijuana” industry that developed under Hogan.

So-called “recreational” marijuana has since been legalized.

Republican Dan Cox, then a state delegate and now running for Maryland’s 6th Congressional seat, had filed impeachment charges against Hogan himself over the governor’s handling of COVID and related matters.

On the other side, Democratic Party Senate candidate and current Representative David Trone is reportedly worth more than $2 billion and has already used some of that wealth to buy his House seat. So far, he has pumped $54.12 million from his own pocket into the campaign for the Senate. This has earned him the moniker “the $54 million man.”

Trone’s firm, Total Wine & More, offers same-day alcohol delivery for “over 8000 wines, 3000 spirits and 2500 beers with the best prices, selection and service.”

It seems that addiction pays and makes people rich. The Democratic Party seems to have no problem with this approach. In fact, the marijuana business is clearly another source of campaign donations for Democrats.

In his race for the Maryland Senate nomination, to be decided in the May 14 primary, Trone is using his alcohol-fueled campaign to promote the theme that the criminal justice system is “systemically racist.” But he is a white man running against a black woman, Angela Alsobrooks, the Prince George’s County (Maryland) executive who would be Maryland’s first black woman in the Senate.

In the name of racial justice, one might think Trone would step aside to give a black woman a chance.

The additional problem is that he is running a racist campaign. He accused her of being unqualified since she would need “training wheels” if she won, a comment that led over 650 Black women, including former Democratic National Committee Chair Donna Brazile, to condemn Trone for “not only disparaging and dismissive” remarks about Alsobrooks but “tones of misogyny and racism.”

Before that, he used the racist slur “jigaboo” at a hearing in front of a black Biden administration official. The congressman said he meant to use the term “bugaboo.”

Whatever happens to Trone in the May 14 primary election, the candidate is a case study of how money and power flow from booze and dope in America.

Using his fortune in other ways, the David and June Trone Family Foundation has no “mission statement” but its 2021 tax return showed $2 million to the ACLU. He previously donated $15 million to the ACLU so it could establish the “Trone Center for Criminal Justice Reform.”

“The Trone gift is the second largest donation in the organization’s history dedicated to criminal justice work, after the 2014 gift of $50 million made by George Soros’ Open Society Foundations,” noted the ACLU. George Soros, chairman of the Open Society Institute, added his thanks saying, “I would like to congratulate and thank David Trone for his important response to the challenge I issued to the ACLU to mount the largest effort in history to end over-incarceration.”

So Trone appears to be marching to the beat of George Soros. While Soros promotes acceptance of dope, Trone specializes in getting people high and drunk.

Whatever happens with Trone and Alsobrooks, one can be certain that Maryland will be an example of what is happening nationally – Democrats and RINOs will be teaming up with the media to defeat and destroy Trump Republicans.

Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. uasurvival.org

What Would It Mean to “Make America Great Again”?

By Steven Yates

May 7, 2024

“Because we have no government armed with power capable of contending with human passions unbridled by morality and religion, avarice, ambition, revenge or gallantry, would break the strongest cords of our Constitution as a whale goes through a net. Our Constitution was made only for a moral and religious people. It is wholly inadequate for the government of any other.” —John Adams (1798)

“And this is progress? You must be joking! Me, I’m looking for any kind of hope!” —Peter Hammill (British singer, songwriter), “The Future Now” (1978)

From “Free Trade” to Dystopia: A Very Brief History of the Past Forty Years.

This article can be taken as complementing Devvy Kidd’s informative article of April 29. She focused on so-called free trade agreements that decimated America’s manufacturing base starting in the 1990s. These abominations turned many thriving cities into ghost towns where the only employers are government, fast food joints, and the local Walmart — unless Walmart corporate bureaucrats hundreds of miles away decided that the store wasn’t profitable and closed it.

Those able to leave such places, did. Those who remained saw them become havens of substance abuse, despair, and suicide.

How often must it be said? “Free trade” enables corporate leviathans to do as they please “voluntarily” (having purchased the political class) while everyone else pays the price.

Another result is the diminished quality of everything, as well as ease of use. When I was a child (1960s), my parents bought some top-of-the-line Ethan Allen furniture. I still have some of it. It’s over 60 years old, and in very good condition (a coffee stain here or there).

Back then, things weren’t just made in America, they were built to last!

Try finding anything of that quality today unless you’re in an antique store.

Buy a chair at Walmart. It’s in bagged-up parts when you take it out of a cheap cardboard box. You have to figure out how to assemble it. (I did this back around 2000 before I’d learned all this. The assembly instructions were in Chinese!) Often there’s a part missing, or which doesn’t fit properly. Assuming you get it assembled, cheapness is evident the first time you sit on it. If it lasts six months, you count yourself lucky.

Build-in obsolescence is now a mainstay of mass consumer goods. All made in cheap-labor hellholes. American makers of, e.g., quality furniture, could not compete with foreign slaves. This is also true of automobile components and it’s true of electronics. My first home PC bought in the late 1980s lasted twelve years. Most laptops start disintegrating after about two years. Corporations discovered they could bleed consumers for money this way. Consumers get dependent on an item. When it breaks down (having been designed that way), they’re forced to buy the “upgrade.”

Devvy spelled out the consequences of “free trade” and suggested some remedies. I hope I can enhance the discussion by reminding readers of the body of ideas that went into building a once-thriving civilization. We’ve all but lost this body of ideas … a reason why corporate leviathans feel justified in doing as they please to line their pockets as possible, including locating operations in cheap-labor hellholes and transforming the American workplace into a dystopia of Amazon drones, Uber drivers, etc.

The West’s Christian Foundation.

Whether we like it or want to admit it or not, Western civilization rose on a Christian foundation. This is not a cliché. It is a profound truth that needs to be shouted from every rooftop.

God exists. He created the universe, and men and women in His image. As Aquinas observed, He left us “two books”: the book He revealed, and the book of nature.

The book He revealed contains moral law, based on how His universe is designed to work. God doesn’t force us to obey His law. But if we don’t, the fact that the world operates according to those rules automatically works against us. Our choices, not His!

Since God created us in His image, we are finite renditions of His infinite Logos: we possess a rational (if fallible) capacity for apprehending how our surroundings work and how to use what we find in nature to improve our lot.

As Sir Francis Bacon put this: “Nature, to be commanded, must be obeyed.”

Respect for nature and its operations precedes technique: employing specific means to achieve specific ends, applying physical principles. If we do not respect nature, again this works against us. A lot is packed into that. It should give serious environmentalists everything they claim they want. Unfortunately, most seem to be pagans, not Christians.

We are social beings. Nowhere in Scripture nor in the world we inhabit is there any sense that we were designed for prolonged solitude. Our need to get along calls for rules for ordering our lives, families, businesses, and societies, including governance. Some call this the social contract.

Imperial Economics and the Real Great Replacement.

Where did we get the idea of — what should I call it? — imperial economics? The idea that there are economic transactions and then there is window dressing, so that economics trumps everything else.

It came as a consequence of what I’ve begun calling the Real Great Replacement: when materialism (or naturalism) replaced Christendom as the West’s dominant worldview.

According to materialism, God doesn’t exist. Ancient peoples invented Him. Materialism’s advocates usually aren’t that blunt (except for the New Atheists of our time). But beginning around the late 1700s and proceeding through the 1800s, first intellectuals and then some commercial men became operational if not outright atheists.

The problem: the entire edifice of thought on which Constitutional government depended required a Christian worldview, in which men and women had intrinsic value because they were created in God’s image.

This worldview limited worldly power — especially governmental power but also corporate power (and the enhanced powers that emerge when the two seamlessly integrate!).

Its ethics grounded natural rights: rights to life, liberty, property, and the pursuit of happiness, best sought, obtained, and enjoyed in a spirit of gratitude for what God has done and for what He has given us.

This edifice developed in stages with the Magna Carta, the English Bill of Rights, and eventually our Declaration of Independence and our Constitution.

The worldview behind these was not always spelled out in black and white, like I’ve done here, because readers of these documents could assume it. It permeated their culture. Their authors would not have understood a world where the prevailing mindset was otherwise.

Exactly what happened has been the subject of libraries!

Our innate falseness, despite our having been created in God’s image, worked consistently against us. All too many of us never sought God.

Hence as we learned that we could explain parts of the world and use what we learned to our advantage — using our own minds and hands — it went to our heads.

Enlightenment philosophers didn’t just turn against ecclesiastical authority, they turned against the authority of God himself.

“I have no need of that hypothesis,” physicist and astronomer Pierre LaPlace put it (late 1700s). This became the hallmark of later Enlightenment philosophy. Although such philosophy began in France and Germany, it soon crossed the English Channel and infiltrated the Anglo-American world.

Obviously I can only tell a portion of the story of the Real Great Replacement (for more, readers are invited to consult my book What Should Philosophy Do? available from Amazon and its publisher; links below).

Nietzsche and Modernity’s Breakdown.

The German philosopher Friedrich Nietzsche provided an important pivot. Nietzsche was among the first to realize that once a civilization rejected God’s existence and authority, it would be compelled to reject everything God’s existence and authority gave meaning to. That meant every trapping of Christian and Christian-derived morality had to go.

Equality? There’s no equality in nature (there’s no equity, either).

Nietzsche called for a “revaluation of all values” and predicted an “advent of nihilism.” He urged the development of a morality for life in this world exclusively, given the materialist assumption that our entire existence is limited to whatever number of years fate allots us. Then we become worm food.

Such a morality could only be based on one’s capacity to survive and advance one’s interests: health or vivacity, strength, prowess.

Nihilism derives from the Latin word nihil, meaning nothing. But no person and no society truly believes in nothing. We just aren’t wired that way.

In practice, we created surrogates for God, I like to call them. An obvious surrogate for God is the totalizing state. Another is The Science. A third is money. Possibly the most common, which the third often serves, is: Self.

The twentieth century portrays results of the erosion of a morality based on principles not of our creation. What was supposed to evolve smoothly into a Utopia of Modernity, a civilization based on science, technology, commerce, universal education, and a firm belief in the inevitability and goodness of secular progress, blew up into history’s most destructive war up to that point in 1914.

We see effects of that war on our collective psyche in Dadaist art and in the troubled characters of Ernest Hemingway’s great novels.

Western powers botched the aftermath of the Great War, as it was then called, setting the stage for the even more destructive World War II. And if the Nazis murdered millions, Stalin in the Soviet Union murdered millions more. Mao’s body count would exceed Stalin’s!

Genocide is a likely consequence of life after the Real Great Replacement, in which human life has no intrinsic value because we are highly-evolved animals instead of beings created in God’s image. Human life can be eliminated if inconvenient. Don’t think just of the Nazis. Think also of the pro-abortion American death culture.

What the Nazis and Communists did are extreme cases, of course, and it is not as if there were no previous genocides in this fallen world where, despite the dominance of a Christian worldview, those in power got drunk on it. But there remained hope of Transcendence.

Hegel and the Fate of Liberalism.

Modernity served up three fundamental political economies: communism, fascism, and liberalism (and combinations of these). We should also consult G.W.F. Hegel, who lived a century before Nietzsche. Hegel wrote of masters (or lords) and slaves (or bondservants), and the clash between them as history’s chief driver. Each had its own mode of consciousness. Hegel’s followers diverged into “right wing” Hegelians with a “master-oriented” moral and societal code, versus “left wing” Hegelians who purported to side with the “slaves.”

The former of these led eventually to Hitler. The latter, to Marx and to Soviet and Maoist Communism.

Liberalism, the third, prevailed in the Anglo-American world. It strove to combine materialism with a natural-rights / libertarian view of society. This has proven unsustainable. Liberalism moved leftward until we arrived at the version found in today’s Democrat Party.

Underwriting the political economy of liberalism was the autonomy of homo economicus, a primarily self-interested secular agent pursuing secular goods, wealth, pleasures, in an expanding global marketplace.

The trouble is, beings created in God’s image are by their nature not designed for total autonomy. Most, if not all, will adopt one of the above surrogates, or turn to whatever secular authority they find, offered by a political movement, a guru-led cult, the worship of Self, or just the lure of the Almighty Dollar.

Since in this world what counts is power, and money is the path to power, we end up with globalism and the “free trade” world Devvy Kidd criticized.

This is the ultimate unsustainability of liberalism.

That is, all three modern political economies fail.

Under liberalism’s professed autonomy for women, over 60 million unborn babies have been aborted. How’s that for genocide? Both men and women have been “freed” from Christian-based marriages and families. Both pursued career over marriage and family. One in two marriages now ends in divorce. The birth rate is falling all over the West. Both sexes find themselves emotionally isolated, screen-addicted, compulsively trying to avoid the reality of growing older and possibly dying alone.

This is what liberalism has done.

It’s Worse: Modernity to Postmodernity; From Justice to Antiwhite Racism.

Modernity as sketched above has “evolved” into postmodernity. In postmodernity, we have not just a totally subjective ethic, but reason itself is dismembered.

Recall Hegel’s division between the consciousness of the master and the consciousness of the slave. The former (straight white males, collectively) “repress” the latter (everyone else). Our perceptions and reasonings are all shaped by “biases” (of race, “gender,” etc.).

Thus the ability to trust our senses and their capacity to yield knowledge is gone. It’s all a “social construct.” In practice, science becomes The Science (epistemic authoritarianism, not scientific method). Technique is used to encircle and enslave, usually to help individuals and corporations make more of the Almighty Dollar in the matter described in the first section: also the perversion of the marketplace into a deliverer of porn, mind-altering drugs, even trafficked human beings (mostly girls and women but not limited to them!). Legality? What’s that? There’s the 11^th commandment: “Thou shalt not get caught!”

Efforts to provide justice and equal opportunities for those previously denied them are hijacked until they attack the “oppressors” (the very open antiwhite racism we now see).

“Education” under such dystopian conditions indoctrinates and subordinates; it doesn’t enhance genuine learning which must be done on one’s own if at all. Those doing it quickly become isolated and turn cynical.

Language itself is now weaponized so those in power can use it for thought control, by labelling opinions they disapprove of misinformation, conspiracy theories, threats to democracy, etc.

The edifices of freedom, including free speech, freedom of inquiry, a free press, the right to disagree, the sense of obligation we once had to participate in civil discourse, and whatever obligations we have to each other; also property rights; were all manifestations of a Christian worldview.

It is significant that this philosophical and legal structure did not emerge anywhere else in the world! Other peoples developed crafts. They did not develop science.

When the Christian worldview goes away, this all goes away, piece by piece. Or is perverted into forms its original architects wouldn’t recognize if they could come back.

A Real Dictator Coming?

You get the economic results Devvy Kidd wrote so informatively about, rationalized through such locutions as “free trade” and “free markets at work,” having destroyed careers, ruined lives, undermined communities, and eventually sowing the seeds of armed revolt among that element of the immiserated peasantry not prone to self-destruction.

The kind of revolt that puts a potential dictator into power if he can convince enough people he can clean up the mess.

I hope it’s obvious that I’m not talking about Donald Trump.

Trump turns 77 next month. One way or another, in a few years he’ll be gone. But the problems that put him in the White House back in 2016 will still be around.

He might have a successor, who will have all his strengths (especially charisma) but none of his weaknesses (lack of focus, inability to respond effectively to crises which hurt him badly when the globalists unleashed COVID, an inability to shut his mouth when doing so would be wise).

This person might be very self-disciplined. Those around him as well. He and they will be everything the presently-terrified globalist-leftist elites accuse Trump and MAGA of being.

Those struggling to hang onto an intellectually discredited leftist-liberal elitism and “globalization” will have done this to themselves!

So, What Would It Mean to Make America Great Again?!

Don’t merely vote for Trump, although four more years of Democrat rule will be more disastrous than the past three-and-a-fraction.

Start restoring a Christian worldview. This is Biblical (Mark 6:15). Note for those interested that materialism as a philosophy of nature as well as of humanity has major drawbacks that have nothing to do with anyone’s “religious convictions” (I discuss them in chapter 5 of my book).

Today, those trying to do this are maligned as Christian nationalists: combining Christianity with America First!

If what I’m describing here is Christian nationalism, then so be it! I am beyond caring what label its enemies pin on it!

Recently I happened to catch clips from a video in which some bimbo (on MSNBC, I think) described Christian nationalists as “believing we get our rights from God and not from the government!”

She found this horrifying, like something out of Stephen King.

I found myself laughing hysterically at her palpable terror.

We must assert that rights come from God and not government. All we have to do is look at what has happened as a result of relying on the opposite assumption for well over half a century now.

What government gives, government can take away!

Even Libertarians figured this out!

It can (and should) be made obvious to grade school children. Which is why Founders such as John Adams understood the need to keep government on a short leash. If there must be a political class and that class recognizes that it answers to Someone higher than itself, then all might be well. When its members believe otherwise, they tend to become dictators.

Corporations aren’t necessarily better. Some are worse! “Free trade” agreements were promoted by corporate lobbyists and well-moneyed think-tankers in NGOs who had the political class bought and paid for. I don’t know how many Libertarians fully grasp this, or the failure of everything-is-economics imperialism.

Economics-before-everything has given us, over various decades, Big Tobacco, Big Oil, Big Media, Big Pharma, and Big Tech. All have based “marketing” (i.e., propaganda) on the assumption of a mass to be controlled, so that mass will spend money it does not have on things it does not need.

Political economy is downstream from culture, and culture is downstream from the prevailing worldview. To illustrate: if we look at the cultural trends (in e.g., popular music) that existed during, say, the Great Depression, or afterwards, we find beauty! We find elegance! Despite the suffering that characterized those years!

Or compare classic cars to the monstrosities being turned out today. (Paul Craig Roberts recently did this.)

Or just go to the 1970s, before the really massive cultural deteriorations had set in. Compare the rock music of that era, often with intelligent and thoughtful lyrics, to what passes for popular music today: “vocalists” who can’t utter three lines without at least one f-bomb.

A lot of today’s art, architecture, fashion, is just ugly and repellant.

In the 1970s girls and women did not cover their bodies with tattoos, pierce their noses and faces, dye their hair green or purple, or curse like sailors which many “career women” do today quite liberally!

So what would it mean to truly Make America Great Again?

It would start, as I said, with a restoration of the Christian worldview, and since our dominant institutions are probably beyond hope, any Great Restoration must start outside them and proceed person to person, writer to reader, parent to child, teacher to student, group to group, until we can rebuild families and rebuild a basis for stable, prosperous communities in which all will recognize the intrinsic value of all their members and work out the policy implications.

The latter, I submit, will include a lot of what self-identified liberals of old said they wanted, in arenas such as housing, health care, nondiscrimination, and so on. It will have extracted the antiwhite racism and the “gender” fluidity/confusion of wokeness. It will leave us in no danger of falling under a world government, or of “transhumanism.” Recognizing God means realizing we are not God, we are not entitled to rule others as if we were; but neither are we an autonomous mass of homo economici able to make up our own “rules” as we go along.

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

____________________

A slightly different version of this article is also available on Steven Yates’s Navigating the New Normal (Substack). Subscribe to Navigating the New Normal to receive access to exclusive content.

He has a Patreon.com page. Donate here and become a Patron if you benefit from his work and believe it merits being sustained financially.

Steven Yates’s book Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) can be ordered here.

His philosophical work What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021) can be obtained here or here.

His paranormal horror novel The Shadow Over Sarnath (2023) can be gotten here.

Should you purchase any (or all) books from Amazon, please consider leaving a five-star review (if you think they merit such).

Pro-Hamas/Palestine Protesters: Ignorant Dupes

By: Devvy

May 6, 2024

First thing on the madness we’ve been seeing on campuses of lower learning. Two factions. One is ignorant students who are actually enrolled in one of the colleges/universities and second are paid professional cockroaches who travel around the country. Their job is to whip up violence, rioting, spew hatred on college campuses while promoting Marxism/collectivism.

It’s important to remember what started this: Oct. 7, 2023. An UNPROVOKED attack by Hamas on a holiday.

This was not Russia firing off missiles at Ukraine while Ukraine’s military on the ground in the ‘meat grinder’ are shooting at Russian troops. It was not troops from two countries engaged in an actual war shooting at each other day in and day out.

No. Those savages outright murdered HUNDREDS of innocent mostly young adults at a peace music festival. Those sub-humans hauled off the pretty Israeli girls to rape and when done there, hunted down average, ordinary people who happen to be Jewish, firing off their rifles having a good old time shooting old people in the face, killing families, including babies, asleep in their beds and even killing family dogs. Hamas pigs hate Jews but don’t seem to have a problem raping their women for their own sexual gratification.

For the psychopaths who belong to Hamas, the most vulnerable are just another target for a bullet. After all, they’re just Jews. Hamas murderers are Satan’s Pimps who shall burn in his Hell for all eternity. Forget the 72 virgins BS. Perhaps the next attack will be on OUR soil by Muslim zealots against Catholics. Or maybe Baptists will be the next target by Hamas cold-blooded murderers.

Will we see thousands of ignorant college students doing what we’ve seen the past few weeks celebrate murder against Catholics at a cathedral or Baptists at some large gathering by Hamas butchers? Wouldn’t bet fifty-cents on that one.

Oh, gosh, we’re only rioting, screaming and yelling against “apartheid” Israel. Just ignore the signs that say: Exterminate the Jews. Be careful what you wish for when it comes to Muslims who lie better than career criminal, Joe Biden and that’s saying a lot.

“This Hamas Commander says this is not about land, not just Palestine. “The entire planet will be under our law, there will be no more Jews or Christian traitors. Only then, if everyone adopts his law, will there be peace.”

Rashida Talib – What People Are Ignoring – “This is an accurate well-written article: Truth about Mohammed: rape, murder, molestation, beheading

“Mohammed was “a psychopath (with) Allah (as) nothing but his own alter ego,” according to Ali Sina, ex-Muslim, webmaster of FaithFreedom.org. Islam’s prophet Mohammed (various spellings are given to his name, some being “Muhammad”) was the David Koresh and Jim Jones of his time.

“Mohammed’s Allah’s religious activism prescribed for his disciples? “Fighting is prescribed for you. . .it is good for you.” Koran 2:216. That is the baseline of Islam: killing, fighting, slaying, murdering, slaughtering, leveling, conquering, overcoming for the bloodletting. The baseline includes Muslim slaying Muslim such as in “honor killing” — slitting the Muslim female’s throat if Muslim males conclude she has dishonored the clan.

“Read the daily news to see the killing cult enveloping the globe. Millions upon millions are in this marching “Islam world rule” army. They threaten every democracy. And who is Allah? Allah is Satan for he is the antipathy to the Bible’s loving God. When analyzing the Koran’s god, one discovers the devil as described in the Bible: “father of lies,” murderer, hater, insane, King of the Pit, Beelzebub, “that old snake,” the Book of Revelation’s “dragon,” overseer of the lake of fire and brimstone.”

“Ali Sina continues, “Muhammad invented this bugaboo deity to fool people and ride them. Allah is no god. Muhammad was a deranged man. He concocted this whole lie to fool people. He was no different from Charles Manson.” Do take the time to read the rest. And ask yourself this question: What kind of religion forces you to be a believer or face death? Not Christianity whatever denomination. Not Judaism. Only “Islam”.

Think you’ll be spared just because you protested while a student at some Ivy League college? Then you have NO idea just how blood-thirsty Muslims are in their quest for a world caliphate.

The other thing to remember is the people in Palestine elected Hamas to be their official government. 2006 didn’t get Hamas a majority of votes but those terrorists did win a majority of seats in their version of a legislature. Yes, Hamas, just like ISIS, Hezbollah and all the various blood-thirsty terrorist organizations think nothing of killing anyone who doesn’t believe their pedophile god, allah, is king of the universe.

In 1988, Hamas issued their covenant. Introduction: “Israel will exist and will continue to exist until Islam will obliterate it, just as it obliterated others before it” (The Martyr, Imam Hassan al-Banna, of blessed memory).” [Page 1]”

Sound familiar? Nazi racial ideology bloomed under butcher Adolph Hitler who believed Jews were nothing but “parasitic vermin” and therefore must be killed so as to keep Germans the “pure race”.

How’s things working out for the average Muslim in Palestine since Oct. 7, 2023, when your government leaders – Hamas, the terrorists you elected – pulled that unprovoked attack? Have they come to your rescue to provide food, medicine, support? Hamas leaders worth staggering $11B revel in luxury — while Gaza’s people suffer, Nov. 7, 2023

“While their people languish in poverty and are treated as human shields, the leaders of Hamas live billionaire lifestyles. The terror group’s three top leaders alone are worth a staggering total of $11 billion and enjoy a life of luxury in the sanctuary of the emirate of Qatar.

“The emirate has long welcomed the leaders of the terror group and installed them in its luxury hotels and villas at the same time as it hosts a vast American military presence. One of the sons of Hamas leader Ismail Haniyeh lounges in a luxury hotel suite in Qatar. Haniyeh is worth more than $4 billion.”

“Hamas leaders live the high life while many of the more than 2 million residents of Gaza City live in abject poverty.”

While I haven’t owned a propaganda box (TV) for eight years, I’ve seen so many videos the past few weeks of the rioting, tent encampments, the violence which grew faster than mushrooms spread across college campuses.

Young adults protesting wearing table cloths over their shoulders similar to the head diaper worn by terrorist Yasir Arafat; a terrorist probably most of those 18–23-year-old young adults have never heard of nor do they know how evil he was:

Yasir Arafat’s Timeline of Terror, Nov. 13, 2004

“Members of the media are focusing much attention on Yasir Arafat’s legacy. Many of the historical briefs and timelines being published whitewash his decades-long involvement in terrorism. While they note that Arafat led Fatah and the PLO, the terrorist acts committed by these groups are often ignored.

“For example, a Nov. 4 AP timeline, reproduced in the publications and Web sites of many different media outlets, lists only one failed act of sabotage in 1965, 3 suicide bombings in December of 2001 and one in 2002.

“In fact, groups under Arafat’s direct or indirect command – including Fatah, Black September, Tanzim and Al Aqsa Martyrs Brigade – were responsible for hundreds of bombings, hijackings, assassinations and other attacks, including the 1972 murder of 11 of Israel’s Olympic athletes in Munich, the 1973 murder of the American ambassador to Sudan, Cleo Noel, and the 1985 hijacking of the Achille Lauro cruise ship (resulting in the murder of wheelchair-bound Leon Klinghoffer).

“The AP timeline instead highlights Israel’s anti-PLO actions without providing the reason – decades of terrorist attacks against innocent civilians. Not only is the PLO’s history of international hijackings, kidnappings and child murders ignored, the terrorist organization and Arafat’s leadership of it are actually praised: Feb. 4, 1969: Arafat takes over PLO chairmanship, transforms it into a dynamic force that makes Palestinian cause known worldwide.”

There is a difference between being stupid (like putting your hand over a flame on the stove) and being uninformed. What I’ve seen these past weeks in my America makes me sick beyond words. Check this:

Columbia University Apartheid Divest: Who we are, Nov. 14, 2023 – “Columbia University Apartheid Divest is a coalition of student organizations that see Palestine as the vanguard for our collective liberation. We are a continuation of the Vietnam anti-war movement and the movement to divest from apartheid South Africa. We support freedom and justice for the Palestinian people, and for all people. We know that true collective safety will arise when everyone has access to clean air, clean water, food, housing, education, healthcare, freedom of movement, and dignity…

“We are committed to creating a multi-generational, intersectional, and accessible space dedicated to fighting for abolition, transnational feminism, anticapitalism, and decolonization, and also to combating anti-Blackness, queerphobia, Islamophobia, and antisemitism.

“We keep each other safe. We do not believe that prisons, police, profit over people, militarism, war, colonialism, or imperialism will keep us safe. We reject the United States Immigration and Customs Enforcement Agency’s weaponizing of the United States’ racist immigration laws to prevent our international comrades and peers from speaking up.

“We reject the violence of the Israel Defense Forces-trained, police-industrial complex that chokes our communities and disproportionately enacts brutality against people of color. We believe that true, collective safety will only arise when we divest from death-making institutions and invest in life-affirming institutions—when everyone has access to clean air, clean water, food, housing, education, healthcare, freedom of movement, and dignity. There can be no exceptions.” Get the international comrades? What you’re seeing is the making of the ‘new Soviet man’ and vermin like the CUAD should be run off Columbia U’s campus.

Over the decades of writing columns, I have referred readers to the work of Jeri Lynn Ball who was so right and we are seeing the fruits of the Communist International Party ripening on college campuses, rotting the minds of your children. Masters of Seduction: Beguiling Americans Into Slavery and Self-destruction was written by Jeri in 2000. I have all her books, but Jeri wrote a 25-page introduction from her book, Masters, EVERY AMERICAN – especially college kids – need to read. What Jeri wrote is America today. Jeri is one of the most accurate researchers I’ve known since I began my journey for the truth some 31 years ago.

“Prior to the Communist attack upon families and education, children were raised and educated to be principled individualists. From the founding of this nation until well into nineteenth century, children attended private schools, and they were prepared morally, intellectually and socially for productive lives in a free society. They received sound training in grammar and composition, history, mathematics, science, economics, and other disciplines.

“Parents used “strong, secure” disciplining and instilled into their children American values and virtues, including the “work ethic” (productiveness, self-reliance and other virtues), honesty, integrity, and independence. Parents did not tolerate welfarism in their homes and taught their children to earn all of their own money and material possessions “through successful work experiences.”

“In Masters of Seduction I have described the methods and techniques of American parenting experts, who make it possible for parents to raise their children to be happy, healthy, confident, competent, principled individualists.

“Communitarians have deliberately sought to undermine schools and universities and eliminate the intellect-oriented approach to education. They are methodically destroying family relations, creating juvenile delinquency, and shifting the raising of children to community groups and organizations. They denounce strong, secure disciplining and promote permissiveness because they want to turn America into a nation of dependent, brainless, directionless barbarians…

The Effects of Communistic Psychological Warfare on Americans

“In order to create their New World Order, Communists must destroy America’s fundamental ideas. Why? Because a nation whose citizens are governed and sustained by the principles of the Ten Commandments and which upholds and defends individual and economic freedom, is difficult to transform. Principled individualists think for themselves and are independent and self-reliant. They have integrity and self-respect.

“They’re loyal to their families, their leaders, and to their nation. A nation which upholds and defends principled individualism and laissez-faire capitalism has a high ethical standard. Its citizens will fight to defend their principles, their freedom and their unalienable individual rights.

“Today, most Americans are embracing the communitarian moral code, and this country is now in a process of disintegration, making it vulnerable to a takeover. Communists have sought to degrade the nation and to produce the maximum chaos. Communist psychological warfare has wreaked havoc in the lives and families of virtually all Americans. Human casualties—the drug addicts, criminals, alcoholics, suicides, neurotics, psychotics, the ignorant and the illiterate—number in the tens of millions.

“In his book, The Index of Leading Cultural Indicators: American Society At the End of the Twentieth Century, William J. Bennett writes, “[S]ince 1960…we have seen a 467 percent increase in violent crime; a 463 percent increase in the numbers of state and federal prisoners; a 461 percent increase in out-of-wedlock births…more than a doubling in the teenage suicide rate…and a drop of almost 60 percent on SAT scores.” The rate of divorce has “more than doubled.” The number of adults in prison now totals 2 million. Research studies show that drinking, drugs, and casual sex have become national vices.

“Since 1992, when Clinton and Gore began their bombardment of communitarian propaganda, teenage drinking and drug use has soared. Illegal drug use is now not only an urban problem; the use of alcohol, cocaine, crack, inhalants, marijuana, methamphetamines and other hard drugs has reached epidemic proportions in small towns and rural areas.

“Tens of millions of Americans are suffering from mental disorders, such as anxiety, panic attacks, depression, phobias, obsessive-compulsive disorders, eating disorders, manic depressive psychoses, and schizophrenia. Countless others are marked by aimless lack of purpose.

“The Communists—Using Every Means to Destroy America and to Create Global Totalitarian Police State. Masters of Seduction shows that our adversaries are not only fulfilling their vision of human reconstruction, but are using every plan and policy, every program and course of action, every law and institution—in short, every means to create a world police state. Communists are striving to achieve, among other things, the following ends: banish the traditional nuclear family, composed of a father, mother, and children; transfer the care and rearing of children to the community and to Communist-led youth organizations, such as the Boys and Girls Clubs of America and Big Brothers Big Sisters of America; gain control of the educational system, communize textbooks, and indoctrinate teachers with the Communist communitarian ideology; infiltrate and subvert all other cultural and social institutions, including the churches;

“achieve government control over the health care industry; gain control of the newspapers, publishing houses, motion picture industry, radio, television, and the Internet; use the environmental movement to gain control or ownership of private land and production and to wipe out industrial civilization.” Read full text here.

Never in my life could I have ever imagined seeing what I’ve been seeing for a couple of weeks on college campuses. Signs: Kill the Jews, Death to America, Free Palestine, burning of the American flag. Efforts to fly the Palestine flag everywhere which thankfully has been stopped by real American students on campuses. How absolutely shameful my America should resemble Nazi Germany under Hitler.

Outside paid professionals coaching these kids how to hate, how to spew their hatred and cause violence. Who was behind the wave of pro-Palestinian protests across the US? “The group behind the large-scale protests is called A15, a movement that called for a coordinated economic blockade on April 15 in an effort to free Palestine. “There is a need to shift from symbolic actions to those that cause pain to the economy,” the group wrote online.”

Nostalgia for the Mud, May 4, 2024 (Best column of the weekend): “It turns out, actually, that at least half the troops inside were not students at all, but rather semi-pro activists paid up to $7,000 each by George Soros’s Open Society Institute and other overtly insurrection-themed orgs…” Politico mocked for being surprised on who is funding anti-Israel protests: ‘Surprising to who?’

How selfish those thugs are to deny young adults the joy of their cap & gown day with family to celebrate all their hard work to graduate: USC Cancels Graduation Ceremony After Facing Security Concerns Over Pro-Palestinian Protests

No doubt students who had tests cancelled have plans and schedules only to be denied by pawns in a game they don’t understand: Patriotic Rutgers, UNC students push back against anti-America, anti-Israel agitators: ‘Seeing a movement’ – Final exams were canceled at Rutgers on Thursday due to disruptions from the protesters, impacting some 1,000 students”

My closing words on this: SHAME on any American student on any college campus for supporting terrorists because Hamas is a big player in the game and they are nothing but dirty, filthy savages. Hamas is the official government of Palestine so yes, you useful fools, you are supporting terrorists.

No student at any college, university or community college in this country whether, black, white, brown, Asian, Republican, Democrat, Libertarian, Green Party, no party, Baptist, Methodist, Catholic, Jewish, Native American should ever be bullied by cowards wearing face diapers keeping them from going to class because of investment decisions by a college/university. A Jewish female student at UCLA was beaten unconscious so bad she had a concussion and hospitalized. SHAME on the cowards who did that.

Good for all the students who’ve stood up to those bullies and thugs chanting USA, USA and singing the National Anthem. BREAKING: Sharpshooters Reportedly Stationed Inside U of M Graduation, As Police Remove Pro-Palestine/Hamas Protesters and Students Shout Them Down, “Shut the f**k up!—-Shut the f**k up!” [VIDEO] -“ Students standing nearby can be heard drowning out the protesters by shouting, “Shut the f**k up–Shut the f**k up!” as pro-Palestine/Hamas protesters threatened everyone in the stadium by shouting, “We will not stop—we will not rest!”

And check this out: “NOW: “Death to America” A Convergence of Marxism and Radical Islam. Startling pamphlets distributed at the University of Michigan equate “Free Palestine” with calls for American genocide.” (Not radical Islam, it is Islam, period.)

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@protonmail.com

Related:

The U.S. House passed a Resolution (H.Res.894) “Strongly condemning and denouncing the drastic rise of antisemitism in the United States and around the world.” It’s what’s known as a Simple Resolution which doesn’t go to a president for any action. It’s political and in my opinion, unnecessary. Those who hate Jews will still vomit up their slogans under the First Amendment, just like ‘white supremacist’ bozos.

A MUST watch video (22:08): Collectivism and Individualism Explained by G. Edward Griffin – G. Edward Griffin on the differences between collectivism (Communism, Socialism, Fascism) and individualism.

GOOD: Update: CEO Who Offered Jobs to Pro-Hamas Protestors Watches Stock Tank, Company Loses $210 Million in Stock Value, May 5, 2024 (Company HIMS is a male ED brand.)

Elite Universities Are Now Getting Hit with Yet Another Problem: Furious Parents – “For $90,000 a year, parents of some elite school students expected more than hate.”

Both of these columns are mine in case you missed them. Truth vs propaganda.

Iran: Cut Off the Head

Italian Mafia vs. Hamas

WATCH – Anti-Israel Protester at UCLA Encampment: ‘We Don’t Like White People’, “You’re just a white person; you’re a white person [so] get out — we don’t like white people,” the keffiyeh-wearing woman insisted before chanting, “Free Palestine” as she waved a Palestinian flag.”

VP The BIGGEST Decision of Trump’s Life

By Lex Greene

May 6, 2024

If the elections were held in a free, fair, and transparent fashion today, Trump would take back the Oval Office in a historic landslide victory with voters from all demographics and past party affiliations.

That’s exactly why the Democrat Party, corrupt Soros prosecutors, their fake news media, censored social media platforms, federal agencies and billions funneling in from around the globe via ACT BLUE, will do anything to prevent Trump from even appearing on the ballot… They are all set to lose big in 2024, they all know it, and they have to do something extraordinary, illegal, and unconstitutional to stop it.

They are like rotten kids playing a board game, when one figures out that they are about to lose the game, they just toss the board game over, knocking all of the pieces to the ground, so that nobody can win.

But so long as Trump can avoid a bullet, or a lawless conviction based on utter lies and corrupt political persecutions by Soros leftwing extremists in the prosecutor offices, and we can secure lawful elections, he will become the next President of the United States, backed by more than 100 million pissed off Americans from every walk of life.

“The People” have finally had enough! Americans are finally waking up to the reality that anti-American leftwing extremists have pushed our country to the brink of total collapse, civil war, financial ruin, and no matter how they might feel about “Trump’s mean tweets,” he’s the only shot we have to turn our country away from the proverbial cliff.

But in order to do that, Trump’s pick for Vice President is the BIGGEST decision of his life, and ours.

Trump can only serve one more four-year term. Four years won’t be enough to save this country from Nazi Klaus Schwab, his maniacal WEF, and the hundreds of anti-American corporations financing the Nazi “Global Reset.”

As a result, who Trump ultimately chooses as his VP running mate is of critical importance. Political operators on both sides of the battle know this, and people on both sides are working around the clock to “advise” Trump on who his VP pick should be. Everyone has an opinion, most of them completely uneducated on the fight ahead, and totally incompetent to offer any good advice.

First, there are two competing schools of thought on the matter.

Trump should pick someone opposite of himself, in order to gain support from voters who don’t like Trump’s sometimes brash personality, someone who will temper Trump’s right-leaning policy promises.
Trump must pick someone just like him, in order to not be undermined at every step, like he was by Mike Pence in his first term, and set the table for eight more years of leadership following Trump’s short four-year administration. Keep the train on track for Trump’s four years, and eight more years after that.

I’m firmly in the second camp, knowing that the global nazi left will use anyone and anything to undermine any agenda to Make America Great Again, including horrific VP picks like Pence! Trump is the face of the MAGA movement, but make no mistake, every American who wants America to return to the roots of its unparallelled greatness, is their ultimate target.

I have been asked numerous times if I would support anyone but Trump in 2024, and the answer is no. Not because I’m a Trump friend, I’ve never met the man. Not because I’m a Trump fan, I’m not a fan of any politician or politics in general. They are ALL just public servants to me, none of them worthy of God-like status.

The situation in our country today is so dire that only someone with the financial ability to withstand the lawfare storm and a steel spine has any chance of turning the tide. They also have to be firmly committed to “Making America Great Again” by upholding, defending, and enforcing ALL protections of the people found in the Charters of Freedom.

As of today, I cannot name anyone who meets these critical conditions, but Trump. Therefore, Trump has my support.

Now, the same goes for his ultimate VP pick. The person Trump picks must be an exact duplicate of himself, otherwise, even once elected, Trump will not be able to do what his supporters want him to do.

Some of the Names Floated

Tim Scott, R-S.C. (needed to gain control of the Senate)
J.D. Vance, R-Ohio (Needed to gain control of the Senate)
Marco Rubio, R-Fla. (Needed to gain control of the Senate, and not eligible)
Elise Stefanik, R-N.Y. (Needed to gain control of the House)
South Dakota Gov. Kristi Noem (Needed at the State level)
North Dakota Gov. Doug Burgum (Needed at the State level)
Arkansas Gov. Sarah Sanders (Needed at the State level)
Texas Gov. Greg Abbott (Needed at the State level)
former Rep. Tulsi Gabbard (a Klaus Schwab WEF grad and lifelong Democrat)
Carson (far too weak)
Vivek Ramaswamy (A Klaus Schwab WEF grad and not eligible)

So, on the above laundry list of potential VPs being floated by people who don’t really support Trump, there’s no one on the list that fits the bill for me, after a great deal of research. Trump will need “conservative” Republican control of both congressional chambers to be effective in his next term. We cannot afford to remove anyone from Congress who is even remotely aligned with Trump, if we can avoid it.

Two on the list are not even eligible, both Rubio and Ramaswamy are “anchor baby” Americans under 14^th Amendment “naturalization” statutes, and two, Gabbard and Ramaswamy are Klaus Schwab WEF grads. The Natural Born Citizen requirement in Article II applies to both President and Vice President and at a time when the Democrat Party is working to allow all “illegal aliens” in the country to vote in our elections, alter our electoral college and voting districts, 15-million new in just the past three years. We MUST uphold Article II requirements for the Oval Office.

After scouring the current political field for the best possible VP pick for Trump 24, I landed on just one name…

BYRON DONALDS

First, his name is NOT being floated by any of the “advisers” determined to undermine Trump just in case he gets elected again, as “advisers” did with Pence in 2016. But in addition, I have watched his performance in the House and the man is decent, honorable, and has a steel backbone in confronting the pervasive evil oozing from the dying democrat party, and calling things what they really are in broad daylight.

He’s likely the strongest Trump (America) supporter in Congress today, for the same reasons I am. Further, he’s not just another damned British Common Law lawyer, his degree is in finance and marketing. He understands the foundations of America’s financial stability and economic strengths needed to save the country from Marxists and Communists currently in charge of the DNC and federal juggernaut.

Like Trump, he’s an unapologetic AMERICA FIRST leader and a take-no-prisoners style of freedom fighter, who deeply believes that America’s greatness comes from its free people, not government. He’s extremely intelligent and well-spoken. He can lead the nation after Trump completes a second term.

NOTICE…I made no mention of the color of his skin. That’s because, like Martin Luther King, I judge a man on the strength of his character, not the color of his skin. We need leaders with a strong character and a steel spine. Donalds meets those qualifications with ease.

Therefore, my personal recommendation to Trump is to choose Byron Donalds as his 2024 running mate.

Truly… I cannot name anyone else as of today!

E-Mail Lex Greene: LexGreene24@gmail.com

Barack Obama: “We need to fundamentally change America.” I.E. Devolve It

By Frosty Wooldridge

May 6, 2024

In an interview with Bill O’Reilly years ago, Barack Obama promised to fundamentally change (transform) America. At the time, he followed his preacher Jeremiah Wright in Chicago with, “God D*mn America.” Obama also hid the fact that he was a practicing Muslim because he knew Americans would not vote for anyone following the Islamic religion after 9/11.

Then he wrote a book where he admitted when the winds blew hard against him, he would stand with the Muslims.

If you haven’t seen it, let’s look at what’s happened to Great Britain. Once the most powerful nation on the planet, London and 20 other cities find themselves being led by Muslim mayors.

Out of 67 million British citizens, and only 4.0 million imported Muslims, Great Britain finds its own Christian religion being replaced by 3,000 mosques, 130 Sharia Courts and 50 Sharia Councils.

For the record, Sharia Law is the most brutal, deadly, insane, and totally anti-Western religion on the planet. It degrades women as ½ the value of a man. There are no rights to women’s dress or choice of spouse. Children lack any rights. Honor killings of women are lawful and carried out to the tune of 20,000 annually according to the United Nations. Female genital mutilation is mandated and lawful. Women cannot swim in a pool with men. Women cannot wear a bathing suit unless it’s a full pajama suit and only with other women. Women can be beaten without cause. Women must cover their entire bodies and wear hijabs or burkas, which turn them into “non-persons.” Women cannot drive a car or ride a bicycle. They have no say in the politics of a country.

“A whopping 78 percent of Muslim women do not work, receive state support, and free accommodations. Another 63 percent of male Muslims do not work, receive state support, and free housing. State supported Muslim families with an average of 6 to 8 kids receive free accommodations. Today, every school in the UK is required to teach Islam.” (Source: Professor Stewart Hulbert, San Diego State University.)

In other words, Great Britain pays for a religion that displaces its own citizens. What few understand is this face: Islam works toward total world dominance. It teaches its adherents to lie in order to make inroads into any country. Its prime directive is, “Convert or kill all non-believers.” (Source: Qur’an)

So, when Muslim Barack Obama said that he was out to “change” America fundamentally, he meant it.

If you look around you, we jumped from 300 Mosques and 100,000 Muslims in 1990, to well over 4.0 million Muslims in America in 2024. Their goal is to reach 20 to 30 million by 2050. With THAT many numbers, they can and will take over entire cities. They will form Islamic caliphates within American that have nothing to do with America.

One look at Detroit, Michigan in the past month with their 300,000 imported Syrian Muslims, they have been chanting, “Death to America” in meetings to support the Hamas terrorists who slaughtered 1,200 women and children on October 7, 2023.

If you look at the audacity and violence of Muslims at our major universities, you’re seeing a “fundamental change” in America. What is that change? We’re being changed or devolved into a third world country. We’re being driven back to the 6^th century when Mohammod the Prophet raped, killed, beheaded and generally created the savagery of Islam.

If you look at “Somaliland” in Minneapolis, Minnesota, you see 125,000 Somalian Muslims living off American taxpayers’ dollars for food, housing, medical care and more. Because they carry an average IQ of 68, they have totally trashed the school systems. Why? Anyone with that low an IQ, lacks any interest in educational pursuits. Additionally, they simply cannot perform or pass tests in math, science, physics or any STEM subjects.

If you look at George Washington University, those same Muslims draped the Palestinian flag over a statue of the “George Washington,” the Father of Our Country. They desecrated it beyond recognition. Do they care about our country or about any Americans? What do you think?

If you look at the history of Islam from the 6^th century, it has not changed into a civil or intelligent religion. It’s based on a political religious system that tolerates no other religions and no other thought processes. If you look at Iran, that country provides the most terror in the world. One look at Europe shows you a total disintegration of Western Ideals, laws and civility.

Obama wants to “fundamentally change” by importing more Muslims. If you look at what his “stepchild” Biden has done, look no further than our southern “border”, which is no longer a border. Biden invited 12 million illegal aliens, terrorists, drug cartels, criminals, nut cases and worse into our country in the past 41 months.

How do you think they will “fundamentally change or transform” our country?

While we’re seeing our country turn into a cesspool of criminals, Congress does NOTHING to stop the president or the illegals.

You must ask yourself, “Would I want my wife and children to live in Detroit, Michigan to be forced to read the Qur’an at school, obey Sharia Law, watch honor killings, have my female children suffer female genital mutilation, wear Burkas or hijabs, be unable to swim with boys, wear a pajama to swim, be dubbed at ½ the value of a male, and another dozen atrocities beyond comprehension?”

If I were an American woman, “Would I want my husband to take four wives? Would I like him to beat me at any whim? Would I like being forced to stay in the house unless accompanied by another male from my house? Would I like myself to be forced into female genital mutilation? Would I like my daughters going to school with classes dominated by Somalian students? How much education would my children receive?”

How did it feel when you heard the news report, “Death to America” from all those pro-Hamas Muslim supporters? Did you ask yourself, “How could they say that inside the greatest and freest country on this planet?”

All Americans better start asking themselves these questions because the citizens of Great Britain didn’t. Now look where they find themselves.

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

The War To End All Wars

By Rob Pue

May 5, 2024

It seems like a lot of people just can’t hardly wait for war. From mainstream news media to even the best of alternative news sources, commentators and pundits, everyone seems to be salivating at the idea of World War Three.

I find it interesting to note that during World War 1, we didn’t call it “World War 1,” because we didn’t recognize it as the first of many. It was first called the “European War.” Then American newspapers called it “World War.” And the British called it the “Great War.” Soldiers fighting and families left at home had no idea they were fighting “World War 1.” Then, it was FDR who first used the term “World War 2” in 1941. But soldiers fighting and those at home didn’t realize they were fighting “World War 2” until Roosevelt named it that. But today, people seem so eager for World War 3. Even regular, everyday citizens seemed giddy at the idea of World War 3. It’s on everyone’s minds and it seems virtually inevitable.

As we look at current world events, it does appear that a war to engulf the globe has already been set in motion. Like wars we’ve seen in the past, alliances are being formed. The BRICS nations, consisting of Brazil, Russia, India, China, South Africa, Ethiopia, Iran and the United Arab Emirates have been in allegiance since 2009. Also at that table, you could add North Korea, Iraq, Turkey, Syria and Afghanistan.

Western countries, which were formerly allies, are significantly less organized and unfortunately, they’re all facing great internal turmoil, economic depression, massive immigration problems with people from enemy countries being welcomed in and catered to — for some reason — by their own governments. There’s no doubt that what one might call the “Axis of Evil” nations today are much better prepared and propped up by self-proclaimed Globalist New World Order “elites” than are countries like the United States, Britain, France, and even Germany.

Western nations are literally being invaded by citizens from the “Axis of Evil” — and the western nations are welcoming the invasions, supporting the invaders and weakening all their defenses — from military to public infrastructure, seemingly on purpose. This isn’t a “conspiracy theory.” It’s a conspiracy FACT.

Here in the US, the city of Minneapolis now plays the Islamic “call to prayer” over city loud speakers five times a day. The same happens in Michigan. Muslims who support the call of “Death to America” now serve in local, state and national governmental positions of power. Chinese nationals own much of the land in our nation and hold most of our debt. We rely on China for most everything we buy and use, including pharmaceutical drugs and food supplies.

On our college campuses, students have been brainwashed to prefer socialism over capitalism and are rallying against Israel and their own United States. And while the “Axis of Evil” nations are training their military for war, here in the US, our military focuses on recruiting homosexuals and “transgenders” and invests tax dollars on transgender “transitioning” drugs and surgeries, using the proper pronouns, re-educating those who don’t agree with these agendas and training recruits to submit to an increasingly “woke” mindset.

For years, we’ve heard about Chinese military training in Mexico and Central America. In just the past couple of years, we’ve learned the Chinese military is also training in Canada, just a stone’s throw away from our US borders. We’ve seen video footage of Chinese container ships converted to ballistic missile launchers and loaded with ammunition, just off our western seacoast. Not to mention the millions of military-age single men, all from hostile nations, crossing our borders — some even stating openly that they’re here on a military mission.

We’ve also seen the self-proclaimed “elites” — the New World Order Globalists — spending enormous amounts to construct underground bunkers for themselves, here in the US and around the world. They’re stockpiling food and supplies for themselves, and they’ve been doing that for at least the last year or so. Obviously, they believe something big is on the horizon and they’re preparing.

Meanwhile, when the average American patriot suggests that we should all be “prepping” for coming disaster, we’re labeled, once again, as “conspiracy theorists,” “right-wing wackos,” and worse, by the mainstream media, on social media and by the ignorant general public.

The last presidential election here in this country deepened the tremendous amount of division among our citizenry. Any thinking person can easily examine and analyze what took place and come to the obvious conclusion that the election was blatantly stolen, regardless of what George Soros’-funded legislators, district attorneys and attorneys general will pronounce publicly. And so, there are many ignorant souls out there today who really believe the last election was completely legitimate — despite overwhelming evidence that we’re now a banana republic ruled by tyrants bent on the destruction of our nation.

That being said, there’s no doubt that this year’s election will be the most significant ever in American history. And along with that, will come more division, more hatred, more rioting, burning and devastation from the Left. But this time, American Patriots will likely rise up as well, rather than continuing to bow to the one-sided “rule of law.” Patriots aren’t going to let what happened last time happen again. They won’t stand for it. They won’t allow it.

So this year — leading up to November, but especially afterwards — is going to be one of chaos and war within our borders, among our own people. When the foreign enemies who’ve now been settled in and well-funded and supplied by the Regime in power get involved, it’s not going to be good. America is at its weakest point in history right now. It’s only going to grow weaker once the fighting begins within our borders.

When that happens, we’ll be ripe for the picking of those foreign enemies in and outside our borders, who are, even right now as I speak, training for a specific operation…World War 3.

I’d urge you to not be so quick to wish World War 3 upon us, because it’s not going to be anything like you can imagine now. If you’re thinking of a “Red Dawn” scenario, where a few bands of patriotic vigilantes can camp out in the woods and win our freedom back with a few shotguns, you’re just plain clueless.

When it happens, Patriots are going to be up against the most sophisticated weaponry in the world. I’m not just talking about night vision goggles here. I’m talking drone technology, the likes of which you and I have no idea. I’m talking about infrared heat cameras that can locate and pinpoint human beings hiding anywhere, and weapons that can eliminate them, fired by enemy combatants on the other side of the world.

Imagine losing your electricity — rolling blackouts are already going on in parts of our country and will only grow worse as the regime continues to press it’s “net zero” agenda under the false narrative of “climate change.” No power. No water. No food in the stores. No communications. No phones. No internet. Cars will not operate — electric or otherwise. Local police and sheriff departments will be no match for hordes of foreign enemies marching on our land with operational, tactical vehicles. Even our military will be no match for these enemies.

And the enemies are already here, embedded in cities and towns, large and small, all across the United States. Thousands more are being welcomed in daily, even as they’re encouraged to “vote for Biden” when they get here, so the border can remain open.

During World War 2, our nation came together, united as one. Our people at home sacrificed, rationed things, bought war bonds, scrimped and saved everything to support our faithful soldiers, sailors, airmen and marines. Today, our nation is so divided — and deliberately divided — there will be no national unity. Amid the World War, we’ll also be fighting one another in a new “Civil War.” And a house divided against itself cannot stand.

I’m sorry to say, friends, we’ve already lost this battle. By being so passive, by allowing things like the stolen election of four years ago to stand; by allowing the rioting and devastation of groups like Black Lives Matter and ANTIFA to happen with no pushback — our police officers ordered to “stand down” and “let them burn it all down;” even by standing by and doing nothing as the statues and monuments of our American history and heritage were removed from public, and by allowing political dissidents of the Regime to be persecuted and jailed while most of us did nothing, we’ve invited the coming tragedy upon ourselves. It’s our own fault.

We should be, right now, weeping and mourning and repenting in sackcloth and ashes, begging God’s forgiveness for our personal sins and our national sins. Such a thing would begin in the churches across this land, but alas, the churches have also been overtaken by the socialism and communism of the Social Justice movement. Pastors, who have so much power available to them — if only they had an ounce of courage to use it — have refused to stand against the evil and therefore, their followers have refused to stand for anything. Most Americans today have no idea what the Word of God says. No idea Who Jesus Christ is, and certainly no idea the horrors that await them when their comfort, luxury and ease are suddenly removed and they’re faced with starvation, famine and the loss of every single thing they’ve put their trust and security in, in this world.

“If My people, who are called by My name, will humble themselves and pray and seek My face and turn from their wicked ways, then I will hear from heaven, and I will forgive their sin and will heal their land.” There’s no political solution to all this. Don’t count on Donald Trump to save you — or our country. There’s one Savior, and that is the Lord, Jesus Christ. Judgment begins first in the house of the Lord, and I dare say it will be the Christians who are eliminated first as our enemies overtake us — from within and from without. Because most today are “Christians” in name only. Their “fire insurance faith” will not spare them from what’s about to happen. Instead, after horrific and violent deaths, most will stand before the Lord only to hear the words, “Depart from Me, you workers of iniquity. I never knew you.”

Could it be that I’m dead wrong on all these things? Well, I can tell you I’m 100% right on much of what I’ve stated here. I’ve told you about Global conspiracy FACTS, not theories. Of course, there’s much we don’t know yet…and won’t know until it plays out. But is there a chance God might spare this nation and heal our land? Yes, but it would require God’s professing people to take 2 Chronicles 7:14 seriously and put out an urgent, clarion call all across this country. It would take an enormous, concerted effort on the part of pastors and churches and the people in the pews, humbling themselves before Almighty God, while there’s still time. Sadly, I won’t hold my breath on that… Americans are too consumed with comfort and ease. Too self-absorbed to take the Word of God seriously. They’re busy planning their next vacation, busy with their sports and entertainment. They have no time for God. Certainly, no intention to humble themselves, pray, seek God’s face and turn from their wicked and selfish ways.

The soldiers in World War 1 didn’t know they were fighting “World War 1” when it was happening. Those in World War 2 didn’t know it was World War 2 when it began. There will be no doubt when World War 3 goes hot. It truly will be the “War to end all wars.” Friends, those of you who will, be in prayer for this nation. Be in prayer for those you love. I believe God will protect and provide for those who are truly His, but none of us will escape persecution. I urge you to draw close to God today, and bring as many souls with you as you can. Our time is growing short, and we have but one Savior.

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

In the Twinkling of an Eye

by Rolaant McKenzie

May 5, 2024

One of the most popular episodes, called Nothing in the Dark (Season 3, Episode 16, 1/5/1962), in Rod Serling’s famous television series The Twilight Zone tells the story of Wanda Dunn, a frail old woman living in a dark basement studio apartment, the last resident of an old, ramshackle tenement long vacated by her neighbors. She mostly remains isolated in her apartment because she fears Death will take her if she opens the door or goes outside. She had convinced herself that as long as she did not let Death enter her home, she would remain alive.

One cold night, Wanda is awakened by a commotion outside. Harold Beldon, a young police officer, is shot in an apparent fight with a suspect and lays in the snow just outside her door. As Wanda listens through the door, Harold cries out to her that he is dying and pleads for help. She is unable to call for emergency medical assistance because she has no phone. Wanda is initially afraid and unwilling to open the door, thinking that it is a trick by Death to let him in, but Harold’s continued pleas for help prick her heart. She yields to her compassion, opens the door, helps Harold to her bed, and tends to his wounds.

Because she touched him and did not die, she believed that Harold was not Death in disguise. She shared with Harold that her initial reluctance to help him was because some time before she saw Death in the form of a man take an old woman’s life by just touching her, and that she had seen him many times with different faces.

The following morning, a man identifying himself as a building contractor pushes through the door, causing Wanda to faint in terror. When she regains consciousness, the man apologizes and explains that he is tasked with demolishing the building in an hour. He said that notice of this demolition was given some time ago and that she should have moved out long before this day. He tried to convince her that his work was necessary and good because tearing down the old, dilapidated building paves the way for new and much better dwelling spaces. He told Wanda that if she did not leave, he would have to call the police. She turns to Harold for help, but the contractor, not seeing him, leaves to call the police.

When Wanda looks in a mirror and does not see Harold’s reflection, she realizes that he has come to take her from this life. With a kind smile, he tells her that he arranged the circumstances of their meeting to gain her trust and convince her that he means no harm. Wanda recoils, frightened, but Harold tells her that what she really fears is the unknown. He assures her that she has nothing to fear and that he is there to take her to a new and better life.

Harold gets up from the bed, showing no signs of injury, and gently encourages Wanda to trust him and take his hand. When she finally takes his hand, she does not realize that anything has changed until she finds herself standing over her own dead body. Then Wanda, arm in arm with Harold, walks through the door outside into the sunlight and new life.

Ever since the rebellion against God of our first parents, Adam and Eve, sin and death have become part of the fabric of this world. It is a common saying that death is a part of life, but it was not an original part of God’s creation. Indeed, it is an enemy that separates us from our familiar life under the sun, our loved ones, and friends (Genesis 2:15-17; 1 Corinthians 15:26; Revelation 21:1-4). Like Wanda Dunn, we know this instinctively, and along with the fear of the unknown, it often produces a dread of death that causes us to do everything we can to avoid it.

Charles Blondin (February 28, 1824 – February 22, 1897) was a French tightrope walker and acrobat who did exhibitions in Britain, Ireland, and the United States. His exceptional skill brought him such fame that his name became synonymous with tightrope walking.

Blondin was most famous for his tightrope walks across the Niagara Gorge on the United States-Canada border in 1859, where he walked on a 3.25-inch-thick, 1,100-foot-long rope 160 feet above the Niagara River. On one occasion, he walked across blindfolded. On another, he carried a stove midway, sat down, and cooked and ate an omelet. And yet again, he pushed a wheelbarrow.

It was on the occasion that Blondin successfully pushed the wheelbarrow that he asked for a volunteer to get into it and take a ride across the gorge. Though the amazed audience acknowledged his ability to do this and other daring feats, no one believed in it to the point of getting into the wheelbarrow. However, his manager, Harry Colcord, at another exhibition at the Niagara Gorge, climbed onto Blondin’s back, and he carried him safely across the gorge.

Because Jesus bore on His back the cross, shed His blood to pay in full the penalty of our sins, and rose again as conqueror of the grave, all who climb onto His back by faith need not fear death. As Colcord trusted Blondin to carry him on the tightrope across the turbulent waters in the gorge below, even more so can we trust in Jesus, the risen Savior, to carry us safely across the valley of the shadow of death (Psalm 23:4) to the home He has prepared for us (John 14:1-6).

All who truly believe in Jesus and act on it by taking His hand by faith need not be terrorized by death. As Wanda’s fear was overcome and she believed Harold by taking his hand to enter, in the twinkling of an eye, the doorway to new life, so all who believe in Jesus will, when He comes for them, leave a decayed dwelling to be torn down and enter the eternal dwelling God has prepared for them in heaven (2 Corinthians 5:1-8).

“Behold, I tell you a mystery; we will not all sleep, but we will all be changed, in a moment, in the twinkling of an eye, at the last trumpet; for the trumpet will sound, and the dead will be raised imperishable, and we will be changed. For this perishable must put on the imperishable, and this mortal must put on immortality. But when this perishable will have put on the imperishable, and this mortal will have put on immortality, then will come about the saying that is written, “DEATH IS SWALLOWED UP in victory. O DEATH, WHERE IS YOUR VICTORY? O DEATH, WHERE IS YOUR STING?” The sting of death is sin, and the power of sin is the law; but thanks be to God, who gives us the victory through our Lord Jesus Christ.” (1 Corinthians 15:51-57)

The path of your life can change in the twinkling of an eye. Later today or tomorrow is not promised. Trust in Jesus today, be forgiven of all your sins, be at peace with God, and enter a new and better life in truth — eternal life.

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

Website: http://www.gospeloutreach.net/

Dying to Your Flesh – Session 3

By Pastor Glynn Adams

May 5, 2024

This is my final article on dying to your flesh. I shall recap what we have learned and I remind you that you must deal with your flesh nature inherited from the fall of Adam. Failure to do so means Satan will rule you by your flesh and your spiritual life will not go well. Misery and frustration will follow you and you will be most miserable because the way of flesh is death and following your Spirit is life and peace!!!

The Spirit of God which we receive when we accept Christ as Lord and Savior desires to obey God. Your flesh and spirit are at war with one another. In Galatians 5:16-25, the Bible lists the fruit of the flesh and the Spirit. After we confess our sin, God has a “process” for us to deal with our flesh.The Bible says, “flesh must die” by taking up our cross daily and Satan is always saying “flesh come alive.”

Now I want to quicken your memory from Sessions 1 and 2 Until you are willing to hear what God has to say about His law, you will never know true freedom nor will you have understanding about the powers of darkness. Jesus said, “Think not that I am come to destroy the law, or the prophets, I am not come to destroy but to fulfill.” (Matthew 5:17)

Since Jesus came to fulfill the law, we need to know first what the law is really saying. Jesus answered this in Matthew 22:37-40, “Thou shall love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, with all thy soul, and with all thy mind. This is the first and great commandment. And the second is like unto it, “Thou shalt love thy neighbor as thyself. On these two commandments hang all the law and the prophets.”

What the law is really saying is that if you do these two things, love God supremely and love your neighbor as yourself, you have fulfilled the law and are no longer a law breaker. But this is impossible without Jesus Christ because of our bondage to our selfish, self-centered flesh nature which must die. Since Jesus did not abolish the law, then what does the law do today? The law stands today to bring judgment upon all sin. The law brings the wrath of God (Romans 4;15). The law brings a curse (Galatians 3:13). The law as a ministry of death (2 Corinthians 3:7), and the law is a ministry of condemnation (2 Corinthians 3:9). All these things come upon law breakers. Are we in the New Testament?

Who are the law breakers? They are those who do not walk in love and cannot walk in love. Their minds are set upon this world system and the things their heart love. “For the mind set on the flesh is death but the mind set on the Spirit is life and peace, because the mind set on the (carnal) (fleshly) mind is hostile towards God: for it does not subject itself to the law of God (which commands us to walk in love) for it is not even able to do so for those who are IN THE FLESH cannot please God.” (Romans 8:6-8) So, if anyone loves their flesh nature, they refuse to love God with all their heart and love others as themselves. They choose to walk in the image of Satan.

I am not in any way saying that righteousness and holiness come by obeying the law. Paul makes that clear in Galatians 2:21, “I do not nullify the grace of God; for if righteousness comes through the Law, then Christ died needlessly.” However, this does not release us from the law that tells us that we must love others as we love ourselves. Jesus came to fulfill this law by perfecting the God-kind of love in us.

To put this in real plain English so it can be understood if someone loves his neighbor as himself, he will not kill his neighbor, commit adultery against his neighbor’s wife, steal from his neighbor, not bear false witness against his neighbor. Understand those who still love their flesh nature, which is the nature of Satan, refuse to obey God’s law and the law stands in judgment today against all rebellion. Paul said, “For not the hearers of the law are just before God, but the doers of the law shall be justified.” (Romans 2:13)

I surely hope you understand that God is commanding us to walk in love. The wages of sin are death. If we die to our flesh nature, then we can walk in this kind of love that God commands but not if we are in bondage to our selfish desires of the flesh nature. When we die to our fleshly ways, then we manifest the nature of God when we love God and our neighbor as ourself.

In Session 2, we put anger on the cross. Today, I will use unforgiveness. Let’s say someone hurts your feelings. You immediately come into agreement with God that unforgiveness is wrong and carries with it severe consequences from God. Unforgiveness must die. It is simply choosing your spirit man over your flesh. In Ephesians 4:27, it says we are not to give the devil an opportunity. Ephesians 6:11 says, “Put on the full armor of God that you may be able to stand firm against the schemes of the devil.”

There are schemes of Satan and his forces of darkness that are destroying people and Christians every day tearing down their minds, and their wills. That is why God put all this in the Bible that we can take authority; yes, every Christian has been given authority in Jesus Name, over these schemes and works of Satan.

Let me give you one scheme of Satan and that is un-forgiveness. 2 Corinthians 2:10-11, Paul forgave “In order that no advantage be taken of us by Satan; for we are not ignorant of his schemes.” The forces of darkness are around us all the time looking to gain ground in us. Before we got saved, our flesh was un-forgiving. But when we repented, we broke our old covenant with Satan, and we now have a new Master, and we now walk in forgiveness. This new covenant is written on our heart that we will obey God.

When you come into a situation where you are hurt by a friend or anyone, immediately and every time, the forces of darkness are there to talk to your mind to build a case against that person. Once in covenant with your friend, Satan wants you to stay hurt and angry with your friend and in un-forgiveness. These evil forces are talking to you building a case against your friend, “Your friend, shouldn’t have said that about you. All that you have done for him and he said that about you.” As a Christian, you are to obey 2 Cor. 10:3-5, and take those thoughts captive to the obedience of Christ and out of your spiritual will, forgive your friend. However, if you do not immediately forgive, your flesh will be angry at your friend, and you will scheme how you can get back at him.

Do you know why God says in Romans 12:19, “Vengeance is Mine saith the Lord; I will repay?” All God wants us to do is love. If we take vengeance, we have to take the weapons of the flesh – hate, anger, revenge, un-forgiveness, resentment, bitterness, and violence. Plus, when we take vengeance, our flesh is offended which is supposed to be dead. “Great peace have they which love thy Word and nothing shall offend them.” (Psalms 119:165) HATH GOD REALLY SAID?!!!

What did Jesus say in Mathew, “Take up your cross and deny yourself?” The way we deny ourselves is to deny our flesh. Christians!! – we have a will and we can give it to whomever we wish. You will know them by what? “Their fruit.” Forgiveness is an act of our Spirit and will; un-forgiveness is an act of our flesh. Why does God want us to forgive others? There is nothing that anyone can do to us that is greater than what we did to Jesus Christ. Our sins put Him on the cross, and yet He has forgiven us.

Remember in Matthew 18:21-35 when Peter asked Jesus how many times do I forgive someone, seven times? Jesus said, “Seventy times seven.” Which means you never stop forgiving? Then Jesus told the parable of a man who was forgiven but would not forgive someone else? What did Jesus say to that man? “You wicked slave. I forgave you so you should have forgiven also? His lord, moved with anger, handed him over to the torturers until he should repay all that was owed him. So shall My heavenly Father also do to you, if each of you does not forgive his brother from your heart.” Is this plain? If we do not forgive from our heart, our heavenly Father will not forgive us and will turn us over to the torturers.

That is what you get when you don’t forgive – torment from Satan and his demons. There is more on eternal consequences. In Matthew 6:14, “For if you forgive men for their transgressions, your heavenly Father will also forgive you. But if you do not forgive men, then your Heavenly Father will not forgive your transgressions.” Are we talking about Christians here? Does this help your fear of God to obey Him and resist these forces of darkness? Do you see the importance of taking thoughts captive, the importance of dying to your flesh and crucifying the flesh?

Here is a big benefit we get when we die to our flesh. I Peter 4:1-2 says, “Therefore since Christ has suffered in the flesh, arm yourself with the same purpose because he who has suffered in the flesh has ceased from sin.” So, when Jesus was tempted to sin, I Peter 4:1, says His flesh suffered for He did not sin. It is good for your flesh to suffer because that means you did not sin and your spirit man is prevailing and you are again walking in the Spirit. You choose God’s way over your flesh which causes your flesh to suffer. It is a lot more to Christianity than going to a church building on Sunday!!!

It is about “changing your life” to walk in the Spirit and no longer in the flesh. It’s about a war but we will always triumph in Jesus’ Name if we are faithful in His process. To ignore your flesh and its fruit will guarantee you a life in the flesh which is spiritual death, frustration and defeat. Instead of being under the rule of God, when you remain in the flesh, you will continuously be under the rule and temptation of Satan. Change comes hard and slow but God knows your heart and will give you grace in His “process.” Unlike your flesh, God wants you to succeed.

Taking thoughts captive is part of Spiritual Warfare. Paul talks in Ephesians 6:10-18 about flaming darts. These are thoughts put in our mind by Satan or his demons. Even been minding your own business and these thoughts (some can be vile), suggestions, or ideas come to you? We must discern if these are from God or Satan. That is why Paul says in 2 Corinthians 10:5, “and we are taking every thought captive to the obedience of Christ.”

If these thoughts line up with the Word of God, then they are of God and you can obey. But if they don’t, you are to take them captive and resist them. “To resist means to openly oppose.” “I resist you Satan in the Name of Jesus and I do not receive these thoughts.” God dealt with this in Isaiah 65:2, “I have spread out My hands all day long to a rebellious people who walk in the way which is not good, following their own thoughts.” Remember David the King of Israel and instead of in the spring when Kings went to war, King David stayed at home. He went out on his porch and saw this beautiful woman. “But each one is tempted when he is carried away and enticed by his own lust. Then when lust has conceived, it gives birth to sin; and when sin is accomplished, it brings forth death.” King David should have taken those thoughts, imaginations, and lust captive to the obedience of his God. The King had a flesh problem!!!

Renewing your mind is talked about by Paul. Romans 12:2b, “And do not be conformed to this world but be transformed by the renewing of your mind.” How do you renew your mind and what is the purpose of it? The neglect of the developmental process for inner life – soul care – has stunted the spiritual growth and potential of many Christians in America and around the world. Soul care has to do with the special things that we do to cooperate with the life God gave to us in the new birth. We must want and we must learn to develop and actualize the Holy Spirit’s empowering so as to grow as quickly and fully as possible into the likeness of Christ. Each Christian is responsible for their “soul care” but it sure would help if the pastors would provide the flock of God some leadership.

When we get saved, born of water and spirit, God washes us by His water and by His Spirit and we are made alive to God. It is an instantaneous event. God frees us from sin, we are delivered and the blood of Jesus washes away our past. He gives us a new nature and life and for the first time we are alive unto God. We feel things we didn’t feel before, hearing things we never heard, and sense things we never sensed before and this desire comes to us instantaneously, “I want to do the right thing – I want to live for God.” That happens in a moment – you are perfected and it cannot be increased or improved upon.

However, we are created a living soul. In our soul is our mind. The Bible says don’t be conformed to this world anymore but now that you have been saved in your Spirit, be transformed by the renewing of your soul (mind). The Word is the water. You sat down in a quiet place every day and as you read the Word, it washes out the soul (mind) with the water of the Word to get rid of all the junk and rebellion that is there. So, my Spirit has an instantaneous experience in salvation but my soul (mind) is being washed is a journey.

This is your daily time with God in the Word of God and this transformation of your life did not come when you prayed for salvation – transformation comes when you change your thinking. Our thinking changes as our soul (mind) is washed with the water of the Word of God. “As a man thinketh in his heart so is he.” Not as a man thinketh in his spirit but as he thinketh in his heart. (The heart here is not the one that pumps blood –your heart is your soul.)

We are body, soul, and spirit. Our real wealth does not lie in our body. It is the house we live in. The real self is our soul. This is what Jesus is talking about when He ask the question, “For what will a man profit if he gains the whole world and forfeits his soul? Or what will a man give in exchange for his soul?” (Mathew 16:26) Losing your soul here is not a soul headed for hell. The Greek Word used here is “zemios” which means damaged or not fully developed. Christians can gain the whole world but be the loser and not profitable if you failed to fully develop your soul. An individual’s capacity to choose is his or her most God-like characteristic.

When God designed us, he gave us the ability and the right to make decisions. He will not force us to do anything. UNTIL I CHOOSE TO DO WHAT GOD HAS ORDERED FOR MY SPIRITUAL WELL-BEING, I WILL NOT BE A HEALTHY, GROWING SOUL. Sermons, desires, and understanding of God’s truths do not change us. It is my choice to act on those sermons, desires, and understanding of God’s truths that makes the difference in changing us. If my soul is not healthy, I lose the ability to make that choice. Until we spend time before God in His Word and let it wash out the junk and rebellion from our soul, in order to be transformed by the renewing of our mind, little can be done to change us. We must make the decision to spend the time being transformed by the Word. By making the decision and choosing to do the will of God by renewing your mind, you release God to do what He alone can do in your life.

WAKE UP BODY OF CHRIST – God bless, I remain your servant and watchman, Glynn Adams (Thanks to the late Milt Green and his teaching on dying to the flesh, taking thoughts captive, and renewing your mind, and the late Peter Lord and his book, “Soul Care.”

E-Mail Glynn Adams: glynnadams@sbcglobal.net

Super Important: Conservatives Vote in May’s Primary Election and Vote out Traitors

By Oregon State Senator, Dennis Linthicum

May 4, 2024

In the midst of this Primary season, attempting to enumerate the failures and bankrupt ideas spilling from the Democrat Party is tough. The rising costs associated with our state’s regulatory burdens, needless legislation and up-scale bureaucratic army is terrible and it is hurting people, their lives and livelihoods. It harms producers, manufacturers, businesses, farms and families in both metro and rural areas.

We need to elect courageous people to both Congress and our own state legislature. We need them to push back against incompetent extravagances and fight against unnecessary taxes, endless spending, and needless regulations.

As we are learning daily, these issues are complex and finely woven traps that are difficult to recognize at first. They are baited traps none-the-less – laced with enticing incentives, coated in feel-good rhetoric, and carefully hammered through the majority party’s brutally efficient committee hearings. Many of these financial injustices have now become part of the fabric of our lives, but isn’t that the point? We have become so accustomed to, or so enamored with some program or another, that most of us don’t remember why it was done in the first place.

These issues can no longer be shrugged off.

Recently I have been reading about France’s famed Maginot line and its speedy collapse under a military and propaganda onslaught. William Shirer was a CBS radio correspondent in Berlin for six years. He provides us with well-reasoned details in his first-person account. His analysis weaves the tragic events happening on the front with what was happening among the city-dwellers.

Although Shirer wasn’t among the soldiers, or riding on top of a tank, his books are filled with tremendous technical details that coincide with his observations from the propaganda ministries. His book includes information that was released after the allied forces gained access to a treasure trove of resources in the Third Reich’s secret archives. Shirer understands the importance of these unique details and relates them to his own first-hand experiences.

Shirer routinely dealt with censors who banned, canceled or demanded word-changes whenever he tried to share his forthright and honest thoughts. This is not unlike our modern era.

During his years as a war correspondent, Shirer was uniformly censored and denied access to relevant information. His ability to share intricate details was reviewed on a daily basis and then routinely denied. He was stuck in Germany with the ability to see the truth but forbidden from sharing it.

Still, Shirer wrote his experiences down. He exercised his freedom by keeping a diary. He documented his thoughts and recorded his first-hand experiences. He knew the bureaucratic enterprise couldn’t control the inner workings of his heart.

After-all, he was certain of one fact – his understanding of right and wrong. He knew appropriate from inappropriate, male from female, fact from fiction and propaganda. He was not willing to allow himself (or us as readers) to be led away by a, “weird mixture of the irresponsible, megalomaniacal ideas which erupted from German thinkers during the nineteenth century.”

Observations

Shirer makes several observations that I’ll quote below. I’ll let you draw your own meaningful conclusions. The following quotes are from Shirer’s own hand and found within the first two pages of his forward in The Collapse of the Third Republic – France 1940, William L. Shirer:

How did it come about, “that a cultured, Christian people lapsed into barbarism in the midst of the twentieth century, gladly abandoning their freedoms and the ordinary decencies of human life and remaining strangely indifferent to the savagery with which they treated other nations, other races”?

Nor did the public realize how it was being poisoned and misled, not only by Fascist-minded leaders and newspapers, small in number but growing in influence, who on ideological grounds … were being manipulated by German agents and German money. True, the government and the press failed to impress this upon them.

“… the genial ‘Francophile’ German agent in Paris, was effective, easily penetrating political, business, social and cultural circles; he worked tirelessly at winning their sympathies.”

“… engineered trips with all expenses paid, for numerous politicians, intellectuals, industrialists, and leaders of the war veterans’ groups to Germany, where they were wined, dined, and otherwise feted, and fed with Nazi propaganda.”

“… obtained lucrative contracts for French writers to have their books translated and published in Germany.”

“… arranged interviews for French journalists with Hitler so that the Fuehrer could reiterate that he wished only peace and friendly relations with France.”

“The German agents at this time didn’t buy newspapers. They bought journalists. It was cheaper. And it was more effective.”

“In the last resort and particularly in a representative democracy, the people are responsible”

Are we seeing the same level and type of relentless, big-moneyed corruption? Am I the only one that can sense the ominous signs? Don’t we all recognize that something is wrong?

It seems we go to work, come home, play with the kids, rinse and repeat. I’m not complaining, I think life is beautiful, but the corruption flowing from government authority is near universal. Can’t our learned-academics or our political elites see themselves? Can’t they hear the ridiculously old and worn-out phrases blubbering from their lips? How do men and women of common-sense and traditional values continue?

They fight back!

They will not be the ones found quietly hiding under their bedsheets. They are the brave and courageous, both young and old, who are willing to stand for the things that are right, good, true and beautiful.

Every day, I meet them. The working men and women in our communities, the people who have had enough. They don’t need anything but to be left alone. They are the ones still standing. They are the ones standing against our cultural bosses who are still shoveling their same old mix of weird, irresponsible, megalomaniacal ideas (otherwise known has BS).

Join us! Will you pledge to stand for truth to prevent our culture from drowning under the corruption spilling from Oregon’s own?

Each of us can contribute to our Freedom Agenda.

What are your skills? Where do you fit into the puzzle? Can you join with other like-minded individuals? Are you willing to speak up and share your ideas with your family, neighbors and friends?

Now is our time – Help your community see the dangers of wandering blindly towards a cliff which we know is right beyond the corner.

The Primary election is May 21st.

Conservatives must elect strong, consistent Republicans who will courageously stand firm and true. We don’t need any more go-along, get-along politicians, statists, or bureaucrats who will ignore the Constitution, their constituents and their responsibility to our kids and grandkids.

Your support is vital and necessary!

E-Mail Dennis Linthicum: sen.DennisLinthicum@gmail.com

Stakeholder Capitalism: A global economy that works for the global elite

by Kathleen Marquardt

May 4, 2024

This is a critique of Wiley.com’s description of Klaus Schwab and Peter Vanham’s Stakeholder Capitalism: A Global Economy that Works for Progress, People, and Planet. Quotes from Wiley are in bold italics. Wiley is a publishing company that specializes in education and research.

Reimagining our global economy so it becomes more sustainable and prosperous for all[1]

“Our global economic system is broken. But we can replace the current picture of global upheaval, unsustainability, and uncertainty with one of an economy that works for all people, and the planet. First, we must eliminate rising income inequality within societies where productivity and wage growth has slowed. Second, we must reduce the dampening effect of monopoly market power wielded by large corporations on innovation and productivity gains. And finally, the short-sighted exploitation of natural resources that is corroding the environment and affecting the lives of many for the worse must end.”

Schwab and the rest of the global elite/deep state do intend to replace the current picture of the global condition. But, in order to do that, they had to produce the global upheaval, unsustainability, and uncertainty to destroy the free-market capital system, the agricultural system that fed much of the world, and the sound political governance that was a beacon to the rest of the world.

To “eliminate rising income inequality,” Schwab et al have been destroying the economies of the Western world so they can then introduce the Universal Basic Income (for those non-elites – the useless eaters) who are left after the elite reduce the human population by 90% — a manageable size.

They then intend to “reduce the dampening effect of monopoly market power wielded by large corporations” – one of the tools they used to bring us to this state of economic chaos. Its usefulness will be over.

And finally, the short-sighted exploitation of natural resources that is corroding the environment and affecting the lives of many for the worse must end. These “short-sighted exploitations of natural resources” were also tools of the global elite designed to destroy farm and ranch land, forests — private property in any form. If you don’t understand this, go to americanpolicy.org and search any of these key words.

The debate over the causes of the broken economy—laissez-faire government, poorly managed globalization, the rise of technology in favor of the few, or yet another reason—is wide open.

Not even! Schwab and the rest of the global elites orchestrated the whole sick and twisted reinventing of, not only the U.S. government, but all Western governments in the world to bring down free enterprise, private property rights, and sound fiscal policy. Now that they are close to achieving their goal of one-world government, they are implementing policies that will finish the job. They have done the groundwork – destroying the U.S. federal government through reinvention – removing checks and balances, sending taxation sky high, opening our borders and welcoming the dregs and deranged of the world – while financing them and telling us to open our homes to them.

“Stakeholder Capitalism: A Global Economy that Works for Progress, People and Planet argues convincingly that if we don’t start with recognizing the true shape of our problems, our current system will continue to fail us. To help us see our challenges more clearly, Schwab—the Founder and Executive Chairman of the World Economic Forum—looks for the real causes of our system’s shortcomings, and for solutions in best practices from around the world in places as diverse as China, Denmark, Ethiopia, Germany, Indonesia, New Zealand, and Singapore. And in doing so, Schwab finds emerging examples of new ways of doing things that provide grounds for hope, including:

Individual agency: how countries and policies can make a difference against large external forces
A clearly defined social contract: agreement on shared values and goals allows government, business, and individuals to produce the most optimal outcomes”

The “share values” are the values that the global elite will force on those left to do their bidding. Believe me, they won’t be the same values the Schwab’s and elites will keep for themselves. And you can bet your sweet bippy that the “most optimal outcomes” will not be for those useful idiots they are keeping alive to do the elite’s bidding.

“Planning for future generations: short-sighted presentism harms our shared future, and that of those yet to be born”

This really takes the cake. As we watch them promote abortion (and abnormal behavior that cannot produce offspring, i.e., men becoming women (no uteruses there), gay sex (either two uteruses, no penises – or vice versa), and and and – you’ve seen the videos, you know where this is going. Only the elite will be making babies.

“Better measures of economic success: move beyond a myopic focus on GDP to more complete, human-scaled measures of societal flourishing”

This is truly a farce. Do you remember in the early 2010s when they invented Gross National Happiness to replace GDP? Yep, the “human-scaled measures of societal flourishing” records how happy you are when you own nothing. Schwab has been telling you that not owning things will make you happy. How many more times do you need that drilled into your peon/useless eater brain to swallow it and be happy (because that’s what you will be eating – useless memes).

“By accurately describing our real situation, Stakeholder Capitalism is able to pinpoint achievable ways to deal with our problems. Chapter by chapter, Professor Schwab shows us that there are ways for everyone at all levels of society to reshape the broken pieces of the global economy and—country by country, company by company, and citizen by citizen—glue them back together in a way that benefits us all.”

If you believe an iota of any of that, I have a piece of ocean-front property in Montana I will sell you – cheap.

E-Mail Kathleen Marquardt: koikpm@yahoo.com

Source:

[1] Stakeholder Capitalism: A Global Economy that Works for Progress, People and Planet

The Chinese Threat to Local Communities is Real

by Tom DeWeese

May 3, 2024

Do the citizens of a community have a right to take action to oppose the establishment of businesses that will negatively affect their way of life – especially if it’s a foreign source? And why are elected representatives ignoring the very people who put them in office to protect their rights? These are questions that need to be asked as every city, town, and rural area face a growing threat.

For the past several decades the communist regime in China has been driving toward world supremacy, both economically and militarily. The regime’s main target has been, and is, the United States of America. The latest tactic of the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) is to use the threat of Climate change to gain control of our American economy, our food supply, and our energy system.

To accomplish that feat, China has grabbed hold of the wind and solar industries, using its political influence, media contacts, and NGO allies to pressure Congress and state and city governments to impose wind and solar projects. On top of that, China is buying up thousands of acres of American farmland along with establishing factories to build the tools needed for the wind and solar scheme. According to a 2021 report from the Department of Agriculture, China now owns roughly 384,000 acres in the U.S. All of this gives China influence over every inch of America. And in many state legislatures and city councils elected representatives are just letting it happen.

It’s vital to make this fact clear – China is a communist dictatorship. There is no free market and there are no private corporations. All are controlled by the government — all for the growth and power of the communist dictatorship.

China is allied and works in partnership with the WEF to empower the Great Reset over OUR nation – not theirs. As China opens more and more coal mines for its own energy future, it is now on the march across this nation – pushing wind and solar as our only power sources. And while helping to destroy us – China gets rich from it.

Across America, vital farmland is being buried under millions of acres of solar panels and massive wind towers. Nothing else can grow on that land – including the food we need! Do not believe for a moment that these wind and solar farms are actually a saving grace to the environment — or that they are going to supply you with the electric power you need.

Wind and solar produce next to nothing in the way of energy. Once all other sources of power from oil, gas and nuclear are eliminated – at best these will produce about 4% of the power we need. And here’s a shocking new detail. When you have thousands of acres of solar panels lined up side-by-side, the materials they are made of actually cause warming!!! All in the name of stopping climate change!

Now add the fact that to produce the wind turbines and the solar panels it will take enormous amounts of oil, minerals, and energy to produce them. Almost all are controlled and supplied by China. Meanwhile, those turbine blades are not degradable, and they rarely last more than six years before falling apart. It’s the same with the solar panels. As you are being forced to recycle — imagine how fast millions of discarded wind turbine blades and solar panels will fill up landfills across the country – because they are NOT recyclable or degradable!

Biden has been leading a big drive to build offshore wind farms along most of the shoreline in this nation. Evidence is now beginning to come in that these wind towers are affecting sea life. Whales have begun washing ashore as their habitats are feeling the results of the towers turning above them. And fishermen are reporting that their industry is being damaged as sea life moves away from the towers that are affecting their habitats.

All of this goes with the destruction of the landscape and beautiful views that are being destroyed as these giant wind towers block the views. Of course the turbines – filled with oil – often explode and spew oil into the water, causing real environmental damage. Dare I mention what will happen to those towers in some really powerful hurricanes!?

And just for the record, CO2 is NOT a pollutant causing climate change. It is desperately needed by the trees and all other plants to thrive. History shows that when CO2 is higher – the land is greener. True science is revealing that the earth is entering a CO2 starvation. We need an average of 1,400 Parts Per Million (PPM) of CO2 to keep plants growing, but today, according to the U.S. Navy, we are at about 400 ppm. Disaster is on the horizon.

The carbon capture pipelines that are being spread across the nation are the most idiotic, and dangerous environmental program of all time. Eliminate CO2 from the atmosphere and you will succeed in turning Earth’s environment into that like Mars – bare of anything growing.

There is no indication of a human-caused warming taking place – perhaps except for these wrong-headed environmental policies. The air was much warmer in the 1930s than today. Climate change is the greatest hoax in human history.

In terms of saving the environment and providing us with electrical power – wind and solar are a joke. And China is laughing the hardest! Can you see the diabolical genius of the communist Chinese plan to force all of this on America? Losing our power source and the ability to feed ourselves makes us a very weak adversary against them.

And while China is pressuring us to be “environmentally correct” that communist nation is getting rich and powerful — because THEY are supplying the wind and solar machinery.

Across our nation, companies owned or controlled by the Chinese communist government are moving into communities, and many local governments are being tricked into believing these companies will bring in lots of new money for the community.

In a rural township in Michigan, plans are in place to build an electric vehicle battery plant, owned by a Chinese Communist party-linked company. The company is called Grotion, Inc. It’s a subsidiary of Grotion High Tech, which is owned by the Chinese Government.

The township had hastily approved a water line needed for the plant. But here’s the good news. People in Green Charter Township were so upset over the possibility of this Chinese-controlled plant that they voted out almost the entire incumbent township supervisors and elected a new board.

The new Supervisors’ first step was to rescind the water permit. One of the new supervisors told the media, “As township supervisor, my number one concern is protecting the interests of the people of Green Charter Township, and we will vigorously defend our township’s position on this. We might be a small community, but we refuse to be bullied.” Of course Grotion Inc has sued for breach of contract, but the Township intends to fight.

In Wisconsin, a wind company backed by an entity of the Chinese Communist Party is behind several wind projects in 16 communities. The company is called EDP Renewables. It pretends to be an American company, but its principal shareholder is Energias de Portugal, whose largest shareholder is the Chinese State-owned Assets Supervision and Administration Commission. Their webpage openly states that it “performs the responsibilities mandated by the Central Committee of the Chinese Communist Party.”

In both of these cases, state governments, including governors, are failing to support these communities and represent their citizens. In Michigan, Governor Gretchen Whitmer has signed HB5120 to take power over green energy projects from the local community government and give it to the Michigan Public Service Commission. Essentially, this bill has removed local control over land use. Again, state regulations are being used to eliminate local control, allowing the Chinese an open road for their scheme.

In Ohio, the small rural community of Pataskala is now threatened with the establishment of a massive solar panel assembly plant. It will employ over 800 people to assemble solar panels with all materials coming from China. Why is this a problem? Well, the lead company in the project, called Illuminate USA, isn’t really a company. It’s a shell designed to get around any future US regulations that would prevent a foreign company from owning property. 49% of Illuminate USA is owned by LONGI, a partner with Invenergy – a Chinese corporation.

A state organization called JobsOhio, which provided an undisclosed amount of incentives to locate the assembly plant in Pataskala, declared that Illuminate USA will be one of the largest solar assembly plants in the nation. It’s all a shill designed to pretend these solar panels are “American Made.” Of course, the mayor and city council of Pataskala just see dollar signs and are allowing this plant to move forward. According to a Wall Street Journal calculation, Illuminate USA could qualify for $350 million year in federal tax credits. It’s no surprise that, as Invenergy has hired a lobbyist to walk the halls of the Ohio Legislature, elected representatives have taken little interest in the issue.

Residents of Pataskala have risen up, protesting the plant. They have packed city council meetings, spread the word in the media, displayed yard signs, and held a large town hall meeting attended by over 200 people. They’ve done everything possible to get the attention of the mayor and city council to represent them and stop the plant. All they get is the mayor calling them “Radicals.”

Incredibly, the Mayor of Pataskala actually suggested that these residents and their efforts to oppose the Chinese influence in their community are receiving “dark money” to pay for their efforts! First, those activists haven’t spent a great deal of money. They have created yard signs, which they sell to pay for them. Some have donated small amounts of money for the effort. There is no massive expenditure – just concerned residents using word of mouth to spread the word. “Dark money” is a tool of the radical, rich, and powerful leftists. In all of my years as a conservative activist I have never seen a dime of dark money go to anyone promoting our ideals.

However, he organized attacks in the media have been relentless against the activists. The Columbus Dispatch, once a reputable news source ran an editorial titled “Actually no, The Chinese Communist Party hasn’t invaded Pataskala. But xenophobia has.” The editorial went on to say… “there is no evidence the company has villainous plans for the city or its residents.”

The Dispatch describes LONGI as simply a “privately owned Chinese solar panel technology company.” Nothing to worry about here! Go home residents and be happy your elected representatives are looking out for you!

Well, not so fast. Perhaps if Columbus Dispatch and other media actually had real reporters who investigated their stories instead of indoctrinated global village idiots, they might have found this item. In a hearing of the Congressional Select Committee on the Chinese Communist Party, held in January 2024, FBI Director Christopher Wray was asked about how CCP-affiliated businesses are used for espionage, and how those resources are used to harm America. In his testimony Wray acknowledged there is an almost non-existent line between “the Chinese government and its private sector.”

Wray went on to say, “Buying land, buying businesses, and so forth, while may be legal, can still raise national security concerns because it provides a vehicle for the CCP to, if they want to leverage that access, to conduct surveillance or other operations that determine our national security, and we’ve seen time and time again, where they have used that access, leveraged that access, to do that.” Please note, Christopher Wray cannot be labeled a right-wing xenophobe!

This is not just an issue of free trade and commerce with a foreign-based company. America is under attack by an enemy that has openly expressed its goal to bury us, and testimony before congress backs that up. Local, state, and federal officials who allow it are guilty of nothing less than selling our towns to Beijing! They are not representing the people who elected them to protect our liberties. A dotting news media is little more than propaganda tool that needs to be directly confronted and challenged to prove its misleading and incorrect reporting.

The fact is, the citizens of Pataskala, Ohio, Green Charter Township, Michigan, and the folks in the Wisconsin and many other states are right to be concerned about these Chinese companies and the threat they pose to their way of life. All Americans have a perfect right to challenge and question elected officials who are helping to promote them.

E-Mail Tom DeWeese: contact@americanpolicy.org

The New Normal: Ambiguity, Tragedy, Fear and Loathing

By Steven Yates

May 3, 2024

In the 2020s, there’s no shortage of these!

There’s a sense in which this “article” is really three shorter articles in one. So much is happening it is difficult to keep up.

Ambiguity: Scenarios.

Well, we got through April 8 without incident. It was never a given that something bad would happen that day, but Sarah Smith convinced me: it was possible. Her sources were credible. Hence the scenario we drew. Scenarios are possibilities, not predictions or prophesies. Huge difference….

I hope no one thinks we’re out of the woods.

Potentially dangerous people amidst the 10 million plus (does anyone know how many?) who have entered the U.S. illegally since the disastrous Bidenista regime was handed power on January 21, 2021, haven’t gone anywhere.

The New Normal is an ocean of ambiguities … given the number of possible scenarios, events that could happen at any point the rest of this year or the early part of next.

Another and possibly worse virus, with more mRNA “vaxxes” issued without any bona fide testing? A terror attack on U.S. soil (or false flag event posing as one)? A cyberattack? World war, into which the U.S. is drawn, partly because of ongoing explosive conflicts in the Middle East made worse by the Bidenistas’ utter lack of leadership or diplomatic abilities?

Eventual open war with Russia, now that Congress stupidly authorized sending $61 billion more taxpayer dollars to Ukraine?

A relatively sudden financial debacle — Sept.-Oct. 2008 on steroids?

Maybe none of the above. The more difficult it would be for the globalist-leftist axis to contain the fallout, after all, the less likely the scenario.

It’s just as plausible that we’ll approach the November election — tensions probably higher than they are now — with events unfolding absent major disruption because the globalist-leftist axis will have a system in place for stealing the election. This assumes that the Democrat-led lawfare underway in New York City, or one of the other cases, doesn’t make it impossible for Trump to win.

Accomplishing, that is, exactly what they’re accusing Trump and his network of planning.

As I’ve noted previously, though, Trump is antifragile. Attack him, and he gets stronger!

To the globalist-leftist axis, that has to be frustrating!

As I noted last week … too many people see through the lies and are fed up.

Those that aren’t too busy just trying to survive in this economy, of course.

The point is, the globalist-leftist axis will steal the election if they believe they have to, and can get away with it. They’ll have plausible deniability, just like before. Evidence (affidavits testifying to wrongdoing at voting centers, covertly made videos of ballot stuffing, accounts of trucks showing up in wee hours of the morning filled with ballots 100 percent for Democrats, abuses of mail-in voting, etc.) will be memory-holed again, so that there’s “no evidence.”

Point this out and you’ll continue to be labeled a “conspiracy theorist” and an “election denier.”

Further scenario: Joe Biden is re-selected, then dies in office. Kamala Harris is anointed Oval Office occupant. Can’t you already envision the circus that will entail? Representatives of the globalist-leftist oligarchy might come all the way out of the closet, indicating “our” instilled presidency-by-committee since January 2021. Possibly with Barack Obama at its helm, but who knows for sure?

Tragedy: The New Normal Mixes Instability with Insight?

Last week, a man named Maxwell Azzarello, 38, set himself on fire in a designated protest area across from where jury selection was underway in Trump’s first lawfare criminal case.

Obviously, one has to be mentally unstable to do such a thing.

On the other hand, though, if he wanted to make a statement, he couldn’t have chosen a better place. With what was occurring across the street, TV cameras would be everywhere. Some captured the gruesome scene of a man burning alive, flames shooting high into the air. One reporter commented on the odor of burnt flesh.

Fox News wisely put a sketch of Trump inside the courthouse up while reporting what several dozen people witnessed in horror before first responders could put out the fire.

Azzarello died of his injuries several hours later.

He threw pamphlets around before self-immolating. Among them might have been printed copies of his Substack “manifesto” which — like that of the Unibomber published back in 1995 — was not the work of a stupid man.

Possibly it was the work of a broken man.

It was fun (in a black-humored sort of way) seeing pundits initially try to portray Azzarello as MAGA and connect him to the Trump trial, when there was no connection whatsoever beyond his realizing that by doing what he did in that spot, he’d get publicity.

Publicity for what?

For warning of the “apocalyptic fascist world coup” in the works, of course.

The word fascist in this context marks him as a man of the left.

As Sasha Stone notes on her Substack, he was a former Democrat. Possibly pushed over the edge by circumstances of the New Normal.

His “manifesto” is a disjointed potpourri of names (Peter Thiel, Jeffrey Epstein, Michael Dukakis, Rob Lowe, the Simpsons, others), ideas (Ponzi schemes), and condemnations (e.g., of cryptocurrency, as “an economic doomsday device …”).

All in support of the not-entirely-crazy idea that

[o]ur government is conning us completely. That Bill Clinton was secretly on (former CIA Director) George H.W. Bush’s side, and that the Democrat v. Republican division has been entirely manufactured ever since….

For what it is worth: both Clinton and Bush-the-Elder supported NAFTA. For example.

We get to the new century, though, and the “manifesto” goes sideways:

…. Clinton is with Bush; Gore is with Bush; Trump is with Hillary, and so on.

Huh? He seemed to say (one of his many protest signs) that Trump and Biden are working together … which is nuts!

But again, and on the other hand, this is the document’s climax:

The public’s distrust of the government is at an all-time high, but so is the belief that we are helpless to do anything about it.

And with all this, a sharp rise in apocalyptic messaging: climate change will kill us all; COVID will kill us all; vaccines will kill us all; AI will kill us all — no matter the bubbles we ascribe to, we’re bombarded with existential crises with no solutions. We’ve seen a surge in apocalyptic film, literature, and video games that tell us there is no way out of our poor circumstances but total societal breakdown….

This is our rotten farce: For our entire lives, we have been flooded with media designed to slowly steer us into a world where the American Dream was dead, where the public was fully divided against itself, where everybody believed we were powerless to do anything about our worsening circumstances. It is all so they can organize an unprecedented, apocalyptic rug pull on the entire populace as they pivot to fascism, which is perhaps best understood as kleptocracy at the barrel of a gun….

Why on earth would our elites do this? There are many reasons, but the simplest is because capitalism is unsustainable, and they knew it: climate change and resource extraction would catch up eventually. So, they never intended to sustain it. They knew all along that they would gobble up all the wealth they could, and then yank the rug out from under us so they could pivot to a hellish fascist dystopia.

You may agree with parts of this and disagree with other parts of it; but one thing is clear: the man was no dummy!

The rest of his “manifesto” consists of illustrations of events supposedly paving the way for the present/future dystopia by desensitizing the public to violence (e.g., Stanley Kubrick’s A Clockwork Orange), greed (Wall Street’s Gordon Gekko telling us that “greed … is good”), and corruption (Chinatown’s defeatist ending).

There’s just enough truth here to warrant our attention.

Fear and Loathing: that the American Dream really is dead, the power elites have killed it, and most of us will end up in a hellish dystopia.

Last weekend, a couple of days after Azzarello self-immolated, I came across this. The title is worth iterating: “The American People Are Petrified.” The author is Douglas MacKinnon, writer and political communications consultant with a career going back to the Reagan era.

Perhaps the fact that so many people are now in survival mode explains the irrational and self-destructive behavior that sometimes bursts forth. MacKinnon:

Tens of millions no longer recognize the country they were raised in as they fear for their personal safety, their economic security, and the future well-being of their children. Day by day, these Americans are becoming convinced that their nation and their world is on the verge of collapse.

This is not a partisan belief. This is not ideologically driven. This is not based on race, religion or sexual orientation. This is about tens of millions of poor, disenfranchised, working-class and middle-class Americans from every single demographic and community who feel lost, confused, alone and stressed about what the next day will bring.

They are scared. But more than anything else, they feel betrayed.

These are Americans who play by the rules, pay their taxes and respect authority. Every single day they keep their compact with our nation. And every single day they feel cast aside or ignored by the system they have supported their entire lives.

They now look out their windows at a nation that has been purposefully divided by political elites, activists and anarchists looking to consolidate power, increase their control over the masses, cash in, or (usually) all three.

Minus the disjointedness and the predictions of apocalyptic fascist coups, is the tenor here so very different from portions of Max Azzarello’s “manifesto”?

A point I’ve made, and which MacKinnon reinforces throughout his piece: America is now a two-tiered society. Not just America. So is every advanced, industrialized nation in the West. We can debate how long it’s been such, and how it got that way. But the fact of two-tieredness is undeniable. It is also incompatible with either genuine capitalism or democracy. It is more aligned with technofeudalism and plutocratic oligarchy.

What are the consequences of two-tieredness?

One is a “justice” system that plays favorites. Elite-favored “in” groups (e.g., Black Lives Matter, Antifa) can go on rampages causing hundreds of millions of dollars in damage in major cities, including in one case cordoning off several city blocks and claiming them as their own (Seattle). This continued for weeks, back in 2020.

Those who stood up to these groups found the legal system pursuing them.

“Outs” such as the Jan-6ers, few of whom were violent, are then condemned as “insurrectionists” and given sometimes very long prison sentences for something that lasted a few hours of one day and did not overturn a single vehicle or burn down a single building.

You’re supposed to look the other way at this double standard. Otherwise, again, you’re a “conspiracy nut” (or a “white supremacist”).

Awakened (not woke) common people see through this, increasingly.

If enough are motivated to forget “expert” punditry and just pay attention to what their eyes and ears tell them, comparing notes with others doing the same thing, eventually they’re going to react.

If “the experts” tell them the economy is “booming” but they see nothing in their lives or around them except struggle, decay, decrepitude, corruption, who are they going to believe?

If “the experts” insist that violent crime is falling when they know good and well that they’re talking their lives in their hands walking down a city street at night, are they going to believe?

Or are they going to conclude that “the experts” have ulterior motives? Or, at the most charitable, that they are living in a bubble of what MacKinnon calls “privilege, luxury, and protection floating aimlessly above working class, poor and continually disenfranchised Americans”?

Two-tieredness, otherwise known as massive economic inequality, combined with a sense both that the top tier is cheating and that “the experts” are protecting that top tier, will destabilize any country sooner or later.

Today’s elites definitely have a “let them eat cake” mindset regarding a peasantry they consider beneath them. Remember Hillary’s “baskets of deplorables” remark that probably cost her the 2016 election?

The peasantry is serving them food and expensive drinks in the plush restaurants they frequent, cleaning their McMansions, servicing the infrastructure that keeps the lights on and the water moving through their gated communities, and so on.

Many of these people are working two and sometimes three low-paying jobs and still living from check to check. It’s well known that most don’t have $1,000 for an emergency.

Yes, some have made bad financial decisions, or not tried to save, e.g., 10 percent of their incomes up front — if that’s possible. But there’s a reason there’s no financial education in any public school. Elites and “experts” don’t want a population that is financially literate! They profit from mass financial ignorance! Keeping the rabble permanently cash-strapped is, after all, very effective at keeping them in line!

Bidenista-era inflation, moreover, is making their lives harder. It erases the value of savings. The elites who control corporate media wonder why Joe Biden’s ratings are so abysmal when the only viable alternative is Donald Trump, and why almost no one believes in “Bidenomics.”

No, they’re likely to believe that this administration is more corrupt than its predecessor ever thought of being.

It is a shame that Robert F. Kennedy Jr. has been effectively demonized as an “anti-vaxxer.” He’s been on target from the start of his independent campaign with his claim that the biggest threat to freedom (“democracy,” if you prefer) in the West is the seamless integration of leviathan government, predatory corporations, and the preference of both for a technocratic, top-down managerial state.

The problem for power elites is that more and more people are figuring this out.

The latter then go from fear to loathing. I don’t think the elites realize just how much they are loathed.

Some common people, sadly, are acting in either self-destructive or societally destructive ways — because they are trapped, divided amongst themselves, frustrated, and have no idea how to proceed.

If they are increasingly enraged, it is because they grew up on stories of the American Dream: which has become, for them, a living nightmare of struggling to make enough devalued money to keep the lights on, the rent or mortgage paid, food on the table, etc., all at once — without going into unrepayable debt (some do just this!)

Are we approaching a Storming of the Bastille moment in America?

Or possibly in Europe? (I keep reading how “far right” political parties are on the rise across the Atlantic.)

Possibly at a global level?

It’s a dangerous question. There are a lot of elections this year, and a lot of possibilities for massive realignment. A lot can happen between now and November just in the U.S. I very much doubt that the globalist-leftist cabal has played every card in its hand. There are almost surely cards we can’t yet see!

Final scenario: should Trump escape the lawfare being applied by the weaponized “justice” system, and should he by some chance win in the Electoral College (but lose the popular vote again), this cabal will send its well-financed minions into the streets, and if real Americans aren’t ready, what you experienced back in 2020 is just a taste of what’s to come.

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

____________________

A slightly different version of this article is also available on Steven Yates’s Navigating the New Normal (Substack). Subscribe to Navigating the New Normal to receive access to exclusive content.

He has a Patreon.com page. Donate here and become a Patron if you benefit from his work and believe it merits being sustained financially.

Steven Yates’s book Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) can be ordered here.

His philosophical work What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021) can be obtained here or here.

His paranormal horror novel The Shadow Over Sarnath (2023) can be gotten here.

Should you purchase any (or all) books from Amazon, please consider leaving a five-star review (if you think they merit such).

The Truth and Consequences of Targeting Tik Tok

By Lex Greene

May 2, 2024

By now, every American should have figured out that we are being “spied on” everywhere we go, everything we say, everything we post, text, Google search, buy online, or share on social media, every platform, including Tik Tok. Why do you think ads for products you just mentioned to a friend in a “private” conversation start “randomly” popping up on your devices? You smart phone and smart TV watch every move you make.

They also should have figured out that real journalism is dead in the USA, all news outlets, and social media platforms are heavily censored to maintain the government approved narrative on any and all issues, foreign or domestic. They should have figured out that we no longer have “constitutional” courts or “inalienable rights” in the USA, but instead, British Common Law courts used to undermine everything in the Charters of Freedom.

But it turns out that the vast majority of Americans aren’t as awake and aware as we would hope. As a result, most live under the façade of legitimate government, even as they watch that government violate every protected right in the Bill of Rights, spy on and attack American Citizens denying them a right to free speech, to peaceably assemble, or seek any real form of justice.

According to our weaponized federal government officials, “Tik Tok must be banned because it’s owned by the Communist Party of China.” But what if that isn’t true?

Who Really Owns Tik Tok?

Tik Tok is reportedly owned by ByteDance Ltd., a Chinese internet technology company headquartered in Haidian, Beijing and incorporated in the Cayman Islands. In 2009, software engineer and entrepreneur Zhang Yiming collaborated with his friend Liang Rubo to co-found 99fang.com, a real estate search engine, and later create and launch Tik Tok.

According to official filings by the Founders and operators of the company, 20% of Tik Tok is owned by the developers and founders of the company. Another 20% is owned by thousands of employees worldwide, including in the USA, and the remaining 60% is owned by global private investors.

ByteDance is backed financially by Jeff Yass’ Susquehanna International Group, Primavera Capital Group, Kohlberg Kravis Roberts, SoftBank Group, Sequoia Capital, General Atlantic, and Hillhouse Capital Group, all of them huge international business capital groups invested in many things.

In other words, it’s simply not true that “Tik Tok is owned by the Chinese Communist Party.”

USA Things that ARE Owned by the Chinese (10)

Chicago Stock Exchange
AMC Theaters
Smithfield Foods
Legendary Entertainment Group
GE Appliances
The Waldorf Astoria
Strategic Hotels & Resorts
Riot Games
Ingram Micro
Motorola Mobility

More importantly, in addition to flying RECON spy balloons across the entire USA without any effort by our federal government to prevent it, the Chinese have been buying up USA land at a record pace, with no opposition from the Biden Administration or Congress.

Most critically, much of the Chinese land purchases in the USA are adjacent to “TOP SECRET” Military Bases, including some of our nuclear weapons bases. (NBC News)

Maybe even more dangerous to the USA is the fact that over 50% of the USA Agricultural Land is own by foreign countries, including China.

So, we can agree that the Chinese Communist Party is indeed a growing superpower that threatens freedom and liberty everywhere it sets its roots beyond China’s borders. Their involvement with Klaus Schwab’s World Economic Forum (WEF) makes them even more dangerous, as the chosen model for a future global government under the maniacal Nazi Klaus Schwab and his evil 2020 Great Covid 19 Reset.

And just in case you still think China and Tik Tok are the greatest threat to American freedom and liberty, you had best think again… Check this list of USA Global Corporate Partners with evil Nazi Klaus Schwab. Every company on this list is a “partner” in the global Nazi WEF GREAT RESET designed to end all national sovereignty, security, independence, peace, and prosperity anywhere in the world.

So, Why Do All the Politicians Hate Tik Tok?

It’s quite simple really… #1 – Tik Tok stock is privately traded, so the politicians and their WEF corporate cronies, like the infamous Blackrock, don’t own it, and can’t control it. But even more important is the reality that western civilization exists in a vacuum completely void of any real journalism or news today.

The kids think they invented the “cancel culture,” but no, our government created it, and Pavlov trained the kids in government-controlled education. Some of the biggest chronic liars in history are now the gatekeepers of truth in America. No one human being has ever told as many lies as Joe Biden, or a bigger set of lies than Barack Obama. Yet, they now control all content on all of the following “fake news” outlets and social platforms…

ABC
CBS
NBC
MSNBC
CNN
FOX
NPR
PBS
Almost every American newspaper
Twitter (X)
Snapchat
Facebook
Instagram
Google
Yahoo
And yes, even Truth Social
Some influence over Newsmax
Little to no influence over OANN, which is why the government targets OANN too

All so-called “community guidelines” or “community standards” are blatant tools of censorship. Gatekeepers of truth at each company, tightly control what is and isn’t “acceptable free speech” and they all answer to the new draconian US Federal Government, which has weaponized every branch and every agency against the American people, while funding known Nazis and terrorists.

But… TIK TOK is the threat!

Yes indeed, TIK TOK is a threat to the people determined to block all public access to free unfettered information. This is the threat that has a government that can’t agree on anything else, that won’t protect our own borders, that weaponized the entire government against the American people, in total agreement against TIK TOK…

As for the alleged “spying” on users of TIK TOK, in case you haven’t figured it out by now, nobody is spying on the American people more than our own government. Every online APP uses a form of “spyware” programming in order to track a user’s interests and provide content, including ads, that the user may be interested in. Every online APP does the same, usually for profit.

When they told you that the “APP is FREE,” they also told you it’s paid for by someone else, mostly advertisers, just like the news networks.

I’m a country music fan and so I follow new rising country music artists, as just one example of the backend problems to what our government is doing to TIK TOK. Here’s an article I just saw, while thinking about writing the truth here regarding TIK TOK. The article talks about 13 New Country Stars whose careers were launched simply by their posts on TIK TOK. They wouldn’t have successful careers today had it not been for open access to TIK TOK.

Now, in case you’re not a country music fan, there’s much more…

According to the most recent data, there are approximately 170-million TIK TOK users in the USA alone, over half of the US population. Approximately 13% of them, or 22.1-million users make part or all of their income via marketing their products and services on TIK TOK.

If our government were to actually “BAN TIK TOK” in the USA, that’s over 20-million Americans that would lose all or part of their income, at a time when O’Biden inflation is ravaging family finances…we are about to see a record number of home foreclosures…in addition to the thousands of companies and millions of jobs lost due to the DoD’s CV19 scamdemic.

All for what? Because the biggest liars in our country can’t control TIK TOK political speech?

When they told you 2-million Americans were going to die from COVID in just two weeks in April 2020, they lied. When they told you wearing a mask and social distancing would save you, they lied. When they told you they didn’t know where COVID came from, they lied. When they told you taking the JAB would save you, they lied about that too.

Now the same people want you to believe that TIK TOK is the new “silent killer” you should fear, and they are lying about that as well! By the way, do you know which country was the first to “ban Tik Tok?” — It was CHINA! Communist governments always try to silence free speech…

So, at what point do you add up all of their proven lies and decide to think for yourself? Before, or after they take everything, you thought you owned????

E-Mail Lex Greene: LexGreene24@gmail.com

Free Speech in Canada: Bye-Bye

by Lee Duigon

May 2, 2024

British and Scottish prime ministers have a shelf life measured in months, these days. Here today, gone tomorrow. It’ll pose quite a challenge, someday, to schoolkids trying to learn their history.

But across the water, in Canada, where they have basically the same form of government as staggers on in the Mother Country, Prime Minister Justin Trudeau has been in office—I don’t know anymore. For five years? Ten? It seems longer, but he’s only been P.M. since 2015 (I looked it up).

It’s bizarre that he’s still there. You’d have thought his COVID capers would’ve gotten him booted to the sidewalk toot-sweet. And yet he’s still there.

His latest project is the Online Harms Bill C-63 (Canada introduces blood curdling new thought police law that even Stalin would blush). It’s a beauty!

How would you like to be arrested, tried, and punished for something you said or did that was not against the law at that time—say twenty years ago. “We’ve got you, sucker! In 2004 you wrote a blog post which we now, in 2024, define as hate speech!”

Here in America this would be called an ex post facto law—a law that reaches back into the past to hammer someone for something that was not against the law when he said or did it.

Our Constitution (God bless our country’s founders) forbids the government from passing ex post facto laws: they can’t change the rules in the middle of the game. Sorry, not allowed.

And as if hunting you down in the past weren’t bad enough, Bill C-63 also lets the government put you under house arrest if they think you might say or do something they don’t like sometime in the future. Welcome to Pre-Crime!

What are these “online harms”? They might be defined as “robust free speech.” We are not talking about some absurd “freedom” to say only nice things that everyone agrees with—but that seems to be Canada’s version of it. You can also, always, say things that the government agrees with: that’s the Soviet Union/Communist China model. Heck, if you’re feeling adventurous, you can even write and publish your government-endorsed opinion: but boy are you cooked if there’s a change in government and suddenly the Party does not approve of things it once endorsed, ten years ago.

“Online harms” equals “hate speech” equals a trip to the gulag for you, for saying Wrong Things. For all practical purposes, Bill C-63 would effectively erase free speech in Canada. Even just shutting up and not saying anything at all won’t keep you safe—not if Trudeau & Co. decides, perhaps by clairvoyance, that you might say Something Bad someday.

And so they’ve got you, coming and going—past, present, and future. They don’t even have to define “hate”: they know it when they see it. That your guilt might come as a total surprise to you is not something that will trouble them.

That slurping noise you hear in the background is the Biden administration consumed with envy.

Damn that Constitution! We want our own ex post facto laws!

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://www.leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and drop in for a visit (unless you’re in Canada and you’re afraid of being accused of “hate”). My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

Our College Campuses: What’s Going On Is Nuts!

By Frosty Wooldridge

May 2, 2024

We Need to Stop It With the National Guard, arrests and prison, NOW!

Okay, as an R.O.T.C. cadet in college in 1968, I found myself terrified of being killed in Vietnam. My roommate got drafted right out of our room, and he died in a firefight within three months of being forced into that insane war. In the meantime, Joe Biden avoided the draft with phony “asthma” papers to give him a 1-Y deferment. What a crock! U.S. Marines salute him upon stepping onto Air Force One, but he doesn’t know how to give a proper hand salute any more than Captain Kangaroo!

After boot-camp in Fort Benning, Georgia, now politically correct Fort Moore, I felt like a walking dead man. It was only a matter of time before Uncle Sam in the name of Lyndon Baines Johnson and Richard Nixon had decided I should die in that totally money-grubbing war that benefited only the Military Industrial Complex corporate heads. We just bombed the hell out of that country and Monsanto rained down Agent Orange to kill everything in sight. In the end, trillions of dollars wasted, 58,479 American kids sacrificed, drugs and soldier-addicts returned to the USA, 2.3 innocent Vietnamese died, and our country splitting at the seams with anti-war marches, Kent State and college campus riots.

But what’s going on today on our college campuses shows pure treason, anarchy, and terrorism toward America, toward Israel and toward every Jewish person in the United States. It’s a whole lot worse than anything I saw during Vietnam.

We’ve got imported terrorists from Hamas calling for “Death to America” in our new Detroit, Michigan Islamic caliphate. That’s no small thing because Muslims have created wars within their own tribes since the 6^th century. Islam is a religion that advocates violence. It advocates rape of women. It advocates the overthrow of all other religions. It advocates exterminating every Jew on this planet.

Now, our “brilliant intellectual” of a president, Joe Biden, wants to import tens of thousands of Hamas terrorists and Palestinian refugees into our country. These violent people represent the worst of humanity, and for the record, no other Muslim countries will take them. So, what the heck, let’s just inject them into our cities, towns, welfare rolls, and work force so they can turn our country into their own little “Intifada.” How stupid, inept and ignorant is Joe Biden and/or his handlers? Answer: really, really stupid.

The fact is, Europe spirals into the toilet with its Muslims. They simply cannot and will not climb out of their mental caves from the 6^th century. They are lost in the 21^st century. They continue their beheadings of gay people. They continue female genital mutilation. They will not stop honor killings. They follow Sharia Law and savagery like no other religion on earth. If any Muslim in Iran goes against their power, they execute them on the spot. Muslims hate all other religions. They do not respect any other religion. They do not tolerate other religions in their countries. But, they love to infiltrate Canada, America and Europe to destroy our freedoms. Islam is a human virus on this planet with no cure, no vaccine, no way to extinguish it.

So, now, look at the college campuses! We’ve got far left “elite intellectuals” who harbor hate for average Americans. They are Marxists, pure and simple. They hate Jews. They hate law and order. They hate the U.S. Constitution. They simply hate White working America.

Those same professors teach our kids to hate their own country. Those kids are so brainwashed, they don’t realize how stupid they are as shills for those elites. If they were in Iran or any other Islamic state, they would be executed instantly.

Don’t you love it when you read the signs women carry, “Queers for Palestine”? How stupid is that to support the very people who follow the religion that kills gay people?

At the same time, Biden, and college presidents have done nothing to stop the riots. Columbia’s president should have been fired two months ago. Every college president who supports “Intifada” should be dismissed. This crap happened in Hitler’s Germany.

1- If you hear people chanting “From the river to the sea, Palestine will be free…”here’s what it means:

This is a cry for Israel to not exist. It is calling for a Palestinian state that extends from the Jordan River to the Mediterranean Sea – effectively erasing and destroying the entire Jewish state.

2- If you hear people calling for “resistance by any means necessary,” here’s what is being said:

This is support for terrorism. Saying “by any means necessary,” especially after October 7, indicates support, justification, and championing of violence and murder of civilians as a form of so-called resistance. Hamas’ “means” have included brutal torture and kidnapping of innocents, including babies and the elderly.

3- If you see a flyer related to Hamas’ war on Israel that features an image of a paraglider, here’s what that represents:

It’s glorifying the terrorists who used paragliders to infiltrate Israel on October 7, 2023 to massacre, kidnap, mutilate and brutalize thousands of people. There is no other meaning of these images.

4- If you hear people chanting “Globalize the intifada!” here’s what it means:

The chant is a reference to violent Palestinian uprisings against Israel, specifically acts of terrorism and indiscriminate violence against civilians by terrorist groups, including suicide bombings in buses and restaurants. This slogan has been chanted at anti-Israel rallies for years. Jews and Israelis hear this slogan as a call for indiscriminate violence against Israel, and potentially against Jews and Jewish institutions worldwide.

“Let’s be clear: It is possible to care about Palestinian civilians without supporting Hamas or whitewashing their slaughter, pillaging and kidnapping. It’s possible to criticize Israeli actions and policies without calling for the eradication of the Jewish state. It’s possible for advocate for your point of view without feeding into the escalating anti-Jewish atmosphere that has engulfed so many of our campuses and big cities.” ( Source: ADL, 11/2/23, “Stop and Think”)

If this treason keeps up, if this anarchy keeps up, and we allow anyone to attack or call for the death of certain religions, we’ve lost America. You need to get on the phone and call your U.S. Senators and House Member. Demand they take action at the federal level to stop all immigration of anyone from Islamic countries. Deport anyone in this country that screams, “Initafada” or “From the river to the sea” or “Death to America.”

Otherwise, we will simply become an Islamic caliphate that collapses into lawlessness, chaos, civil war and human misery.

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

Join the Fight for Free and Fair Elections

By Cliff Kincaid

May 1, 2024

I am pleased to report that we have posted my new analysis of the 2020 presidential election and how it has resulted in thousands of patriots being investigated by the FBI and hundreds of them imprisoned in America. It’s titled, Stolen Elections, Murder, Corruption and Deliverance, and paints an ugly picture of a communist “insurrection” in America. We are now living through a Communist revolution as the regime consolidates its power and attempts to imprison Donald J. Trump.

My report looks at the efforts of Dr. David Clements and the courageous conservatives in my home state of Maryland working to fix the broken system.

My report is based on a talk delivered by Dr. Clements, a former professor and deputy district attorney, who was joined at the local event by the mother of Ashli Babbitt, who was murdered by the Capitol Police. I go into detail about what happened to this military vet and Trump supporter. It is a case of cold-blooded murder by the government.

I covered this issue on my YouTube channel, a big reason why this social media platform proceeded to censor our 500 anti-communist videos. One charge was “Misinformation.” They said, “Content that advances false claims that widespread fraud, errors, or glitches changed the outcome of the U.S. 2020 presidential election is not allowed on YouTube.”

This censorship was then bolstered by constant claims that objecting to vote fraud was “election denial.”

We have not been able to get back on YouTube and we were defunded by a major conservative foundation. But a recent trip to Frederick County, Maryland, by Dr. David Clements, an expert on election fraud, gave me hope that efforts on the local and state level can help turn the tide.

His remarks at the showing of his film “Let My People Go” led me to write a report on what happened to America’s Survival, Inc., in the context of the hard evidence that the 2020 election was stolen. (Watch the film while it is still available on YouTube).

Ashli Babbitt’s mother Micki Witthoeft was in attendance for the film and other family members of J6 protesters were also in the audience.

Clements linked the stolen election of 2020 to the imprisonment of January 6 protesters, many of whom went into the Capitol with a police escort, not knowing at the time they were being set up by federal and FBI informants in the crowd.

He is shown in the film outside the Central Detention Facility (CDF), also referred to as the D.C. Jail and the D.C. Gulag. January 6 (J6) pre-trial detainees are imprisoned there.

Clements does not make claims he can’t document or confirm. His analysis is quite different from that of Mike Lindell and his “Cyber Symposium,” where it was alleged that there was “absolute proof” of foreign-directed cyber-attacks on electronic voting machines. The source of that claim was very questionable.

This is not to say that cyber-attacks did not happen. A high-level report for the federal government by two computer experts was eventually released in June 2022, documenting that Dominion voting machines were susceptible to hacking. The Biden Administration had tried to keep it secret.

Americans saw for themselves on election night how pauses in the counting led to Biden taking the lead over Trump in many critical states. This suggests illegal mail-in ballots or computer manipulations were used to change election totals from Trump to Biden. As proof, I have photographs in my report of how Republican election observers were excluded from a Detroit vote counting center surrounded by “security guards.”

At the time of the “transition” from Trump to Biden in the White House, an outside Tea Party group spoke for many Americans when it took out a full-page ad in a Washington, D.C. newspaper calling for limited Martial Law to protect the vote. It cited Lincoln’s extraordinary actions to save the Union during the Civil War. I believe that Trump had the constitutional authority to remain in office and fight the fraud. But he gave up.

Now we are in another Civil War.

Which leaves Trump fighting for himself, his company, and his country in the mostly corrupt courts.

My report looks at what you can do in your own state and county.

One Maryland resident, Kate Sullivan, is affiliated with United Sovereign Americans, a group currently working in 24 states representing 387 Electoral College votes, to ensure election integrity.

The group launched a lawsuit against the Maryland State Board of Elections “seeking an injunction against the use of “a provably broken voting system” for the 2024 election.

United Sovereign Americans intends to file in at least 23 more states, and seek a Supreme Court ruling before the 2024 election.

As for Clements, who travels around the country warning America about what has happened, he is not afraid to appeal for Divine guidance and intervention. We should join him as we support local activists and confront county and state officials about the need to guarantee free and fair elections.

Send the report, Stolen Elections, Murder, Corruption and Deliverance, to your family and friends.

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. www.usasurvival.org

Which One Is Worse, John Lindell Or Mark Driscoll? SHAMEFUL! – Videos

By Bradlee Dean

May 1, 2024

“Them that sin rebuke before all, that others also may fear.” -1 Timothy 5:20

Last week, a pastor named Mark Driscoll got kicked off stage in Missouri for voicing his disdain for a male stripper who performed on a pole the night before at the opening of pastor John Lindell’s Christian conference.

Driscoll then turned from his disdain, according to the Word of God, then apologized to John Lindell for calling out the abominable actions that were taking place at his event.

Driscoll appeared back on stage alongside Lindell, apologizing for the way he addressed his concerns.

“I should have…talked to you rather than just verbal processing on the stage,” Driscoll said. “And as the father and the head of the house, you could have given me a thumbs up or down. And I need to honor that as spiritual authority.”

Shorter video with embedded transcript for clarity. Mark Driscoll tells Lindell about rebuke:

“I should have…talked to you rather than just verbal processing on the stage. And as the father and the head of the house, you could have given me a thumbs up or down. And I need to… pic.twitter.com/DjNOTjIGf g

— Protestia (@Protestia) April 16, 2024

Shameful! Mark Driscoll is absolutely incorrect.

You do not submit to any man’s authority where it violates or undermines the Lord’s authority (Acts 5:29).

The real question should be, why did John Lindell have this man pole dancing at the church in the first place? Do those who follow John not understand that there is more at play than what he lets onto? John can stop Mark Driscoll’s reproof (Mark said he didn’t mean it as a reproof) yet, he cannot stop the man from pole dancing with his shirt off? Really?

It was even reported that James River Church pastor John Lindell threatened to cut ties with preacher Mark Driscoll if he “will not repent” for his actions following the Stronger Men’s Conference this past weekend. These apostates are seriously biblically illiterate as well as pathetic.

These are the men who are leading the Church, not! This is the blind leading the blind (Mathew 15:14)

Mark needs to ask John if he can obey the Lord in rebuking this incident? What version of the Bible are these people reading?

Talk about gutting the true Gospel by preaching another Gospel, which in the end brings a curse (Galatians 1:8).

The Word of God is clear: “Them that sin rebuke before all, that others also may fear.”

No wonder why no one can take these hirelings seriously (John 10:12). It is because they do not take it seriously themselves. They cannot preach repentance because these apostates have not repented themselves.

The Church is called to be the salt of the earth (Matthew 5:13), and this they will become when they quit partaking with those who are sugarcoating it.

The world is tired of these seeker-friendly, self-appointed hirelings who abide in the good ole boys club, which are good for nothing clubs (Matthew 5:13).

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

Speaker Johnson’s Treasonous Betrayal

By Kelleigh Nelson

April 30, 2024

Honesty is of God and dishonesty of the devil; the devil was a liar from the beginning. —Joseph B. Wirthlin

When you’re a liar, a person of low moral fortitude, really any explanation you need to be true can be true. Especially if you’re smart enough. You can figure out a way to justify anything. —Samuel Witwer

Half a truth is often a great lie. —Benjamin Franklin

By a lie, a man… annihilates his dignity as a man. —Immanuel Kant, philosopher

America last. America last. That’s all this is. America last, every single day. —Representative Marjorie Taylor Greene

By now, most Americans have figured out that our new Speaker of the House of Representatives lied to us, and not just once.

In his two-hour interview with Sean Hannity after he was elected, Johnson told host Hannity that, “Someone asked me today in the media, ‘People are curious, what does Mike Johnson think about any issue under the sun?’ I said, ‘Well, go pick up a Bible off your shelf and read it. That’s my worldview.’”

Really Speaker Johnson? The Lord said, “Choose life!” But in 2022, you told Louisiana legislators that it wasn’t a right time to pass the bill abolishing abortion in your state, and you did this while a US Congressman.

Better take a look at Ecclesiastes 5:5 Mr. Speaker. You have broken every promise you vowed to keep. Yes, we can look in the Bible to know you and you seem cuddled up with the Stalinist demons of darkness.

Where are the J6 tapes you promised to release?

What have you done about election integrity?

Where is the border security you promised? Proverbs 6:16-17.

What happened to Chip Roy (R-TX) and Byron Donalds (R-FL) working on plans for Continuing Resolutions cutting spending by eight percent and securing the border and protecting our military and veterans? That was your stated promise in the Sean Hannity interview.

You haven’t provided even one dime to protect the southern border from the swarms of people entering the country illegally.

But all three men want to open and change our US Constitution. Birds of a feather.

You, Mr. Speaker, and the Stalinist democrats, approved a nearly $100 billion foreign aid package that provides funding for Israel and Taiwan – but the bulk of the money is going to corrupt Ukraine – some $61 billion.

Promises, promises…all lies.

Tucker Carlson previously interviewed Bret Weinstein who had been to the Darien Gap at the request of Michael Yon. The Weinstein interviews and the latest interview with Michael Yon should be seen by every American.

Who is facilitating the invasion and destruction of our country? Our own government!

Obama’s “fundamental transformation of America” is taking place before our eyes.

Watch the 58 second trailer of this Tucker Carlson interview with Michael Yon.

Johnson’s Personal Life

Normally, I’d consider personal life off target, but similar to former VP Mike Pence, Speaker Johnson lauds the fact that he’s a Christian and carries his Bible out front. It seems apparent that both he and Pence carry a knife behind their backs.

Johnson claims Christianity as his faith, but he is 52 and has a 40-year-old “adopted” black son who has a lengthy criminal record, lives in Los Angeles and has fathered four children. Speaker Johnson and his wife took custody of Michael Tirrell James, but never formally adopted him. He is not included in their family pictures, by his own choice.

In 2022, the speaker revealed to media that he had installed “accountability software” between himself and his then 15-year-old biological son. The surveillance software is called Covenant Eyes and is on devices in order to abstain from internet porn and other unsavory websites. It is spyware. Covenant Eyes developed important relationships with Promise Keepers, Focus on the Family, churches and many other organizations. Their founder is Ron DeHaas, an elder in his Calvinist Presbyterian Church.

Mike Johnson and his biological son, who is now 17, receive weekly reports on sites they’ve been to on their phones and computers. One wonders if this includes his father’s political correspondence. And why would anyone use this unless there was a problem?

Promise Keepers has a radical charismatic connection and promotes strong overt ecumenicism of the movement. One variation of the charismatic movement is the Vineyard movement, which has strong links to the Kansas City Prophets — a controversial cult claiming visions and revelations from God. They believe that God is giving new revelation today and that the miraculous signs of the early church should be normative for today. These beliefs have led to much confusion and error.

Treason

Johnson must think surveillance is just fine if he’s doing it with his son and vice versa, as he was the tie breaker to pass the reauthorization of section 702 of the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (FISA), without a requirement for warrants for surveillance on American citizens. This was a massive betrayal of the fourth amendment.

In a highly unusual outcome, the amendment from Rep. Andy Biggs (R-AZ) to the reauthorization of the FISA Act tied at 212 — thereby failing. More than 80 Democrats joined with 128 Republicans in backing the measure, while 86 Republicans and 126 Democrats opposed it.

Face it! The betrayal is massive, and it’s not just the Stalinist Democrat Party; it is the majority of Trotskyite Republicans as well. Our own country comes last with the representatives in both houses of Congress. Gaetz got rid of McCarthy, and we ended up with someone equally deceptive.

There is $61 billion more for Ukraine in this bill, bringing the total with armaments to over $250 billion given to the corrupt nation of Ukraine. (Zelensky just purchased the former home of Prince Charles and Diana.) Israel will get $26.4 billion in aid and Taiwan will get $8 billion.

Johnson also buried $9 billion in aid to Gaza – meaning that money will be confiscated by Hamas.

Not a single penny went to secure our southern border.

Instead, Speaker Johnson actually endorsed the open border by making sure that another $4 billion is allocated for “migration and refugee assistance,” which is used by non-governmental organizations (NGOs) for the border invasion and migrant freebies.

The divvying up is this: $481 million in the Ukraine bill and $3.5 billion in the Israel bill.

Oh, and there’s $300 million for the State Border Guard and police…in Ukraine, not America.

In Rep. Andy Biggs’ (R-AZ) Washington Times article, Speaker Johnson’s Foreign Aid Bill is a Disaster, Andy explains where the funds are really going.

Cindy Dyer is the U.S. Ambassador-at-Large to Monitor and Combat Trafficking in Persons and appears to be highly qualified to lead that State Dept. office. But it’s like pulling teeth to get this woman to talk about the mass human trafficking at our compromised southern border.

Tara Lee Rodas, who worked with the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services’ Office of Refugee Resettlement to place unaccompanied migrant children with sponsors said, “Whether intentional or not, it can be argued that the US Government has become the middleman in a large scale, multi-billion-dollar, child trafficking operation run by bad actors seeking to profit off the lives of children.”

Chinese military, dangerous criminals, terrorists, and Mexican cartels are making tons of money in child trafficking and drugs as they pour across our southern border.

Our new Speaker spoke to Hakeem Jeffries, and said he would pray about the bill and how many Republicans he could deliver. Apparently, Johnson believes the Lord told him to give billions of our tax dollars to Ukraine and Gaza and to ignore the invasion of our nation.

Democrats cheered this recent foreign aid bill and waved Ukrainian flags in the House.

Joe Biden lauded the Speaker and signed the bill.

Senator Schumer heaped praise on Johnson’s bi-partisan efforts.

Speaker Johnson has sided with the Stalinist Democrats who are decimating our country.

“Republican House Speaker Mike Johnson, has come under scrutiny following revelations that he received significant campaign contributions from a foreign lobby group, particularly known for its pro-foreign policy stance. According to analysis conducted by The Intercept based on Federal Election Commission records, this lobby group donated approximately $95,000 to Johnson’s campaign in November of last year.” Link

“In a shockingly short period of time, Speaker Johnson went from a MAGA hopeful to a Deep State stooge.” Scott Adams explains in layman terms how the CIA ‘captures’ our lawmakers right under our nose.

Betrayal

Rep. Thomas Massie (R-KY) was threatened with a $500 fine for posting evidence of Congressional treason with the betrayal of lawmakers waving Ukrainian flags in celebration of them passing a $95 billion foreign aid package for Ukraine and Israel.

Dinesh D’Souza reposted it on X after Massie was told by Johnson to take it down.

Johnson had to walk back the fine as there was outrage from the GOP. Instead of securing the border, Johnson caved to the Democrats.

Where in the Constitution is it legal to give tax dollars to foreign countries, and why is it that only Israel ever repays the funds and favors?

Our nation’s elected representatives are selling us down the river. They’re all in on it, other than a small handful, and Matt Rosendale, one of the good guys, is leaving at the end of the year.

Our national debt is at the untenable amount of $35 trillion, yet they’re giving away borrowed money that is losing more value every day. Inflation and shrinkflation are taxing the public into the poor house.

We’re looking at becoming the Weimar Republic in more ways than one, with hyper-inflation, Nazi rise and ultimate collapse.

Leo Hohmann writes, “Included in the package is $300 million to protect Ukraine’s border with Poland. This $300 million will be used to keep Ukrainians from fleeing into Poland to escape the military draft, which sends them into the meatgrinder and certain death at the front with a superior Russian military. No matter how hard they try to serve it up on a pretty platter, it doesn’t get any more evil than this.”

Leo ends his latest article with, “As the Bible says, woe to those who call good evil and evil good. Our politicians are on a mission to crash and burn what’s left of Western civilization.”

Johnson blew any border security leverage we had with his betrayal of the American people.

Johnson’s Advisors

Breitbart reports that Johnson’s top policy adviser is a former lobbyist who has corporate interests in the Ukraine War. Dan Ziegler was previously executive director of the conservative Republican Study Committee that Johnson chaired from 2019 to 2021, and he left the Hill in December to join Williams and Jensen as a principal.

As a lobbyist with Williams and Jensen, Ziegler had a client list prone to support the Ukraine funding. Here is a list of the groups and corporations who have retained them. Ziegler is a Heritage Action and American Energy Alliance alum, who lobbied for a range of health care clients, including Pfizer, Merck, Sanofi (the one Dr. Robert Malone loves), Owens & Minor, Eli Lilly, Novo Nordisk, PhRMA, Amgen and Elevance Health, in addition to companies like Visa, Vanguard Group, Bloom Energy and W Diamond Corporation. (Heritage Action is a sister organization of controlled-opposition Heritage Foundation.)

According to a recent Breitbart article, Ziegler also represented News Media Alliance which was lobbying congress back when Ziegler worked for Williams and Jensen, to promote a very dangerous proposal that would silence conservative media. The proposal is called the Journalism Competition & Preservation Act (JCPA). It has failed, but keeps coming back.

Johnson has several neo-con backers in his party. House Foreign Affairs Committee Chairman Rep. Michael McCaul (R-TX) attacked conservatives who were against this horrendous bill in order to achieve passage. He even launched an “unhinged attack” on Sen. J.D. Vance (R-OH) over Ukraine aid. McCaul endorsed the bill before even having seen it.

Dan Ziegler and Josh Hodges are the top aides to Johnson and influence how he votes. Hodges is Johnson’s National Security Adviser but reports to Ziegler. Breitbart states, “Hodges is the brain behind many of the most controversial Johnson policy decisions related to funding foreign wars, FISA, foreign affairs, and national security, a source familiar with the Speaker’s office’s inner workings told Breitbart News. According to Legistorm, Hodges handles Johnson’s armed forces and national security portfolios.”

Both Zeigler and Hodges advocate the votes we’ve seen Johnson make. Johnson’s Deputy Chief of Staff for communications, Raj Shah, has refused to answer any questions. After Shah left Trump’s White House, he went to work for Fox News with Paul Ryan. Shah called out Massie and Greene for their threats to oust Johnson. Knowing that Ryan and Mike Pence were good friends in Congress doesn’t make me feel all warm and cuddly about Shah, much less about Ziegler and Hodges.

In Rep. Greene’s (R-GA) interview with Tucker Carlson, she claimed that Mike Johnson often speaks with Biden’s National Security Adviser, Jake Sullivan. ABC reported that Sullivan “pushed” Johnson to put a bipartisan foreign aid bill to a vote. He has been an adviser to Hillary Clinton, Barack Obama and Joe Biden. He clerked for former Associate Justice Stephen Breyer. Sullivan is a Rhodes scholar and earned his law degree at Yale. He was an editor of the Yale Law Journal and the Yale Daily News. He interned at the globalist Council on Foreign Relations, and often writes for their Foreign Affairs Magazine.

Sullivan was a State Department official under then-U.S. Secretary of State Hillary Clinton when in 2012, four Americans were killed in the terrorist attack on the U.S. consulate in Benghazi, Libya. In 2015, he was called to testify before the U.S. House Select Committee on Benghazi. Sullivan’s testimony became part of the Committee’s final report that concluded Clinton and Sullivan may have sent highly classified information using unsecured private emails rather than through secure government servers.

Jake speaks often at the Brookings Institute regarding the Biden administration’s international agenda. Its largest contributors include the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation, the William and Flora Hewlett Foundation, the Hutchins Family Foundation, JPMorgan Chase, the LEGO Foundation, David Rubenstein, State of Qatar, and John L. Thornton.

Even Mike Pompeo and the Stalinist owned intel community impressed upon Johnson the urgent need to approve assistance for Ukraine in its fight against Russia’s invasion.

Edward Snowden says Johnson is a textbook case of Congressional capture. Revolver News explains, “In short, ‘Congressional capture’ is when lawmakers or legislative bodies fall under the heavy influence of outside interests, like big corporations, special interest groups, or US intel. These influences ensure that their agendas take precedence over the public’s needs. In simple terms, this means certain policies or laws that favor these groups are advanced, while criticism or resistance is quietly suppressed. Suddenly, their most ferocious critics become their biggest cheerleaders.”

We’re $35 trillion in debt, but that doesn’t even stop them! These are inflationary dollars they’re printing with no backing.

This is the Weimar Republic’s hyperinflation in America!

There is no accounting for any of the money given to Ukraine.

And no audits of the US funding.

This could be one of the greatest financial frauds in US history – Next to the Biden COVID assistance fraud. Link

Plenty of Republicans are angry. Tennessee’s own Andy Ogles, (R-TN) believes Johnson is giving up a significant negotiation tool without addressing the border crisis in these bills. Andy is part of the hardline Freedom Caucus and he believes that Ukraine should look for its money elsewhere.

The new “Christian Conservative Constitutional Attorney” is fulfilling the dreams of the Democrat Party while making Matt Gaetz’ removal of Kevin McCarthy look downright stupid.

Conclusion

President Trump said, “I stand with the Speaker,” and “Johnson is doing a very good job.”

Sorry President Trump, but Mike Johnson is being controlled by the very people stabbing you in the back.

Giving Biden’s political gestapo a brand-new FBI building bigger than the Pentagon, while not providing a dime to protect the southern border from the swarms of people entering the country illegally, is doing a “good job?

Meanwhile, Chinese military, dangerous criminals, terrorists, and Mexican cartels are making tons of money in child trafficking and drugs as they pour across our southern border.

This administration invited this invasion, and Speaker Johnson is complicit.

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: radiok@comcast.net

States Embrace Climate Action Plans Under the United Nations 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development

by Dan Titus

April 30, 2024

On September 20, 2023, the Biden administration met at the Sustainable Development Summit in New York with the goal of recommitting to the [United Nations] 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development and the Sustainable Development Goals—SDGs. A White House fact sheet stated, “The United States is committed to the full implementation of 2030 Agenda and the SDGs, at home and abroad… At their core, the SDGs seek to:

♦ Expand economic opportunity – This means public-private partnerships, which is crony capitalism. In this scheme there are winners and losers, where profits are privatized and losses are socialized on the backs of middle-class Americans.

♦ Advance social justice – This means placating and advancing people based on their skin color. At its core it is discriminatory.

♦ Promote good governance – This skirts our elected form of government and injects unelected special interest initiatives into our lives, where no one gets to vote.

♦ Ensure no one is left behind – This means catering to protected classes and minorities in order to create “capacity building” for initiatives and redistributive wealth schemes. Under Diversity and Inclusion (DEI), these classes are awarded “equity” and “inclusion” based on their skin color.

In a Ping-Pong game of executive orders, President Obama put the federal agencies into the SDGs; President Trump got SDGs out; President Biden put them back in during the first week of his administration. Congress has done nothing to reel them in.

Biden sent an envoy to California to study what the state has done with its radical climate bills in order to put the ideas to work in the $1.2 trillion dollar Infrastructure Bill and the $720 billion dollar Inflation Reduction Act. In order to “incentivize” states, the federal government offers grants for voluntary, nonbinding, United Nations SDGs. In other words, states don’t have to do this; however, they sell out for the money.

In order to take advantage of bribe money called grants, States have inserted themselves into California-style climate action plans to reduce arbitrary greenhouse gas emissions (GHGs). People can no longer say, “It’s just happening in California.” You are California…

According to the EPA, “States submitted climate action plans under President Biden’s Inflation Reduction Act. In 2023, under the first phase of the $5 billion program, EPA made a total of $250 million in grants available to states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, 80 MSAs, four territories, and over 200 Tribes and Tribal consortia to develop ambitious climate action plans that address greenhouse gas emissions. 45 states are now covered by a climate action plan. 5 states: Florida, Iowa, Kentucky, South Dakota and Wyoming decided not to participate.”

There’s capitalism; everything else is collectivism

Sustainability is collectivism: It’s a worldview where free individuals must give up their rights and private property for the collective good; where everyone is equal—equally poor. It is antithetical to the United States Constitution; therefore, it is unconstitutional. Even though it’s voluntary, that does not stop its implementation by the government.

Sustainability can be defined as artificial scarcity under the guise of conservation. Its goal is transformation through control of society by behavior modification and social engineering. It is using less of everything: Less food, less energy, less choice, less water, less mobility and less freedom. At its core, its rationing, all contrived by unelected agencies, boards, bodies, commissions, nonprofit corporations, international non-governmental organizations (NGOs) and Indian tribes. This ‘governance’ is designed to replace our representative form of ‘government’ by turning elected public officials into to rubber stamps, installing prepackaged solutions, for problems that don’t exist.

Once climate actions plans become law or have ordinances attached to them, property owners will have a difficult time unwinding them. Ordinances are now being drafted in the city of Rancho Cucamonga, California.

Rancho Cucamonga, California: A Climate Action Plan (CAP) Case Study

CAPs are being accomplished at the state and local level. For example, the city of Rancho Cucamonga, California has added a CAP to its comprehensive General Plan Update as a “companion”. Now, the city is drafting administrative ordinances to it. See the article titled, Climate Change: Rancho Cucamonga Proposing Questionable “Mandatory” Tax & Fees on Residential and Commercial Property, which was predicated on a letter sent to the city (see link below) council contesting ordinances for the CAP.

How to push back: Steps to review and critique a CAP

1- Download the city CAP.

2- Download the letter to the city council denoting page references to the CAP for comparison.

3- Find your “EPA” State CAP and/or city/county CAP, download it and start your critique using the example above. Your city/county CAP will be at their website. Google your city/county name and the words, “Climate Action Plan”.

4- Send or deliver your CAP critique to your local state representative and demand to know how it got into the state and tell them to get rid of it because it surrenders everyone’s property rights, protected by the Constitution, to the United Nations. If you email, be sure to confirm that the recipient received the message. Type at the top of the page “please confirm receipt of this email and distribution.”

As you do your review, consider these questions:

♦ Are Climate Action Plans (CAPs) mandatory?
♦ Are Green House Reductions (GHG) mandatory?
♦ Are ordinances in CAPs mandatory?

Answers: NO, NO and NO…

[BIO: Dan Titus is affiliated with the American Coalition for Sustainable Communities (ACSC). Their mission is sustaining representative government; not governance, by collectivist-oriented unelected agencies and commissions.]

Email Dan Titus: contact@americanpolicy.org

What Made America Great

By: Devvy

April 29, 2024

“The planter, the farmer, the mechanic, and the laborer… form the great body of the people of the United States, they are the bone and sinew of the country men who love liberty and desire nothing but equal rights and equal laws.” —President Andrew Jackson

The first of the job and sovereignty killing treaties so innocently called an agreement was NAFTA. Official title: North American Free Trade Agreement. In reality: No American Factories Taking Applications. That unconstitutional tool of the global elite was pushed through by globalist Newt Get-Rich, Sean Hannity’s buddy. Who Is the Real Newt Gingrich?

Marxist Bill Clinton signed it into “law” in December 1993. Thus began the massive destruction of the three job sectors that made America the most prosperous nation on the face of this earth: manufacturing, industrial and agriculture.

In 2011, a bill was introduced in Congress to finally get us out. It got zero attention from the prostitute media including FOX. Too many Americans pay little to no attention to bills sitting in the biggest whore house on the planet- except for hot button issues like abortion. The bill went nowhere as there were too few of us to make it happen.

H.R. 29: To provide for the withdrawal of the United States from the North American Free Trade Agreement

The bill had 10 co-sponsors. Two Republicans, Rep. Ron Paul [TX] and Rep. Walter Jones [NC]. By 2011, NAFTA had ravaged our most important job sectors that made America great. HUNDREDS OF THOUSANDS of jobs were gone for cheap labor in Mexico and Canada.

I’ve driven through so many towns, particularly in Ohio, North and South Carolina and PA that were simply decimated within a few years after the passage of that “free” trade monster. What was left after factories closed down were junk joints (fast “food”), a diner, maybe two gas stations, a small bank, school. Tens of thousands of jobs were created for workers in foreign countries while America began its journey to destruction.

NAFTA was going to bring a new form of prosperity to Americans. Create thousands of new jobs! Well, just the opposite happened as good paying jobs were outsourced. At the time of passage, factory workers averaged $18.00 per hour with benefits (for most, not all) while cheap labor in Mexico paid $3.00 per hour for the same job. Factories closed down faster than one could count. Employers could not compete against slave wages in Mexico. Our textile industry was utterly destroyed and most cotton grown here thanks to American cotton farmers, was going to foreign countries after NAFTA & WTO.

During the hearings on that monster, GATT/WTO*, French billionaire financier, the late Sir James Goldsmith, testified in front of Ernest Hollings committee. He demonstrated that GATT would gut the American textile market. The following are some quotes from the Washington Times, Dec. 6, 1993, which accurately reflect Sir Goldsmith’s statements during the hearings:

“Global free trade will force the poor of the rich countries to subsidize the rich in poor countries. What GATT means is that our national wealth, accumulated over centuries, will be transferred from a developed country like Britain to developing countries like Communist China, now building its first oceangoing navy in 500 years. China, with its 1.2 billion people, three Indochinese states with 900 million, the former Soviet republics with some 300 million, and many more can supply skilled labor for a fraction of Western costs. Five dollars in Communist China is the equivalent of a $100 wage in Europe.

“It is quite amazing that GATT is sowing the seeds for global social upheaval and that it is not even the subject of debate in America…If the masses understood the truth about GATT, there would be blood in the streets of many capitals. A healthy national economy has to produce a large part of its own needs. It cannot simply import what it needs and use its labor force to provide services for other countries. We have to rethink from top to bottom why we have elevated global free trade to the status of sacred cow, or moral dogma. It is a fatally flawed concept that will impoverish and destabilize the industrialized world while cruelly ravaging the Third World.”

How right the late Sir James Goldsmith was and this human invasion flooding our borders by design is another nail in our coffin. Cheap, mostly illiterate workers, not to mention terrorists.

The clothes made from cotton in factories HERE were now being made in Mexico, Communist China, India and other foreign countries and shipped back to the U.S. Instead of Americans holding good factory jobs in so many capacities, they lost their jobs but got to buy cheap CRAP from ChinaMart aka Walmart they used to make. Steel mills which paid excellent wages and a product so needed in this country. Gone.

Family businesses in smaller cities and towns shuttered while major sell-out, China Mart, came in and destroyed them. Thomas Smith’s generations family-owned business downtown couldn’t compete with “cheap” from Mexico and then an avalanche from commie China. Thomas ended up working as a cashier at Walmart. Minimum wage, had to sell the house and move family into a dump in a bad part of town.

This happened all over this country. Companies that had provided good paying jobs with benefits where Americans worked 20, 25 or more years. Good job security. After NAFTA was signed, farmers in Florida plowed under thousands of tons of tomatoes. I wrote extensively about it after I got my first PC and put up my web site, July 4, 1998. They couldn’t compete with paying a decent wage and benefits to their workers up against cheap coming out of Mexico.

Trade surpluses that were going to grow like weeds once NAFTA was passed was a bust. A little over 60% of jobs primarily in the mid-West were gone by 2010. Go look at this web site. See all those imports – all those products that used to be made here, the money stayed here and not going into the pockets of tyrants and commie countries like China. By 2012, U.S. auto jobs: 39.1% had gone to Mexico.

Before selling out the American worker prior to NAFTA (which went into effect on Jan. 1, 1994), we had a small trade surplus with Mexico at about $10 million dollars. By 2007 that surplus blew up to a $91 BILLION dollar deficit and that didn’t include our deficit with Canada. What a deal! A 691% increase for our deficit with Mexico and Canada while Americans continued to reelect the same nation wreckers back to CON-gress who destroyed millions of jobs and drove down wages.

But Americans got cheap goods! Cheap CRAP from slave labor over in Communist China only it wasn’t so cheap after all. Over the decades I’ve done price checking at stores like Macy’s, Target and compared price tags from before NAFTA and know what? A dress from China was more expensive than before GATT (General Agreement on Tariffs & trade) and the WTO (World Trade Organization). Prior to joining GATT/WTO, 97% of all shoes sold in this country were made in America, employed Americans and the profits stayed here. Profits American companies used to hire and pay decent wages.

One book that stands out on this issue is America’s Projectionist Takeoff 1815- 1914: The Neglected American School of Political Economy by Michael Hudson. I invite you to read the comments about Hudson’s book; it really is a must read. What made us a power house has been destroyed since 1994 and yet, every two years the American people who have suffered so badly because of all those treaties continue to reelect the same liars, thieves and crooks back to the House of Representatives and Senate who have taken us to poverty with more coming.

Patrick Buchanan explains it perfectly:

“Seems that, despite the academic consensus that free trade is win-win for all, free trade is not free. Great nations that have risen to global power by protecting their manufacturing, like Britain in the early 19th century, have begun their relative decline when they embraced free trade. Between 1870 and 1914, projectionist America and Germany both shoved Britain aside.

“Since Y2K, China, which protects its industrial base by keeping its currency artificially cheap, has surged past Italy, Britain, France, Germany and Japan to become the world’s second largest economy. And they are gaining steadily on us. Free trade appears to be the policy of fading nations.

“Perhaps it is time for a profit and loss statement of its costs and benefits. Undeniably, free trade has been a bonanza for the top 1 percent and many among our top 10 percent. As U.S. manufacturers shut down scores of thousands of U.S. factories to finance new plants in Asia, their production costs plummeted. Wages and benefits for Asians were, and are still, but a fraction of those of American workers.

“Health, safety and environmental standards were in some cases almost nonexistent. The eight-story garment factory in Bangladesh that collapsed in April, killing 1,100 workers, mostly women, and injuring another 2,500, would never have passed a U.S. building inspection.

“After having shifted production overseas and dramatically lowered costs, U.S. transnationals saw a surge in profits. These were used to push corporate salaries into the stratosphere, increase dividends to shareholders, and keep the Washington lobbyists working the Hill day and night for fast track and free trade. And the lifestyle of our corporate elites changed. Where their fathers walked sooty factory floors in smokestack towns in World War II, these masters of the universe fly Gulfstream Vs to Davos and Dubai to dine with titled Europeans, Saudi princes and Chinese billionaires.

“These are America’s winners from free trade. The losers? Middle Americans. The average U.S. family has not seen a rise in real wages in 40 years. This is directly traceable to the loss of more than one-third of all U.S. manufacturing jobs. And that loss, that deindustrialization of America, is directly tied to the $10 trillion in trade deficits since Bush I.

“Writers who celebrate how U.S. imports have risen in this month or that year almost never mention the trade deficit for this month or that year. Perhaps that is because the United States has not run a trade surplus in four decades, whereas, in the first 70 years of the 20th century, we never ran a trade deficit. Trade surpluses add to GDP; trade deficits subtract from GDP.

“And when in a company town the company closes the factory, the town often dies. And all the little satellite businesses — bars, diners, food stores, pharmacies — that rose around the factory, they die, too. “The tombstones of countless dead towns across America should read: Killed by Free Trade. Tenured economists on college campuses call this “creative destruction.” End of excerpt.

Because labor was/is so cheap in Mexico, former “American” companies like Coca Cola, RCA, GM, GE, Ford, just to name a few – all opened assembly plants in Mexico and Ross Perot’s “great sucking sound” became a reality.

President-Elect (He fairly won in 2020) President Trump promised to get us out of NAFTA. Once again, he depended on ‘trusted’ advisers like billionaire globalist Wilbur Ross, 81 at the time, who became Trump’s Secty of Commerce. Trump did get rid of NAFTA and it was replaced with a job and sovereignty killing beast: The USMCA “Trade Agreement” Violates Our Constitution And Sets Up Global Government, Jan. 15, 2019 – “(United States-Mexico-Canada Trade Agreement) was negotiated by U.S. Trade Representative, Robert Lighthizer. He is a member of the Council on Foreign Relations, which works to move the United States into the North American Union (NAU).[1]”

USMCA “Trade Agreement”, the North American Union, an Article V convention, and Red Flag Laws: Connecting the Dots, Dec. 10, 2019

The other thing NAFTA and subsequent treaties did was scatter families all over the country. As factories and steel mills closed down, families who lived close to each other, well, off they went to big cities to find work. Close families for generations became far away strangers. Family farmers suffered terribly as big ag started taking over and America’s youth no longer wanted to be part of family farming or ranching. If people could actually see what goes on at factory farming operations. There’s humane and then there’s cruelty.

A massive culture shift

Not long after NAFTA, CAFTA, GATT/WTO, along came the home computer. It wasn’t bad enough cable TV had been pumping filth and garbage into American homes after ‘free’ TV disappeared. (All of a sudden, we had ‘cable TV’ so pay up.) The Internet has become one-stop shopping for scams, propaganda, filthy porn, including kiddie porn. Even way back then I watched some MTV to see why parents were so upset. What trash and teens as well as young adults were drowning in broadcast on MTV and it continues today.

Mostly naked young girls gyrating like strippers in “music” videos, rap crap. I never allowed my daughter to watch a minute of it. I’m very fortunate my daughter was in gifted and talented programs from age 5 on. Private Christian schools, a heavy financial burden on me; a single mother with no child support coming in. She later went to college on scholarships because of her very high grades. Now she’s a math dept head at one of the biggest school districts in a major city as well as an adjunct professor at a local college.

I don’t think she’s watched the propaganda box (TV) five hours a week her whole life. Our public library was well used by us. Kids who read succeed. Now she is Dr. _______ (for privacy reasons I won’t use her name). All the credit goes to her and all the hard work and dedication she put forth to get her Ph.D.

By the time home PC’s took off, suddenly a massive push by parents engulfed the country: Every young person must go to college. “Kenny (or Jannie) is the first person in our family to go to college.” It almost became a status symbol even though too many were/are so under educated, they dropped out after signing student loans they couldn’t pay. Because they know they’re never going to get to graduation, too many end up as nothing but party animals pumping their bodies full of booze, drugs and STDs.

What job sector suffered the most for decades now? The ‘trades’. Electricians, plumbers, mechanics to name a few. I read an article a few years ago about a man who owned a cabinet company. He was lamenting he couldn’t find qualified men or women (high school graduates) because they couldn’t even read a ruler properly to take measurements. He went on to say what a shame about public education that doesn’t teach and prepare kids for the real world.

But, I’m happy to report that over the past five, six years more and more young Americans – an encouraging number of them known as Gen Z – are attending trade schools or getting trucker’s licenses. Despite pressure from family to go to college (and if you don’t, you’ll be a loser!), they’re saying no, that’s not what I want. Kudos to them. University isn’t for everyone. A good plumber apprentice in a large city (100 miles north of me) can start making $75,000 a year and no student loan debt.

Gen Zers are ‘catching the wave’ of blue-collar jobs that AI can’t take, tech CEO says – People are ‘understanding the need for trades,’ Lincoln Tech CEO Scott Shaw says, April 28, 2024 // Welders and blue collar trade jobs are in high demand, Gen Z is answering the call, April , 2024

Yes, certain careers do require college. Lawyers, doctors, scientists and vets to name a few. Right now, nationwide there is a MASSIVE shortage of veterinarians. It’s a real serious problem – especially where I live in the Permian Basin in W. Texas. Currently, there’s about a 30% deficit for number of vets needed throughout the country. Veterinarian Shortage Risks Pet Lives

America’s history

Our constitutional republic and the colonies were birthed by wise intelligent men who fully understood why we needed to protect our important job sectors which is why immigrants who could contribute and work making ships, buildings, merchants, etc, were welcomed. Parasites looking to exist off someone else’s labor were not welcome.

Yes, it was a tumultuous time in our history. Robber barons proliferated because wealth meant everything to them. I doubt there’s a country on this planet that doesn’t have shameful policies/history (like slavery which is still a thriving industry in some countries today) that eventually were corrected for the better. Building railroads and expanding this new country was based on growing our own food, industry and manufacturing what we needed while the wealth stayed here.

“The measure of the wealth of a nation is indicated by the measure of its protection of its industry; the measure of the poverty of a nation is marked by the degree in which it neglects and abandons the care of its own industry, leaving it exposed to the action of foreign powers.” Congressman Henry Clay, 1824

That’s exactly what’s happened to America courtesy of corrupt political whores in CON-gress for more than a hundred years. Let’s not forget what the unconstitutional, privately owned “Federal” Reserve has done to our farmers. This is a MUST read column, May 7, 2005: The Fed & The Farmer. It’s most unfortunate former Congressman Ron Paul’s abolish the fed bill in 2007 didn’t have a single co-sponsor. If Trump gets fairly elected, one of his top priorities MUST be – as the leader of the Republican Party – is to hammer on CON-gress to abolish the “Fed” and free Americans from the bondage of a central bank.

The same as we must get out of all those destructive “free” trade treaties and NATO which is nothing but a big money war machine.

We the people must continue telling retailers: I want Made in America. I’ll find what I need on-line. More and more companies are manufacturing here at home and the power of our wallets is key to making it happen. There is nothing wrong with fair trade but it’s long past time to put America first to make America great again for ALL Americans. Illegal aliens do not count as they have NO right to even be on U.S. soil. They need to be deported.

This is how you create jobs in America, Dec. 8, 2013: “For example, if a factory that employs 10,000 Americans moves to Asia, we’re not just putting Americans out of work. We’re also losing all the taxes those employees would have paid, those the workers at their suppliers would have paid, and so on. That web of economic activity not only disappears, but so do the tax revenues that would have been collected!

“Thus, the more that is Made in USA, the more tax revenue the government collects. Indeed, the correlation between the rise of the budget deficit (excluding Social Security transfers) and the trade deficit since 1970 is very tight. We not only vote USA when we purchase Made in USA, we add tax revenue to the government without raising taxes!”

Heed these words of wisdom from Thomas Jefferson: “He, therefore, who is now against domestic manufacture, must be for reducing us either to dependence on that foreign nation, or be clothed in skins, and to live like beasts in dens and caverns. I am not one of those.”

I’ll always remember this snot nosed male caller while a guest on a radio show. I don’t want to work on no damn farm or factory he proclaimed in an angry voice. No one is forcing you. It was okay for our grand parents and even many generations back to work in factories or mills which provided good pay for a day’s honest work. And still today we don’t give enough thanks for those who work in coal mines. Grandparents who didn’t go hungry and neither did their kids – your parents. There was/is no shame working in manufacturing or industrial. Farming and ranching are a tough life and ours feed us and many around the world.

The caller made his living in the tech world which is fine. Say, how do those computer chips taste? Need a plumber, buddy? Oops, none available until next week because everyone wants to work in the tech world. When there’s a depression (I won’t even get into that now) or some catastrophic event like a massive earthquake hitting the New Madrid Seismic Zone, can you feed yourself and your family? Supply chain obliterated.

From the beginning new Americans were tough and self-sufficient. They had to be and what made America so great and debt free were our three most important job sectors. We are a nation blessed by God with natural resources, creative minds and those who choose independence over dependence.

“I prefer dangerous freedom over peaceful slavery.” —Thomas Jefferson.

Today we see too many pansies and empty heads who couldn’t figure out how to open an umbrella who have little to no work ethic. Can’t get a signal for their fancy IPhone or Smart Phone and they have to go to the ER for stress.

Thomas Jefferson also firmly believed agriculture is the lifeblood of a country. Support local farms and ranchers. Tell your grocery store manager you want grown in America just as I’ve been doing the past 30 years. What you need and what you want are two different things. And try to find a butcher: Do you sell cattle meat that’s been injected with the mRNA vaccine? (Illegal here in Texas.) Same as for pigs; swine industry had been shooting them up since 2018.

Make America great again means buying American even if you have to spend extra time searching on-line. Here and there I have purchased foreign products but I’m very careful in researching the company.

THERE IS NO REASON FOR POVERTY IN AMERICA. When America started shifting to an entertainment-based economy and outsourcing good jobs, I thought, you just wait a few years and We the People will have to depend on foreign countries – many our enemies unless we keep feeding them our paychecks in the form of unconstitutional “foreign aid” – for just about everything.

We have a massive number of Americans sick and dying who depend on a lot of medications that should be made here and not by the commies in China. Problems with the supply chain or a cargo ship hitting a bridge that’s loaded with foreign cars, clothes – you name it. We manufacture here, the money stays here and jobs are created for Americans. Our road warriors (truckers) and rail lines deliver for our people.

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@protonmail.com

Related:

*GATT: General Agreement on Tariffs & Trade. WTO: World Trade Organization whose cut off our nuts repeatedly hurting our job sectors.

Made in USA.com

Made in America Store

I’m not sure how many on this list are still in business as I quit updating it years ago; had no one to do the posting. But, check them out as well as the others.

Mike Rowe Contrasts Today’s Liberal College Campuses with Trade Schools Where He is “Pleased to Report, No One is Calling for the Extermination of Jews”, April 23, 2024

TV Host Mike Rowe weighs in on Gen Z gravitating toward trade jobs, April 1, 2024

Earth Day 2050: You Ain’t Going To Like What’s Coming

By Frosty Wooldridge

April 29, 2024

Part 3: What’s coming will cause you to have an upset stomach along with an upset mind.

“Those who contemplate the beauty of the earth find reserves of strength that will endure as long as life lasts. There is something infinitely healing in the repeated refrains of nature — the assurance that dawn comes after night, and spring after winter.” ― Rachel Carson, Silent Spring

Growing up on a farm in LeRoy, Michigan, population 500 farmers, I got close to the Earth. I helped my parents plant a quarter-acre garden every spring. Nothing like getting your hands dirty in the dark riches of organic soil!

As the peas, tomatoes, corn, cabbage, squash, green beans, strawberries, and cucumbers broke through to the surface, I witnessed “life” springing toward the light. I used a hoe to cull back the weeds. I picked the caterpillars off the tomato leaves. I watched the summer rains soaking the good earth until it burst forth with its green abundance.

In the autumn, mom grabbed the Ball Jars out of the cellar. We prepared all those vegetable for canning. Family effort. We picked blackberries and raspberries out of the deep woods on our farm. We still own that 80 acres with its big 120 year old farm house. It used be warmed by a wood burning furnace. I used the outhouse until I was seven. Once we installed a toilet and shower, well, I pretty much felt that I had made it to heaven.

For certain, I wish every American kid could grow up on a farm. You get to see chickens hatch. You get to gather eggs. You get to see baby sheep and calves being born. You get to tap tree sap from the trees and boil it down to rich maple syrup. I think it tastes better when you do it yourself. Did you know that it takes 40 gallons of tree sap to boil down to one gallon of maple syrup? That’s why it costs so much in the grocery store.

As a teen, I drove a big green John Deere tractor, 1949 B, dawn to dusk. I cut hay, I baled hay, I mowed hay up the the rafters in grandpas big barn. I planted corn. I cultivated it. I cut it and brought it to silage in the silo. I dug potatoes and got 2 cents a bushel for cucumbers. My brother Rex and I shoveled a lot of cow, horse and pig manure! We spread it all over the back 100 acres to feed the soil with nutrients. I milked a lot of cows with my grandpa Jesse Ward Johnson. He worked every day of his life until he died. I always looked up to him.

When I look at all the kids today bending their necks 10 hours a day with their fancy cell phones, I can’t help but feel pity for their lack of growing up on a farm. It grounds you! It gives you purpose because the day isn’t done until the chores are completed. It keeps you in touch with the Earth. It balances you. It gives you an appreciation of all four seasons.

So, what does that have to do with “Earth Day 2050?”

Have you thought about 26 years from now? Do you understand the United States faces horrendous consequences as to what its leaders are doing to all of us? Have you thought about what’s coming?

As it Part 1 of this series, you saw that a mere 3.5 billion humans lived on this planet in 1970. A scant 195 million Americans occupied the lower 48 states. Now, we house 350 million plus another 40 million illegal aliens in our country. Do you understand that we grow by 4 million more people annually, net gain? Do the math: 4 million by 26 years gives you 100,000,000 more “resource competitors” who will demand an incredible amount of food, water, resources and energy.

But no one is talking about it. Why? There’s not a single TV program mentioning what’s going to happen to this country in 26 years with such a horrendous population overload. Ted Nye, the science guy, on NPR won’t speak to it. Those news boys and girls at “60 Minutes” avoid anyone who wants to address it. I’ve tried for 20 years to interview on “60 Minutes.” They run from my three books showing exactly what we’re facing. They keep the American people deliberately ignorant as to what’s coming to our civilization. They won’t interview the top 20 population specialists that I have offered them.

Sure, the weather people warn you about snow and rain storms to save you from disaster. They warn you about tornadoes so you can run. But not a single one of them will educate you as to the horrendous amount of people about to land on America in 26 short years.

Here’s one reported by NPR last week: we lose 3,500 square miles of wilderness every ten years to growth in our society. That’s a lot of land. That’s millions of new houses, new roads, new resource competitors. Where do the animals go? Answer: they go extinct.

There’s nobody talking about the fact that the Colorado River cannot feed another 20 million people about to land on California in the next 26 years. They will jump from 39 million to 59 million people.

And yet, our “brilliantly moronic Congress” keeps importing millions upon millions of refugees as if THAT will solve our already overwhelmed society. Our dementia-plagued President Biden commits every child living in 2050 to a totally unstable and unsustainable civilization in a mere 26 years. He’s that stupid, that inept and that incompetent. Or, at least his handlers choose this insane path, the ones who are actually running this country. But half this country will vote for him and support him. Are we screwed or what?

Part 4: In part four of this series, I’m going to cover the extent of the crises that your kids will be experiencing. I’m going to ask you to understand what our airports are going to look like with millions of more planes flying the friendly skies. I’m going to refer you to books that will scare the pants off of you. I’m going to show you what happens when you lack water for drinking and flushing. Whether it’s catastrophic climate destabilization, no more gasoline, and no more of the resources to create batteries or plumbing or wiring—-that’s what you’re facing 26 years from now.

“The greatest threat to our planet is the belief that someone else will save it.” — Robert Swan
“Is the spring coming?” he said. “What is it like?”… “It is the sun shining on the rain and the rain falling on the sunshine…” ― Frances Hodgson Burnett, The Secret Garden
“We are on Earth to take care of life. We are on Earth to take care of each other.” — Xiye Bastida
“In every walk with nature, one receives far more than he seeks.” — John Muir

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

Dying to Your Flesh – Session 2

By Reverend Glynn Adams

April 28, 2024

Many Christians today don’t believe that demons can bother the Christian. Can someone explain to me Luke 13:16, “And this woman, a daughter of Abraham as she is, whom Satan has bound for eighteen long years, should she not have been released from this bond on the Sabbath day?” As the Remnant of God, are we not the seed of Abraham and a follower of God? Well, so is this woman a follower of God? Is it better to live by what Christians think or what the Word of God says?

Why does James 4:7 say? “Submit therefore to God. Resist the devil and he will flee from you?” If Satan can’t bother the Christian, can you explain I Peter 5:8-9, “Be of sober spirit (be serious), be on the alert, your adversary, the devil, prowls about like a roaring lion seeking someone to devour. But resist him, firm in your faith knowing that the same experience of suffering is being accomplished by your brethren who are in the world.”

Are we brethren? Did God say in His Word to resist Satan or ignore him? If God says be on the alert and be serious, should we be serious about resisting this spirit world of darkness? It has been very convenient for Satan and his forces of darkness to remain in the shadows and darkness, ignored by Christians, and not talking about what Satan is doing. In America, we have become a habitation of demons while pastors and church members remain silent and ignore the evil overtaking our nation!!

Concerning the things of darkness, such as demons and evil spirits, we have been told by our religious leaders we can’t talk about these things. They don’t fit in our denominational or mega church box. We have been led to be fearful and intimidated so we just ignore them. Well, in these articles we are going to talk about the powers of darkness and that Christians who ignore these forces of darkness, it will not turn out well for you or your family. We cannot continue to ignore the process in the Kingdom that God has given us to resist these forces of darkness because Satan’s ministry is hell and he is working every day to rob, kill and destroy you and your family. If you are a Christian, it is an abomination to God to fear them!

In this series of articles, our focus is not on Satan and demons but on Jesus and His Word. However, when you closely follow Jesus’ ministry while on this earth, you will see that one-third of His ministry in the Kingdom of God was dealing with the powers of darkness. In these articles, we are headed for holiness, and righteousness, and discernment but we must not ignore the powers of darkness. All of this has been left out by most religious leaders – righteousness – getting right in God’s eyes, not with some religious system, holiness – be ye holy as He is holy by dying to your flesh – discernment – not much to discern when you have explained everything away.

Folks, you are going to have to decide who your heart is going after? Who has your heart? Jesus and His Word or some religious system. Jesus says He wants our heart totally!!! Who do you place your trust in? Jesus and His Word or some man protecting his religious system? Christians, you will never walk with Jesus in righteousness and holiness until you are set free. Satan controls this world, and you won’t be free until you repent – come into agreement with Jesus into His Kingdom – and get into God’s process of dying to your flesh.

When you came to Jesus, you agreed to make Him LORD. If Jesus is your LORD, you are to obey His Word. That means you are putting to death the deeds of the flesh and walking as Jesus walks. “Now those who belong to Christ Jesus have crucified the flesh with its passions and desires.” (Galatians 5:24) Jesus said in Matthew 16:24, “If any wishes to come after Me, let him deny himself and take up his cross and follow Me.” The way you deny yourself is not to let your flesh have its way in your life. You put all your passions and desires of the flesh on the cross to die. How important is this? ”For if you are living according to the flesh, you must die; but if by the Spirit, you are putting to death the deeds of the flesh, you will live. For all who are being led by the Spirit of God, these are the sons of God.” (Romans 8:13-14) This is God’s process for Christians to do the will of Jesus and being obedience to Him.

Now if you are disobedient and not putting to death your flesh, you are in danger. In the Kingdom, Jesus has given us the grace, authority, and power to resist Satan. If you are refusing this grace by ignoring dealing with your flesh, then by default judgment comes because you have opened up the door for Satan and his demons to come into your life and your family’s life!! Oh, Remnant of God – dying to the flesh is the most positive thing you can do to walk in the Spirit, to function in the Kingdom of God, and have God’s abundant life.

In the First Century, when one mentioned crucify that had the chilling meaning of the Roman Cross. When you were put on the cross, you were sentenced to death. Three times Jesus mentioned the cross and without the cross you cannot be His disciple. “And whoever does not bear his cross and come after Me cannot be My disciple.” (Luke 14:27), “And he who does not take up his cross and follow after Me is not worthy of Me.” (Matthew 10:38), “If anyone wishes to come after Me, let him deny himself and take up his cross, and follow Me.” (Matthew 16:24).

Let me remind you again that Jesus had fewer disciples in His Kingdom ministry because He required more obedience and commitment from them than denominations and mega churches require today. Seldom are God’s People challenged and tested by their pastors today because that would be considered too negative!!! They must remain positive and there is no spiritual accountability while their discipleship programs are absolutely negative and non-existent in most churches in America today. Over the past 50 years, the demonic world has made more disciples than have Christians!!!! By making more disciples, they have moved us from a Christian World View to a Progressive New World Order Marxists-Socialists World View. SHAME ON US!!!!

This is not an easy process of God to take up your cross and let your flesh-ways be crucified by the cross. In America, because we have had it so easy in Christianity with little to no suffering, we have corrupted our thinking concerning the cross. To many it is just a religious symbol and nothing more. No reality of “bearing your cross” – no pain or humiliation. Just a pretty little gold piece of jewelry you wear on your lapel or around your neck.

In America we have no understanding of the constant struggles and frustration, uncomfortableness, and pain associated with the cross in dying to the flesh. Today, as we go through the process of putting our old nature/flesh on the cross, our reality in this process is never ending, painful, and disturbing. As followers of Christ, do we live in reality or symbolism? We don’t need a piece of jewelry to identify us with Christ. Putting our sins to death on the cross and our changed lives identifies us with Christ!!!

The Bible is clear that Jesus wants cross-bearers and says nothing about cross-wearers. Symbolism does not change your life but the reality of “cross bearing” does. I can’t imagine Christians in the First Century wearing a cross around their neck just like I can’t imagine the family of the last person executed here in Texas by lethal injection wearing a gold syringe around their neck. There is only one meaning and purpose of the cross to the believer apart from the forgiveness of our sin and that is dying to your flesh so the life and love of Jesus Christ can live through us His Kingdom life to adorn our Lord Jesus and to bring glory to His Name by our changed lives!!!

For the remainder of this article, I want to show you how to die to your flesh nature by putting it on the cross. If you are a Christian, you will sin. “If we say we have no sin, we are deceiving ourselves and the truth is not in us.” (1 John 1:8) God made a provision for dealing with sin in I John 1:9 by confessing it as sin and repenting. Therefore, sin is no problem for the Christian if we confess it, deal with it, and not hide or ignore it. Always remember this – your flesh and spirit are at war with one another. Satan is always saying to your flesh, “come alive.” The Bible says “flesh must die.”

Let us not forget what we have in Christ, “For we do not have a high priest who cannot sympathize with our weaknesses, but One who has been tempted in all things as we are, yet without sin.” (Hebrews 4:15) Jesus lived in the flesh on this earth and knows what it is like for us to live in the flesh. “Let us therefore draw near with confidence to the throne of grace that we may receive mercy and may find grace to help in time of need.” (Hebrews 4:16)

Let’s say you lose your temper and have an outburst of anger. To all young girls: “Do not associate with a man given to anger; or go with a hot-tempered man. Lest you learn his ways and find a snare for yourself.” (Proverbs 22:24-25) HATH GOD REALLY SAID? Outburst of anger is the fruit of the flesh mentioned in Galatians 5, so you must confess it as sin (1 John 1:9) and repent, then deal with your anger.

The way you deal with your anger is you put your anger on the cross to be crucified and to die. You do this by repenting and coming into agreement with God that anger is bad fruit “for the anger of man does not achieve the righteousness of God” (James 1:20), and it must die and you are absolutely committed to do this and rid your life of this unfruitful works of darkness. Only there on the cross can it die in your life. It is a process that can last a long time as our flesh dies hard. Every time you get angry, repent and repeat the process. This process is simply choosing your spirit man over your flesh. The Word says that in the flesh we cannot please God. This process may take a lifetime because man’s problem is flesh – that old nature of Satan in us and it must die.

Paul tells us in Romans 13:11-14, “And this do, knowing the time that it is already the hour for you to awaken from sleep, for now salvation is nearer to us than when we believed. The night is almost gone and the day is at hand. Let us therefore lay aside the deeds of darkness (the deeds of the flesh) and put on the armor of light. Let us behave properly as in the day not in carousing and drunkenness, not in sexual promiscuity and sensuality, not in strife and jealousy. (That just described our culture in America today). But put on the Lord Jesus Christ and make no provision for the flesh in regard to its lusts.”

If you are not ready to give up everything in this world system and everything of the flesh, you are not ready to make Jesus Christ Lord of your life. We must get serious about applying the Word of God to our lives. That is how you have the abundant life rather than the torment of Satan and judgment. Jesus cannot perfect a good work of love in us if we walk in the disobedience of our flesh.

God bless, I remain His servant and watchman, Glynn Adams (Thanks to the late Milt Green and his many conferences on dying to the flesh and I’m just repeating what I learned from him back in the 1980s. We miss you, Milt!!! Next week: Dying to the Flesh – Session 3 – How your flesh nature suffers when it has to die!!!

[Session 1], [Session 2],

E-Mail Glynn Adams: glynnadams@sbcglobal.net

Freedom of Speech and the Offense of Political Correctness

by Peter Falkenberg Brown

April 28, 2024

Do you value freedom of speech? Do you think that political correctness has gone too far? Are you frustrated with the rhetoric of social justice warriors? Are you looking for ways to cut through all the PC confusion with clarity and truth? You are not alone.

No one likes to be offended.

“Sticks and stones may break my bones, but words will never hurt me” is actually not true, even though it’s a useful verse to teach children not to retaliate against insults with violence.

[The full text of this essay is below the video.]

Words can indeed hurt and wound, and many young people today are quick to point out that they are offended in a large variety of ways, and fully expect profuse apologies from the offenders.

Those who find that they’ve given offense are often good-hearted people who have no desire to harm others, and thus they typically apologize. No one wants to be an “offensive” person, or a racist, bigot, sexist, homophobe, transphobe, Islamophobe, cultural appropriator, or any other possible category of “badness.”

Human beings have a deeply rooted sensitivity to the beauty and value of love, which is actually humanity’s great hope to finally leave violence behind and grow as a species to the point where a world of love is possible. It’s rare to find a person who would honestly say that their deepest desire every day is to harm others, including children, and most especially puppies. We have a sense of pride that we should at least appear to be good, and usually agree with the idea that it is good to be good.

Thus, very few people experience real, deep, lasting joy when they offend others.

This is why the current culture of political correctness is so powerful. Being called a racist, a bigot, a sexist, or a hater is deeply troubling, so many people do their best to avoid these accusations by self-censoring their words so that no one will be offended and accuse them of being a “phobe.”

Because of this sentiment, political correctness has created a culture of fear—a culture in which anyone at any time can turn on someone and label them as offensive and by extension, evil. Political correctness is partially fueled by Identity Politics—the division of human beings into groups defined by their assumed status as oppressors or the oppressed. Very little attention is paid to the character of individuals. Instead, victimology reigns supreme with individuals competing in an “Oppression Olympics” with circuitous pathways of “Intersectionality” that create ever more complex combinations of oppression that eventually brand everyone as an oppressor of someone else.

White males are labeled as the ultimate oppressors who offend everyone else by their mere existence. Putting aside for the moment the fact that large numbers of white males in history have been incredibly loving, principled, noble, and sacrificial human beings, what about a white male who is gay, or identifies as transracial Asian and trans female? (There are such cases.) Is he now oppressed? Has his whiteness and genetic maleness been forgiven by his self-identification? If so, why? Intersectional identity politics is an enormous pile of tangled spaghetti logic that collapses in on itself if one pulls at the strands.

Its twisted and confusing narrowness has created a politically correct culture of tyrants who roam the streets and hallways waiting to be offended, screaming that their hurt feelings have victimized them because of the purported offense of “the invalid other.” Their response is to verbally and sometimes physically assault their enemy offenders with a self-righteousness often fueled by a petulant rage that has forgotten all about the values of love and forgiveness, and most certainly pays no attention to the log in their own eye.

In this politically correct culture, offended accusers do not have to prove their allegations. In many cases, simply calling John Smith a racist, a hater, a sexist, a bigot, or a transphobe/homophobe is enough to end his career. There’s no due process and no defense accepted. The content of one’s character as an individual is irrelevant. This phenomenon hearkens back to the Salem Witch trials and the malevolent accusations of Mao’s Red Guard student movement in the 1960s.

If the Western culture of sacred individual liberty is to survive, the destructive culture of political correctness must be transformed from its current state of tyranny and hostility and replaced by a thoughtful, reasoned, kind, and respectful culture that promotes harmony and love between people. This can only be done by fostering deep listening between all human beings, and mutual respect between opposing sides.

A social justice warrior who earnestly corrects an “offensive” person may believe that he or she is promoting goodness and vanquishing hate. Yet, all too often SJWs scream with hatred at those with whom they disagree. Even when they don’t raise their voices, SJWs who pursue their conviction of political correctness don’t listen to the other person. They don’t respectfully ask deep questions with a desire to learn opposing opinions.

The culture of political correctness is shallow and one-sided. It allows no debate or discussion, and engenders contempt and hatred toward the ones accused of “hatred.” It is a snake that will eat its own children because it is based on the ever-changing “winds of offense.” Today’s hate-speech policeman will be tomorrow’s criminal.

But, a social justice warrior might wail, “Hate speech is bad! Saying hateful, bigoted, offensive things about Group X, Y, or Z is evil! We cannot allow such harmful things to be said! We must make laws against it to protect the innocent members of all marginalized groups!”

It is a seductive refrain because loving human beings don’t normally want to harm others. Thus, in the name of “love and peace and goodness,” opposing views are crushed, and violators are fined, jailed, and in many Islamic societies, killed. And of course, we must mention communist societies like North Korea, Cuba, and China as examples of political correctness fully grown.

The elephant in the room that social justice warriors ignore is that creating a tyrannical society of political correctness in which people can be fined, jailed, and killed will create a majority population of oppressed victims that will inevitably include members of the SJW class. Tyranny eats its own because it is merciless. Under tyranny, the finer sentiments of love, kindness, and compassion are no longer valued. Thus, in the name of social justice, with a passing reference to love that is soon forgotten, the hell of tyranny is created.

“Totalitarian” is defined as “exercising control over the freedom, will, or thought of others.” Those who support the culture of political correctness, whether they brand themselves as social justice warriors or not, must recognize that telling people what they can and cannot say is the first step toward tyranny. It is a major step, for when free speech is restricted or eliminated, the flow of truth stops.

Children are then raised with the State’s version of truth and grow up entirely ignorant of reality. Eventually, of course, they catch on and revolt, perhaps after many generations. But the cost in human suffering is enormous. The people of North Korea, Cuba, China, and most Islamic countries are in this dire situation right now.

The Founding Fathers of America understood the evils of tyranny and worked brilliantly to create a government with checks and balances, and magnificent freedoms that they expressed as gifts from a Divine source. The Constitutional guarantee of freedom of speech was not meant to protect “nice” speech. It was established to protect everyone against the repression of opinions when those opinions were not popular. It allows citizens to insult and condemn their leaders without being locked up under the laws of “Lèse-majesté,” or “injured majesty.” Lèse-majesté is still in force in many countries around the world—but it has no power in the United States, which has given amazing freedom to all citizens, including members of the media and comedians to insult their leaders with impunity.

A comedian can even hold up a bloodied effigy of the severed head of a current president and not be charged with a crime. That is the free speech guarantee at work. There are not too many things more offensive than holding up a bloody model of someone’s severed head. One must ask how the media and supporters of political correctness would have responded to that severed head if they actually liked the man it represented. One can see then, that to safely guarantee free speech for all, it must be thoroughly and rigorously supported at all times by all people.

The United States was formed with unique guarantees of freedom that were so special that millions upon millions of immigrants swarmed to our shores to enjoy those freedoms. The United States is incredibly exceptional—not because its citizens are any more moral than others, but because of the ideas and principles of freedom that created our country. That is true American exceptionalism.

And yes, living in a free country like America has often engendered an attitude of life that creates exceptional people, of all races and religions. We have been a melting pot of diverse peoples from around the world who adopted a common creed of freedom and shared opportunity for all and thus we proudly became “Americans.” After only eighty-five years from the founding of our country in 1776, hundreds of thousands of Christian men, both white and black, bled and died together to correct the monstrous sin of slavery, a momentous and unprecedented sacrificial event in human history. Freedom in America was created and has matured on the foundation of self-sacrifice and a belief in the sacred rights of every individual, without exception.

In 1860, after an anti-slavery meeting in Boston was disrupted by men hired by slavers, Frederick Douglass, a former slave, delivered “A Plea for Free Speech in Boston.” His words could easily describe today’s PC culture:

“Even here in Boston, and among the friends of freedom, we hear two voices: one denouncing the mob that broke up our meeting on Monday as a base and cowardly outrage; and another, deprecating and regretting the holding of such a meeting, by such men, at such a time. We are told that the meeting was ill-timed, and the parties to it unwise.”[1]

He went on to say:

“There can be no right of speech where any man, however lifted up, or however humble, however young, or however old, is overawed by force, and compelled to suppress his honest sentiments. Equally clear is the right to hear. To suppress free speech is a double wrong. It violates the rights of the hearer as well as those of the speaker.”[2]

Thus, freedom of speech is the first line of defense against tyranny of every sort. Very specifically, this means that social justice warriors and supporters of political correctness must accept that all speech is free, including hateful speech, disagreeable speech, or insulting speech. Only a very narrow line of speech that directly incites violence can and should be opposed.

We must remember that good-hearted people don’t normally wish to offend others. Yet in spite of the risk that speech might offend others, all speech must be protected if liberty is to survive.

“Islamophobia” is a popular canard in the West these days. Canada, Britain, and Europe are passing laws that criminalize criticism of Islam while leaving criticism of Christianity, Judaism, and other religions open to unbridled condemnation without consequence. Who benefits from these laws?

If one examines life in Iran or Saudi Arabia or other strict Islamic Sharī‘ah countries, one can see that over a billion wonderful human beings around the world who just happen to be Muslim are unable to criticize Mohammed or Islamic doctrines without suffering severe and sometimes fatal consequences. Blasphemy laws that criminalize opposition to Islam benefit a tyrannical class that has no interest in granting freedom of speech and religion to their own Muslim populations who are the first and constant victims of their tyranny—most especially women.

Muslims cannot leave Islam upon pain of death. It is reasonable and logical to assume that vast numbers of Muslims would leave Islam if they felt that it was safe to do so. The Islamic religious and political culture that pushes men across the globe to riot, burn, and kill when someone in a faraway land draws a cartoon of Mohammed is a culture that has become a fully realized version of political correctness and tyranny.

Can you imagine the outcry in Western media if Christians were killed if they tried to leave Christianity? Can you imagine the disgust and contempt toward Christians if they rioted, burned, and killed people around the globe if someone created a piece of art that mocked Jesus? The media and people in general would scorch the Christian world with their criticisms—as well they should if Christians did those things. Which, of course, they do not. Christians can leave their faith at any time, and Jesus has been mocked endlessly by a large variety of people, in the most vile of ways. But Christians almost always turn the other cheek because they were taught to love their enemy instead of hating him.

Why then do so many Westerners in media, entertainment, politics, and academia refuse to speak out against the violence and oppression in the Islamic world, while still criticizing the West? Why the double standard?

Is it because of naivety and ignorance about Islam? This type of behavior reminds me of a scene in the movie The Poseidon Adventure, in which Gene Hackman’s character tries to get a second group to follow them—the right way—to safety. The second group stubbornly refuses, and of course, dies.

Or is it because they have so much hatred for Judeo-Christian values that they gladly join with Islamists in their jihad against Western civilization?

Or, do they keep silent about Islam because of fear—fear that angry Muslims will respond with violence, as has so often happened? For the West to be cowed by fear of Islam is a terrible situation to be in, that needs review and a solution. To find answers to these questions, one must look at things with common sense, courage, open eyes, objectivity, and most of all, honesty.

Do we really want to yield to the tyranny of Islamic Sharī‘ah law in the West? Unfortunately, too many people are saying yes. It is short-sighted and may become a matter of great regret, most especially to their children who will inherit the results of their policies.

The historian Arnold J. Toynbee stated, “Civilizations die from suicide, not by murder.”[3] Western liberals who support political correctness are leading people into an abyss that will swallow all of us unless we vigorously oppose the Offense and Tyranny of Political Correctness.

That means that when someone spews forth a stream of invective, laced with the standard descriptors of phobes, haters, and bigots, etc, we must courageously push back against it, with bold speech supported by an underlying desire to eventually create harmony between all sides—a harmony centered on love and respect, but most of all a harmony centered upon an unbreakable commitment to sacred, individual liberty.

That freedom applies to all men and women of every race. Martin Luther King, Jr. did not preach hatred toward whites or blacks or any other race, but instead timelessly affirmed that the value of every human being was based on their individual spirit and character. In Dr. King’s acceptance speech for the Nobel Peace Prize in 1964, he stated:

“I refuse to accept the view that mankind is so tragically bound to the starless midnight of racism and war that the bright daybreak of peace and brotherhood can never become a reality.”[4]

May Dr. King’s dream at long last come true.

E-Mail Peter Falkenberg Brown: peterbrown@worldcommunity.com

Website: https://peterfalkenbergbrown.com

Footnotes:

Frederick Douglass, “A Plea for Free Speech in Boston,” December 9, 1860, Boston’s Music Hall
Ibid.
Arnold J. Toynbee, referenced in “Arnold J. Toynbee,” New World Encyclopedia.
Martin Luther King, Jr., “Martin Luther King Jr. Acceptance Speech, on the occasion of the award of the Nobel Peace Prize in Oslo, 10 December 1964.

Lighting A Candle

By Rob Pue

April 28, 2024

I believe America is at a tipping point. Most Americans realize there is something deeply wrong with the nation we live in. Even non-Christians have had all they can take of the Leftists’ “woke” agenda, and especially of the vilification of common sense when it comes to our children.

In recent years, we’ve seen parents who object to pornographic books, drag queens and the LGBTQP+ movement indoctrinating their children labeled as “the most dangerous threats to our democracy,” and also called “domestic terrorists.” In reality, the opposite is true. Those who push for the normalization of sexual deviancy, homosexuality, pedophilia and the mutilation of the minds and bodies of our children are the real predators, and they have many allies, now baked in to the curricula of our public schools and celebrated wholesale in cities and small towns all across the USA.

In 1963, “45 Communist goals to take down America” were read into the Congressional record. Among them: “break down cultural standards of morality by promoting pornography and obscenity in the media;” “present homosexuality, degeneracy and promiscuity as ‘normal, natural and healthy;’” “infiltrate the churches;” “discredit the family as an institution;” “Encourage promiscuity and easy divorce;” “emphasize the need to raise children away from the ‘negative’ influence of parents.” And here we are today, with all of those Communist goals to take down America achieved.

June is coming quickly. In the year 2000, Bill Clinton declared the month of June as “Gay and Lesbian Pride Month.” Since then, “Pride Month” has spread around the globe, but it doesn’t end when July 1st rolls around. Today, the LGBTQP+ monster — and now the “transgender” abomination — continues all year long. Through organizations like the “Human Rights Campaign,” their agenda is forced down the throats of companies and corporations, so that they must either endorse and financially support this sexual deviancy and the myriad of mental disorders associated with it all, or be publicly shamed, boycotted and labeled as “homophobic” and now, “transphobic.”

But those pulling the strings behind the scenes are pushing even harder and never stop their assault on all that is normal, natural and God-ordained. Today we have the “Transgender Day of Vengeance.” We have a new multi-billion dollar industry within the medical industrial complex, to forever mutilate and sterilize young children with hormone-blocking drugs and so-called “gender affirming surgeries” that destroy young children and maim them for life. Josef Mengele would be proud.

For many years, I’ve joined my Christian friends on the streets during “Pride parades,” to stand as a witness for Christ and God’s natural design for marriage and family. I’ve attended some of the largest “pride” festivals in the country, where it’s been 100 Christians trying to reach a half-million sodomites and their allies. I’ve witnessed thousands of young children exposed to sexual deviancy in the streets of American cities. Young children participating with their homosexual parents in these parades. Young children viewing simulated sodomite sex acts involving completely- or mostly-naked men and women in broad daylight. Young children, whose parents give them dollar bills to stuff in the “g-strings” of nearly-nude drag queens, dancing provocatively in front of adoring crowds of hedonists.

With the exception of a handful of times, attempting to reason with or even have a meaningful conversation with the sodomites and transgenders has been futile. The police see the Christians as the enemies, and they protect the perverts. The sodomites blow bullhorns directly into our ears as we try to speak. They beat drums, blow trumpets, yell and scream like demons, to keep our words from going forth. When we use signs with messages of common sense, hordes of deranged sodomites descend upon us, covering our signs with rainbow flags at a minimum… destroying our signs, and attacking us physically most of the time. And Christians being attacked at these events has been — every time — the greatest form of amusement for those charged with the duty to “protect and serve.”

Sadly, the vast majority of American pastors and churches have remained mute, and have allowed all of this to grow to enormous proportions, so that today, you can go nowhere without being assaulted by homosexual or transgender propaganda and vile displays of debauchery. The rainbow flag is a symbol of conquest. No one can argue that the devil and his minions have won this culture war, because the pastors and churches have been too cowardly to do ANYTHING. Correction: I shouldn’t say the churches haven’t done anything… the last “pride” parade I attended included no less than forty churches participating IN the parade, with banners on their floats expressing sentiments like “God thinks you’re fabulous.”

But people are fed up with all this. Most of us have had enough of these mental illnesses being pridefully celebrated and we’re now forced to celebrate this perversion under penalty of law. Some have suggested there be a “Straight Pride” parade. But heterosexual people do not celebrate the fact that they’re heterosexual, nor do they flaunt their sexuality in public, in front of children. And what would a “Straight Pride” parade even look like? A bunch of normal people walking down the street? And further, if anyone even tried to arrange something like this, they’d be viciously attacked and vilified in the mainstream media and compared to “Nazis.” You know that would happen.

Several years ago, my friend, JR Harrison, who leads the Natural Family Foundation, came up with the idea of celebrating “Natural Family Month” — from Mother’s Day to Father’s Day. The first week would be a celebration of Mother’s Day. The second week would be a celebration of children. The third week would be a celebration of grandparents. The next week would be a celebration of extended family, and it would all culminate in a celebration of Dads on Father’s Day.

JR has created a website, NaturalFamilyStrong.com, where he lays out the plan, and offers a pledge people can sign to affirm their support of God’s ordained design for the NATURAL family: one biological man married to one biological woman united in a monogamous marriage for life, bearing and raising Godly children in the fear and admonition of the Lord. There’s overwhelming scientific evidence showing that children thrive within the Natural Family. There’s much less poverty, mental illness, drug use, rage and rebellion, and children grow up to be much happier and well-adjusted adults when raised within the Natural Family.

Last June, I came up with an idea, but it was too late to put into action then. This year, thanks to other ministry friends, the idea is coming to fruition — and God has greatly blessed this plan, which focuses on “lighting a candle” instead of cursing the darkness. Mind you, in prior years as we went to witness for Christ at these sodomite events, we weren’t “cursing” anyone. We were there to shine the light of Christ and have meaningful, thoughtful and loving conversations with those so lost and deceived by Satan. Unfortunately, in this sort of environment, our little band of Christian brothers and sisters were no match for the demonic spirits inhabiting a half million people — including city government leaders, police officers, pastors and churches.

So this year, we’re preparing something totally different, for June 29th. That’s the day the “drag queens” will be performing in a downtown family park. Once again, men will be dressed as outrageous prostitutes and will be dancing and gyrating in sexually suggestive ways in front of little children. They’ll also be dressing little children in “drag” and teaching them how to “strut their stuff” in front of the adults there.

But on this same day, a few blocks away, at another city park, we will be hosting a Natural Family Festival. This is our attempt to “light a candle” in this community and as I wrote in my article last year, to “show them what a natural family is.”

The mayor of the city has agreed to open our festival with a speech on the value of families…natural families. We will have other excellent speakers to encourage people to cherish the institution of the family…the Godly foundation for a Godly nation. And then we’ll have activities, for children and adults. But not just any sort of activities. This is not some sort of “carnival” with silly stuff and meaningless games. All of the activities we have planned are designed to bring families together and to honor God’s design for the natural family…again, one real man and one real woman, united in marriage and bearing and raising children for the glory of God.

One activity will involve children and their parents learning to plant and grow things. We’ll provide small flower and vegetable plants, soil and pots, so children can work together with their parents to grow something. Once planted, we’ll have a little sign that reads “I love my family” that they can decorate their pot with.

Another activity will include boys working with their dads to build a simple birdhouse or bird feeder. Again, this activity is meant to connect fathers together with their sons and build something — achieve something — together.

At another station, we’ll be doing a bigger project, to involve the older children. Under the supervision of expert builders, young teens will be building an actual house — a playhouse — throughout the day. This will provide an opportunity for dads to work with their teenagers and actually learn to build a HOUSE! When it’s completed, we’ll draw one name from among those who worked on the project and the winner will win the playhouse… here again, we’re connecting dads with teens, and teens will learn they can build and achieve something of great significance, with their own two hands, alongside their dads.

We’ll also set up a lemonade stand… but not just any lemonade stand. Next to our stand, we’ll have a “Help Wanted” sign, and children ages 5-13 can sign up for half-hour segments to work at the stand. We’ll supply the lemonade, cups and ice. Kids just need to sign up and show up for “work.” At the end of their shift, they get to keep what they’ve earned. This teaches kids how to “get a job,” and the satisfaction of learning to work, and how to earn money.

And we all know the “drag queens” offer “story time.” We’ll have story time too. But OUR stories will come from the old McGuffey Readers, which are filled with uplifting, positive stories of families…with the gospel message woven throughout. And here’s the best part: the stories will be read by GRANDPARENTS. So, we’ll be connecting the oldest generation with the youngest generation, and these grandparents will also share the wisdom of their own life’s experiences with the young kids who listen. I strongly believe we need to return honor and VALUE to our elders, who are so easily forgotten and minimalized in today’s culture.

We’ll also have a petting zoo, pony and cart rides, other craft opportunities for kids and their parents to create and build things together, and we will have acappella music sung by families from our local Mennonite community. So instead of silly songs, comedy and frivolous “entertainment,” we’ll be offering beautiful music — hymns sung together by FAMILIES. There will also be a mobile Creation Museum, showing how God created the world in six days, and how the first family began.

This will be an opportunity to turn the hearts of the fathers back toward their children. To re-connect the grandparents with their grandchildren, for moms and daughters to connect in substantial ways, to hear meaningful stories of how God designed the family to really be. To HONOR our parents, our elders, and get our young people out of the clutches of pop culture and turn THEIR hearts back to respecting themselves, each other and their mothers, fathers and families.

Friends, as goes the church, so goes the family. Sadly, our churches have failed to build solid God-honoring families. But also, as goes the family, so goes the nation. And we can all easily see how desperately our nation needs strong families again — free of the shackles of mindless TikTok videos and gaming and soul-sucking electronic “entertainment” and social media.

We’re offering a clear and stark alternative. This community will have the opportunity to see two completely different worldviews on the same day just a few blocks apart: the celebration of sodomite “pride,” “drag queen” perversion and sexual grooming of children versus the wholesome, NATURAL FAMILY the way it used to be; the way God designed it to be and the way it should be. In the end, I believe the people of this small town will be deeply impacted and I pray that hearts are deeply touched and transformed as we will show them and demonstrate to them what a natural family is. We’re lighting a candle, rather than cursing the darkness and it’s my hope that other people, in communities all across this nation, will grab a hold of this vision and put together Natural Family Festivals for their own towns. If you’d like to learn how you can easily do this in your town, please contact me.

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

Audio CDs and transcripts of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066. Or email Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com and ask for message number 427.

Christian Nationalism

By Putch Paugh

April 27, 2024

Let me start this article by stating unequivocally, “Yes, by the grace of God, I am a Christian Nationalist with no apologies!”

Now you are probably asking, what in the world is a Christian Nationalist? Let’s start by looking at what a leftist humanistic reporter by the name of Heidi Przybyla says it is. Here’s one of her comments from an interview in part that she did on MSNBC recently. “They (Christian Nationalists) believe that our rights as Americans and as all human beings do not come from any earthly authority. They don’t come from Congress, from the Supreme Court, they come from God.” In an article in Politico she stated “Christian nationalists in America believe that the country was founded as a Christian nation and that Christian values should be prioritized throughout government and public life.” She also said in the interview on MSNBC the most “Christians” don’t believe this. Implying that only Christian Nationalists believe this and therefore are not true Christians. Please allow me to clarify something right now. If you are a Christian that believes in the superiority of the Creator God as taught in the scriptures then you must be a Christian Nationalist! And if you don’t believe the scriptures taught in the inerrant word of God, the 1611 KJV, you are not a Christian! So there Ms. Przybyla!

Anyone who has even a rudimentary knowledge of our country’s founding and the beliefs of some of the men who had a hand in bringing the very unique concept of a nation based on the belief that no man or group of men had a “divine” right to be the “sovereign” power and authority over other men must, of necessity, believe in a higher authority! In a document written and approved by such men that has been all but forgotten and ignored by society today titled “The Declaration of Independence’, you will find the following statement: “We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are “created” equal, that they are endowed by their “Creator” with certain unalienable Rights, that among these (not limited to) are Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness.” Obviously these “radicals” believed there is a divine Creator that man derived their rights from beyond man’s sphere or realm of authority! And even more importantly, mankind must bow to this authority as truly being the only true “sovereign” as supreme in their lives!

As a matter of truth and fact, the very same document continues with a very serious statement and warning to all who read it!

It makes a very clearly stated fact that has been ignored for so long that the very idea of a society of self-governing men who owe no allegiance to any other authority but their Creator, Saviour, Lord and King, Jesus Christ, that the concept of divine authority that rules in every sphere of mankind’s life on earth is regarded as not only radical and threatening to society, but a terroristic idea. This Christian nationalistic document states “when a long train of abuses and usurpations (man usurping the divine and sovereign authority of God over other men) pursuing invariable the same object evinces a design to reduce them under absolute despotism (tyranny of men), “It is their right (God-given), it is their duty (commanded by God Himself) to throw off such (ungodly authority) government.”

Of course, what made this document even more evil in the eyes of the humanistic atheistic and anti-Christ influencers of society today is that all of writers and framers of such new luminary ideas of their day in history is that they were all “Caucasian white” Christian nationalists! While I have to admit there are very few true Christian Nationalists left, there is one wonderful truth to share! Today, although we are few in number, we now have Christian Nationalists of every color! Caucasian, Black, Hispanic and more who are sincerely born again, spirit-filled believers in our only Sovereign, Lord and King Jesus Christ!

Now, for the final point that the low down, God hating, Christian hating, humanism heathens that absolutely despise God’s laws and His Authority in all things; As is written in Psalms chapter 2, these heathen rose against God and His people. It also states that God laughs at their stupidity and arrogance and that He will have them in derision, which means He will hold them in contempt! Nonetheless, God is the supreme, sovereign and His Will will ultimately be done in the day of His final judgment!

In closing this article, I will make this final statement. I totally realize that the ideas, concepts and desires that many of our nation’s founders had from the pilgrims and puritans and on through our history are lost to us forever as Americans. Our nation has sinned beyond redemption. (II Kings 24:2-4, Ps. 106:40,41) but as for myself and other Christian Nationalists, let me state unequivocally that we believe and will declare before all men and their “earthly” government, that God’s laws, commandments and judgments should be the only foundation on how mankind should “govern” their lives! As individuals in our homes, our churches and in all spheres of civil government God’s law is sovereign and it is the whole duty of man to obey it! Ecc. 12:13-14

In Christ’s Service,

E-Mail Butch Paugh: ctdm@hotmail.com

Is the Constitution a Threat to National Security?

By Paul Engel

April 27, 2024

FISA Section 702 has been used repeatedly by the FBI to illegally spy on Americans.
There are those who claim requiring a warrant to search the Section 702 database is unreasonable.
Will the American people give up their rights for the promise of safety?

A policy statement released by the Executive Office of the administration’s Office of Management and Budget, effectively made the very bold statement that the Constitution of the United States was a threat to national security. Does this not remind you of the saying from Benjamin Franklin?

“They who would give up an essential liberty for temporary security, deserve neither liberty or security.”

Benjamin Franklin

Are the American people willing to give up their right to be free from unreasonable searches for the promise of national security?

On April 12, 2024, Jordain Carney posted on X what she claims is a memo from the Biden Administration regarding an amendment to HR 7888, a bill to reauthorize Section 702 of the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (FISA). The title of the memo is “THE BIGGS AMENDMENT IS A THREAT TO NATIONAL SECURITY”. I say she “claims to” because she provided no link to the original document and I have not been able to find a copy of the document she posted anywhere else. I did, however, find a policy statement from the administration’s Office of Management and Budget that, while not as explicit in its claims as the memo Ms. Carney posted, essentially says the same thing.

Spying on Americans

There have been numerous examples of the Federal Bureau of Investigations misusing the data collected under FISA Section 702 and stored on its database. The FBI lied to the FISA court to authorize surveillance on a Presidential candidate and his staff, and then again to continue the surveillance after Donal Trump had been elected President. The FISA Court identified more than 278,000 times the FBI violated their own standards to use Section 702 to spy on Americans, including those suspects in the Jan. 6, 2021 breach of the capital, Black Lives Matters, and even political campaign donors. This has led to numerous calls to either eliminate Section 702 or modify it in order to protect the rights of the American people. During the debate of HR 7888, the Reforming Intelligence and Securing America Act, an amendment was offered by Rep. Andy Biggs which stated:

An amendment numbered 1 printed in House Report 118-456 to prohibit warrantless searches of U.S. person communications in the FISA 702 database, with exceptions for imminent threats to life or bodily harm, consent searches, or known cybersecurity threat signatures

H.Amdt.876 — 118th Congress (2023-2024)

This led to the OMB policy statement of April 11, 2024, which included the statement:

STATEMENT OF ADMINISTRATION POLICY H.R. 7888 –Reforming Intelligence and Securing America Act

Interesting. The administration doesn’t claim Mr. Biggs’ amendment would create a new wall around the 702 database, but rebuild one that previously existed.

The Whitehouse Position on Section 702

The Whitehouse has expressed unqualified support for the renewal of FISA Section 702.

The Administration strongly supports H.R. 7888, a bipartisan bill to reauthorize an essential intelligence authority, Section 702 of the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (“FISA”), and other FISA provisions before they would expire on April 19, 2024.

STATEMENT OF ADMINISTRATION POLICY H.R. 7888 –Reforming Intelligence and Securing America Act

If it has been shown that the FBI has been abusing their access to the Section 702 database, why does this administration want to retain such access?

Expiration of Section 702 authorities would deprive us of insight into precisely the threats Americans expect their government to identify and counter: terrorist threats to the Homeland, fentanyl supply chains bringing deadly drugs into American communities, hostile governments’ recruitment of spies in our midst, PRC transnational repression, penetrations of our critical infrastructure, adversaries’ attempts to illicitly acquire sensitive dual-use and military commodities and technology, ransomware attacks against major American companies and nonprofits, Russian war crimes, and many more.

STATEMENT OF ADMINISTRATION POLICY H.R. 7888 –Reforming Intelligence and Securing America Act

The Administration lists a number of threats they claim from which the American people expect to be protected. That’s fine, but what about the abusive uses of this data?

To protect the American people, we need to maintain this vital collection authority while strengthening its protective guardrails with the most robust set of reforms ever included in legislation to reauthorize Section 702, and H.R. 7888 does that.

STATEMENT OF ADMINISTRATION POLICY H.R. 7888 –Reforming Intelligence and Securing America Act

I’m not sure if the protections in HR 7888 are the most robust ever put in place for a reauthorization of Section 702, but I do know they are, at best, as thin as tissue paper. For example, if someone in the FBI wishes to query the Section 702 database for data on an American citizen, the requirements would be:

Federal Bureau of Investigation personnel must obtain prior approval from a Federal Bureau of Investigation supervisor (or employee of equivalent or greater rank) or attorney who is authorized to access unminimized contents or noncontents obtained through acquisitions authorized under subsection (a) for any query of such unminimized contents or noncontents made using a United States person query term.

HR 7888 – Reforming Intelligence and Securing America Act

So FBI personnel merely needs the OK from a supervisor or higher to access this data. That’s the “unminimized” data. No probable cause, no proof of relevancy to an ongoing and approved investigation. Just a request and approval from an FBI supervisor or an attorney with access to the unminimized (unredacted) data. Isn’t this a case of the “fox guarding the hen house”? Isn’t this what so many people have been complaining about? But wait, there’s more:

A United States person query to be conducted by the Federal Bureau of Investigation of unminimized contents or noncontents obtained through acquisitions authorized under subsection (a) using a United States person query term may be conducted without obtaining prior approval as specified in clause (i) only if the person conducting the United States person query has a reasonable belief that conducting the query could assist in mitigating or eliminating a threat to life or serious bodily harm.”.

HR 7888 – Reforming Intelligence and Securing America Act

So, as long as the FBI actor has a “reasonable” belief that someone could be killed or injured, even the tissue paper thin protections go out the window? Notice, there is no timeframe for the threat to life or serious bodily harm. The investigation could be looking into a possible attack months, even years in the future, but they do not require even the most minimal of review by a supervisor? This is, to the Biden Administration, sufficient safeguards to protect the American people’s rights from the administration’s abuses?

What About the Constitution?

It seems that those in the Biden Administration, not to mention many in the Republican Caucus in the House of Representatives, have forgotten they have sworn or affirmed to support the Constitution, which includes the Fourth Amendment:

The right of the people to be secure in their persons, houses, papers, and effects, against unreasonable searches and seizures, shall not be violated,

U.S. Constitution – Amendment IV

Much of what has been collected in Section 702’s database are emails and other digital communications, the modern day equivalent of a person’s papers and effects. While the U.S. Constitution has no legal authority in foreign nations, it most certainly does within the borders United States and when the United States is dealing with its citizens and residents. Since the Constitution of the United States is the supreme law of the land (Article VI, Clause 2), that means for a search of the digital papers and effects of any American to be legal, there must be a reason. And to provide proof of that reasonableness, the government must acquire a warrant or show an exigent (urgent) circumstance exists. Which sounds an awful lot like what would be required by Mr. Biggs’ amendment.

to prohibit warrantless searches of U.S. person communications in the FISA 702 database, with exceptions for imminent threats to life or bodily harm, consent searches, or known cybersecurity threat signatures.

H.Amdt.876 — 118th Congress (2023-2024)

However, it appears the Biden Administration, like many of its predecessors, doesn’t like the idea of their illegal powers being challenged.

For these same reasons, the Administration strongly opposes the amendment proposed by Rep. Biggs to H.R. 7888 that would rebuild a wall around, and thus block our access to, already lawfully collected information in the possession of the U.S. Government. The amendment would prohibit U.S. officials from reviewing critical information that the Intelligence Community has already lawfully collected, with exceptions that are exceedingly narrow and unworkable in practice. Our intelligence, defense, and public safety communities are united: the extensive harms of this proposal simply cannot be mitigated. Therefore, the Administration strongly opposes the amendment.

STATEMENT OF ADMINISTRATION POLICY H.R. 7888 –Reforming Intelligence and Securing America Act

Yes, the amendment would prohibit the unlawful review of what is, in some cases, lawfully collected data. It would require the Intelligence Community to follow the law, including the Constitution, that they swore or affirmed to follow. The restrictions are narrow for two very important reasons. First, so they would be pursuant to the Constitution of the United States. And second, to prevent the types of criminal abuses we have already seen those in the FBI are more than willing to commit. The administration seems concerned about the “extensive harms” the Biggs Amendment would have on their ability to illegally spy on the American people, while at the same time showing no concern of the extensive crimes they have committed against them.

THE BIGGS AMENDMENT IS A THREAT TO NATIONAL SECURITY Memo

I place limited confidence in the memo Ms. Carney posted, simply because there is no evidence that it is actually a Whitehouse memo. With that caveat, and giving Ms. Carney the benefit of the doubt, there are details in this memo that would be of great importance if it’s real.

According to the memo Ms. Carney published, the FBI claims to have thwarted three (3) attacks based on data they found by searching the Section 702 database. Of course, they provide no details to verify their claims. While that makes sense from an operational security standpoint, with all of their illegal activity and proven targeting of political opponents, does anyone trust the FBI’s claims anymore?

In this memo, the Biden Administration admits that their searches of the Section 702 database violate the Fourth Amendment.

The “warrant” exception allows a query if, beforehand, the executive branch has obtained a court order based on probable cause. But the executive branch almost never can meet that standard at the earliest stages of an investigation when queries are most critical.

THE BIGGS AMENDMENT IS A THREAT TO NATIONAL SECURITY

The Biden Administration admits that it does not have the probable cause necessary to obtain a warrant when they search the database. That is not only the definition of an unreasonable search, but a deprivation of due process, thereby violating the Fifth Amendment as well. The Biden Administration has turned Section 702 into a “general warrant” like those used during the colonial period to investigate the person in search of a crime, and effectively neutering the Fourth Amendment.

Conclusion

The FBI has already committed crimes in their abuse of the Section 702 database. They have searched the database without a warrant, thus depriving their victims of their security against unreasonable searches. Although not as straightforward, I claim they also violated the Fourth Amendment when they seized copies of the digital versions of papers and effects of U.S. citizens and residents to store in such a database. (That is why I propose a Constitutional amendment to specifically expand the Fourth Amendment for the digital age by including digital documents, communications, and data about the person.) Yet to date, I am not aware of a single FBI employee who has been charged with the crimes that have been committed. Even those who lied under oath when they knowingly provided false data in their affidavits to obtain therefore invalid warrants to spy on the President of the United States and members of his campaign and cabinet have not been charged. And yet the sitting President wants us to trust that FBI supervisors and attorneys with access to the database will follow the law this time?

And here we have the Biden Administration, telling us we need to give up our essential liberty, our rights to due process, and to be secure against unreasonable searches and seizures, all with the promise of protecting our national security. Are you willing to give up your essential liberties for what has shown to be the false promise of temporary safety?

It seems to me there is a much greater threat to national security than the FBI losing its unrestricted and illegal access to their precious Section 702 database: That would be allowing them to continue to criminally spy on the American people.

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

A Formal Invitation To Steal Our Country

by Kat Stansell

April 26, 2024

I published my first Substack on this, 4/18/24, six days ago. Tucker Carlson brought it up last night, in his interview with Michael Yon. I’ll admit, THAT was fun to say, regardless of the treasonous depravity of the topic.

The OBiden regime is desperate. We all know that. They trail in every poll save for a few wishful ones from the MSM . At this point, it seems as they are realizing that they must rely on ineligible illegal voters for the necessary votes to steal 2024.

As much as I have concentrated on the massive AI data base of phantom voters, churned up by the ERIC system (Electronic Registration Information Center), I really thought the Junta had enough illegal votes from the ghost voters to tip the honest vote totals with mail-in’s, early voting and ballot harvesting. Guess I was wrong on that one, although, I know ERIC’s phantom’s will play a part.

Then, a friend in Florida called me to say that his Venezuelan wife had received a copy of a letter, in Spanish, from the Resource Center Matamoras, which boldly urged the invaders to:

“Remember to vote for President Biden when you are in the United States. We need another four years of his term to stay.”

Open invitation to vote illegally.

Below is an image of the letter, in both Spanish and English

RCM is an immigrant welcoming/processing center, in Matamoras, Mexico, 330 miles south of Eagle Pass, TX, which provides legal aid and social services to thousands of border invaders. The letter/invitation appeared there in poster form, on every every available surface.

RCM is associated with the Hebrew Immigrant Aid Society, or HIAS, where Mayorkas was a member of the Board of Directors. That is worth repeating.

Alexandro Mayorkas was a board member of HIAS, and stepped down only as he assumed his cabinet position. The group congratulated him warmly on his new job.

We know, of course, that many religious groups, including Catholic Charities and Jewish Family Services and the 120+ year-old Hebrew Immigrant Aid Society are involved in giving aid to the illegals. Other groups, including a “women of color” group ASAP (Asylum Seekers Advocacy Project) formed in 2016; Texas-Rio Grande Legal Aid; and the Immigration Defenders Law Center (ImmDef) help the “immigrants”.

Some of these groups were unfamiliar to me, so I checked them out – you know, funding sources, boards of directors, et. al. What fascinating findings. . . !

The flow of people and funds tells quite a story. Inquiring minds and all that…

But, it gets even more interesting. The ASAP group, formed in 2016, and now over 630,000 members strong worldwide is funded, in part, by a family charity, the Walder Family Foundation, in Skokie IL . Please open this link and read carefully about the family and their businesses. Mr. Walder, now deceased, had founded a company, Integrated DNA Technologies, in 1987, which perfected the craft of artificial RNA and DNA. This company was sold in 2018, and was source of their funds for the Foundation. Mrs. Walder, an attorney, headed an immigration law group in Chicago, and did quite well, financially, most likely. She now runs the family foundation.

The day before I wrote on this the first time, 4/17, Revolver News asked if the letter was real. It is no longer a question of “if”. It’s proven. So too, the fact that many of the RSM communiques are being sent to Florida.

Florida is important for three reasons.

First, its FL Dir. of Elections, Maria Matthews, has been mandating that voter registrations be given to ALL comers to the state’s motor vehicle/drivers’ license centers since DeSantis took office in 2019. The state has quite a collection of non-citizen voters on their rolls, thanks to this act of treason.

Second, the only real portion of Florida’s “election integrity” bill, HB7050, which dealt with integrity, and MADE VOTING BY NON-CITIZENS A CRIME – was struck down, in March, 2024, by an Obama-appointed judge in the US Circuit Court North District. This same bill made any audit by citizens groups illegal, but, voting by non-citizens? Of course! You go, Cord Byrd and Ron DeSantis. Gettin’ ready for 2024.

I gave you a lefty reference here, for a touch of sick humor…they call forbidding non-citizens the vote, “voter suppression”.

Third, FLORIDA HAS 30 ELECTORAL COLLEGE VOTES, WHICH IS 11% OF THE 270 NEEDED TO ELECT A POTUS.

TX, with 40 electors, is guaranteed to the on the illegal registrants list. Their SOS, Nelson, had better come out of the election management shadows and do her job on this one.

What I am talking about here, is perfidy. Pure deceitful, untrustworthy acts by officials of our illegitimate government and their cronies.

I dare call it treason.

It applies to every person in Congress who voted to let Mayorkas off the hook for his richly deserved impeachment; to fund foreign wars; to allow warrantless searches and seizures of innocent Americans; to approve NON-GOVERNMENTAL organizations to make policy and call the shots on the GreenSlime movement. Most in DC are simply encouraging the dissolution of our society with direct frontal attack.

Here is the official list of Congressioinal treasonists, on the final vote of the Ukraine funding bill. FL, MO, TN, and WY are the ONLY states that had BOTH US Senators vote against the funding give-away. Don’t forget to THANK them.

The DC swamp rats think they have filled that swamp/sewer/filthy litter box with enough illegal acts that we will be intimidated from cleaning it out. Well, put on your waders and hold your nose. We have a country to save.

Remember, too, that there is no representative of any state, “good red” or otherwise, that is beyond a firm reminder of this treason afoot. Calling/writing them is your very first move.

Our next and most urgent job is to make sure that ONLY LEGALLY REGISTERED AMERICAN CAN VOTE. This one is on all of us, in every state. Don’t waste time…get in touch with your state’s top election officials and let them know what we expect. HAND-COUNTING is at the top of the list, and, yes, still doable. More on the one person who can help your state with this, soon.

I put this out again, now that Tucker Carlson has picked up on it, because it is more possible that we move on it. Tucker has the followers few others in the country have. Between now and the November general election what WE do – what WE THE LITTLE PEOPLE do – may well be the difference between hanging onto freedom, or falling into the death pits of totalitarian rule. Tucker knows this, too.

Remember, Joey the Dim, is thinking about planning a fake “GREEN EMERGENCY” with unconstitutional covid-like powers. No time to waste.

Yes, this applies to ALL voters. It’s not about party affiliation. Take off those blue-blocker blinders, and please understand. We have one last chance to save our country, and a vote for the DC maffia isn’t it.

E-Mail Kat Stansell: katvanatt@protonmail.com

Let’s Celebrate the Natural Family

By Coach Dave Daubenmire

April 26, 2024

Pardon me if you think I am crazy for asking the question, but WHY do we spend an ENTIRE MONTH celebration GAY PRIDE?

At the risk of being called a bigot…or homophobe…or hater…could someone please explain to me what “pride” there is in celebrating UNNATURAL behaviors? You see, there is a difference between acceptance and tolerance and it seems to me that those who engage in such deviant behaviors are not content with simply being free to live their lifestyle, but hell-bent on making the rest of us CELEBRATE their PRIVATE behavior.

If you believe the latest Government statistics, only 7.6% of Americans identify as one of the Alphabet groups…up from 3.5% in 2012. (BTW…spend some time on the link and you will find some eye-opening stats surrounding the LGBTQ behaviors.) From the website…

Gallup collected its 2023 data through telephone surveys with more than 12,000 Americans 18 or older.

Of the respondents, 85.6% said they were straight, 7.6% identified with one or more identifiers within the LGBTQ+ community, and 6.8% of those surveyed declined to respond, Gallup said.

The data found that bisexual adults made up the largest proportion of the LGBTQ+ community, with 4.4% of U.S. adults and 57.3% of LGBTQ+ adults reporting that they are bisexual.

Folks…Gallup reports that over half of the GAY community are switch hitters. They aren’t “Homo” sexual…they are PANSEXUAL. READ THIS. GAY means sex with ANYONE…not just same-sex attraction.

(Sorry…didn’t mean to drag you into the weeds…but I thought maybe the SCIENCE might interest you…you know…with jabs and all. Trust the Science…right? Or does that only apply to Science one agrees with?)

Soooo…7.6% of ALL AMERICANS get an ENTIRE MONTH to make the rest of us acknowledge their deviant attractions. (DEVIANT is defined as “departing from the norm.) Now, we love them all, of course, but why are we FORCED to join in the celebration of their “diverse” ways of having orgasms?

A month mind you. BTW…a month is 1/12 of a year…or 8.2% of the calendar year. Funny how those numbers match up.

Anyway…one of my buddies has launched a movement to celebrate the NATURAL FAMILY…you know, the one comprised of “one biological born man and one biological born woman committed in a lifelong monogamous relationship to include their biological and or adopted children.” You talk about inclusion…every person walking the earth today is the fruit of just sort a “family.” Isn’t it time we celebrated such an inclusive holiday?

Here is the plan: Help Us Celebrate NATURAL FAMILY MONTH. As you are aware, our ministry does the best we can to TRAIN, EQUIP, and MOBILIZE the Saints for the WORK of the ministry and we are asking your help to help this initiative go national!! One of the ministries we promote is NaturalFamilyStrong.com. lead by long-time cultural warrior Jim Harrison. JR, as he is called, has labored long and hard over his passion of seeing the RESTORATION of the NATURAL FAMILY as the foundation of American society. NATURAL, meaning one biological born man and one biological born woman committed in a lifelong monogamous relationship to include their biological and or adopted children. What better way to promote the family than dedicate an entire month…MOTHER’S DAY TO FATHER’S DAY…the celebration of the first institution that God ordained! The goal is to eventually make this a NATIONAL CELEBRATION…sort of like Gay Shame Month is today.

Look at What They are DOING in Wisconsin

Salt and Light Brigadier Ray LeBlanc has grabbed the bull by the horns. He approached the Mayor and City Council in his small town of Marshfield, Wisconsin and has encouraged them to make an official proclamation of NATURAL FAMILY MONTH in Marshfield. Their hesitancy has not stopped Ray and his wife Jeign as they have launched the FIRST IN THE NATION…NATURAL FAMILY DAY celebration in the city park!! As their flier says “The Natural Family Festival is a positive, uplifting celebration of the family. It is an opportunity to connect children with their parents, parents with their children, grandparents with their children and grandchildren in substantial, meaningful, hands-on ways. It is a community event that draws families together, in ways they may not have experienced in a very long time. It gets kids back to being kids — away from the harmful influences of pop culture, social media and electronics. An opportunity for our oldest generations to connect with the youngest generations, for Dads and Moms to bond with their kids and for kids to learn to VALUE, respect and honor their parents, grandparents, and elders. It is a chance for families to BUILD something significant, and strengthen the community at large.”

Start a Movement in YOUR Town!!

Despise not the days of small beginnings! Get involved. Go to HERE to order some signs to put in your yard!! Let us start a groundswell of support for the NATURAL FAMILY and begin the restoration of sanity in this land. This will not happen overnight but you can make a difference RIGHT NOW as we build the momentum for a NATIONWIDE CELEBRATION of FAMILY the way GOD DESIGNED IT!! If the GAYS can have a month to celebrate their sin, shouldn’t we promote the NATURAL FAMILY as the way the overwhelming percentage of American citizens live it!! IT IS TIME FOR CHRISTIANS TO COME OUT OF THE CLOSET AND DEMAND

YOU can do this! YOU can make a difference. YOU can help launch a movement! I say, get off your couch and do something!!

Look at what they are doing in Wisconsin!!

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com

Single Female Voters are Destroying America

By Lex Greene

April 25, 2024

You can shoot the messenger here if you want, but it won’t change these facts! Single female voters are the single largest problem in the USA electorate as 70% of them are single issue voters, seeking a protected right to kill their own children in the womb…abortion!

I firmly believe that given the chance, 70% of single American women would vote for Stalin, Mao, or Hitler, and the total destruction of our country, if these leaders promised to protect their right to kill their own children in the womb. Their voting history confirms it!

For the record, this isn’t an attempt to drive divisions even deeper, our government is the expert at that. This is a desperate attempt to shake voters awake before they destroy everything.

Voting Trends by Contrast

Over 59% of married men vote GOP
Over 56% of married women also vote GOP
Even 52% of single men vote GOP
But only 30% of single women vote GOP

In other words, responsible pro-family Americans overwhelmingly vote GOP in every election, by at least a 60-40 margin, with a majority of single men voting GOP as well.

But approximately 70% of single female voters vote against everyone else, none more so than their own children in the womb. So long as this remains the case, the entire country is doomed, as whole generations of Natural Born American Citizens are exterminated by their own mothers.

I wish I were just making this up or taking it from some far-right propaganda survey, because I’d rather these facts not be true in my country. But no, this data is taken from a report written by AEI Distinguished Senior Fellow Emeritus Karlyn Bowman.

For years now, I have somewhat jokingly said, mostly to my wife of many years, that “women have been a problem since Eve in the garden.” Look no further for proof than the voting trends of “anti-life” single female voters, their friends, or their anti-American elected female lunatics, like Michigan Governor Whitmer and three-time loser Killary Clinton.

Sure, I know what I’m reporting here will offend many single female voters. But everyone else should be deeply offended by the voting trends of women who can’t even be trusted to protect their own offspring.

It’s an obvious question that most Americans are scared to ask, and yet, it must be asked…for the sake of freedom and liberty for all.

Can voters who can’t be trusted to even protect the life of their own children, be trusted with the future of our country?

We don’t allow mentally ill people to vote, because their mental illness could jeopardize the entire nation. Same goes for felons already proven to make horrible decisions in their lives.

But we’re talking about voters who kill their own children here, and vote in every election to secure some insane right to do so. Thousands occupy a prison cell for taking the life of an innocent, but these folks parade around like they deserve some kind of participation trophy for killing their own children or protecting the so-called “right” of other women to kill theirs. They don’t just do it, they celebrate it!

Before you mention it, I’m not referring to the less than 1% of all abortions which may in truth involve rape or incest. This argument is like saying 1% of the food in your refrigerator has gone bad, so you think it justifies throwing out 100% of the food. It’s a foundationally flawed debate jingle, nothing more.

These are voters we can trust with the future of our children and grandchildren… Really? Ya think? These same voters are responsible for boys in your daughter’s locker rooms, men in your women’s bathrooms, pedophiles in your neighborhoods and gender-confused people reading gay books in your kid’s kindergarten class.

Would you even allow someone who believes in a right to kill their own children, to babysit your children, or grandchildren? I don’t think so…

Now look… all the way back in the 1970s, a wife filed a suit asking the court if her husband had the legal power to force her to have a baby or abort a baby, against her will, and the court said NO…that was Roe v. Wade.

Despite the court ruling, Jane Roe (aka Norma McCorvey) never aborted any of her three babies, and prior to her passing in 2017, she was a staunch anti-abortion advocate, feeling responsible for the death of over 70-million innocent American children in the womb.

In September 2021, her daughter gave an interview to the left-wing magazine The Atlantic.

“Norma could be salty and fun, but she was also self-absorbed and dishonest, and she remained, until her death in 2017, at the age of 69, fundamentally unhappy.”

“Norma’s personal life was complex. She had casual affairs with men, and one brief marriage at age 16. She bore three children, each of them placed for adoption. But she slept far more often with women, and worked in lesbian bars.”

Sadly, our government (including the courts, and the mass media) saw an opportunity in Roe v. Wade, a chance to “reduce unwanted population” (mostly in the black community) via the ruling authored by Justice Harry Blackmun who stated that “the criminalization of abortion did not have roots in the English common-law tradition.” — One of many reasons why the USA is supposed to function on Constitutional Law, not British Common Law.

Under USA Constitutional Law, every American (born and unborn) has an inalienable protected Right to LIFE, Liberty, and the Pursuit of Happiness.

However, British Common Law does not recognize any fundamental inalienable Rights of the People at all. Instead, it is based upon precedents established by previous court decisions, customs, and legal principles developed over time. The doctrine of binding precedent, whereby courts follow and apply the principles declared in previous cases decided by more senior courts, is also known by the Latin expression “stare decisis,” a legal principle that obligates judges to respect and follow the precedent established by prior decisions.

In other words, the judges are entirely free to determine what Rights you have and don’t have, by the mere court opinion of unelected and totally unaccountable lifetime partisan-political appointees.

In the end, this means that the good people of the United States do not have any “constitutional” courts today. Instead, we currently have British Common Law courts and every attorney who graduated law school in the past century is not only indoctrinated into British Common Law, instead of Constitutional Law, they are sworn by the American Bar Association to act upon those customs and practices to maintain their license. If that’s not bad enough, we now have The 65 Project targeting lawyers who don’t comply.

It also means that female voters in the USA have been lied to on the matter of abortion, since Roe v. Wade in the 1970s, 50-years ago now. So, over 70% of single females vote against their own children and our country in every election cycle, plain as that!

It isn’t just single female voters though, as some 44% of married females and 40% of males also vote for today’s death cult democrats, in support of the single female vote.

I will ask another unpopular but critical question for the future of our once great nation…including all you go-along to get-along folks…

What good can possibly come in a country wherein the electorate will decide the future of the country on the basis of some evil “right” to murder their own children in the womb?

I submit to you, that such a people, like the people of Rome before the fall, cannot survive themselves.

Prove me wrong!

E-Mail Lex Greene: LexGreene24@gmail.com

What Happens If We Don’t Change Course: Earth Day 2050?

By Frosty Wooldridge

April 25, 2024

Part 1: What are we doing to change course? Why haven’t we acted on an international level? It’s only 26 years away, but what do we expect to happen on Earth Day 2050?

“You cannot live through a single day without having an impact on the world around you. What you do makes a difference and you have to decide what kind of a difference you want to make.” —Jane Goodall

Dozens of emails poured into my computer after the publication of “Irony, Pain, and Hope for Earth Day 2024.” (March 22, 2024) Some quite negative! Some gave up years ago. Some felt distressed over the 1.0 million vertebrate creatures killed on America’s highways every single day of the year. Many “birders” felt angry at the wind turbines chopping up a half million birds annually: just in the United States. That number doubles and even quadruples when you look at wind turbines all over Europe, Canada, and Australia. Some could not comprehend the enormous number of plastics floating on the surface or sunk to the bottom of our oceans.

In fact, oceanographer Julie Whitty in OneEarth Magazine, researched and calculated a figure that just about blew my mind: on average, 56,000 plastic bottles cover every square mile of our oceans. The 100,000,000 ton Great Pacific Garbage Patch floating out in the Pacific Ocean about 1,000 miles off San Francisco measures about the size of Texas. It’s anywhere from 30 to 90 feet deep of floating plastics. It keeps growing by 8,000,000 pieces of plastic tossed into our oceans 24/7. It kills millions of mammals including dolphins, whales, sea birds by the tens of thousands, seals, turtles, sharks and just about any sea creature caught in its grasp.

When Oprah Winfrey reported on it 20 years ago, I figured that all the leaders of the world would mandate a 50-cent deposit/return container law to make certain of a 99 percent return on all containers. What happened? Answer: NOTHING! You can’t help but scratch your head and wonder, “How stupid, how arrogant, how insane, how ignorant, and how obscene is the human race?” Answer: I would submit that humans are/were God’s worst mistake.

What other species has done SO much damage to this planet in less than 100 years? What other species created 84,000 chemicals? Who created massive wars that last for decades that kill millions of people? What other species causes so much suffering of women, children and animals in places like Africa, India and more countries than I can count? What other species would be smart enough and dumb enough to create highly toxic Roundup, spray it all over America, watch the cancers explode in humans and contamination of soil, air and water, after 30 years, and KEEP PRODUCING IT for any moron to spray everywhere—on all our crops, on our gardens and along our sidewalks? It soaks into our groundwater—ultimately poisoning our drinking water!

All the while, we use every other kind of insecticide, pesticide and synthetic fertilizers to cover farmland with poisons.

You’ve heard of “Bee Colony Collapse.” We spray so many poisons on our crops, and our flowering plants—that bees lose their bearings, their nerves and their ability to function. Those pollinators are the most important link between humans and our food. Do you think that stops all those chemical companies from producing those poisons? Answer: Monsanto still produces Agent Orange, offshoots of DDT, and hundreds of other chemicals. Guess what? We buy all those poisons to poison ourselves and our children.

How do you think it’s going to play out in another 26 years as we gallop toward 2050?

During this series, I will paint a picture of what it’s going to look like on “Earth Day 2050.” You won’t like it. It will frighten you. Maybe it will scare you enough to take action to stop this ongoing insanity being perpetuated on our civilization.

Additionally, I will address the fact that we’re running out of water, energy and resources to sustain the 350,000,000 Americans—plus another 30 or 40 million illegal aliens who have invaded our country. When you understand that we face another 80 to 100 million MORE people added to America, you might suffer a panic attack for your children or anyone living in America in 2050.

I have read two very important books on what we face: Christopher O. Clugston’s book Scarcity: Because the natural resource utilization behavior that enables our current success—our industrialized way of life—and that is essential to perpetrating our success, is simultaneously undermining our very existence.

He emphatically states that we will run out of the natural resources that “allow” our current existence. Once they suffer exhaustion, all hell will break loose. He said, “Neither our natural resource utilization behavior nor our industrial lifestyle paradigm is sustainable. This is our predicament.”

Clugston said, “If we Homo Sapiens (which means “clever apes”) are truly an exceptional species, now is the time to prove it.”

Will we change course toward a sustainable future for our coming generations? What do you think?

Part 2: Riding the resource horse until it dies under the saddle. Money and power more important than reasoned choices. Humanity’s need for wars rather than peaceful solutions.

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

Saving Kamala

by Lee Duigon

April 25, 2024

Democrat operatives are growing increasingly frantic about Vice President Kamala Harris’ popularity. Polls consistently show her mired somewhere in the 30s—34 percent here, 35 percent there, etc. They will not admit to any lower numbers.

The Save Kamala PAC—off the record, but not so far off that we have to pretend we never saw it—asserts that come hell or high water, Kamala will be SloJo Biden’s running mate. “Are you kiddin’? We’re stuck with her!” grants White House shaman Xia Jin Pow. “Just try dumping the first black woman v.p. and sees what happens to you!”

But not all White House staff go that far. Jia Ma-fu declares, “But this is easy! Sure, Kamala is dead weight on the ticket—well, so what? If you want to get rid of her, just appoint her to the Supreme Court: Justice Kamala Harris. End of problem!”

When reminded that there are currently no vacancies on the court, Mr. Jia smirked knowingly and remarked, “It ain’t just COVID that they brew up in the Wuhan lab, baby! There are ways of creating a vacancy, know what I mean?”

Even so, there are those in the administration who would prefer to keep Ms. Harris on board. “She takes boos and brickbats that would otherwise be thrown at our beloved president,” said Tan Bu-ting, in charge of what’s in the Oval Office broom closet (top secret). “Imagine if we had a vice president who was at all competent, and actually more popular than poison ivy. That leaves our glorious leader to take the heat. No way we can have that!”

According to incredibly confidential sources, “experts” are zeroing in on Ms. Harris’ notorious laugh—“her cackle”—that always seems to erupt at just the wrong moment.

“No doubt about it—it’s that creepy laugh that turns people off,” said consultant Wu Xiu. “We’ve tried all kinds of ways to break her of that habit. Sad stories don’t work; she laughs at those, too. We’ve even tried small electric shocks, and still come up empty. So far, we’re stumped!”

But what about some of the administration’s wildly unpopular public policies? Refusing to enforce our nation’s borders. Wiping out a trillion dollars’ worth of student loans. Trying to force people to buy electric cars that they don’t want. Using the schools to promote transgenderism. It’s a very long list.

“Policy, schmolicy!” said Mr. Wu. “We’ve got the news media, social media censorship, mail-in ballots, celebrities—so who cares what all those peasants out there think of any policy? Do you really think our policies will get us any votes? Fooey! Get rid of that laugh and we can let the World Economic Forum dictate America’s policy.”

But then there’s the looming specter, four years from now, of “President Kamala Harris,” cackle and all.

“You’re all assuming there will still be a United States of America four years from now,” Mr. Wu said. “Well, there will be, of course—but not in any shape that anyone over twenty would recognize.

“Remember: we are aiming for a fundamental transformation of America, and we will let nothing stand in our way.

“Not even Kamala Harris’ laugh.”

I have covered this and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://www.leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and put your two cents in! My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

Why the Cultural Marxists Are Winning

By Cliff Kincaid

April 24, 2024

Christopher F. Rufo is the winner of the 2024 Conservative Book of the Year Award for his work, America’s Cultural Revolution: How the Radical Left Conquered Everything. This talented young writer has discovered, belatedly, that communism has come to America through infiltration of our culture and institutions. However, his revelation about communism in America ignores another part of the problem – the conservative movement of which he is a part.

While posing as an enemy of Cultural Marxism, Rufo celebrates “gay conservative” Dave Rubin’s same-sex “marriage” and two surrogate pregnancies.

Call me old-fashioned, but fathering children through surrogates and raising them without a mother seems to me like a new form of Cultural Marxism. It was Marx, after all, who called for the abolition of the traditional family. And it was Harry Hay, a communist, who started the modern gay rights movement in America.

Indeed, the Communist Party (CPUSA) proclaims that it was Harry Hay “who brought communist theory and practice to the fight for gay liberation.” Our access to his FBI file confirms all of this.

“Sen. Joe McCarthy once said that to be against him, one had to be a —-sucker or a Communist, and Harry Hay was both,” the CPUSA proudly declares.

Ignored by Rufo is the fact that the Republican Party has largely surrendered to the Cultural Marxists, as President Trump has abandoned his pro-life stand and his Catholic wife is raising money for a “gay” Republican group, the Log Cabin Republicans, based on the left-wing myth that Republican President Abraham Lincoln was a secret homosexual.

The pro-homosexual trend was also apparent when Dave Rubin mentioned on one of his shows that the Catholic wife of Florida’s Republican Governor Ron DeSantis had sent him baby clothes for one of “his” children.

For his part, Rufo’s failure to identify his own role in the cultural collapse may reflect the fact that he works for an organization, the Manhattan Institute, which is funded by Paul Singer, who has been pumping millions of dollars into the campaign to normalize homosexual activity, even “gay marriage,” especially among Republicans. Singer, whose son is gay, is chairman and Rufo is a senior fellow at the Manhattan Institute.

Nine years ago, my group, America’s Survival, Inc. (ASI), held a national press conference in the Zenger Room of the National Press Club in Washington, D.C. titled “Crimes against Nature and the Constitution: Cultural Marxism and America’s Moral Collapse.” Our warnings about the cultural decline of America were ignored by the conservative establishment. They defunded me for my principled conservative stand.

The speakers at our April 21, 2015 event included Dr. Alan Keyes; Peter LaBarbera, President, Americans for Truth; Matt Barber, constitutional attorney; and James Simpson, the investigative journalist.

Unfortunately, the videos of this great event were censored by YouTube.

However, our detailed report, “Cultural Marxism and America’s Moral Collapse,” exposed what was happening and is still available. It ties the homosexual movement to the decline of Britain as a world power and describes how America is following the same ruinous path.

At the time, we warned that a major effort was underway to destroy the winning Reagan coalition of social, economic, and foreign policy conservatives. “Some Republican Party elites are trying to marginalize and isolate traditional conservatives – as well as drive millions of Christians out of the Republican Party,” I said in advance of the event.

This has come to pass, as even some prominent MAGA Republicans have “gone gay” on domestic policy, forging an alliance with the “Log Cabin Republicans” and backing a Republican flip-flop on abortion, going from pro-life to “state’s rights.”

Call me old-fashioned, but I seem to remember that the right to life is established in one of America’s founding documents, the Declaration of Independence.

The successful Reagan coalition is being undermined in front of our eyes, as the presumed Republican presidential candidate, Donald J. Trump, is forced to defend himself in various kangaroo courts on dubious and politically-motivated charges while moving left on cultural issues.

He will never satisfy the forces out to get him.

While the Intercollegiate Studies Institute (ISI) hailed Rufo’s book as “an essential guide to navigating and comprehending” the changes in American society, his endorsement of the “gay conservative” agenda suggests he is leading people astray in even more insidious ways.

The conservative establishment that is represented on the ISI board can pat themselves on the back for belatedly recognizing there is a communist problem in America today. In my opinion, however, they are black tie losers who dine on lobster dinners while America burns.

Things could have been different had our warnings been taken seriously. In 2008, before the election of Barack Hussein Obama as president, we disclosed documentary evidence, including FBI files, demonstrating that Obama had ties with extreme anti-American elements, including agents of the Moscow-controlled Communist Party USA.

At our 2010 conference on “Marxism in America,” we issued a call-to-action for the Republican-led Congress to bring back the House Internal Security Committee. But nothing was done.

In fact, when former Republican Rep. Steve King came under media attack for speaking out in favor of saving Western civilization, House Republican “Leader” Kevin McCarthy arranged to have King replaced on various congressional committees and orchestrated his defeat. King had supported a House Internal Security Committee to uncover communists.

King’s book, Walking Through the Fire, describes in detail how the GOP leadership, led by McCarthy, forced him out of Congress through lies and collaboration with the New York Times.

Howard Phillips, 1941-2013, chairman of the Conservative Caucus, was a visionary who started a third political party, now known as the Constitution Party, when the Republican Party began drifting away from conservatism.

The Constitution Party is meeting this week and could be on the ballot in 35 states, giving conservatives an alternative to Trump.

My observation from decades of involvement in the conservative movement is that the conservative movement has been terribly compromised by people, some of them well-intentioned, who did not grasp the political reality of what was happening in their own country. Some are slowly coming to the realization of what is happening, like Rufo, but his Damascus Road conversion to the truth about communism in America comes too late to make a significant difference.

What is worse, as we have seen with their embrace of homosexuality, they are waving the white flag of surrender while claiming to be bracing for victory.

Catholic writer Trent Horn has noted, in regard to Dave Rubin and his partner hiring surrogates to have their children, they have created “a relationship that is explicitly designed so that these children will not be raised by their mother, will not be raised in an environment with their biological mother and father.” Contrary to Rufo and other “conservatives,” he argues that it is nothing to be celebrated.

Writer Laurie Higgins of the Illinois Family Institute says the “purchase” of babies clearly undermines the family structure and is immoral. By design, she argues, “sodomitic mimicry of intercourse is non-reproductive.” She adds, “All efforts to mimic intercourse and to obtain the fruit of such unions — including shopping for eggs as Rubin shared he did — by homosexuals are morally repugnant and selfish.”

Meanwhile, the demonization of Trump is obviously designed to divert attention from the Marxist takeover of the major institutions of government. And should he win, he is being advised not to seek retribution against the Marxists. Big mistake.

Trump could rally the America people if he were to declare that he intends to identify, isolate, imprison, and/or deport the Marxists. Nothing less will suffice.

In this context, in light of current events on the campuses, I recommend our 2016 book, Marxist Madrassas: The Hostile Takeover of Higher Education in America. The book, published 8 years ago, explained that the anti-Israel campaign emerged from the International Solidarity Movement (ISM) and its base on college campuses. This is the organization which sponsored the BDS (boycotts, divestment, and sanctions) economic warfare campaign against Israel.

“Jewish students tend to be targets in these campaigns and have been threatened and assaulted,” our book warned.

What we warned about has come to pass in a dramatic manner. Anti-Semitism is on the rise, not only in colleges and universities but globally, largely because of the propaganda campaigns and support from a nuclear-armed Russia and its client state Iran, now on the verge of attaining nuclear weapons.

I followed up with a report on the communist-organized “Free Palestine” rally in Washington, D.C. on November 4, 2023.

The hour is late and the Republican majority is slim, but House Speaker Mike Johnson could and should act on our request. Bring back the House Committee on Internal Security.

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

Why Do the American People Let the Corrupt Media & Politicians Set the Propaganda Narrative?

By Bradlee Dean

April 24, 2024

“Propaganda works best when those who are being manipulated are confident, they are acting on their own free will.” —Joseph Goebbels

If you listen to The Sons of Liberty Radio show, you have probably heard it said a thousand times over that 94% of the American people claim that they do not believe the mainstream media. Rightfully so. Yet, I have one question for you: Why are the people allowing the “useful idiots” in the mainstream media to drive their lying narrative (Micah 6:16)?

The Bible says that the devil and his minions are liars and that the devil is the father of them. In John 8:44, Scripture tells us:

“Ye are of your father the devil, and the lusts of your father ye will do. He was a murderer from the beginning, and abode not in the truth, because there is no truth in him. When he speaketh a lie, he speaketh of his own: for he is a liar, and the father of it.”

In Revelation 12:9 it says, “And the great dragon was cast out — that serpent of old called the devil and satan, who deceiveth the whole world. He was cast out onto the earth, and his angels were cast out with him.”

Jesus said of the Lord kicking him out of the Heavens, “I beheld Satan as lightning fall from Heaven.”

Friends, if the Lord kicked him out of Heaven, which He did, how is it that the American people, which 86% claim to be Christian, continuously proclaim that “God has shed His grace upon us,” which He has (Psalm 33:12), while tolerating what it is that the Lord did not?

How do the said Christians pray that the Lord’s will be done on this earth as it is in Heaven when He already exhibited His will. Again, how do these professors sit back and allow what the Lord forbids (Matthew 6:9-13)?

Satan is also called a DELUDER, one who deceives; a deceiver; an imposter; one who holds out false pretenses.

When it comes to the “Clowns in the circus” of politics (America’s politicians), Scripture clearly warns us in 2 Corinthians 11:13-15:

“For such are… deceitful workers, transforming themselves into the apostles of Christ. And no marvel; for Satan himself is transformed into an angel of light. Therefore, it is no great thing if his ministers also be transformed as the ministers of righteousness; whose end shall be according to their works.”

Furthermore, the people in this country see that what the MSM promulgates.

If it is not covering for conspirators (Jeremiah 11:9), then it’s distraction and confusion by design being acted out by the corrupt within the halls of government.

The Lord is not the author of confusion (1 Corinthians 14:33). Yet, people wonder why they are confused (Daniel 9:7).

It’s interesting how the Word of God (The Lord is not a man that He should lie; Numbers 23:19) teaches us the opposite of the propaganda narrative that is set in this country on a daily basis.

“For he whom God hath sent speaketh the words of God.” -John 3:34

And in Matthew 28:18, Jesus said, “All power is given unto Me in Heaven and in earth,” and in turn He gives that authority unto His church, “Behold, I give unto you power… over all the power of the enemy” (Luke 10:19).

How is a defeated foe, Satan, subduing those, the righteous, who claim to be the Lord’s?

Conclusion: Americans in this country are the government (Preamble to the U.S. Constitution). They are the law under God and are obligated to keep His commandments, judgments, and statutes (Deuteronomy 4:40). In so doing, they will experience righteousness and peace within (Isaiah 51:4; Amos 5:15).

As Thomas Edison rightly stated, “The strength of the Constitution lies in the will of the people to defend it.”

On almost every level (State and federal), corruption within this government is treasonously warring against its own people (Article III, Section 3 U.S. Constitution).

Instead of uniting under the Lord and condemning the criminal efforts that are being committed in hopes of undermining who we are as a people (confusion, distraction – Order out of created chaos), the people are simply following in close pursuit of what they say that they do not believe. Setting in front of their television sets and letting the corrupt media and the corrupt politicians (working hand-in-glove with the corporations – Isaiah 28:18) continuously allowed to set the narrative by speaking on their behalf.

And the worst of it is that Americans then wonder why they are confused (the Lord is not the author of confusion -1 Corinthians 14:33) in chasing their tails or watching the tail wag the dog.

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

With the Old Guard Gone, Will Birchers Still Fight the Commie Menace?

By Kelleigh Nelson

April 23, 2024

Search the Constitution and you will find no power granted to the legislative branch to make laws governing agriculture, housing, medicine, energy, private ownership or weapons, and a great deal more. —John F. McManus

Communism is the corruption of a dream of justice. —Adlai E. Stevenson, Democrat politician and former UN Ambassador from 1961-1965

Communism has never come to power in a country that was not disrupted by war or corruption, or both. —John F. Kennedy

We are opposed around the world by a monolithic and ruthless conspiracy that relies primarily on covert means for expanding its sphere of influence — on infiltration instead of invasion, on subversion instead of elections, on intimidation instead of free choice, on guerrillas by night instead of armies by day. —John F. Kennedy

There isn’t a day that some horrible news doesn’t come into our home via newspapers, magazines or email. Today is no different. Yesterday’s headline was that the Republican held House reauthorized a two-year government surveillance power in the FISA bill, and Speaker Mike Johnson cast the winning vote.

Today’s news was just as horrifying. The unelected elitists in the World Economic Forum are strongly promoting digital IDs to enforce vaccination compliance.

There is a network of power-seekers operating in the US and throughout the world to destroy nations and rule the planet. They hate freedom and liberty.

Community organizer Saul Alinsky stated, “True revolutionaries do not flaunt their radicalism. They cut their hair, put on suits and infiltrate the system from within.”

And they infiltrate…everything.

Italian Marxist Antonio Gramsci gave us the blueprint for what has happened to America, “Socialism is precisely the religion that must overwhelm Judeo-Christianity. … In the new order, Socialism will triumph by first capturing the culture via infiltration of schools, universities, churches and the media by transforming the consciousness of society.”

Infiltration and Extirpation

Back in 2009, when the Tea Parties started up, I remember watching Glenn Beck on Fox News. He had Tea Party representatives from all over the country in studio. I was astonished at their lack of knowledge, but they knew something was very wrong and wanted to fix it. Judge Napolitano came out at the end and stated that all could be fixed with a constitutional convention, and it wasn’t long before Beck was touting one as well. Opening our fabulous constitution to destruction is the goal of the infiltrators.

A neighbor and I went to a TP meeting in an adjoining county and I watched as the “leaders” led the people to Heritage Foundation and Newt Gingrich. I was appalled! Heritage has always been “controlled opposition,” funded by pro-abortion and globalist Council on Foreign Relations members.

A controlled opposition is a protest movement that is actually being led by government agents. Nearly all governments in history have employed this technique to trick and subdue their adversaries. Vladimir Lenin said, “The best way to control the opposition is to lead it ourselves.”

As for Newt, in 1996, Speaker Gingrich signed the Republican-led “gun free school zones act,” creating criminal safe zones like Virginia Tech, where the only person armed was a murderous criminal. Senator Herb Kohl of Wisconsin introduced the bill that was incorporated into the Crime Control Act of 1990 and signed into law by George H.W. Bush.

If you check on the voting list of those who voted “yea” on Public Law 101-216 in 1989 (an update to the General and Complete Disarmament Law, Public Law 87-297) you will find that Newt Gingrich voted in favor of section 2 of this disarmament bill which reads: “(2) as defined in this Act, the terms ‘arms control’ and ‘disarmament’ mean ‘the identification, verification, inspection, limitation, control, reduction, or elimination, of armed forces and armaments of all kinds under international agreement to establish an effective system of international control’.”

As for those Tea Parties, within six to eight weeks, the majority were infiltrated and became nothing more than garden clubs effecting no change.

In Manning Johnson’s 1958 book, Color, Communism and Common Sense, Johnson exposed the communist infiltration of black churches using the age old adage of divide and conquer by stirring up racial hatred. Johnson wrote that communists plotted to use the US Courts to aid communism, to subvert the black churches and to use their members to stir up race conflict. Many white churches have been infiltrated with Black Lives Matter, gay rights, and even Antifa. All of this was exposed in R. M. Whitney’s 1926 book, Reds in America.

This brings me to the core of this article and what I have seen taking place in the John Birch Society’s New American Magazine, an organization and magazine that I love and am concerned about.

John F. McManus

Many years ago, I had written an article where I quoted someone who had lied about the John Birch Society (JBS). Shortly thereafter, John (Jack) F. McManus, President of JBS called me and we spoke for over an hour. I joined the Society.

Years later, Jack was to speak in Memphis, so a girlfriend and I drove across state and heard Jack express his distaste for Rockefeller’s United Nations and how it needed to be defunded and abolished. Two JBS life members were with us and we enjoyed a wonderful evening. You can still watch Jack’s magnificent expose of the UN.

Jack became a wonderful friend over the years. And what a fabulous author of numerous books; my favorite being, “William F. Buckley, Pied Piper for the Establishment.” It should be reprinted!

Interestingly enough, it was Buckley’s National Review that brought Jack to the Birch Society. He had been an antagonist regarding the JBS and read an article in National Review he agreed with regarding Robert Welch’s organization. Watch this two-minute video where Jack tells what happened.

I cannot begin to list all that Jack McManus accomplished in his lifetime. I had hoped that an entire issue of JBS’ New American Magazine (NAM) would be devoted to his memory since he passed away on March 4^th of this year. I wanted to see the photo from the cover of this book on the front of an issue devoted to this wonderful man. It is Jack speaking with Robert Welch.

In the April 15, 2024 issue, Senior Editor, Rebecca Terrell wrote a beautiful tribute to Jack entitled, The Patriot’s Patriot: A Tribute to John F. McManus (1935-2024). She knew and loved Jack as all of us did, but he was like a father to her.

Stay the Course

In February of this year, I wrote a letter to the publisher of the NAM with copies to editors and directors of the magazine as well as the CEO, president emeritus and others.

I was extremely concerned with changes I had seen. So often, the direction changes and weakens, in these wonderful liberty and freedom organizations, when the old guard passes away.

Many of the JBS employees are allegedly not even members of the Society, and as I recall, CEO Bill Hahn, wasn’t a member before he was made CEO. How can that be? Where is the allegiance to the organization if you aren’t even a paying member?

The NAM’s logo had always been “That Freedom Shall Not Perish.” It was recently changed to “Know More, Do More,” which sounds like an advertisement for Home Depot or Lowes.

I was horrified that the freedom logo had been replaced. And asked in my letter:

Isn’t freedom the entire goal of the John Birch Society?
Aren’t we to be educated and equipped warriors against the evils of Marxism and fascism?
Aren’t we all waging a war to stop the juggernaut of communist evil from overtaking our beloved country?
Wasn’t it freedom that JBS founder, Robert Welch, spent his life fighting for?

That word “Freedom” means as much today as it did when our founders adopted the Declaration of Independence on July 4, 1776, the actual signing occurred on August 2, of 1776. Following the signing, were seven years of America’s War for Independence from Great Britain that didn’t end until September of 1783.

Freedom, that cry of all people, needs to be the everlasting banner of the New American Magazine, especially today, when our freedom is in great peril of perishing.

Another problem popped up last year. In all the years I had been a member, I was able to find the NAM articles on the web that had appeared in the magazine and forward them widely to friends. I knew that many of those who received the articles were impressed and ended up ordering the magazine.

All of a sudden, they were unavailable.

The magazine had adopted the business model of charging to read their articles, but for months, state leaders could not even access the articles to forward them. Under Biden’s economy, feeding the family and paying the bills comes first. Incomes are stretched to the limit and few can afford extras.

This problem is now fixed after many months, and we can once again forward articles, but only members can access the articles.

There are some amazing investigative journalists who are editors of the magazine. Alex Newman, Rebecca Terrell and R. Cort Kirkwood are my favorites. I have sent hundreds of NAM articles through email, but there were two that were extremely important; Rebecca Terrell’s Covid Hospital Rescue and Alex Newman’s BlackRock: Masters of the Universe.

Another change has been the use of AI for magazine cover art. I was shocked at the visage of Klaus Schwab on one cover as it didn’t even look like that despicable snake.

But what was most disturbing was a post script to my letter which included James Perloff’s blog and his article, My Strange Encounters with Some of the John Birch Society Leadership Over 39 Years. James is the author of The Shadows of Power: The Council on Foreign Relations, which was sold by the Society. In this article, James claimed, and showed proof, that some of his articles were being attributed to other authors, one of them even to the NAM publisher’s wife! Quite shocking really.

These minor changes along with others I haven’t mentioned, have me concerned. We need this organization to be operating with the same focus they had at their inception.

My letter was directed to the publisher, but I never received a response. Instead, JBS CEO, Bill Hahn, who was sent a copy of the letter, responded via email. Rather than alleviating my fears by telling me he’d look into everything I mentioned, he sent a “defense” letter. That certainly wasn’t the way to win friends and influence people and it didn’t assuage my fears.

The Communist Onslaught

America was long ago infiltrated with communists. As I’ve written in past articles, the first communist arrived here in 1824. His name was Robert Owen and he started a socialist school in Harmony, Indiana where he had purchased 20,000 acres. The school failed.

His son, Robert Dale Owen, also a socialist, became a US Congressman and founded the Smithsonian Institute, understood completely where New Harmony went wrong.

“All cooperative schemes which provide equal remuneration to the skilled and industrious and the ignorant and idle must work their own downfall,” he wrote of his father’s utopia. “For by this unjust plan they must of necessity eliminate the valuable members and retain only the improvident, unskilled and vicious.”

In 1848, a huge number of communists immigrated to the United States after their socialist efforts had failed in Germany. Thirteen high ranking soldiers in the Union Army were Marxists and corresponded with Marx. President Lincoln received letters from Karl Marx and they are in the Smithsonian.

By the 1930s, our government schools were being infiltrated with Marxists as told by former Congressman Paul W. Shafer and John Howland Snow in their book, The Turning of the Tides.

In the 1950s, Hollywood and our government were being infiltrated with communists and Senator Joseph McCarthy knew they had to be exposed. Blacklisted By History authored by M. Stanton Evans, tells the full story of the struggles of Joe McCarthy to expose what was happening to our beloved nation. It is a revealing expose of the forces that distorted our national policy in the cold war conflict and our understanding of its history since. It is an incredibly detailed work of scholarship and investigative journalism.

Conclusion

Infiltration is the key. We must not allow it to happen to the only group known for exposing and fighting communism. The United Nations, The World Economic Forum and The World Health Organization all represent Marxist control.

Today, the Leftists who appear to be full-blown Stalinists, are in control of far too many facets of American society and culture. This is why we need a vibrant and strong John Birch Society with the same fire in the belly to save our beloved country.

The education must go on with new leaders like Jack McManus, a man whose heart was always for God, Family and Country.

I pray it is not too late.

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: radiok@comcast.net

What Bill of Rights?

By Lex Greene

April 23, 2024

Contrary to modern popular belief, the US Constitution isn’t the first document establishing the USA as a sovereign nation of free self-governed people, the Declaration of Independence is. In fact, the document that preceded the Declaration of 1776 is the Mayflower Compact (1620), the foundation for what appears in the Declaration establishing the USA as a free people and independent sovereign nation almost 250 years ago.

Text of the Mayflower Compact (1620)

“In the name of God, Amen. We, whose names are underwritten, the loyal subjects of our dread Sovereign Lord, King James, by the grace of God, of Great Britaine, France and Ireland king, defender of the faith, etc. having undertaken, for the glory of God, and advancement of the Christian faith, and honor of our king and country, a voyage to plant the first colony in the Northern parts of Virginia, do by these presents solemnly and mutually in the presence of God and one of another, covenant and combine ourselves together into a civil body politick, for our better ordering and preservation.”

Due to increasing tyrannical abuses of power under British rule, our nation’s Founders adopted the Declaration of Independence from England on July 4, 1776, 156 years later. From that day on, the United States of America became a sovereign nation of free self-governed people, who would forever be the final arbiters of truth, justice, law, freedom, and sovereign security in preservation of themselves and all posterity.

Eleven years later in 1787, the Founders adopted the US Constitution forming and guaranteeing every State in the Union, a “republican form of government” obligated to uphold and defend the founding principles and values of the new free nation, based upon “the Laws of Nature and of Nature’s God.” (aka Natural Law)

The sole purpose of the US Constitution was stated in the preamble to the document…

“in Order to form a more perfect Union, establish Justice, insure domestic Tranquility, provide for the common defense, promote the general Welfare, and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity”

In order to gain support for the adoption of the Constitution, our Founders agreed to immediately take additional action to specifically limit the power and authority of the Federal government via a Bill of Rights on September 25, 1789, the reasoning once again explained in the preamble.

“The Conventions of a number of the States, having at the time of their adopting the Constitution, expressed a desire, in order to prevent misconstruction or abuse of its powers, that further declaratory and restrictive clauses should be added: And as extending the ground of public confidence in the Government, will best ensure the beneficent ends of its institution.”

The three founding documents combined, The Declaration, Constitution, and Bill of Rights, establish what has been referred to ever since, as the “Charters of Freedom.” Each document provides a specific measure of security for the American people to preserve freedom, liberty, justice, and prosperity for all lawful Citizens of the United States. Combined, they are the cornerstone of freedom forever.

However, in order for these historic documents to do their job, it requires a well-informed and active society forever vigilant in the protection, preservation, and enforcement of everything in these three documents.

The Bill of Rights is not an enumeration of The People’s Rights, which are far too numerous to ever number. Instead, the Bill of Rights is an enumeration of strict prohibitions of federal authority and power. They must be read within this proper context, or they are useless.

“The Constitution might never have been ratified if the framers hadn’t promised to add a Bill of Rights. The first ten amendments to the Constitution gave citizens more confidence in the new government and contain many of today’s Americans’ most valued freedoms.”

What First Amendment?

“Congress shall make no law” means that the only law-making branch of the Federal government, Congress, has no power or lawful authority whatsoever over the following subjects…

an establishment of religion
or prohibiting the free exercise thereof
or abridging the freedom of speech
or of the press
or the right of the people peaceably to assemble
and to petition the Government for a redress of grievances

Today, the federal government is deeply engaged in violating all six protections in the First Amendment. The government has essentially attempted to establish itself as a religion opposing more than 70% of American Citizens who claim the Christian faith, with increasing attacks on Jews as well, including open attempts to “prohibit the free exercise thereof.”

They have prosecuted and jailed thousands of Citizens for simply speaking their political views in the public square, J6ers being the most blatant example, but they have done this to innocent Citizens for years. The ongoing witch-hunts trying to eliminate their political opponent Trump being yet another egregious example, where the government can say anything they want about Trump to manipulate public impressions of Trump, including proven lies, while they try to muzzle Trump’s ability to defend himself via a totally unconstitutional GAG ordered by a blatantly political Judge in New York.

Trump couldn’t possibly get a more politically motivated bias court or jury than the one he faces in New York right now. But mindless Trump-haters see no problem with direct violations of the Bill of Rights, so long as the abuse of power is aimed at someone they were dog whistle trained to hate.

But it isn’t just Trump… the extreme global Marxist left did the same thing to Sanders and Warren to make room for Obama puppet Joe in 2020. They have done the same to countless journalists either out of work or scared for their lives under tyrannical threat from the Obama regime in power. They have done it to more than a thousand J6 rally goers, while protecting their own street minions as they burn and loot cities across the country, referred to as “peaceful protests” by the left. And…they are even doing it to Robert Kennedy Jr. as he challenges the tyrannical regime as an “independent” candidate in 2024.

Indoctrinated children are taking over college campuses and whole cities shouting, “death to America” and “we are Hamas,” with total immunity from the laws they break. But anyone and anything “pro-American” is being hunted down by our weaponized government, as global criminals and terrorists are being imported and spread across the country in preparation for the “imminent attacks on US soil” that the same government is issuing warnings about daily.

The current federal government totally controls the press and all social media platforms, except Tik Tok, which is why the government is hellbent to eliminate the one public forum they can’t control, Tik Tok.

They have criminalized the right of the people to assemble and labeled the right to petition the Government for a redress of grievances, an “insurrection.” There’s nothing in the First Amendment that hasn’t been directly violated by the people currently in control of the federal government and their offenses are far worse than any of the offenses perpetrated by King George in the 1700s.

Which is why the Second Amendment exists…without which, there’s no means to protect any other rights at all…

“A well-regulated Militia, being necessary to the security of a free State,

the right of the people to keep (own) and bear (carry) Arms, shall not be infringed.”

Yep, the current government has taken aim at both militias and lawful private gun rights too, for equally obvious reasons. Nations all over the world have fallen under brutal communist and Marxist dictatorships for centuries, but not until after the citizenry was disarmed! Meanwhile, they spread nothing but threats of death and destruction across America in their ongoing foreign invasion of military age males from the worst places on earth.

What Bill of Rights?

If Amendment one and two can no longer be defended, tell me what else in the Bill of Rights can be? Nothing in the other eight amendments can be protected without protecting the first two, it’s just that simple.

Included in the Right of Free Speech is the most important form of free speech, the lawful secure voice of the legitimate eligible American voters. If our country cannot be governed by the people through free, fair, lawful, and transparent elections, then all that is left is street justice. That’s exactly what the current federal government is pushing for…all out war in our streets.

Left with no peaceful constitutional remedies, the people will sooner or later be pushed to war against their own government.

When everything in the Constitution and Bill of Rights fails, the people must return to their foundations of freedom in the Declaration.

“We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain inalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness.–That to secure these rights, Governments are instituted among Men, deriving their just powers from the consent of the governed, –That whenever any Form of Government becomes destructive of these ends, it is the Right of the People to alter or to abolish it, and to institute new Government, laying its foundation on such principles and organizing its powers in such form, as to them shall seem most likely to effect their Safety and Happiness.”

In other words, if the federal government is no longer restrained by its limited Constitutional authority, and the additional restrictions in the Bill of Rights, then it is no longer a faithful partner in that contract with the member States, or the American people, and it has no right to exist at all. Every penny sent to DC is “taxation without representation.”

The final arbiter isn’t any temporary occupant of the Oval Office, any Executive Branch Agency, the US Military, any legislator, or court, it’s the American people…so says our Founding documents.

The Founders had it all right…but the people have not been “forever vigilant” for over a hundred years now. As a result, the vast majority of Americans are now demoralized, depressed, and defeated. The framers had this part right too…

“Prudence, indeed, will dictate that Governments long established should not be changed for light and transient causes; and accordingly all experience hath shewn, that mankind are more disposed to suffer, while evils are sufferable, than to right themselves by abolishing the forms to which they are accustomed.”

Unfortunately, by the time the people have had enough, they will have already lost everything, including the means to right their own ship. Everything they tried to protect by keeping their head down and mouth shut, they will lose.

Freedom once lost, has never been regained in the history of mankind. The USA was the one exception in the world, and now, it appears the people will let it fall too…

Those who do not know history, are doomed to repeat history!

E-Mail Lex Greene: LexGreene24@gmail.com

The Vibe Shift We Need

By Steven Yates

April 23, 2024

“Fundamentally, the Vibe Shift is a return to — a championing of — Reality, a rejection of the bureaucratic, the cowardly, the guilt-driven; a return to greatness, courage, and joyous ambition.” —Santiago Pliego, “Vibe Shift,” Substack, Feb 24, 2024.

Santiago Pliego’s article sent me on fire more than anything I’d recently encountered on Substack. It did more than keep my mind occupied before the “minor” heart surgery I had scheduled for the following Monday.

Since I’d not heard of him before, I did a search and learned that he’s involved with a venture firm called New Founding, which (according to its website) “build(s) and back(s) companies defined by American ideals and a positive national vision.” Followed with, “We explicitly oppose all DEI/ESG and the bureaucratization of American business culture.”

They sound like my kind of folks! Naturally I signed up to receive their newsletter!

But what on Earth is a “vibe shift”?

Vibe Shifts 2022.

The phrase was kicking around online in early 2022. The catastrophic lockdowns and “social distancing” measures were starting to end, and people were trying to figure out what was what. It was a time of great disorientation, as so many were still uncertain what had hit them during the previous two years. Some of us started waiting for the next shoe to drop.

A trend-watcher/forecaster named Sean Monahan claims credit for coining the phrase. He identified it with changing fashions like the return of “hipster” culture. Why, he asked, does one such trend seem to define an era? Why do certain things seem “in” or “out of style”? His first article on the subject is (unfortunately) behind a paywall. He did leave us this illuminating diagram. You’ll also find him commenting publicly here:

The US supreme court judge Potter Stewart refused to define obscenity, saying in 1964 rather: “I know it when I see it.” Trends are a bit like this. You know them when you see them — you just have to have your pattern recognition goggles on.

In other words, if you’re looking and you have some idea what to look for, you just “see” it. Earlier that year, one Allison P. Davis elaborated in a widely circulated article in a publication called The Cut:

In the culture, sometimes things change, and a once-dominant social wavelength starts to feel dated. Monahan … breaks down the three vibe shifts he has survived and observed: hipster/indie music (ca. 2003-09) … post-Internet techno revival (ca. 2010 – 16) … [including] … dressing like The Matrix…. And Hypebeast/Woke (ca. 2016-20)….

There’s been a real paranoia that people have, everyone coming out of hibernation being like, What are people wearing? What are people reading? What are people doing?

Not everyone survives a vibe shift, Davis continues. Trends move on. Something new and exciting comes along, embraced by early adopters. The crowd follows. Then you’re asked, hopefully by friends, “Why are you wearing that?” Or perhaps, “Why are you saying that?”

I thought I was something of a pop culture watcher who didn’t take it too seriously. I’ve always been a music afficionado with a substantial collection covering all the decades of my life (and before). Most “vibes” are associated with clothing and hair styles. Bright-colored bellbottoms were everywhere in the 1960s and gone by the 1980s. I don’t know exactly when women started getting tattoos and men started wearing earrings, or when either started dyeing their hair every color of the rainbow. What I know is that when I was in high school in the early 1970s, heaven help anyone who did any of those!

Remember when TikTok became “a thing”? Seems that was late in 2020. All of a sudden, selfie videos of Gen Z-ers gyrating mindlessly seemed to be everywhere. I just assumed that someone, somewhere, was making a killing. (Turns out, it was the Chinese.)

I’ve no clue what Hypebeast is (or was). I guess I didn’t have the right pattern-recognition goggles on. I knew what it meant to be goth back in the naughty-aughties — for the “unhip,” that’s the ‘00’ decade. Goth was kids (sometimes adults) dressed like Barnabas Collins or Elvira, Mistress of the Dark, and dancing to dark music.

I also know what Woke is, and I consider it disastrous (it didn’t stop in 2020, either!).

Ending Cancel Culture, Returning to Reality.

Getting back to Santiago Pliego … I have my doubts the commentators above would find his article all that conducive to what they’re up to. He begins with a discussion of the James Damore versus Google fracas back in 2017. Damore, if you remember, was cancelled by Google after penning a piece questioning that the imbalance of women to men tech engineers was due to systemic discrimination. The essence of Damore’s question:

“Hey, what if Reality — and not targeted misogyny — accounts for the fact that more men than women work in tech? Also, why does it feel like I could get fired for asking this?”

It took just three months. What followed was a lawsuit alleging that the real discrimination in Big Tech was against white male conservatives. The suit was eventually dropped.

Cancel culture was definitely “in” during the latter 2010s, Trump notwithstanding. It continued to be “in” when Captain Covid hit, and afterwards as the New Normal began. Look at all the people kicked off Twitter, YouTube, etc., etc., for questioning the necessity of the lockdowns or the safety and efficacy of the mRNA shots that appeared at the start of 2021: obviously without the years of laboratory tests, clinical trials, etc., real vaccines had always undergone.

Censorship was definitely “in” during the early 2020s. Add to the above, Election 2020 and Hunter Biden’s laptop.

Pliego intimates that the tide is turning, and that while Google might be able to get away with canceling a James Damore today, there’s be a louder outcry than there was in 2017.

He pins down the turning point as Elon Musk’s buying Twitter and turning it into X. Quoting Mike Solana, also of New Founding:

For over twenty years it’s been obvious the internet doomed the 20^th Century media oligopoly. But it took decades for a majority of Americans to move online, and in 2016, at precisely the moment it seemed social media would replace the former order, an unofficial alliance of powers refortified an elitist hold on discourse. A year ago, Elon shattered that alliance. The thought criminals were freed, and the window of acceptable discourse broadened until it broke — a total Overton collapse. Now, for better and for worse, there is no more curation, there are no more fake trends, there are no more Washington Post-employed state sock puppets propped up artificially, and there is no more political censorship. Yes, whatever Elon finds personally annoying tends to vanish (R.I.P Substack links), and he’s still not been tested by a major election. But, for now at least, news trends are dominated by stories people actually care about (even when they suck). This has never happened before, and so the phenomenon necessarily poses opportunity that has never before existed.

While his description of the present state of affairs seems a bit optimistic to me, remember PropOrNot?

Anonymous “experts” alleged in a totally unsourced article on the front page of The Washington Post that “Russian propaganda” had infiltrated online discourse, fueled Trump’s campaign, putting him into the presidency.

It was so transparently an attempt to delegitimize the election the leftist-globalist alliance had just lost that it practically caricatured itself. Hillary Clinton’s loss was the biggest upset that what Solano calls the oligopoly had yet seen, a consequence of the collapse of the narratives the oligopoly had championed for decades.

The oligopoly is more than “legacy” (corporate) media, of course. That’s just another term for the leftist-globalist ruling class. This class, which I sometimes call GloboCorps, controls the money and international banking system (via the Federal Reserve and its overseers the Bank of International Settlements, SWIFT, etc.), intel agencies and the military hierarchy; globalist “think tanks” here and abroad (think: Trilateral Commission, Atlantic Council, etc.); the WHO; the WTO; Big Tech; Big Pharma; academia via the Ivy Leagues which DIE (Diversity, Inclusion, Equity) has substantially compromised and weakened over the years.

Haven’t you noticed: the oligopoly’s minions still don’t need to produce evidence for their claims. No one ever proved, for example, that Donald Trump sexually assaulted E. Jean Carroll. She couldn’t even remember the year of the supposed assault. An honest judge and jury would have thrown that case out in embarrassment. Come to think of it, there’s no evidence of a tryst between Trump and Stormy Daniels; at one point, she denied it! Until she didn’t!

Leftist Democrats make up Reality as they go along.

Thus absence of evidence didn’t prevent a leftist judge from fining Trump almost half-a-billion dollars total for exercising his rights under the First Amendment. We have no “rule of law”! What we have is a system in which money, power, and weaponized language dominate. This is becoming obvious to anyone paying attention.

Is the obviousness of this starting to bring about a change from the outside? That’s the really interesting question!

Vibe Shift 2024!

Vibe shifts apply to the information world, not just the worlds the trendwatchers watch (fashion trends, music, aggregate generational behavior).

Maybe, because so many people are sick and tired of the lies, the canceling, the bullying, the bullshit,* the biggest vibe shift in quite a while might be starting!

It might indeed have begun when Elon Musk turned Twitter into X, those called the “woke mob” left on their own, and the platform became a place where real conversations could take place.

Substack, I’ve also noticed, is full of real writers of various stripes encouraging real conversations (some earn decent incomes doing so!).

Even a few Democrats have noticed, after all, that our present VP, a DIE pick if ever there was one, isn’t even remotely qualified to be one heartbeat away from the presidency.

This, with the guy at the helm often stumbling, slurring words, trying to shake hands with people who aren’t there.

Now consider the torching of Claudine Gay’s short-lived, DIE-sponsored presidency at Harvard (I’ve discussed this here; it is also at the center of Solana’s piece). Hers was just one of a wave of resignations of the unqualified.

For the first time, DIE is being rolled back across the country. Its premises, that the U.S. is an irredeemably “systemically racist” country also drowning in misogyny, homophobia, transphobia, etc. (what’s next? pedophobia?), are being challenged openly.

I’ve been saying all along that 2024 has the potential to be a year with some of the biggest pivots we’ve seen in our lifetimes!

In that spirit I very much applaud Santiago Pliego’s proposals:

The Vibe Shift looks like ditching childless civilizational nihilism and saying, yeah, having kids is good, actually.

The Vibe Shift is the repudiation of homogenizing hyperglobalism and instead intentionally pursuing the communal, the local, and the national.

The Vibe Shift is the rejection of reality denial and instead embracing that men and women are unique and different.

The Vibe Shift is the refusal to subordinate yourself and your family to the whims and anxieties of activists and bureaucrats and relearning to trust your eyes and ears.

The Vibe Shift is the rejection of secular liberal materialism and a return to the Christian foundations of the West.

Last emphasis mine, because actually, believing in God and trusting in Providence suddenly sounds kind of cool!

Atheists are as tiresome as they are arrogant!

Pliego lists more, so I’ll again send you to the article (scroll down).

The Vibe Shift We Need rejects everything that is holding us back if not actually destroying us.

It embraces equal treatment under the law but rejects DIE. Hire your people based on your best determinations of merit, not politically-coerced favoritism. I’ve been arguing this since 1989. Too bad we’ve had the disasters we’ve had before this started to sink in.

The Vibe Shift We Need embraces science but rejects The Science (Tony Fauci’s faith to be “believed in” and followed blindly).

It embraces technology so long as technology is our servant and not our master (at the hands of corporate predators).

It embraces markets in the same spirit: they are our servants and not our masters. Money is no more a good surrogate for God than the state.

The Vibe Shift We Need looks toward the Christian elements in our national founding and rejects paranoid nonsense about “theocracy” or “dominionism.”

It urges a life culture and rejects the death culture. It might embrace the idea that human beings, as individuals, were created in God’s image, and urge an ethic of the intrinsic value of a human being that acknowledges this and develops the consequences.

Needless to say, after this Vibe Shift, women killing their unborn children will no longer be cool! They won’t want to. They will see that children are our future.

The Vibe Shift We Need embraces human finiteness. We are not God. Anyone who thinks he/she is, or thinks himself/herself able to plan the planet for all of humanity, is possibly a sociopath and will be shunned no matter how much clout he/she wields or money he/she throws about.

It thus supports Pliego and New Founding in embracing the local, the communal, the national.

I’d add that this Vibe Shift embraces approaching others with kindness and empathy, as all our lives can be viewed as lengthy adventures including struggles, with oneself the central character and protagonist.

Everyone you pass on the sidewalk may be fighting battles you can’t see or hear.

This Vibe Shift thus encourages civility towards those who disagree, assuming charitably that the reason they disagree goes to their life story in some way. This to the extent they will permit disagreement, of course, and not confuse disagreement with hate. If they don’t, the new ethos will counsel simply walking away.

In the new ethos, bullying will not be tolerated.

For civil dialogue is a better path to truth and justice than shouting and cancelation. Through conversation and careful identification of our common problems in a common world, we might work together instead of separately to improve the human world just a little. Cancel culture — efforts to erase whatever makes political bullies angry and afraid — will be seen as increasingly uncool! (Even progressive rock groups are now subjecting cancel culture to ridicule.)

Can we turn the New Normal in a new direction? We’ll find out. The future will come regardless; and it might be best if we took charge of it and worked to make it better.

*For more delicate readers: I’m using the term bullshit the way the late philosopher Harry Frankfurt used it in his slim tract On Bullshit (2005). The truth-teller and the liar both care about what is true; the former tells it while the latter tells something else intending to divert your attention from it. The bullshitter, Frankfurt argues compellingly, couldn’t care less about truth or falsehood. He/she is only interested in trolling.

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

____________________

This essay is also available on Steven Yates’s Substack publication Navigating the New Normal. Please consider subscribing if you haven’t already.

He has a Patreon.com page. Donate here and become a Patron if you benefit from his work and believe it merits being sustained financially.

Steven Yates’s book Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) can be ordered here.

His philosophical work What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021) can be obtained here or here.

His paranormal horror novel The Shadow Over Sarnath (2023) can be gotten here.

Should you purchase any (or all) books from Amazon, please consider leaving a five-star review (if you think they merit such).

Why is Everyone Complaining About Communist China?

By: Devvy

April 22, 2024

“It is not enough to conquer; one must know how to seduce.” Voltaire

1972 Richard Nixon met with Chou En-Lai in Shanghai to “cement a new world order”. America crawled into bed with the commies. The same communists who were holding our POW/MIAs from the Korean and Viet Nam “conflicts.” Only God knows how many were still alive, but those butchers of Beijing had them at the same time Nixon was over there kissing En-Lai’s backside and toasting champagne.

Chou En-Lai was the first Premier of the People’s Republic of China until he died in 1976. Chou served under Chairman Mao Zedong and aided the Communist Party in rising to power. Under the so-called Great Leap Forward policy, Mao was responsible for the deaths of about 45 million Chinese human beings.

How many Congressional committees have we seen anguish over our mortal enemy, Communist China? Why, one only need check C-SPAN for broadcasts. Members of Congress huff and puff about China’s aggression towards the U.S. while wearing suits, expensive shirts, ties, tighty-whiteys and shoes made in Communist China, not to mention a thousand other products in their homes, tools and equipment. Americans spend TENS AND TENS OF BILLIONS OF DOLLARS ON MADE IN CHINA every year– especially cheap toys.

Few seem to remember the Cox Report and the role of serial adulterer, Billy Clinton. Of course, Billy played dumb for two months back then about the massive espionage that had been taking place. The dirty Clinton duo never missed an opportunity to line their pockets with foreign money at the expense of our national security. Hildebeast screeching about Trump and Russia, Russia, Russia!

Hillary-Putin Uranium Deal: How Long Will Media Ignore It?, Aug. 26, 2016 by William Jasper (one of the best researchers for many decades). You can read or listen to the article:

“Most American voters looking toward November would probably be interested in learning about Hillary Clinton’s prime role in delivering one-fifth of America’s uranium production to Vladimir Putin’s Russia. As this matter is critically relevant to our national security, as well as America’s energy security, voters would probably appreciate learning about it before they cast their ballot for the next Oval Office occupant. However, most Americans probably have never even heard about Bill and Hillary Clinton’s ties to the Uranium One-Rosatom-Frank Giustra scandal, through the couple’s corruption-troubled Clinton Foundation, and Hillary’s official dealings while serving as President Obama’s secretary of state.

“That is hardly surprising, considering the overwhelming pro-Clinton, anti-Trump bias of the “progressive” establishment media. But new Clinton e-mails and State Department memos released by WikiLeaks may cause some members of the pro-Clinton press brigade to break ranks and confront the Democratic Party candidate on this vitally important issue. Among the many documents to surface recently is a State Department cable from October 2009 warning of the intentions of Rosatom, Russia’s nuclear energy agency, as it “flexes muscles” with regard to the global uranium market…

“Nevertheless, President Obama and Secretary Clinton have ignored those concerns, with the result that Russia now controls one-fifth (or more) of America’s uranium production. And the Obama administration, via the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC), apparently lied to Senator Barrasso when it assured him that ore from the Uranium One mine in Wyoming wouldn’t be exported.”

FBI’s 37 secret pages of memos about Russia, Clintons and Uranium One, Oct. 1, 2018 by the great investigator, John Solomon – “I was the reporter who first disclosed last fall that a globetrotting American businessman, William Douglas Campbell, managed to burrow his way inside Russian President Vladimir Putin’s nuclear giant, Rosatom, in 2009 posing as a consultant while working as an FBI informant.

“Campbell gathered extensive evidence for his FBI counterintelligence handlers by early 2010 that Rosatom’s main executive in the United States, Vadim Mikerin, orchestrated a racketeering plot involving kickbacks, bribes and extortion that corrupted the main uranium trucking company in the United States. That is a serious national security compromise by any measure.

“The evidence was compiled as Secretary Clinton courted Russia for better relations, as her husband former President Clinton collected a $500,000 speech payday in Moscow, and as the Obama administration approved the sale of a U.S. mining company, Uranium One, to Rosatom. The sale — made famous years later by author Peter Schweizer and an epic New York Times exposé in 2015 — turned over a large swath of America’s untapped uranium deposits to Russia.”

Bill & Hildebeast strolling the beach at the toney Hampton’s, Aug. 26, 2021. Corruption and selling out your country pay BIG bux. My, isn’t Hildebeast so fashionable?

Let’s for forget good old Ronnie Reagan: The Cox Report’s ‘Dirty Little Secret’

“But the Reagan administration’s decision to expedite technology transfer to China bears most directly on the report’s findings. As the Chinese sought to develop a civilian industrial base where none or little had existed before, technology transfer from the United States was pivotal. Much of this effort involved technologies and know-how with inherent relevance to both civilian and military programs. It included provision of a massive array of technical and design data for assembly of McDonnell-Douglas aircraft in Shanghai, including an MD-82 coproduction agreement signed in 1985—the largest U.S.-Chinese industrial project of the past two decades.”

Sound familiar?

CRS Report for Congress
China’s Technology Acquisitions:
Cox Committee’s Report —
Findings, Issues, and Recommendations
June 8, 1999
Shirley A. Kan

Abstract
On May 25, 1999, the House Select Committee on U.S. National Security and Military/Commercial Concerns with the People’s Republic of China (Cox Committee) released the declassified version of its January 3, 1999 classified report on its investigation of U.S. technology transfers to China. The 3-volume, 871-page unclassified report discussed findings related to Chinese acquisition of U.S. nuclear weapon information, missile technology through satellite exports, high-performance computers, and other dual-use technology.

“According to the committee, the PRC has “stolen” classified information on the most advanced U.S. thermonuclear weapons, giving the PRC design information on thermonuclear weapons “on a par with our own.” The information includes classified information on seven warheads, including “every currently deployed thermonuclear warhead in the U.S. ballistic missile arsenal;” on the neutron bomb; and on “a number of” U.S. re-entry vehicles.

“The PRC acquired information on seven U.S. nuclear warheads, including the W88, the most advanced, miniature U.S. nuclear warhead deployed on the Trident D-5 submarine-launched ballistic missile. The committee reported that U.S. information accelerated PRC nuclear weapon modernization and helping its efforts “to fabricate and successfully test its next generation of nuclear weapons designs. These warheads give the PRC small, modern thermonuclear warheads roughly equivalent to current U.S. warhead yields.”

“The committee said that, after three failed satellite launches in 1992, 1995, and 1996, U.S. satellite makers (Hughes and Loral) transferred missile design information and know-how to China without required export licenses from the Department of State “in violation of the International Traffic in Arms Regulations.” The firms gave technical information that has improved the “reliability” of Chinese rockets used to
launch satellites with civilian and military purposes. The information is also useful for the design and improved reliability of “future PRC ballistic missiles.”

Bush Gave China Permanent Normal Trade Relations Status With the US 15 Years Ago. What Did That Change? – Was the decision to grant PNTR to China a catastrophe or a driver of mutual prosperity? Dec. 28, 2001 – “U.S.-China trade volume in goods and services stood at roughly $660 billion in 2015 and the country is the United States’ largest trading partner. The U.S. Department of Commerce estimated that trade with China supported roughly 251,000 U.S. jobs. In 2015, the United States saw a $366 billion trade deficit with China, representing a 6.6 percent increase from the previous year.”

Our largest trading “partner” is stealing us blind while working to fulfill ownership of everything they can here in OUR country – including ports of entry. Then they can control all the food, pharmaceuticals, manufacturing, you name it.

Americans continue to enrich our mortal enemy while we live under the threat of when, not if (many believe the Francis Scott Key bridge was a successful operation) the Communist Chinese hit us hard. And now, filthy dirty player FBI Director Christopher Way is upset about China? (Trump’s nomination of Wray was a fatal mistake. He should have fired Wray in 2018 because by that time surely Trump could see what was going on under Wray’s direction.)

FBI’s Chris Wray warns Chinese hackers preparing to attack US infrastructure ‘to induce panic’, April 19, 2024: “FBI Director Christopher Wray warned Thursday that a hacking group linked to the Chinese government is waiting for the right moment to “deal a devastating blow” to U.S. critical infrastructure.

“Wray delivered a keynote speech at the Vanderbilt Summit on Modern Conflict and Emerging Threats in Nashville, and told national security and intelligence experts that the risks posed by the government of China to U.S. national and economic security are “upon us now.”

“The director said a recent bureau investigation found that the Chinese government had gained illicit access to networks within America’s “critical telecommunications, energy, water, and other infrastructure sectors.”

“The PRC [People’s Republic of China] has made it clear that it considers every sector that makes our society run as fair game in its bid to dominate on the world stage, and that its plan is to land low blows against civilian infrastructure to try to induce panic and break America’s will to resist,” Wray said — the FBI explained “these vital sectors—everything from water treatment facilities and energy grids to transportation and information technology—form the backbone of our society.”

While the FBI has spent years hunting down Catholics and pro-life individuals trying to save inconvenient babies from being snuffed out and thrown into a bio-hazard bucket.

Tens of thousands of Chinese, mostly fit males of fighting age, have come across the border just in the past year. Remember: Communism is pounded into the heads of small school children in China. There is no God. The CCP is their God. I did read not too long ago there are 67 million Chinese Christians although where that number comes from was not identified.

The Venona Secrets: Exposing Soviet Espionage and America’s Traitors by Herbert Romerstein and Derick Breindel – one of the best books on communist infiltration within our government which has only grown in scope and size. (Free on-line) // Exclusive – Peter Schweizer: Mitch McConnell’s Deep Financial Ties to China ‘Unprecedented’ in U.S. History

Complete negligence by state governments have allowed Chinese owned businesses – and you do NOT cross the CCP or your company will be punished – buy up American ag and ranch land, build manufacturing plants and buy land next to OUR military bases. DAMN STUPID AND ALL FOR GREED.

(Texas) Lt. Gov. Dan Patrick also noted that he may release an additional—albeit shorter—list of interim charges before the session begins in January. “The list of charges runs the gamut of issues conservatives have called on the legislature to address, including property tax relief, protecting Texas land from hostile foreign ownership, and strengthening laws preventing electioneering by school districts and other political subdivisions.”

In April 2020, I had almost finished a column on this but great researcher and writer colleague, Kelleigh Nelson’s came out first but here’s a few important highlights from my column: “In 2013, Smithfield sold out to a Communist Chinese company. They are now the biggest in the world. How sickening ANY American company sells out to communists. At the time, the president and CEO of Smithfield even had to defend his actions to his mother who asked him why he would sell out to the communists. His response, “These are not Russian communists. They like Americans.” GAG ME. COMMUNISTS ALWAYS LIE TO GET WHAT THEY WANT.

Also from my unfinished column back then: “The communists now own 1 in every 4 pigs raised in this country. In 2011 the Communist Chinese government laid out their 5-year plan to purchase as much U.S. farmland as possible. At that time, they already owned almost $82 MILLION in OUR farmland. Kissed and blessed by Congress. Damn jackals. The Smithfield deal included another $480 million in farmland bringing the commies total purchases of OUR farmland to $1.4 billion dollars.

“Pope claimed the buyers weren’t part of the Communist Chinese government. Pope assured U.S. senators this purchase (the big stick) would create jobs; at that time Smithfield was in financial trouble. Pope said the deal was just one private company buying another. In a pig’s ear.

“The truth from someone who actually traveled to China and interviewed a top dog at one of their plants: “Shuanghui is required to adhere to Beijing’s five-year plan, the Communist Party’s national economic agenda. And the document was clear. Shuanghui meets its obligations and follows the path laid out by the Communist Party.

“Despite its public listing in Hong Kong, Shuanghui answers to the Chinese government – going beyond regulatory compliance. It receives directives from Beijing, and it follows them. The company’s candidness surprised me, especially because U.S. senators had been sparring over this exact topic a year earlier. Here was conclusive proof.”

“So, that holiday ham for Christmas and Smithfield’s sausage offerings you have for breakfast every morning, I just want you to know who you are enriching and they want you dead.

My late husband loved sausage, bacon and ham. If I had two BLT’s in a year that was a lot; just not a pork person. A couple of years ago we find out the swine industry has been shooting up their pigs with the mRNA vaccine technology since 2018. Oh, but it’s perfectly safe! Sort of like wicked witch, Nancy Pelosi’s proclamation: Pass Obamacare first and then find out what’s in the bill.

Commerce Sec’y: China Targets Our Companies, Steals IP, But We Have to Try to Trade with Them, ‘Which Creates Jobs’, July 21, 2023 – “Raimondo responded, “Well, it’ll be the first time a commerce secretary has gone to the region in years. We need to put before them our really serious concerns about the way they’re targeting U.S. tech companies, about the way they don’t respect intellectual property, but also try to find lanes of commerce where we can do commerce, which creates jobs in America.”

How stupid can you be, lady? Think Xi Jinping gives a crap about stealing our technology and hacking into our government’s agencies? Create jobs? BS. We became the richest debt free nation on this earth until our most important jobs sectors, agriculture, manufacturing and industrial were destroyed by “free trade”. Create a few jobs and the profits go to Communist China, Communist Viet Nam, India and other countries. From my unfinished column:

“With its five-year plan in 2011, the Chinese government identified meat processing as a strategically important industry, and with the Smithfield purchase, the country gained access to the world’s most advanced animal rearing, slaughtering and meat processing and distribution technology, she said.

“Haley has testified before Congress several times on how China’s growth is damaging the U.S. economy. She is a fast, firm speaker, and once she gets on a roll, she can dominate a conversation.

“The Chinese will quickly import Smithfield’s technology to China, using it to increase their domestic production and establish massive processing plants to churn out sausages and deli cuts from animals raised around the world, she said. The United States increasingly will become a large hog farm for the Chinese, with refrigerated shipping containers transporting frozen pig carcasses to China, Haley said.

“China is now turning its sights on American agriculture. She laid out her prediction for China’s impact in about five breaths. “In two to five years, we will start noticing major changes in the United States. China will be in many agricultural sectors, not just pork. China will start acquiring much larger farms, for example. China will start consolidating,” she said. “So, in these oligopolistic industries, such as pork, where four manufacturers control over 75 percent of the American pork industry, there will be much price cutting, layoffs, etc., as competitors start feeling the hot breath of China on their necks.”

Globalist poison. Thankfully, Trump got us out of the TPP and the scam Paris Climate Agreement. Vivek! has attached himself to Trump like glue.

Vivek Ramaswamy Aligns with McConnell, DeSantis, Club for Growth and Wall Street Promoting U.S. to Reenter TPP Trade Agreement, July 29, 2023 – Vivek! complains about China but his latest pharma venture is in Communist China.

Stop Buying Made in China

Yes, you can. It all comes down to need vs want. I have not purchased a single piece of fruit or vegetable from Mexico, Guatemala or other countries since 1995 (NAFTA then GATT) A couple of times I’ve purchased tomatoes from Canada. I support American farmers and ranchers first or I simply go without. Yes, I am fully up to speed on trade (especially the cotton industry) and how our ranchers and other producers ship to other countries. My next column is going to be that very issue which will also cover bringing back what really made America great – besides being a Christian nation. The bottom line is we have to stop enriching our enemies while destroying our own country.

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@protonmail.com

China NEEDS your money. I don’t need them: China’s Stock Gutted with Brutal Loss of Over $6 Trillion – This Isn’t Beijing’s Only Problem, Jan. 21, 2024

Time to Declare a ‘People’s War’ on the CCP: All of China Is One Military Machine, The Gatestone Institute // Disguised ‘total warfare’ waged against the U.S. – Blockbuster report unmasks how one powerful country is conquering America. “It’s one of the most vexing and consequential questions facing Americans today: Why do this nation’s ruling elites seem to be madly in love with China?

“Or to put a finer point on it: Why are the political and corporate leaders of America – long the freest, most successful, most prosperous and most Christian nation in history – now in craven submission to a ruthless, communist, totalitarian and explicitly atheistic dictatorship openly committed to ruling the world, including America?”

“New bill would let fentanyl victims’ families sue Chinese Communists: ‘The leading killer of adults fit for military service’” by Peter LaBarbera (Highly recommend) “But that’s just the beginning. China forces entire minority populations, like the Uyghur Muslims, into slave-labor concentration camps. Even worse, it routinely harvests organs from them and other innocent people it regards as expendable commodities…

“Multiple credible eyewitness reports confirm that women in these large slave-labor camps – which Chinese communist authorities call “re-education camps” – are routinely raped, tortured, forcibly sterilized, and forced to sing patriotic communist songs.

“As Amelia Pang, author of “Made in China: A Prisoner, an SOS Letter, and the Hidden Cost of America’s Cheap Goods,” told the New York Post: “Rape is pretty standard in forced labor camps. The goal is to brainwash prisoners into being patriotic and extremely aligned with the Chinese state.”

Knowledge IS power: Irresistible Revolution – Marxism’s Goal of Conquest & the Unmaking of the American Military (Book) // The Naked Communist W. Cleon Skousen (Book) Free on-line // The Venona Secrets: Exposing Soviet Espionage and America’s Traitors by Herbert Romerstein and Derick Breindel – one of the best books on communist infiltration within our government which has only grown in scope and size. Free on-line.

Dr. Antony Sutton was a brilliant historian: National Suicide: Military Aid to the Soviet Union (free on-line) and The Best Enemy Money Can Buy (Free on-line) // Chinese spy balloon gathered intelligence from sensitive U.S. military sites, despite U.S. efforts to block it, April 3, 2023

A Case of Advice or State Intimidation?

By Paul Engel

April 22, 2024

When does government encouragement become coercion?
Do government actors have a legal responsibility to manage a business’s “repetitional risk”?
Can government uses its power to encourage others not to do business with you?

If there’s a boogie man in the anti-gun community, it’s probably the National Rifle Association. Accused of complicity in almost every gun crime from gang violence to mass murder, the NRA has become the lightning rod for the vitriol of those whose fear of firearms has grown to an irrational state. What happens though, when government actors advice others about the dangers of doing business with such a company? Is it merely warning of the dangers of sleeping with dogs, or an attempt to use their power to intimidate others into abandoning those they otherwise would do business with? The case of NRA v Vullo is just such a case.

Background

When does advice become coercion? That appears to be at the heart of the case NRA v. Vullo. The NRA claimed that after the April 2018 shooting in Parkland Florida, Maria T. Vullo, then Superintendent of the New York State Department of Financial Services (DFS), with the assistance of then Governor Andrew Cuomo, used her position to coerce financial companies to stop doing business with the NRA. In turn, the NRA sued Governor Cuomo and Ms. Vullo in the District Court for the Northern District of New York, alleging, among other things, that the actions of Governor Cuomo and Ms. Vullo violated their rights protected under the First Amendment. Ms. Vullo claimed qualified immunity against such charges. The District Court dismissed all charges except the First Amendment claims against Ms. Vullo, who appealed to the Second Circuit to dismiss these charges. The Second Circuit reversed the District Court’s decision, which led the NRA to appeal the case to the Supreme Court.

Oral Arguments for the Petitioner

The Supreme Court heard Oral Arguments on March 18, 2024. We start with the arguments for the petitioner, the NRA.

Government officials are free to urge people not to support political groups they oppose. What they cannot do is use their regulatory might to add “or else” to that request.

Respondent Vullo did just that. Not content to rely on the force of her ideas, she abused the coercive power of her office. In February 2018, she told Lloyd’s, the insurance underwriter, that she’d go easy on its unrelated insurance violations if it aided her campaign to weaken the NRA by halting all business with the group. Lloyd’s agreed.

National Rifle Association Of America v Maria T. Vullo – Oral Arguments

When does urging someone become coercion? As Mr. Cole, attorney for the NRA, mentioned, when the request comes with an “or else”. For example, it was one thing for Ms. Vullo to suggest that Lloyd’s might want to stop doing business with the NRA, but the promise to go easy if they comply is also a threat to go hard against them if they don’t. This is not the only claim that the NRA made.

Six weeks later, she issued guidance letters and a press release directing the thousands of banks and insurance companies that she directly oversees to cut off their ties with the NRA not because of any alleged illegality but because they promote guns.

National Rifle Association Of America v Maria T. Vullo – Oral Arguments

At one point Mr. Katyal, attorney for Ms. Vullo, suggested that these guidance letters were nothing special since the NRA had admitted to selling insurance that violated state law. However, Ms. Vullo did not issue guidance letters only to insurance companies, but to banks and other financial institutions as well. If these letters were to punish the NRA for their insurance program, why encourage banks to stop doing business with them? While these guidance letters do not specifically say “do this or else”, remember DFS does regulate them. Just as Ms. Vullo could make life easy or hard for Lloyds, she could for any company regulated by her agency.

Ms. Vullo was not working on this alone.

In the accompanying press release, Vullo’s boss and co-defendant, Governor Andrew Cuomo, said he directed Vullo to issue the guidance because doing business with the NRA “sends the wrong message.” Shortly thereafter, Vullo extracted legally binding consent orders from the NRA’s three principal insurance providers, barring them from ever providing affinity insurance to the group ever again, no matter how lawfully they do so.

National Rifle Association Of America v Maria T. Vullo – Oral Arguments

Apparently, Ms. Vullo’s “warnings” were effective.

These actions worked as multiple financial institutions refused to do business with the NRA, citing Vullo’s threats. This was not about enforcing insurance law or mere government speech. It was a campaign by the state’s highest political officials to use their power to coerce a boycott of a political advocacy organization because they disagreed with its advocacy.

National Rifle Association Of America v Maria T. Vullo – Oral Arguments

Sounds pretty bad for Ms. Vullo. Then again, we haven’t heard the other side of the case yet. Before we look at the respondents arguments, let’s look at some of the questions the judges had for Mr. Cole.

The NRA is claiming that their freedom of speech is being violated. Justice Thomas asked about that.

JUSTICE THOMAS: Mr. Cole, what is the speech here, protected speech, that you allege has been suppressed?

COLE: Promoting guns, advocating for gun rights, sending the wrong message. It is — it is that — it was — it’s precisely the speech of the NRA which caused Vullo and Cuomo to decide to target their — their partners and seek to coerce them into boycotting the NRA. So they are seeking to penalize the NRA because of its speech advocating for gun rights.

JUSTICE THOMAS: So your argument is that the sanctions on a third party suppress the speech of NRA?

COLE: Yeah, it doesn’t — Your Honor, it doesn’t — the Court’s First Amendment jurisprudence does not require proof of suppression. It requires proof of burden. If Vullo had imposed a $1 fine on the NRA for promoting guns, it would be unquestionably unconstitutional even though it wouldn’t actually suppress their speech.

National Rifle Association Of America v Maria T. Vullo – Oral Arguments

That’s an interesting approach. Do the actions of Ms. Vullo suppress speech, burden speech, or abridge the right of free speech? More on that, and the applicability of the First Amendment later.

Justice Jackson brought her understanding of the issue to light in one of her questions.

JUSTICE JACKSON: I mean, that’s — so — so that’s why we have to be really careful about what you’re alleging is the First Amendment problem because the government can regulate conduct, correct?

COLE: I agree. And if this was a case in which the government had said, you know, the NRA is violating the law left and right and we have to respond to that and here are the legal obligations, that would be one thing.

That is not what they said. They said we want to shut the NRA down, we want to put the gun lobby out of business. Why — the title of the guidance letters that she issues are Guidance Regarding the NRA and Other Gun Promotion Organizations. The whole guidance is saying, I don’t like the fact that people use guns. I don’t like the fact that people advocate for the use of guns. We need to stop this. We need to stop this now.

National Rifle Association Of America v Maria T. Vullo – Oral Arguments

So this doesn’t appear to be a case of punishing the NRA for their illegal insurance program, but an attack on any and all gun promotion organizations. Justice Jackson brought up another question related to the freedom of speech issue.

JUSTICE JACKSON: So Justice Kavanaugh picked up on what I think might be a critical distinction, and I’m just trying to understand it. So he said here we have a situation in which the government is not acting on a company that is itself in the business of speech, which is true, unlike Bantam Books, where it was.

National Rifle Association Of America v Maria T. Vullo – Oral Arguments

Mr. Cole based his argument primarily on the case Bantam Books, which is why Justice Jackson brought it up. Do advocacy companies still have free speech rights? From her comparison to the Bantam Books case, this seemed to confuse Justice Jackson. After all, Bantam Books makes books, which to the twisted understanding of the court, is speech rather than press. The NRA’s business is advocacy. What is advocacy? The support of a policy or cause. How does one advocate for said policy or cause without expressing such support either by voice, print, or digital publication?

Justice Kagan explored the question of “Reputational Risk:.

JUSTICE KAGAN: But that idea of reputational risk, Mr. Cole, that is a real idea, right?

COLE: Yeah.

JUSTICE KAGAN: It wasn’t invented for the NRA. There is a view that bank regulators have that companies are supposed to look at their reputational risks.

COLE: Right, right.

JUSTICE KAGAN: And so how do we know — I mean, I take — there’s obviously a lot about guns in that letter. But it might be that gun advocacy groups, gun companies do impose reputational risks of the kind that bank regulators are concerned about. So how — where do you — how do you — how do we know?

National Rifle Association Of America v Maria T. Vullo – Oral Arguments

This raised an immediate question for me. Where does any government get the authority to evaluate the risk to the reputation of an institution? Should a company be concerned about their reputation? I would think so, but on many more levels that what I’ve seen regulators consider. For example, Justice Kagan seems concerned that guns impose an unfavorable reputational risk to the company. On the other hand I consider businesses that seek to infringe on my right to keep and bear arms to be not only an unfavorable reputation, but cause to avoid doing business with them.

Oral Arguments for the Respondent

Let’s go on to the oral arguments presented by Neal K. Katyal for Ms. Vullo.

The key fact in this case is the conceded illegal conduct. As Justice Sotomayor said, the three insurers and the NRA broke the law. They were selling intentional criminal act insurance, and all of the products they offered were unlawful because the NRA refused to get a license. That’s why Bantam Books is miles away from this case, and it’s why the court below found qualified immunity protects Vullo.

National Rifle Association Of America v Maria T. Vullo – Oral Arguments

The foundation of Ms. Vullo’s defense appears to be that NRA broke the law, so pretty much any punishment is acceptable.

Second, the fact NRA was doing all of these affinity products without a license. Now, just without a license alone, DFS routinely imposes massive sanctions, including lifetime bans.

National Rifle Association Of America v Maria T. Vullo – Oral Arguments

It didn’t sound like Justice Alito agreed with Mr. Katyal’s view of the situation.

JUSTICE ALITO: — Mr. Katyal, you’re shifting the burden to them. This is a First Amendment case. They — all they need to do is to show that the desire to suppress speech was a motivating factor. They don’t have to prove that the — the regulatory action would have been taken even if Ms. Vullo didn’t have this motivation.

National Rifle Association Of America v Maria T. Vullo – Oral Arguments

Mr Cole, in his rebuttal also pointed out a problem with Mr. Katyal’s focus on the NRA’s insurance program, known as Carry Guard.

Carry Guard, Carry Guard is a red herring here. The Carry Guard program was suspended by Locktons and the NRA in November 2017 Everything else — everything that we’re talking about here happened after November 2017. Her meeting with Lloyd’s, Lloyd’s did not underwrite Carry Guards. And her meeting with Lloyd’s says cut your ties with gun groups, especially the NRA, because I’m trying to weaken them. Gun groups don’t have Carry Guard. Only the NRA did. It wasn’t even operative at that point.

The guidance letters say nothing about Carry Guard. This is not a guidance letter about insurance infractions. This is a guidance letter about the NRA and other gun promotion organizations.

National Rifle Association Of America v Maria T. Vullo – Oral Arguments

Furthermore, the guidance letters issued were not targeted solely at the NRA, but as the title points out, were “Guidance Regarding the NRA and Other Gun Promotion Organizations”. If this were a question of punishing the NRA for their actions, why involve other gun promotion organizations?

During his arguments, Mr. Katyal made a point that caught my interest.

And that’s why, if you let this complaint go forward, you will be then saying to government regulators everywhere that you have to be careful about the speech you say. So, for example, last week, some of you heard the President say, you know, we beat the NRA, we’re going to beat the NRA again.

You heard my — in the first argument a discussion about TikTok and — and, you know, a government — a hypothetical in which the government attacks TikTok and criticizes it. The — all of those things — those statements now will be used as — in examples in affirmative litigation to — to issue strike suits to stop enforcement actions by the FTC, by the Justice Department, by states and the like.

And, Justice Kavanaugh, I am troubled by the fact the Solicitor General isn’t embracing that, but I do think it’s important to point out many states are.

National Rifle Association Of America v Maria T. Vullo – Oral Arguments

Not only does it appear that Mr. Katyal is concerned that by punishing government actors who target individuals, groups, or ideas would actually lead to more complaints when they do so, but he’s concerned that the Solicitor General’s office is not concerned that they may be held accountable for their actions. That sounds an awful lot like his position is we shouldn’t punish government actors for targeting political opponents because people will sue.

Conclusion

There are several things in this case that I have problems with. First of all is the fact that at no time during oral arguments did anyone actually quote the Constitution of the United States. Perhaps if they did, someone would have noticed that this cannot be a violation of the First Amendment since Congress had nothing to do with it.

Congress shall make no law … abridging the freedom of speech, or of the press;

U.S. Constitution, Amendment I

That’s not to say this isn’t a free speech case, it’s just not a First Amendment case. Freedom of Speech is protected by Article I, Section 8 of the Constitution of the State of New York.

Every citizen may freely speak, write and publish his or her sentiments on all subjects, being responsible for the abuse of that right; and no law shall be passed to restrain or abridge the liberty of speech or of the press.

New York Constitution, Article I §8

There are several aspects of the Fourteenth Amendment I can see being violated here.

… nor shall any State deprive any person of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law; nor deny to any person within its jurisdiction the equal protection of the laws.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment XIV

By targeting a specific organization, Ms. Vullo has deprived both the NRA, its members, the insurance companies, and the banks, the liberty to do business not as a punishment for the crimes the NRA committed, but because of the industry they are in. Also, by targeting both the NRA and other members of the gun industry, Ms. Vullo has unequally applied the laws of the State of New York.

How the Supreme Court decides this case should be interesting. While it is extremely difficult to predict how the court will find, I feel fairly confident that no matter what decision the court makes, it will not be based on the Constitution of the United States.

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

Irony, Pain, and Hope of Earth Day 2024

By Frosty Wooldridge

April 22, 2024

Fifty-four years ago, we college kids stood on campuses across America to celebrate U.S. Senator Gaylord Nelson’s initiation of “Earth Day 1970.”

“Millions of people around the world will pause on Monday, at least for a moment to mark Earth Day. It’s an annual event founded by people who hoped to stir activism to clean up and preserve this planet that houses 8 billion humans and trillions of other organisms.”

Senator Nelson said, “Our goal is not just an environment of clean air and water, and scenic beauty. The objective is an environment of decency, quality and mutual respect for all other human beings and all other living creatures. We must recognize that we’re all part of a web of life around the world.”

Since that year, this journalist traveled across six continents in the past 54 years to see if humanity noticed and acted on Nelson’s creating of “Earth Day.”

At the time, humans numbered 3.5 billion of themselves across seven continents. In 1970, plastics were virtually non-existent. Species extinction rates weren’t even counted. Humans burned 50 million barrels of oil 24/7, which was not noticed at the time. Air pollution had not reached the enormous toxicity it would become. Whoever heard of “gridlocked” traffic other than New York City and Los Angeles? What was “acid rain?” Roadkill—-what’s that? China approached 1.0 billion people, but so what?

Fifty-four years later, we humans added 4.6 billion more of our selves to reach 8.0 billion. We add 1.0 million of ourselves every four days, which exceeds 83 million annually, net gain. Projections show us adding 2 or 3 billion more of ourselves in this century.

We’ve tossed 170 trillion pieces of plastic into our oceans according to National Public Radio’s Scott Simon. You can see it EVERYWHERE in rivers, lakes, alongside roadways, in the woods and anywhere humans tramp across the land. Even in our National Parks, hundreds of young people must pick tons of litter from visitors. Which shows, countless Americans don’t care about our environment.

We burned 50 million barrels of oil 24/7 in 1970. Today, we burn 100 million barrels of oil 24/7. Predictions by James Howard Kunstler in The Long Emergency, state that humans will burn 200 million barrels of oil by 2040-50, daily! Air pollution over our large cities rains down with acid rain that kills our soils and toxifies our water.

Americans in the lower 48 states, run over, propeller chop-up and kill 11.4 vertebrate animals every second to add up to 1.0 million roadkill’s every day of the year. (Source: High Country News study on “American Roadkill’s.”) The wind turbines chop of 500,000 birds a year.

In our oceans since Life Magazine reported in 1991, “Predator Becomes Prey”, humans have been killing 100 million sharks annually for the past 33 years. Such a killing spree destroys the ecology of our oceans along with the plastics onslaught. Additionally, because of all that carbon particulate and acidity being dumped into our oceans from fossil fuel burning, reefs worldwide are being destroyed. And, the fish cannot adapt fast enough to survive.

That leads into the extinction rates of Earth’s creatures—-now estimated at 80 to 100 species 24/7 going extinct. Never to be seen on Earth again! The great Harvard biologist E.O. Wilson said, “We expect 1/3 of all creatures to become extinct by 2050 and up to ½ before the end of this century.”

We’ve created 84,000 chemicals that Nature cannot neutralize. Thus, they all flush into the final toilet: our oceans.

While I have only covered the tip of the iceberg, “catastrophic climate destabilization” will most likely be our ultimate downfall as a species on this planet. We humans are running out of balanced weather, water and soil to grow our crops.

As it is in 2024, 4 million children starve to death annually and 8 million adults. (Source: United Nations reports on childhood and adult early deaths.)

So, what do you do as an American, Canadian, European, Australian, and/or third world person? Is it hopeless? Are we headed for the Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse?

This past Sunday, my preacher at my church in Denver, Dr. Barry Ebert gave a deeply touching sermon on Earth Day.

“We must have a worldwide consciousness of change,” Ebert said. “We need commitment, clarity, and interest. We must return to balance. We need to collaborate with ourselves and Nature. We must bring ‘focus’ to our mission for our planet. We have only one home and it’s this planet.”

He added his thoughts on climate change. “It’s real, it’s bad. It’s us. It’s changeable. It’s hope. It’s about heart and love of Earth.”

Ebert cast a deeply serious tone over the 1,500 people in the audience. They felt his words. They knew that every one of them would be affected in the years to come. They knew their children would be living through Nature’s response to our current abuse of the planet.

Ebert said, “Crisis brings clarity, hope, possibility and energy to restore the planet to balance.”

In the end, it’s up to each one of us, individually to act. Ebert has taught at our church for 30 years, Love and Logic, how to bring up kids to be productive and contributing members of our society, as well as confident human beings. He taught the entire audience that morning to become involved with the solutions for our planet. He beseeched us to stop using plastics along with many other solutions.

Today, only seven states carry a 10-cent bottle, can and plastic deposit/return law? Hey, why don’t Americans engage a 50-cent deposit/return law on all plastic, metal and glass containers? What are we waiting for? When you put financial incentives in place, every kid would sweep the landscape clean of plastic, glass and metals of all kinds. So simple, but why haven’t we made it a national/federal law?

Why aren’t we recycling EVERYTHING we manufacture? Why haven’t we charged full speed toward clean energy? When are we going to address the fact that every added human being as to “exponential growth” to the planet beyond the planet’s carrying capacity is a “resource competitor” that cannot be watered, fed or sustained? When are the 8.2 billion humans on this planet going to engage serious and gracious birth control to bring our numbers into line with the planet’s ability to sustain us? We’ve already accomplished it in the United States with 2.1 children per woman since 1970. Same with all first world countries!

Why not STOP spraying Roundup and Weed B Gone on our crops with the poisonous glyphosates that cause cancer to us and all other creatures? Why not stop the GMO’s that are killing our bees, and other pollinators? Why not total organic food production?

Dr. Ebert implored the congregation to get involved, to produce ideas and solutions, to act. For certain, the U.S. government won’t produce solutions because they owe their souls to Big Pharma, Big Food Industry, and Big Business. When it comes to industry, money always wins over ethics, morality and common sense. Dr. Ebert mentioned the book, Draw Down by Paul Hawkins. It might be a roadmap for you to start your own journey to balance ourselves with this planet.

In the final equation, what does Earth Day mean? It means YOU must be the “change agent” in your community, your state and your country. You must elect those who will act. If they won’t act, you may run for office. When it comes to a free society, it’s up to “we the people” to make change toward a viable future.

“And into the forest I go, to lose my mind and refresh my soul.” —John Muir
“What’s the use of a fine house if you don’t have a planet to put it on?” –Henry David Thoreau
“But man is a part of Nature, and his war against Nature is inevitably a war against himself.” Rachel Carson, Silent Spring

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

Dying To Your Flesh – Session 1

By Glynn Adams

April 21, 2024

I shall concentrate on teaching those in the Remnant of God who are totally committed to the obedience of Jesus Christ and who need help with spiritual things the Bible teaches such as dying to the flesh, renewing the mind, and taking thoughts captive to the obedience of Christ. God has a process for the flesh (Romans 8), the mind (Romans 12:1), and taking thoughts captive (2 Corinthians 10:3) and I shall cover this process in much detail in the coming weeks. If you do not learn God’s process on dealing with your flesh, renewing your mind, and taking thoughts captive, then no one can help you and your spiritual life will be a continuous roller coaster event after another of frustration, defeat, and torment.

What do we mean by dying to your flesh? Why is it so important? In the average church today, pastors teach the traditions of men and a form of godliness rather than equipping the saints with the Word of God. We must understand that the Word of God has a lot to say about the absolute necessity of dying to our flesh. Let’s start by going to the Book of Genesis and the Garden of Eden. God created Adam, the first man in the image of God. (Genesis 1:26-27) He had total innocence and a pure heart with no impure motives. He was holy and blameless. Since God tests the hearts of everyone He has created, Adam was given a choice between the Tree of Life or the Tree of Knowledge of Good and Evil (Also called the Tree of Death.) Since Adam apparently loved Eve more than he loved God, he ate from the Tree of Death.

Because of this sin of Adam, all mankind born on this earth receives a cursed nature, the “flesh” nature which is the nature of Satan. Every descendant of Adam on this earth then walks in Satan’s nature – self-love, self-centeredness, and selfishness. The flesh nature and the nature of Satan are the same. Therefore, they are in total agreement and Satan can control your life because your heart loves this selfish and cursed nature. “The flesh nature is hostile to God and will not subject itself to the law of God.” (Romans 8:7) Because this nature is rooted deeply in the hearts of all mankind, their only motive will be to satisfy the desires of their flesh and live for themselves.

Take note here that the Democrats and the New World Order demonic elites say that man is born good but his or her environment is what causes them to turn bad. This is a lie straight from the pits of hell because the Bible says, we are all born with the nature of Satan and until we are born again and go through God’s process of dying to our flesh, we will always be tempted to follow the ways of Satan!!!

In the New Covenant, the Lord Jesus Christ when we receive Him, gives us a divine nature (2 Peter 2:4) which enables us to overcome this flesh nature so we can be conformed to the image of Christ. But we still have our old nature that wars against our Spirit nature and that is why the Spirit of God leads us to put to death this old nature of Satan. Galatians 5:16-17 says, “But I say walk by the Spirit and you will not carry out the desires of the flesh. For the flesh sets its desires against the Spirit and the Spirit against the flesh; for these are in opposition to one another so that you may not do the things that you please.”

Now I want to add another dimension to dying to the flesh and that is the Law of God. Today, when the Law is mentioned, there rises up the cry of “legalism” or you don’t understand grace. People only think of the rituals that were done away but Jesus came to fulfill the Law. The rituals did pass away but the Law still stands today. Until you are willing to hear what God has to say about His law, you will never know true freedom nor will you have understanding about the powers of darkness. Jesus said, “Think not that I am come to destroy the law, or the prophets, I am not come to destroy but to fulfill.” (Matthew 5:17)

Since this is a very difficult subject, you must first agree that perhaps you have not yet received all of the truth. Then agree that if God has given someone understanding and light, it will be in the Bible in balance and context. Do not be like the Pharisees and react to the first statement you hear that is contrary to your traditions of men. If we are in darkness, we must be willing to be led out of darkness by the Spirit and Word of God. Jesus said in John 8:32, “You will know the truth and the truth will make you free.” And in John 16:13, Jesus said, “When He, the Spirit of Truth is come, He will guide you into all truth.”

Who are the law breakers? They are those who do not walk in love and cannot walk in love. Their minds are set upon this world system and the things their hearts love. “For the mind set on the flesh is death but the mind set on the Spirit is life and peace, because the mind set on the (carnal) (fleshly) mind is hostile towards God: for it does not subject itself to the law of God (which commands us to walk in love) for it is not even able to do so for those who are IN THE FLESH cannot please God.” (Romans 8:6-8) So, if anyone loves their flesh nature, they refuse to love God with all their heart and love others as themselves. They choose to walk in the image of Satan.

I surely hope you understand that God is commanding us to walk in love or be destroyed. The wages of sin are death. If we die to our flesh nature, then we can walk in this kind of love that God commands but not if we are in bondage to our selfish desires of the flesh nature. When we die to our fleshly ways, then we manifest the nature of God when we love God and our neighbor as ourself.

The reason these Scriptures I have quoted sound like a foreign language to most church people today is because they will not fit into today’s denominational and mega church carnal doctrines. Jesus confirmed this God-kind of love that we are to walk in today by saying, “This is My commandment that you love one another, as I have loved you. Greater love hath no man than this, that a man lay down his life for his friends.” (John 15:12) In our denominational and mega churches, we do not love as God commands us because we have been divided by denominations and mega churches. My heart really goes out to people attending these churches whose pastors teach a form of godliness and not the real truth of the Scriptures. You are leaving yourself and your family open to the demonic world of Satan by being in these unholy places. Jesus made it clear that you will become like your teacher and if he is wrong; you will be wrong!!

Jesus said you will know them by their fruit. You can go to Galatians 5:16-24, “But I say walk by the Spirit and you will not carry out the desire of the flesh. For the flesh sets its desire against the Spirit and the Spirit against the flesh; for these are in opposition to one another so that you may not do the things that you please. But if you are led by the Spirit, you are not under the law. Now the deeds of the flesh are

evident which are: immorality, impurity, sensuality, idolatry, sorcery, enmities, strife, jealousy, outbursts of anger, disputes, dissensions, factions, envying, drunkenness, carousing, and things like these of which I forewarn you just as I have forewarned you that those who practice such things shall not inherit the Kingdom of God.

But the fruit of the Spirit is love, joy, peace, patience, kindness, goodness, faithfulness, gentleness, self-control against such things there is no law. Now those who belong to Christ Jesus have crucified the flesh with its passions and desires.”

Notice that Galatians 5:24 says, “Now those who belong to Christ Jesus have crucified the flesh with its passions and desires.” Now we have crucifying of the flesh–our old nature from Satan, and we are going to learn about that next week in Session 2. We must get serious about obeying and applying the Word of God to our lives. That is how you have the abundant life of Jesus rather than the torment of Satan and judgement.

God bless, I remain His servant and watchman, Glynn Adams (Thanks to the late Milt Green and his book, ”The Great Falling Away Today” and Phil Hopper and his book, “Defeating the Enemy”, and so many other faithful pastors and Biblical scholars who have written on this subject).

[Session 1], [Session 2]

E-Mail Glynn Adams: glynnadams@sbcglobal.net

Romantic Lies

By Late Roy Masters

April 21, 2024

Nostalgia and reminiscing are part of the egocentric life as well. Memories sustain the sick ego through the reinforcement of photos, romantic music, and old treasures. Such is the pitiful glue that holds the fallen nature together!

In the first part of our lives, when the ego is developing through corruption, we grow and compensate (fail). But the second phase is devoted to escaping into the tease of memory.

We are consumed by the spirit which slipped inside while we fondled the spirit of memory, preoccupied with our selfish pursuits, pleasures, and distractions.

The egocentric adventuring away from reality is part and parcel of experiencing life and growing up. But when that growth begins to be revealed for what it is by the “enemy” of conscience, we then escape by fondling the past (people, places, and things), letting them re-arouse us in our minds as they once did in fact.

We escape reality by going further and further back, reexperiencing childhood memories, familiar incidents, and people who made us what we are.

Memory, you see, houses the spirit of our failing; it can just as well be fondled in fantasy as in fact. When it is clear that there is no more future, then all that is left for us is the reliving of the past. Our stubbornness or ignorance compels us to escape from the ever-present.

First we grow and live from knowledge, and then we die to knowledge. Deceit brings us into existence and then, after it has done its thing through us, it kills us.

We die fondling romantic lies that re-arouse the sensuous nature, and we milk those old love-hate feelings and thoughts for all they are worth in order to forget what old and miserable failures we have become.

Our egocentric lives evolve through the experiences triggered by deceitful words and feelings in fact and fantasy.

“deep within the mind there is another holy kind of pressure seeking expression. If you love what is right, you are seeking this pressure.”

As an ambitious person, you will not listen to your conscience. You need those who understand what you want, who will free you with lies.

There is a relationship between the failure to hold fast to what you know is right and the compulsive response to feeling and pressure. Not wanting what is right, or not being sure of what is right, you do not have the strength, the ground, to resist temptation.

If you cannot resist verbal assault, neither can you resist its pressure. In your fallen state, the appeal of the serpent is stronger than your common sense; you are a slave of the system through feeling.

Once the bond of energy with the source of life has been broken, the world rushes in and molds you to its design; you become subject to its pressure, which makes you feel, and feeling, which makes you think.

But deep within the mind there is another holy kind of pressure seeking expression. If you love what is right, you are seeking this pressure. You need to yield to this pressure of conscience so that you can flower in the Light.

Unwholesome pressure exists only in the subjective state. If you are not subject to one pressure, you will be subject to the other.

An emotional bond exists between the tease/pressure source and the sinner—much like the bond which ought to exist between man and his Creator. Through this feeling bond of sin pass the destructive energies and ideas which we believe originate within us.

We become highly suggestible without realizing it, and we act on those impulses only because we are deceived into thinking that the thoughts are our own.

Take Care Who You Hear and Follow

by Rolaant McKenzie

April 21, 2024

Count Dooku of Serenno is a fictional character in several Star Wars films, including Star Wars: Episode II – Attack of the Clones (2002) and Star Wars: Episode III – Revenge of the Sith (2005). Disillusioned with the rampant corruption of the Galactic Republic, where most of its political leaders are more interested in enriching themselves through an oppressive, ever-increasing bureaucracy than protecting the freedom and rights of their constituents, he calls for star systems to engage in self-determinism, separate themselves from the corrupt Republic, and make the galaxy great again by restoring the ideals of what the Republic used to be.

With great charisma, Dooku proclaimed the message that the Supreme Chancellor of the Galactic Republic, Sheev Palpatine, was merely a pawn of corporate interests presiding over a senate body hopelessly steeped in avarice. A cult of personality developed around him, which greatly helped in rallying many star systems to his secessionist cause. They formed the Confederacy of Independent Systems (CIS), making Dooku the Head of State.

War broke out between the CIS and the Republic as the latter sought to bring separatist star systems back under its control. But while this civil war was made to appear to be between Palpatine and Dooku, the reality, unbeknownst to followers on both sides, was that Palpatine and Dooku were working together behind the scenes to use this conflict as a means for Palpatine to assume emergency powers, destroy opponents to his government, and conquer the galaxy with Dooku and their shared cronies as its sole rulers.

Those who followed Dooku, believing that he was fighting for their freedom, were ultimately betrayed and destroyed by Palpatine. Palpatine also betrayed his partner Dooku and had him killed. With the defeat of the CIS, Palpatine consolidated his power and declared the reorganization of the Republic into the Galactic Empire, assuming the role of emperor. His rule ushered in unprecedented repression and death in the galaxy.

This story is an example of art imitating life, as there are examples of similar occurrences in history. One such example is the Communist Party (Bolsheviks), led by Vladimir Lenin, which seized power in Russia in October 1917. Lenin initially governed in collaboration with other factions but increasingly centralized power and suppressed opposition, leading to his party being the sole legal one allowed in Russia (and later, the Soviet Union). This, in addition to the lack of universal acceptance of his seizure of power, led to civil conflict.

To consolidate power, Lenin established in December 1917 the Cheka (precursor to the KGB), secret police whose primary purpose was to seek out enemies of the state and neutralize them. Many thousands were arrested and killed without trial, with the Cheka being the judge, jury, and executioner.

Lenin was reputed to have said, “The best way to control the opposition is to lead it ourselves.” With this in mind, the Cheka engaged in a counterintelligence operation called “The Trust,” where a false anti-communist resistance organization called the Monarchist Union of Central Russia (MUCR) was set up to identify, lure, and neutralize those in Russia and among the émigrés in Europe seeking to remove the Bolsheviks from power.

Cheka agents were successful in convincing many Russian dissidents of the size, support among the Russian people, and power of “The Trust” to overthrow the communist regime. Exiled Russians even donated large sums of money and supplies to the effort. But after several years of cultivating trust among the Russian opposition, the Cheka agents running the operation sprang their trap. They betrayed a number of its leaders and supporters by arranging their capture and execution, including some who were lured into the Soviet Union from among the exiles in Europe.

Emboldened by this successful crushing of opposition and having survived an assassination attempt, Lenin embarked on the Red Terror, patterned after the Reign of Terror of the French Revolution, to quash all political dissent and threats to his power. At his direction, the Cheka conducted mass arrests, imprisonments, torture, and executions without trial, leading to the deaths of tens of thousands.

In addition to this democide, one of the tragedies of the rise of Lenin and Soviet Russia was that many of the people who suffered under the autocratic rule of the tsarist government developed a cult of personality around Lenin as they increasingly viewed him as a messianic figure who would lead them into a freer, happier, and more prosperous society. Their idolization of him often blinded them, until it was too late, to the religious, political, and economic repression his rule brought that exceeded the tsars.

This is reminiscent of a verse and coda of the 1971 hit song by the rock group The Who called “Won’t Get Fooled Again”:

We’ll be fighting in the streets
With our children at our feet
And the morals that they worship will be gone
And the men who spurred us on
Sit in judgement of all wrong
They decide and the shotgun sings the song

Meet the new boss
Same as the old boss

In the United States and many other countries around the world, people find themselves in a highly divided and contentious society, where they are polarized by religious and political beliefs and political leaders. Many of them see, and sometimes suffer from, the increasingly pervasive corruption of government and understand that society is rapidly headed for disintegration.

Some political commentators, pundits, and social media influencers emphasize and capitalize on this discontent and fears of people. They cultivate a following by telling people within a certain demographic what they want to hear, and as they profit financially from them, they maneuver them into developing a cult of personality around a particular political figure.

These influencers encourage many in their audiences to project their image of what they want in a leader onto a particular political figure, regardless of the actual deeds of that figure. Some even hint that engaging in civil conflict would be the right course if things do not work out the way they want politically.

Christians in the midst of this charged environment may be tempted to become enamored of political movements or leaders and fight to increase their power, thinking that they are advancing the kingdom of God. In the process, they may fall into compromising their moral principles, be led astray by people who are using them for their own wealth and power, and end up strengthening global elitist agendas that oppose the Lord Jesus and His kingdom, which He will bring about in His own perfect way and time without our help.

The Zealots were a religious and political movement during the time of Jesus’ earthly ministry and after. They sought the removal of the yoke of Rome from Israel and the establishment of God’s kingdom, by force if necessary. Some of this group engaged in guerilla warfare tactics and raids on Roman convoys and attacked those they viewed as collaborators with Rome.

Jesus presented a very different message as He proclaimed the gospel. He made it clear that the kingdom of God would not come in the way that the Zealots and their allies expected, a great warrior who would come and overthrow the Romans. It would be inaugurated by God ruling in the hearts of those who embraced His message and believed in Him (Luke 17:20-21).

The Zealots and those whom they persuaded to follow them rejected Jesus and His message, which eventually led to armed conflict, mass death, and the destruction of Jerusalem and the Temple as Jesus predicted (Matthew 24:1-2; Mark 13:1-2; Luke 21:5-6).

The Bible warns us against placing undue faith or adulation in any man, particularly in people of great wealth or influence, for like everyone else, they are also subject to human frailties, corruption, and death. It also places us in danger of the curse of turning our hearts away from God, the only One to whom trust and adoration are due and from whom only true and permanent salvation comes.

“Do not trust in princes, in mortal man, in whom there is no salvation. His spirit departs, he returns to the earth; on that very day his plans perish.” (Psalm 146:3-4)

“Thus says the LORD, ‘Cursed is the man who trusts in mankind and makes flesh his strength, and whose heart turns away from the LORD.’ … Blessed is the man who trusts in the LORD and whose trust is the LORD.” (Jeremiah 17:5-8)

Until Jesus returns, His kingdom is not of this world (John 18:36). We need to take care to hear and follow what He says, and not the provocateurs and zealots of today, some of whom like Judas goats will lead those who follow them to betrayal and destruction.

While it is important that followers of Jesus Christ be involved where they can, especially locally, in the formulation of policies and laws in the countries in which they reside, the kingdom of God is advanced through the preaching and embracing of the gospel message, not civil conflict on behalf of a political figure or movement. Societies and those who lead them change for the better as more hearts and minds are changed by the gospel.

One day, Jesus will return to earth as King of kings and Lord of lords, eliminate government corruption with His rod of iron (Revelation 19:11-21), and establish His righteous rule on earth that will never end. Believe in Him and enter His kingdom. Jesus will never betray or abandon you, and all those who trust in Him are forever blessed (Psalm 2:12).

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

Website: http://www.gospeloutreach.net/

The University of Tennessee Uses Our Taxes to Advocate Radical Energy Agenda. I Took Them to Court

by Kathleen Marquardt

April 20, 2024

Over four years ago, someone sent me a November 2019 Huffington Post article titled “Coal Knew, Too” by Élan Young, a writer for the Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering at the University of (UTK). The story, remarkably, also promptly appeared in Mother Jones, the UK’s Daily Mail, and even in an article from the Kent Law School. We were told that the Department head, Chris Cherry, “accidentally discovered what is, so far, the earliest known evidence of the coal industry acknowledging its awareness of the impending climate crisis”.

The supposed “confession”, which fit nicely into an ongoing activist litigation campaign, appeared in plain sight in a 1966 article in the Mining Congress Journal. This general-interest mining publication merely repeated the theory of greenhouse global warming.

“Coal Knew, Too” is a spin-off of the activist campaign “Exxon Knew” “conceived during a 2012 workshop [1] in La Jolla, Calif., sponsored by wealthy, anti-fossil fuel foundations (including the Rockefeller Family Fund), where activists strategized about how to replicate the success of the lawsuits against “Big Tobacco” by “establishing accountability for climate change damages.” That soon became Utilities Knew Too [3] to rope in coal.

The first entrant in the litigation sweepstakes was the New York Attorney General. Public records show the Rockefeller Family Fund lobbied New York to prosecute. Interestingly, the New York Attorney General’s Exxon Knew fraud case bombed – big time. And made significant headlines for it, two examples:

New York Post editorial board: ” “New York AG’s office totally disgraced itself in the Exxon trial” [4]

Paul S. Atkins, a former member of the Securities and Exchange Commission, said, “NY’s pathetic case against Exxon is outrageous abuse of prosecutorial powers.” [5]

Journalist Katie Brown at Energy in Depth [6] put it best in an article she called, “Feeling the heat, inside climate news finally admits #exxonknew collusion between AGs and activists”:

“Over the past several weeks, the well-funded, highly orchestrated #ExxonKnew campaign has continued to be exposed for what it is, with several major news outlets now reporting on closed-door meetings that took place between activists, wealthy foundations, law firms, and media websites, in an effort to attack Exxon. Newly revealed emails even show these activists held secret talks with the state attorneys general long before articles written by Inside Climate News and the Columbia School of Journalism were published – directly contradicting claims made by the attorney general of New York and others that those articles were the impetus behind their actions.”

“Coal Knew, Too” was absurd on a few fronts, but the campaign is a serious one. Regardless, this involved the UTK professor and a UTK writer using their positions and the school’s website to launch the “Coal Knew!” branch of the campaign, checking that box of a media push against one class of defendants, the “Knew, Too!” tort bar is suing to extract billions and turn into lobbyists for the “climate”/energy-rationing agenda. How this use of the public/taxpayer’s resources came about is found in public records, and the public has a right to know what is in them.

So, I sent a request to Professor Cherry seeking emails containing one or more of three keywords/phrases: 1. Mining Congress Journal, 2. Coal, and 3. Climate change. These would reveal the record of how this came about on the taxpayers’ dime.

I submitted the request on December 4, 2019, and it became a seemingly never-ending ride on the MTA. After numerous delays in responding, my request “was denied in its entirety.” My lawyer went back and forth with the UTK over this for months, getting delays and, finally, another denial, even though the Tennessee Code gives entitlement to access to public records.

The University forced me to sue to see them, and here we are more than four years later, still trying to gain access to the school’s participation in Left-wing activism based on false premises.

Why would I want to see these documents? What business is it of mine? As a candidate for president once said, “I paid for this microphone.” The emails would inform the taxpayer 1) how and why the engineering school sought to use taxpayer resources to promote an ideological plaintiffs’ and media campaign in a breathless write-up pitched to outlets worldwide. This seems to me to be outside of the school’s norm. Don’t you think? 2) This is all based on the silliest of premises — a trade journal article acknowledging the existence of the greenhouse warming theory.

Let’s look at the article that drew my attention – and ire, “Coal Knew, Too”. The first paragraph set the tone (and turned on my “woke-wacko” alert):

“’Exxon Knew’. Thanks to the work of activists and journalists, those two words have rocked the politics of climate change in recent years, as investigations revealed the extent to which giants like Exxon Mobil and Shell were aware of the danger of rising greenhouse gas emissions even as they undermined the work of scientists.”

That raises the question, “Which scientists?” As one article in the literature wrote: “Whether most scientists outside climatology believe that global warming is happening is less relevant than whether the climatologists do. A letter signed by over 50 leading members of the American Meteorological Society warned about the policies promoted by environmental pressure groups. “The policy initiatives derive from highly uncertain scientific theories. They are based on the unsupported assumption that catastrophic global warming follows from the burning of fossil fuel and requires immediate action. We do not agree.” Those who have signed the letter represent the overwhelming majority of climate change scientists in the United States, of whom there are about 60. McMichael and Haines quote the 1995 report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), which is widely believed to “prove” that climate change induced by humans has occurred. The original draft document did not say this. What happened was that the policymakers’ summary (which became the “take home message” for politicians) altered the conclusions of the scientists. This led Dr. Frederick Seitz, former head of the United States National Academy of Sciences, to write, “In more than sixty years as a member of the American scientific community … I have never witnessed a more disturbing corruption of the peer-review process than the events that led to this IPCC report.” [7]

In 1966, when the article from the Mining Congress Journal was written, global warming was not a hot issue. That was global cooling – or, better said, global freezing. Even as late as 1977, greenhouse warming was not a political campaign but a theory, as mentioned in many places, including a ten-year-old trade journal article. The book The Weather Conspiracy: The Coming of the New Ice Age was a bible of environmentalists then. So, what will be the next “threat to society from those wanting to control the world? They are still operating under the Club of Rome’s philosophy: “The common enemy of humanity is man. In searching for a new enemy to unite us, we came up with the idea that pollution, the threat of global warming, water shortages, famine, and the like would fit the bill. All of these dangers are caused by human intervention, and it is only through changed attitudes and behavior that they can be overcome. The real enemy, then, is humanity itself.”

Public institutions must never be allowed to stonewall public records requests from the taxpayers who fund them. Free speech and full disclosure are the path to sound science, reason, and logic.

This article was Initially published at CFACT

E-Mail Kathleen Marquardt: koikpm@yahoo.com

Sources:

April 13th, 2024: Iran’s Shocking Dress Rehearsal

By Cherie Zaslawski

April 20, 2024

There are many interpretations of Iran’s unprecedented direct attack on Israel floating around in cyberspace, but only one in the mainstream media: Iran’s attack was appropriate payback for Israel taking down IRGC general Mohammed Reza Zahedi, the mastermind behind the October 7th massacre—and Israel should stand down since nearly all of Iran’s 300+ missiles were intercepted.

In fact, Biden, whom we now know greenlighted Iran’s attack, told Israel to “take it as a win.” Translation: Don’t you dare retaliate against the massive onslaught from Iran, codenamed, as I learned from Daniel Greenfield, “YaRasool Allah”—Messenger of Allah.

So what is Iran’s message?

Simply that it plans to annihilate Israel in the name of Allah. And April 13th can best be understood as a practice volley.

IRAN VS. ISRAEL: WHO WON?

One of the 300+ missiles Iran fired at Israel on April 13^th

As Israeli commentator Amir Tsarfati points out: “Victory is not what you do in defense, but in offense!”

I give the win here to Iran. Why? Because Iran accomplished several feats—first and foremost, it blasted well over 300 rockets at its arch-enemy, the “Zionist entity.” That goes over well in the Arab Islamic world.

In fact, in the Arab world, military might is viewed as the pinnacle of strength, and strength is revered, while any sign of weakness is deplored.

So we shouldn’t be surprised that Iran gets accolades from its proxies and friends. From Reuters: “Iran’s attack on Israel stirs admiration among Gaza Palestinians.” Now Iran has removed its mask and essentially claimed its role as the premier badass of the Middle East.

As Jonathan Spyer in The Spectator writes: “It is a moment of profound strategic importance. It was the precise point at which Iran’s forty-year strategy for the destruction of Israel as part of an effort to dominate the region went from the covert, proxy stage to that of overt challenge.”

We now know that Iran used mainly its older, relatively inexpensive Russian weaponry, while compelling Israel to spend well over a billion dollars in its historic high-tech air defense measures. Another win for Iran.

ISRAEL’S PREDICAMENT

Israel is now between the proverbial rock and hard place. If she doesn’t retaliate, the surrounding Arab Muslim states that are hostile to the Jewish state will view that as weakness, which encourages aggression on their part.

And if she does respond in a serious and meaningful way, she’ll likely lose American support—such as it is— including American funding which is crucial to her survival in the face of these existential threats. And of course the international press and assorted pundits would quickly resort to one of their favorite pastimes: blaming the Jews.

True, Israel’s Iron Dome and the newer Arrow 2, Arrow 3 and David’s Sling, proved their worth as well in Saturday’s attack. But April 13th was a game-changer courtesy of the despotic bully who’s been directing terror attacks from the shadows.

Israel may have stunned the world with its miraculous whack-a-drone performance, but such technological magic could hardly be expected to pull off a win if the game transitioned to whack-a-nuke. So Israel must take out Iran’s nuclear capability.

THE BIGGEST REVELATION: O’BIDEN SWAPPING OUR ALLY FOR OUR ENEMY

America has historically been a friend and key ally of Israel, the only democratic state in the Middle East. That is, until Obama got into office in 2008. It may have shocked Israelis when Hussein Obama snubbed our ally’s Prime Minister who’d flown to Washington to address Congress on the dangers of the proposed Iran Deal, which happened twice: in 2012 and again in 2015, when Obama refused to meet with Israel’s head of state, and later dissed Netanyahu’s eloquent and passionate plea to protect Israel, the Middle East, and the world, from Iran becoming a nuclear power.

By now, most people paying attention know that Obama is still calling the shots for the current administration, since the doddering puppet in the Oval Office, while still a corrupt, venal and mean-spirited shill, is no longer compos mentis.

And Obama operating behind the scenes explains why America’s allegiance has summarily passed from Israel to Iran.

That’s right: America supports Iran and its proxies in their various attacks and wars against our former ally, Israel.

This is the “new normal” of the Middle East under O’Biden.

Of course, Biden pays lip service to our historic commitment to Israel, but that commitment has morphed into his “ironclad” betrayal of the beleaguered state. As Caroline Glick puts it, Biden’s policy goal “is to transform Israel from a regional power into a rogue protectorate of America” that the U.S. must discipline and control. Israel is not permitted to win its war against Hamas, or to retaliate against the shocking barrage of Iranian warheads aimed at the country. And consider, if anything had gone awry in its defense, Israel would have incurred incalculable damage and loss of life. Don’t think for a moment that such a scenario would have brought tears to the eyes of the Ayatollah and friends, except for tears of joy.

As Senator Ted Cruz has pointed out, Biden has essentially enriched Iran to the tune of $100 billion. Stack that up against the relatively meager help for Israel from this administration, and most of it conditional with strings attached. To add insult to injury, we gave Iran another $10 billion since the October 7th pogrom! And let’s not forget Obama’s pallet of $400 million in cash for the Ayatollah in 2016, along with a transfer of $1.7 billion also all in cash.

Well, money talks. And it also buys a lot of military technology and weaponry, not to mention facilitating construction of nuclear warheads.

Senator John Kennedy (R-LA) assesses the situation this way: “We need to stand with Israel. It’s very clear. We’re not at war with Hamas, or Hezbollah or Yemen. Those are all surrogates for Iran. Those are … prostitutes, the pimp is Iran. Israel is at war with Iran. Iran hates Americans. Iran hates Jews, Iran wants to kill Americans and Jews.”

And with his trademark colorful panache, he concludes: “If we turn the other cheek to them, we’re going to get it in the neck.”

A BRIEF HISTORY REFRESHER

Let’s briefly revisit Iran’s history.

Going back to Biblical times, we see Persia looked kindly upon the Children of Israel, as King Cyrus not only ended the Babylonian captivity of the Jews, he invited them to rebuild their temple under his reign.

We should remember that the Persian people have their own unique, storied culture—they speak Farsi, not Arabic—and pride themselves on their illustrious history including friendliness to Israel. So when we speak of Iran as the terrorist state, we should be clear this is not a reference to the Iranian public, but rather to the Islamic Revolutionary Guard—the despotic government of Iran that is hated by a majority of the people.

Continuing our review of Iran’s history:

Under Mohammed Reza Shah Palevi’s regime from the 1940s to 1979, Iran modernized and westernized. The Shah greatly increased the rights of women and of religious freedom, as well as overseeing a flourishing economy. You can find photos online of elegant Iranian women in stylish European dress prior to the revolution, and compare them with the black-clad, oppressed women in Iran today, in their hijabs or chadors.

The oppression came about via the Iranian Revolution of 1979 in which the Shah was deposed, and Islamic radical Ayatollah Ruholla Khomeini took over with the help of…wait for it…America! That’s right. President Jimmy Carter “had extensive contact” with Khomeini and helped him take power, as revealed in US diplomatic cables declassified in 2016, as reported by the BBC.

If accurate, that means the U.S. has not only lavishly funded Iran, it essentially created the jihadist terrorist state in the first place!

One may well ask why.

The only reason I can think of is that the One World Government globalist elites want chaos in the Middle East, and seek to use jihadist Islamists to take down Western democracies one way or another. We have to remember that the globalist elites have no loyalty to any nation. They’re supranational predators who want the world, including everything and everyone on it, as their possession and plaything.

WHAT NEXT?

Though I’m not a fan of John Bolton, I think he nailed this one. His assessment: All the attacks on Israel, whether by Hamas, Hezbollah, the Houthis, etc., are “Tehran’s ‘ring of fire’ strategy” in the “Iranian war against ‘the little Satan’.” And he says that Israel’s response should be “decidedly disproportionate, thereby being unmistakably clear to Tehran that, if it ever attacks again, it will face far higher costs than any imaginable pain it might impose on Israel.”

Bolton suggests several potential military targets:

Iranian air defenses and command and control centers
Quds Force headquarters
Iran’s oil-and-gas-producing infrastructure
And most important of all: Iran’s nuclear weapons facilities

He concludes:

“Israel is at risk that the next salvo of ballistic missiles will carry nuclear warheads. Netanyahu could roll the dice and hope they don’t, but he knows that the threat of what his predecessor Ariel Sharon once called a “nuclear holocaust” is closer to reality than ever before. Israel would be entirely justified in removing that threat, and the United States should fully support such a decision.”

And lest we forget: Israel is only “the little Satan”—the U.S. is “the big Satan.” After the Saturday people, come the Sunday people.

We’ve been warned!

E-Mail Cherie Zaslawsky: cherzz@sbcglobal.net

Beyond the Headlines: Iranians vs. the Islamic Republic

By: Amil Imani

April 20, 2024

This isn’t the Iranian people’s war, it’s Ali Khamenei’s war: —Reza Pahlavi

Recent tensions between the Islamic Republic and Israel have once again thrust the Middle Eastern region into the spotlight. However, it is crucial to delve deeper into the intricate dynamics at play beyond geopolitical maneuvering and saber-rattling. One key distinction often overlooked is the differentiation between the Islamic Republic and the Iranian people. Iran means the land of Aryans.

The first step in supporting Iranians is to recognize and understand the distinction between the Iranian people and the Islamic Republic. It is essential to acknowledge that the Iranian people are distinct from the regime that governs them. This understanding can help prevent the conflation of the actions of the regime with the desires and aspirations of the Iranian populace.

Iran is NOT the Islamic Republic. Period.

The Ayatollah Khomeini went as far as stating:

“We do not worship Iran; we worship Allah,” he declared in a speech in 1980 in Qom. “For patriotism is another name for paganism. I say let this land [Iran] burn. I say let this land go up in smoke, provided Islam emerges triumphant in the rest of the world.”

The frustration felt by Iranians due to the world conflating them with the regime cannot be overstated. It is imperative to recognize that Iran has a rich historical and cultural identity that predates the establishment of the Islamic Republic. Once referred to as Persia, it was the land of the Aryans. A civilization renowned for its contributions to art, science, and literature. The Iranian people, contrary to the regime’s actions, yearn for peace and stability in their homeland.

It is clearly the Mullahs vs. the People. Discontent with the Islamic Republic runs deep within the Iranian populace. Activists and ordinary citizens alike have voiced their opposition to the regime, often at great personal risk. The simmering ethnic tensions between the regime and segments of the Iranian population further underscore the internal strife that plagues the country.

Let’s filter out the misinformation and know the Untold Story. Iranians face a daunting challenge in amplifying their voices amidst the cacophony of misinformation that surrounds them. “Crazy narratives” and “mass disinformation” about Iran often cloud the true aspirations and struggles of its people. The advent of social media, while a potential tool for activism, also presents its own set of challenges in a landscape dominated by state-controlled narratives.

This is a Call for Clarity. It is essential to advocate for the use of precise language when discussing Iran. By distinguishing between “Iran” and the “Islamic Republic,” observers can better understand the situation. This differentiation is crucial in acknowledging the Iranian people’s desire to be recognized as a peace-loving society distinct from the actions and policies of the Islamic regime.

We can begin the process by discoursing Iranian voices. The world can better support Iranians by providing platforms for their voices to be heard. This can be done through international media coverage, support for independent journalism within Iran, and facilitating opportunities for Iranian activists and advocates to share their perspectives on the global stage. By doing this, the Iranian voices and the world can better understand the sentiments and aspirations of Iranian citizens.

Only then can we move on to the “Diplomatic Engagement” stage because diplomatic efforts that prioritize the well-being and aspirations of the Iranian people are the only significant form of support. This involves fostering constructive dialogue with Iranian civil society, human rights organizations, and representatives of diverse Iranian communities and diasporas.

Diplomatic engagement should aim to empower Iranians and address their concerns, thereby demonstrating solidarity with the Iranian people.

Advocacy for human rights in Iran is crucial for supporting Iranians. The world can advocate for the protection of fundamental rights, freedom of expression, and the release of political prisoners in Iran. By standing up for the human rights of Iranians, the global community sends a powerful message of solidarity and support for those striving for a more just and free society within Iran.

The final stage of recognition of the Iranian people is cultural exchange and collaboration. Promoting cultural exchange and collaboration with Iranian artists, intellectuals, and civil society members can foster mutual understanding and solidarity. Encouraging educational and artistic exchanges and collaborations in science, technology, and academia can build bridges between the Iranian people and the international community.

Therefore, it is imperative to recognize the complexities underlying the relationship between the Iranian people and the Islamic Republic. A more nuanced understanding that separates the people from the regime is crucial and respectful of the desires and struggles of the Iranian populace.

The time for a change has arrived. The majority of the Iranian people refuse to be fooled and intimidated any longer. They refuse to obey orders from the beasts of Allah currently ruling Iran. Iranians have recognized the fundamental weaknesses of their oppressors. With a little help here and a little help there, they can be transformed overnight from seemingly subdued and helpless sheep into mighty lions.

It is time for the Iranians to strike, gather forces, organize, and especially demonstrate in the streets in increasing numbers, even in the face of massive, gruesome, bloody repression by the Islamic rulers, who still have a powerful armed apparatus at their disposal. It is time to unleash the wrath of the Iranian people on the Islamic zealots. It is time to become even more defiant and end the barbaric theocratic regime by massive participation in a freedom revolution to end this primitive Islamic nightmare.

Anti-Federalists vs. Federalists circa 2024

By Lex Greene

April 19, 2024

I’ll begin this piece by asking a few key questions of every reader.

Is the USA supposed to be a “democracy” or a “republican form of government?”
Were the Jeffersonian anti-federalists “democrats” or “republicans?”
When and how did the courts gain the alleged power to “make laws?”
Is today’s Republican Party the “Federalist” party?
Why do most self-proclaimed or falsely labeled “constitutional scholars” quote the Federalist Papers and ignore the anti-Federalist Papers?

For the record, the “Federalists” favor a strong unbridled “central power” at the national level, able to dictate to the states and the people, via court opinions (alleged to be case law), federal legislation and executive orders.

“Anti-Federalists” favor a very weak and near powerless “central power” in Washington DC to prevent that government from interfering in private local matters or running roughshod over the country, like King George was doing prior to the Revolutionary War to gain our freedom and independence from England.

Today, a majority of Americans falsely believe the following, due to “public education.”

The USA is a “democracy” which today means, a Marxist form of socialism.
The anti-Federalist Jefferson formed what is today’s (federalist) Democrat Party.
That courts have the constitutional power to “make laws” via case decree.
That the Federal Government is all-powerful and unaccountable to the States and People.
That unconstitutional laws enjoy the same force of law as constitutional laws.
That the Bill of Rights died at the end of the Civil War.
A “national popular vote” is “constitutional.”
Just to name a few key points…

And don’t kid yourself…if the Federal Government has even one penny in your school, by any means, it’s public education with a curriculum controlled by the US Department of Education. The government doesn’t fund anything it doesn’t control.

While a vast majority of Americans know there is something horrifically wrong with our country today, fearful of an impending total collapse of what was once the greatest nation on earth…they fail to grasp what’s wrong, why it’s wrong, how it’s wrong, much less what to do about it.

If you don’t know the problem, you can’t know the solution.

Until you can get this right, there’s no chance you will ever get anything else right!

Is the USA supposed to be a “democracy” or a “republican form of government?”

US Constitution, Article IV, Section 4: “The United States shall guarantee to every State in this Union a Republican Form of Government,”

Were the Jeffersonian anti-federalists “democrats” or “republicans?”

Jefferson first formed the “Democratic-Republican Party” as the “anti-federalist party of the era. The word “democratic” was later dropped to create what is today, The Republican Party.

When and how did the courts gain the alleged power to “make laws?”

US Constitution, Article. I. Section. 1. “All legislative Powers herein granted shall be vested in a Congress of the United States, which shall consist of a Senate and House of Representatives.” The answer is in famed Supreme Court case Marbury v. Madison.

Is today’s Republican Party the “Federalist” party?

Even though it acts like the Democrat Party today, today’s Republican Party Foundation and official party platform is based upon the anti-Federalist ideology. Just read anti-Federalist Paper Brutus 1.

Why do most self-proclaimed or falsely labeled “constitutional scholars” quote the Federalist Papers and ignore the anti-Federalist Papers?

Because they either don’t know any better, or they are engaged in misleading Americans into the global Marxist trap.

Today, the so-called “legal experts” have flooded the schools, the courts, mass media, and the internet with their politically motivated false interpretations of the English language, such as finding a Right of same-sex marriage in the 14^th “immigration and naturalization” amendment, which makes no mention of marriage at all.

High-browed poison ivy league law schools like Cornell, Harvard, Yale, and many others, have been teaching law students “British Common Law” since at least the 1940s, which happens to be the opposite of “Constitutional Law” and the means by which the courts have undermined everything in our founding documents since the early 1800s.

Type “constitution + republican form” into your search bar and what will come up is law school opinions of what the Founders meant by “republican form of government.” From the very first paragraph, they begin to totally bastardize the term to mean the opposite of what it actually means. Democracy today means a Marxist form of government tyranny, which is why democrats keep talking about “saving democracy,” global Marxism.

FACT

“democracy” means “rule by a majority.” The right of 50.1% of the people to rule over the other 49.9% of the nation via popular vote, eliminating the Electoral College altogether. Our Founders rightly referred to the term as “mob rule” for that reason.

A “republic” or “republican form of government” via a Constitution and Bill of Rights prevents any majority from ruling over any minority, and forces government to respect and protect all equally, with no one able to tyrannize anyone.

NOTE: The words “democracy” or “democratic” do not appear anywhere in the Declaration of Independence, the US Constitution, or Bill of Rights. But the words “republican form of government” not only appear in the Constitution, but this form of self-governance is also guaranteed every State and every Citizen in the Constitution.

Last, READ THE TRUTH FOR YOURSELF, or die the painful death of ignorance.

E-Mail Lex Greene: LexGreene24@gmail.com

Cyber Sabotage and the Key Bridge Collapse

By Cliff Kincaid

April 19, 2024

On April 16, the Washington Post reported that the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) is conducting a criminal investigation into the Francis Scott Key Bridge collapse. Three weeks earlier, the same day of the “accident,” Bill DelBagno, the FBI Special Agent in charge of the Baltimore Field Office, had categorically claimed there was “no specific or credible information to suggest that there are ties to terrorism.”

The other explanation is cyber sabotage, a form of warfare used by Russia, China, and Iran against U.S. water facilities.

Rather than acknowledge the obvious, the Biden Administration narrative is developing, as reflected in the “news” coverage, that there were “electrical issues” or other “deficiencies” with the ship that somehow caused it to go off-course and strike the bridge, and that the crew was at fault.

I smell a rat. It is like the mysterious fuel tank explosion that supposedly caused TWA 800 to crash off Long Island in 1996, killing 230 people.

As a long-time media critic who has witnessed the paper’s increasingly strange behavior under current owner Jeff Bezos, I believe the Post story about a “criminal investigation” was designed to divert the attention of the public away from a state of war with Iran that now exists and which threatens to escalate dramatically and sink Biden’s re-election effort.

Anyone with a casual familiarity with the Post understands that this Washington, D.C.-based paper is a mouthpiece for the U.S. intelligence community and that in this case it wants the public to believe that “accidents happen,” rather than acts of war that were not detected or prevented by the FBI, CIA, and NSA.

Playing the tune offered by the Intelligence Community, which still can’t figure out that the China virus came from a Communist Chinese lab, the media and their “fact-checkers” are unanimous that the collapse was not the result of terrorism and that the “authorities” can be trusted to inform us of the ultimate truth when they’re good and ready. The “criminal investigation” by the FBI is supposed to convince us that the probe will be thorough before a member of the crew is likely blamed.

When a missile or missiles hit TWA 800, the FBI went through the motions of an investigation before calling upon the CIA to do a cartoon video to discredit the eyewitnesses to a missile attack. The joint FBI/CIA cover-up story then became that the fireball in the sky was the result of a fuel tank mysteriously exploding through a mechanical malfunction of some kind and the plane continuing to climb after it was broken in half by the missile. It was physically impossible.

Nevertheless, the media accepted the cover story, as then-President Clinton coasted to re-election.

In the same way, the Biden team doesn’t want a terrorist attack on American soil as he campaigns for another term and wars continue to engulf Europe and the Middle East.

Various chronologies have been offered about what went wrong, in terms of the cargo ship going dark seconds before it crashed into the bridge. But these chronologies ignore the context of the war expanding in the Middle East, as Israel contemplates military retaliation against Iran.

In my special report on the bridge collapse, I argue that the evidence suggests retaliation by Iran during a war-time situation through cyber warfare.

According to WBAL, a Baltimore television station, the official chronology of the Francis Scott Key bridge collapse shows the cargo ship at 1:25 a.m. on March 26 completely dark without any lights. At around 1:26 a.m., the ship’s power appeared to come back on. Around 1:27 a.m., vehicles could be seen going across the bridge span just before the ship crashed into the bridge at 1:28 a.m.

Here is the chronology that really matters:

In February 2024, the United States conducted a cyber- attack on the MV Behshad, an Iranian merchant ship in the Red Sea. U.S. officials said the operation was “a response” to the January 28 Iranian attack on Tower 22 in Jordan, killing three American soldiers.

This is the result of Biden’s undeclared war on Iran that has now been pulled back, in the wake of the Iranian attack on Israel (backed by Russia) and the promise by the Jewish state to retaliate. Biden’s people clearly don’t want this war to “get out of hand,” especially when Russia is backing Iran and a U.S.-Russia military confrontation could be the result.

On the “Just Security” website, two analysts sympathetic to the Biden Administration noted that the U.S. cyber-attack on the Iranian ship in February could have been “a simple jamming operation that interfered with transmission of information” or “another type of cyber operation” which could potentially explain why the Iran-backed Houthis’ mistakenly fired a missile on a cargo ship bound for Iran rather than an American vessel.

In other words, these cyber-attacks are so effective that they can affect the operations of ships and missile guidance systems.

The authors added, “U.S. and Iranian redlines in cyberspace are unclear, and even non-lethal cyber-attacks may have unintended consequences.”

As a veteran observer of corrupt federal agencies in action, such as in the TWA matter, I dispute the notion that the federal government will figure out what happened and tell us the truth. A cover-up is underway, in the same way we saw various federal agencies conclude that a mysterious fuel tank explosion brought down TWA 800 in 1996 in the face of hundreds of witnesses who saw a missile or missiles hit the plane.

These agencies include the FBI, CIA, and the NTSB (National Transportation Safety Board).

It’s significant that on February 21, only five weeks before the bridge collapse, the feds issued a “U.S. Maritime Advisory on Worldwide Foreign Adversarial Technological, Physical, and Cyber Influence,” alerting “maritime stakeholders of potential vulnerabilities to maritime port equipment, networks, operating systems, software, and infrastructure.”

Insurance companies are interesting in finding out what really happened, since they are on the hook for financial damages, with one firm declaring that “one question that is still in the air is whether there was any cyber-attack behind this incident” and declaring the investigation in their view “is still ongoing…”

While the president of the Westwood Insurance Group accepts the “official verdict,” he nonetheless says that “some in the security business” are wondering, “Just how difficult would it be for hackers to create a catastrophe like this?”

He says the answer is “sobering” and quotes security experts as saying that ships are easy to hack, track, send off course and even sink.

He links to a 2018 article that begins this way: “Modern container ships already face a number of serious perils at sea. Now new research from Pen Test Partners shows just how vulnerable these ships are to new dangers from hacking–including being steered off course and sunk–thanks to their use of always-on satellite communications and general lax security practices on board.”

The article cites Pen Test Partners (PTP), a security services firm, which “demonstrated a number of methods for hacking into the satcom systems of ships, which can allow bad actors access to shipboard systems and wreak potential havoc for the vessels and the shipping industry.”

PTP says it has been providing “cyber security expertise” to a huge variety of industries and businesses since 2010 and is paid to hack and test security systems.

While the author of one PTP article believes it is “incredibly unlikely” that someone could take full remote control of a container ship, it is “entirely viable” that an attacker could impact the vessel’s power management system or Integrated Alarm and Monitoring System, “leading to the vessel blacking out and the associated loss of steering and propulsion.”

This appears to be the case with the Key bridge collapse.

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

Spiritual Dementia

By Coach Dave Daubenmire

April 18, 2024

I’ve recently begun to ask myself what in the heck is wrong with the church? Jesus told us that we were supposed to be “the salt of the earth and the light of the world” but the impact of Christianity on the American culture and the American way of life is almost non-existent.

Jesus called it “losing His savor…good for nothing…except to be cast out and trodden under the foot of man.”

American Christianity has been trodden flatter than a pancake. How has this happened? Jesus told us to “Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost: Teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and, lo, I am with you always, even unto the end of the world. Amen.”

By the way, it is called the Great Commandment…GO and TEACH. It is a commission, an order…not a suggestion…from our COMMANDER IN CHIEF…KING. Go teach them to OBSERVE…follow…what I taught YOU!!

And what is the reward you receive when you OBEY HIS COMMAND? “And ye shall be hated of all men for my name’s sake: but he that endureth to the end shall be saved.”

That’s called “spreading the Gospel.” What good is KNOWING the Gospel if you can’t, or won’t, teach it to others? When we fail to do so we are disobeying a direct order from The King of Kings!!

But the American Church has lost its identity. A rash of confusion has flooded the American pulpit and the virus is infecting those in the pew. Jesus commanded us to “Occupy till I come.” Today’s pulpits are preparing the saints for an evacuation rather than an occupation.

Look, Christianity is more than simply “getting people saved.” Jesus told us to go and teach so that there would be more soldiers for the battle. Getting people “saved” IS EXPANDING the Kingdom!! The Kingdom advances with each new recruit. What is it the Lord’s prayer says…THY KINGDOM COME, THY WILL BE DONE, ON EARTH…? Why has Christianity washed its hands of Cultural issues? Politics is messy business but it is THROUGH the political process that God’s Kingdom can be expanded.

Teaching them to observe all I have commanded you…

But American Christianity has an identity crisis…a form of Alzheimer’s disease where we have forgotten who we are. How else can you explain the confusion that is masquerading as American Christianity?

Did you know that there are 45,000 DENOMINATIONS of Christianity in the world today? Here is a list. Did you know that the word Denominate is a math term? Remember second grade math? Numerator and denominator. The numeration is the whole number while the denominator is the number used to DIVIDE the whole number. Is it any wonder there is so much dementia in the Body of Christ?

Oh, by the way, dementia is defined as “a condition characterized by progressive or persistent loss of intellectual functioning, especially with impairment of memory and abstract thinking, and often with personality change, resulting from organic disease of the brain.”

The Church is supposed to be the care-taker of the culture but today too many churches have demented leadership.

Let me put it another way. Is Almighty God schizophrenic? Why would He COMMAND us to “go and teach all nations (ethos…ethnic groups) to observe all things whatsoever He commanded us” if, as our pastors tell us, we were not supposed to mix religion and politics? Sorry folks. Religion IS politics. Luciferians run our Government.

According to I john 3:8 “For this purpose the Son of God was manifested, that he might destroy the works of the devil.” That is what Jesus accomplished by His death on the cross…He destroyed the works of the Devil!

Perhaps God has dementia. Perhaps God is confused. Perhaps God was unsure of why He had His son publicly murdered.

Satan is defined as “The Prince of the Power of the air.” But he is a PRINCE not a KING. A Prince is subjected to the authority of THE KING. Jesus is the KING of KINGS. He rules and reigns over ALL the earth. Right now. Today. Jesus is King…RIGHT NOW!!

The American Christianity has lost sight of who we are and whom we serve. We have a massive identity crisis. Just like a dementia patient, we have forgotten who we are and whom we serve.

Could you name for me one area of the American Society that Jesus Christ is not King over? Education? Media? Entertainment? Medicine? Government? The fact that His church is not fighting to crown Him King in the battle for the culture does not mean He is not the rightful and ultimate authority.

Jesus said “ALL POWER IS GIVEN UNTO ME BOTH IN HEAVEN AND EARTH.” If He has all power why are the children of the Devil running everything?

Is God pleased with the moral confusion in this nation? Is this REALLY what He wanted for the “shining city set on a hill?” The stewardship of American society by Christ’s ambassadors to this world has been abysmal.

The American Church has a major identity crisis. We have forgotten who is King. Don’t blame the Devil and his minions for fighting for this world. They are only doing what their leader asked them to do. Why don’t Believers do the same?

Christians are suffering from Spiritual dementia.

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com

“Death To America” Chanted Muslims in America This Week

By Frosty Wooldridge

April 18, 2024

It’s sickening enough to watch Muslims in America marching in support of Hamas’ slaughtering of 1,200 Jewish women and children on October 7, 2023! Seeing the Palestinian flag flown in those demonstrations makes any American want to vomit emotionally and physically. But it’s downright evil, treasonous and deportable to hear those same Middle Eastern savages come into our country to enjoy our freedoms, then chant, “Death to America.”

We face a cautionary tale being repeated in Europe and Canada. All of Europe is being invaded by Islamists. They are destroying Europe’s culture, languages, civil societies and way of life. Charles Martel in 722 fought and defeated the Muslim hoards and drove them out of Europe. If not, all of Europe would be under the barbaric Sharia Law in 2024. Honor killings of women would be the norm. Female genital mutilation of little girls would be mandatory. No women’s rights. No women’s voting. No women’s freedom of dress. Islam’s main driver is: “Convert or kill all non-believers.” There would be no human rights. No animals rights. No choice of religion. Europe would not have become the epicenter of culture, peace and freedom in the world.

Reports show 4,000,000 Muslims in America. In 1990, they built 300 mosques with only 100,000 Muslims. Today, they have set down 2,500 Mosques. Notice that mosques are like “forts” or “territorial markers.” They show conquest. Those mosques are not being built with money from Muslims in America. They are being built with money from the Middle East oil resources. So how long before enough Muslims in America take us back to their 6th century barbarism? They did it on 9/11. They are doing it in Detroit, Michigan. They are doing it in Minneapolis, Minnesota. They’re doing it in Miami, New York and Chicago.

Right now in Detroit, Michigan, you can slit a goat’s or a sheep’s throat and let it bleed to death in your front yard. Where is the Humane Society? Animal Rights Society? Muslims voted it into law by taking over the city council in Dearborn, Michigan. Some Senator or Congressman in Washington DC decided to send 300,000 of them into Detroit. They maintain their tribal rituals, have no affinity to U.S. law, or our Constitution. They now have Islamic loudspeakers in Minneapolis, Detroit and beyond blaring out “prayer call” five times a day.

In fact, Muslims use American law and freedoms to ultimately engage and force Sharia Law down our throats. Once they get a stronghold in a city, Americans move out.

Remember when that Muslim Barack Obama promised to “fundamentally change America?” Well, you’re seeing it happen right in front of your eyes.

What happens when they gain 10 million of their numbers in America? What about 20 million? At some point, they will move to get female genital mutilation and honor killings to be legal. DHS reported that we endure 25 honor killings annually in America. We see more than a million cases of female genital mutilation of little girls. It’s assault and battery on a littler girl’s genitals, but you will never ever see it reported in Muslim strongholds.

My journeys through Europe showed me how to stay out of Muslim “no go zones.” There are at least 90 “no go zones” in France. A visit to London, England will show you “two Londons.” One dominated by Muslims and the British side being invaded at will. In effect, Muslims are the most racist tribe in world history.

Notice in America that we have hundreds of religions. We’ve got every church under the sun. But none of them are bent on destroying America. Not one of them would chant, “Death to America.”

Do you realize that we have a president and Congress bent on destroying our country? Biden and Mayorkas have invited and allowed over 10 million illegal aliens, hundreds if not thousands of them from the Middle East where Islamic terror is the norm in places like Iraq, Iran, Yemen, and Syria. They slaughter anyone who goes against their Islamic power structure. Iran sponsors terror all over the world. Do you not think they are planning another 9/11 in America? The FBI Chief Wray testified that we are at the highest terrorist alert since 9/11. All of it brought to you by Joe Biden and his idiot stooge, Mayorkas. To show you how stupid or corrupt they were, the democrats gave Mayorkas a free pass from impeachment after he deliberately let illegals into our country to kill our kids like Laken Riley and hundreds if not thousands of illegals who have killed American citizens by drunk driving, rape, murder, robbing, et al.

Dear fellow American, we need a responsible Congress, head of DHS and president to serve our interests. NOT 10 MILLION ILLEGAL ALIENS. We need to vote for the next president to deport every last illegal alien and every Muslim who chants, “”Death to America.” We don’t need them bringing their barbaric religion, their barbaric savagery like 9/11, or any of their 6th century barbaric rituals. Call your U.S. Senators and Congress person and give them a piece of your mind. I just gave my two senators and House person a voice mail giving my displeasure at their corruption and incompetence along with violation of their of office to our U.S. Constitution. God bless America.

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

‘I Identify As…’

by Lee Duigon

April 18, 2024

Get the picture. A 48-year-old man, six-foot-two, 245 pounds, slightly balding, with grey showing in his beard; and he says, “I am Queen Juliana of the Netherlands.” Or we can give the time machine a little nudge, and now he says, “I identify as Queen Juliana of the Netherlands.” His delusion is fully up to date. Sort of. [Note: The real Queen Juliana died in 2004; but we have long since parted company with facts.]

Once upon a time, if you were a doctor or a psychiatric nurse, you would have answered—gently, very gently!—“No, you’re not. You’re Alan Blatsky (or whatever).” But now…?

What if he had only said, “I am a woman?” Well, then we are expected to “affirm” him. What he has is a delusion, but we are told to cater to it. In any number of jurisdictions, The Authorities might punish us for failing to affirm the man’s delusion. Failure to affirm is… “hate.”

“Gender-affirming care.” It’s all the rage! If you can catch the seeds of this in kindergarten—or even plant the seeds yourself, if you’re a unionized public school “teacher”–you can have this person shot up with puberty-blocking drugs: it makes the delusion more convincing. But even if it’s too late to head off puberty at the pass, we are still expected to “affirm” his delusion. We have to let him use the women’s rest room at Target. We have to let him play on his college’s women’s basketball team and just hope he doesn’t seriously injure any of the real women on the court.

But where is it written that we must only affirm delusions about gender? Are these extra-special delusions, entitled to extra-special treatment? Where’s the democracy in that? Aren’t all delusions created equal? (“Created” by whom is another story, and I’m afraid to go into it.)

Suppose I say, “I identify as President Joe Biden.” Must that be affirmed? Does that mean I get to live in the White House and issue executive orders? (“From now on, all motor vehicles must be powered by wind-up rubber bands!”) And what if I’m not the only one? What if we could fill a whole ballroom with persons claiming to be Joe Biden?

You’re gonna say of course not—but on what grounds? Are we only going to affirm some delusions? How do we decide which ones? Beats me!

“Yeahbut, yeahbut! You can’t affirm everyone’s delusion! Where does that leave us? What about that girl in Norway who insists she’s a cat? Do we have to affirm that, too? It’s gonna drive us all crazy!”

Now we’re getting somewhere.

Meanwhile, we’re using the most costly and intrusive “education” system the world has ever known to feed and coddle some delusions. Someday there will be some pretty nasty fights over who gets to choose which delusions must be affirmed.

Whichever fringe group wins that fight, the rest of us lose.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, www.//leeduigon.com/ . Affirm my blog by clicking the link! My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

The Mullahs Ruling Iran Are Not Iranians

By: Amil Imani

April 17, 2024

I have repeatedly said that the mullahs ruling Iran are not Iranians. They truly despise Iran and its glorious past. Genetically, they are mostly Arabs. They even hate its name. There were never any questions about the Islamists denigrating Iran and exalting Muhammad. These creatures owe their very livelihood to the lucrative business that Muhammad launched for their parasitic, shameful existence. It is vital for these leeches to continue trumpeting the sainthood of the founder of their business and driving all the competition out of business.

Just recently, Sayyid Ayatollah Ahmad Khatami became a senior Iranian cleric, as well as a senior member of the Assembly of Experts, also Tehran’s Friday prayer leader. He once proved me right. Give this worm credit for paying homage to the source of his shameful livelihood.

“How dare the people of Iran even think of having a revolution or a referendum!! This government belongs to Imam Zaman (The Lord of the Age), and if anyone considers himself an Iranian, he needs to get the hell out of here. This soil belongs to us, the followers of Imam Zaman and his tribe. Iran’s name was created by ignorant people, and incidentally, this name is very provocative. This ignorant name (Iran) must be changed to something like “Velayat” lest it provoke our enemies (Iranian people).”

The battle against these inhuman (subhuman) oppressors in Iran has been arduous and long. It is the battle of Iran’s true sons and daughters and the rest of mankind. It remains our duty to work our hardest to remove these leeches from power.

We recognize that the dysfunctional Islamic software is deeply ingrained in the minds of many Muslims, who opt to remain in mental bondage rather than purge their minds of this software and join the rest of the human family with a new emancipating program for life: liberty.

Islamic clergy, the parasitic prime beneficiaries of Islam, are master practitioners of the carrot-and-stick strategy. By drawing heavily from the Quran and the Hadith, the conniving mullahs and imams have assembled a potent arsenal of threats and promises to keep the faithful in line. They had little trouble in so doing since Islamic scripture is replete with descriptions of the graphic horrific punishment awaiting the wayward and the unbelievers, while the rewards for the obedient and docile if they are male, are described as an endless variety of sensual pleasures. Anyone daring to leave the corral of Islam is apostate and automatically condemned to death. And that’s just for starters. The punishment awaiting the ungrateful deserter of the one and only true path, Islam, is horrific eternal torment in Allah’s hell.

The Islamic Republic of Iran, which holds in great contempt any non-Islamic belief or heritage, has embarked on destroying many pre-Islamic archeological sites in Iran, such as Pasargad and Persepolis — some of humanity’s most prized cultural heritage — on the pretext of building a dam. The heinous destruction of the two Bamiyan Buddha statues by Afghanistan’s Taliban pales in comparison to the present barbaric designs of the Islamic Republic. Pasargad and Persepolis are more than a mere collection of ancient structures. They are an embodiment of humanity’s historical respect for liberty and tolerance of diversity.

But the high clergy of Iran is not exactly living up to its brand. The mullah Mafia has a great scam going. They promise the ignorant Islamic devotees the phony “paradise” of the afterlife while they themselves enjoy their paradise of women, wealth, and wine on this earth. They are unrivaled in duplicity and heartlessness. So, in nearly perfect emulation of Muhammad and his leadership 1400 years ago, the pious mullahs go about plotting earthly destruction as they enrich themselves and enjoy earthly pleasures on the backs of their people.

Many Iranians are praying that help is on its way and that the ongoing protests now will not result in a repeat of 2009, when Obama threw a lifeline to the mullahs’ regime by not supporting the Iranian people, in effect siding with the genocidal mullahs. The turbaned thugs were taking their final breath, being completely broke, and the good old USA came to the rescue, releasing billions of dollars and easing other sanctions. I will never understand this.

My aspiration for my motherland is to see it freed from the evil that has been visited upon it ever since our people bought into a most depraved version of Islam. Whether people become Baha’is, Zoroastrians, or Christians, this should be a free choice for each person. Even if a person insists on remaining Muslim, that is his or her prerogative. Yet imposing the suffocating intolerance of Islam on an entire nation is something that neither I nor any person who lives in Iran can accept. Our beloved Iran deserves to be a country where, once again, we take pride in being its children instead of the present, when we often do all we can to conceal our nation of birth when visiting abroad.

Bradlee’s Short Educational Video Library, More Than 225 To Choose From

By Bradlee Dean

April 17, 2024

“Therefore whosoever heareth these sayings of mine, and doeth them, I will liken him unto a wise man, which built his house upon a rock: And the rain descended, and the floods came, and the winds blew, and beat upon that house; and it fell not: for it was founded upon a rock.” -Matthew 7:24-25

One of the things that I am continuously asked after each radio show or speaking engagement is, “What are we supposed to do?” Read Matthew 15:24 and 2 Timothy 2:15.

Though I find myself having given the answers to the people during my presentations, I merely want to take it another step and give you a whole library of short videos that we, as a ministry, have compiled for you in order to educate and reaffirm you in putting your feet upon the Rock. Please subscribe: Over 225 short educational videos created to educate and to empower the people.

https://rumble.com/user/SonsofLibertyRadio

https://www.bitchute.com/channel/6pg8v3QDFMjQ/

https://www.brighteon.com/channels/thesonsoflibertymedia

Also, Equipping the Saints – Bradlee’s 5 part Television Documentaries is available here.

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

Remembering the Battles of Lexington and Concord

By Paul Engel

April 16, 2024

Most Americans learned about the Battles of Lexington and Concord from a Henry Wadsworth Longfellow. But is that history or propaganda?
Did you realize that our war for independence was initiated in response to gun control?
Will the American people learn the lessons of these battles before we have another shot heard around the world.

Listen, my children, and you shall hear
Of the midnight ride of Paul Revere,

Paul Revere’s Ride by Henry Wadsworth Longfellow

Most of us who grew up here in America learned about the battles of Lexington and Concorde from this Longfellow poem. Who does not remember, “One if by land, and two if by sea”? Or Paul Revere’s cries of “The British are coming! The British are coming!”?

Most of the stories we have heard are not true. Whether it was poetic license or outright propaganda has been lost to history. However, the story behind those battles was not only well worth the telling, but of great importance to anyone today who still claims the title of American.

Poems, songs, and stories are all ways to remember history. While some of these memory tools are more historically accurate than others, they all have a way of getting into your mind. The story of the battles of Lexington and Concord are not only far greater than the poem suggests, but are crucial to remember if we are to remain free. Since this week will be the 249th anniversary of these famous battles, I think it proper to spend some time remembering.

Before the Battle

The Battles of Lexington and Concord did not happen out of nowhere. Starting around 1764, the British Parliament enacted numerous taxes upon the colonists, ostensibly to recoup the cost of the French and Indian war. The Sugar Act, Stamp Act, and Townshend Acts (a series of taxes on goods imported into the colonies), were understandably not received well by the colonists. The cry of “no taxation without representation” led to the Boston Tea Party. Shortly thereafter, the British Parliament declares Massachusetts to be in open rebellion.

Starting in 1774, the British Parliament began enacting what became known as The Intolerable Acts. Since Boston seemed the epicenter of much of the resistance, King George III shutdown Boston harbor until restitution had been made for the Boston Tea Party. Then King George abolished the colonies charter of 1691, replacing the elected local council with an appointed one, increasing the military powers of the newly appointed royal governor of Massachusetts, Thomas Gage, and forbidding town meetings without approval. Next King George allowed British officials charged with capital offenses to go to England or another colony for trial. The last of these Intolerable Acts allowed the housing of British troops in the dwellings of colonists without their consent. This led to even more open hostility from the colonists.

Acting upon orders from Lord Dartmouth to confiscate the colonists’ weapons, Thomas Gage ordered troops to seize their powder house in Concord. On April 18, 1775, Joseph Warren, a physician and member of the Sons of Liberty, learned about the orders and dispatched Paul Revere and William Dawes to alert the residents. On their way to Concord, the troops would pass through Lexington.

The Battles of Lexington and Concord

As word spread through the colony, 77 members of the Massachusetts Militia, commanded by Captain John Parker, gathered on Lexington Green. Around dawn these men saw 700 British troops marching toward them. The British Major called for the militiamen to lay down their arms. The orders from Captain Parker to the militia were:

“Stand your ground; don’t fire unless fired upon, but if they mean to have war, let it begin here.”

Lexington – Britannica

We do not know who fired first, but several volleys were fired. When the smoke cleared, eight militiamen were dead, 9 were wounded, along with one Redcoat. The British troops continued to Concord, even though their searches proved futile, as most of the arms had already been relocated for safe keeping. By this time approximately 2,000 militiamen had arrived in the area. After a brief engagement at Concord’s North Bridge, things settled down. After four hours, the British troops began their march back to Boston, some 18 miles away. The militiamen were ready, harassing the British column all the way back to Boston.

Why Should We Remember This Battle?

Most Americans tend to remember the Battle of Lexington, along with its sister battle for Concord. There is much we can learn from this first true battle of the Revolutionary War, even though it was a loss.

What I believe most important is why the British were marching on Concord in the first place. The colonists’ own government had ordered the confiscation of their arms. The British government was not concerned with their treatment of their fellow citizens in the colonies, they were concerned those colonists might seriously stand up against them. Sure, small acts of defiance had happened, but what if those colonists actually tried to defend themselves against the violations of their rights as British citizens? This could not be tolerated. Patrick Henry would later expound during the Virginia Ratification Debate:

“Are we at last brought to such a humiliating and debasing degradation, that we cannot be trusted with arms for our own defense?”

Patrick Henry – 3 Elliot Debates 168-169

Similarly today, we see governments at all levels infringing on our right to keep and bear arms. Look at the arguments they use.

“Hell, yes, we’re going to take your AR-15, your AK-47.” — Beto O’Rourke
“I don’t believe people should be able to own guns.” — Barak Obama
“If I could have gotten…an outright ban – ‘ and Mrs. America turn in your guns’ – I would have!” — Senator Diane Feinstein
“We’re bending the law as far as we can to ban an entirely new class of guns.” — Rahm Emanuel
“If the personal freedoms guaranteed by the Constitution inhibit the government’s ability to govern the people, we should look to limit those guarantees.” — President Bill Clinton
“Banning guns addresses a fundamental right of all Americans to feel safe.” — Senator Dianne Feinstein

We hear claims that citizens should not be allowed to own weapons of war, yet this battle is a perfect example of why we need them. As the Second Amendment states:

A well regulated Militia, being necessary to the security of a free State, the right of the people to keep and bear Arms, shall not be infringed.

U.S. Constitution, Second Amendment

First, whether that government be foreign or domestic, the people need arms to keep themselves free. The militia who defended their rights in Lexington and Concord were not part of a national militia, just a group of local men standing up against the tyrannies of their own government. This’s why the Constitution protects the right of every individual to keep and bear arms. If we forget that the war for independence started because of gun control, then we may be doomed to repeat such a war.

Second, for all the talk of the power of the federal government, the Battles of Lexington and Concord shows that an outnumbered force can defend themselves against a superior one. The 77 militiamen at Lexington slowed the British march, not only giving those in Concord time to hide their arms, but giving neighboring militias time to assemble. What could a small group of Americans today do to slow the advance of tyranny? Look at what is happening at the border in Texas. Not only has a small group in the state militia stood up to the infringements of the federal government, but they have given time for other states to rally to their cause.

Lastly, we see that there are things worth fighting for, even in the face of incredible odds. Seventy-Seven brave men stood before 700. When asked to stand their ground, they did. I do not believe they did so for flag and country, because they were fighting against those things. I believe they were standing up for rights and family. The Declaration of Independence had not even been proposed yet, but these men were standing to protect the rights of their neighbors to posses the tools for their defense. I believe they understood that should this most basic and fundamental human right of self-defense against man, beast, or government, be abolished in Concord, Lexington could not be far behind. What would become of their families without such tools of defense? How would their children and grandchildren live in a land where they could not defend themselves against the violation of their rights by their own government?

Conclusion

If the Battles of Lexington and Concord are so important, why do we not celebrate them? With all of the non-sensical special holidays that Congress has created, you would think they’d take just a little bit of time to remember the beginning of the War for Independence. It seems, just as the 18th century British government wasn’t all that interested in protecting their citizens’ rights, our 21st century government doesn’t like reminding the American people that they can stand against them.

There’s another battle that few Americans seem to know about. A battle where Americans stood up against corrupt government with force of arms in order to protect their rights and those of their neighbors. I wrote about it in my article The Battle of Athens, TN. Perhaps we should remember this day as well.

What would happen if a handful of Americans were to stand up for their rights and those of their neighbors? If just a handful of patriots not only read the Constitution, but learned how to use it to defend their rights? Would men and women recognize the tyranny of attempting to disarm the American people, and the power they had to oppose these unconstitutional acts? Perhaps, if we had a few Americans with the bravery of those in the Massachusetts Militia, the wisdom of the veterans in Athens, TN, and the conviction to do what is right, no matter the cost, we would not need another shot heard around the world. Perhaps all we need is a state willing to stand up and tell the federal government not to buy us the time to secure both our weapons and our future.

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

Winning or Losing Two Wars at Once

By Cliff Kincaid

April 16, 2024

One way to win the wars in Ukraine and the Middle East is to change the regime in Moscow and put former KGB colonel Vladimir Putin on trial for communist crimes against humanity.

But the Joe Biden Administration doesn’t have the will to win. Israel does, but it has been put in an American straitjacket.

Moscow is waging a direct war on Ukraine and is waging a war on Israel through Iran, under KGB control since the 1979 Iranian revolution installed Ruhollah Khomeini as Ayatollah.

Even if Israel hits Iran, it will miss the mark.

By the same token, much of the commentary in the media about whether Israel will retaliate misses the point.

The invasion of Ukraine was made in Moscow, and the invasion of Israel was also planned there. Anybody who disputes this fact doesn’t understand the reality of Soviet/Russian communism and the work of the KGB in backing and even controlling Islamic and “Palestinian” organzations.

The Iranian attack on Israel was arranged and paid for in Moscow, the same sponsor of the regime’s nuclear weapons program.

Iran has been under KGB control since the Iranian revolution of 1979, made possible by another weak Democratic president, Jimmy Carter.

As our report on the KGB-Muslim alliance demonstrates, “What may not be known is that Iran’s Supreme Leader, Ayatollah Ali Khamenei, was trained at the KGB’s Patrice Lumumba University in Moscow.” Khamenei, who has led the Islamic regime for more than 30 years, was the designated successor to Ayatollah Ruhollah Khomeini, leader of the 1979 Iranian Revolution. He died in 1989.

Khomeini was also a KGB agent, as noted by a former Polish espionage chief, Michael Goleniewski, who defected to the West. The news organization UPI reported these charges at the time but they were ignored by the Big Media such as the Washington Post and New York Times.

I personally reported this information back in 1979 in a journal known as the Washington Weekly.

Khamenei was not only a graduate of Patrice Lumumba University but maintained “close ties to the Palestine Liberation Organization and has a record of supporting Iranian cooperation with the Soviet bloc and radical Third World states against the West,” journalist Smith Hempstone reported at the time.

Russia Today (RT) television, a Moscow-funded propaganda network, had itself mentioned Khamenei’s graduation from Patrice Lumumba University in a story about the anniversary of the institution, now referred to as the Peoples’ Friendship University of Russia, without of course noting its KGB connection.

As I have argued in the past, the invasion of Israel on October 7 demonstrated the folly of those self-styled “conservatives” who oppose aid to Ukraine. Whether they realize it or not, they are making sure Ukraine gets taken over by many of the same elements invading Israel, all of them backed by Russia. Yet, some of them support Israel while calling for aid to Ukraine to be terminated. This position, articulated by Rep. Marjorie Taylor Greene, makes no sense.

If Ukraine falls, NATO-member Poland gets invaded by Russia, and millions of Europeans flood into the United States. Then we have another refugee problem.

Faced with this nonsensical view among some in the MAGA movement, Speaker Mike Johnson must figure out some way to ensure American aid to Ukraine and Israel, while doing so in the context of understanding that the Biden Administration doesn’t want either country to win its wars against Russia.

As we can see, brain dead Joe sent the Ukrainians into battle, failing to provide the weapons they needed for victory. It has become Biden’s Bay of Pigs. Israel, on the other hand, has a nuclear arsenal that it won’t give up. Plus, it gets weapons from the United States, at least for the time being.

Former President Trump is correct that the wars would not have occurred had he been in the White House. That is just a matter of fact. Unfortunately, that currently leaves Ukraine and Israel involved in quagmires that amount to no-win wars. The only thing these countries can do is attempt to hold on until Trump wins a second term and comes to power.

Israel is armed and ready for a military confrontation with Iran. But it can’t go after Iran’s sponsors in Moscow, which also started the Palestinian “liberation” movement, without U.S. help. Biden won’t even help Israel strike Iran, let alone Moscow. Equally significant, Biden is pressing for another terrorist state to be established next to Israel.

The problem for Ukraine is it believed a previous Democrat president, Bill Clinton, who arranged for the former Soviet republic’s nuclear weapons to be transferred to Moscow, in exchange for a Russian guarantee to respect Ukraine’s independence and territorial integrity. That 1994 deal was known as the Budapest Memorandum. A subsequent deal arranged by then-Senator Barack Hussein Obama and Senator Dick Lugar also called for the destruction on other arms maintained by Ukraine, including 15,000 tons of ammunition, 400,000 small arms and light weapons, and 1,000 man-portable air defense systems (MANPADS).

These maneuvers left Ukraine almost completely defenseless when Russia invaded for the first time in 2014, when Obama was president. Then, under Biden, Russia invaded again.

It is significant that these advances by Russia have been made under Democrat presidents.

Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu is aware that Russian philosopher and “Putin brain” Alexander Dugin has explained that a “strategic alliance” exists between Iran and Russia, and that Russia supports Iran’s pursuit of nuclear weapons. He regards the Jewish state as a “capitalist” state and “ally of American imperialism” and favors the complete destruction of Ukraine as an independent nation.

Dugin’s genocidal impulses are documented in our 2014 book, Back from the Dead: The Return of the Evil Empire. Our book Red Jihad, published back in 2016, cited substantial evidence of Russian involvement with the Jihadists targeting Europe, the United States, and Israel.

Everything we feared would happen has come to pass. The worst is yet to come.

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

How Elections Are Stolen 101

By Lex Greene

April 15, 2024

At this point in history, the vast majority of people all over the world know that the 2020 Presidential Election was stolen from President Donald J. Trump, who received over 11-million more votes in 2020 than he did in 2016, a sure sign that his re-election was secure.

Unless you cheat, of course.

Even most democrats in the USA know that the 2020 election was rotten with fraud, and that Biden, who never even left his basement to campaign, never had a chance of defeating Trump in any legitimate race. Never mind what they say…they know, and don’t care.

Stealing an election is much easier than people think, especially when using software from foreign companies and countries who perfected the art in numerous 3^rd world countries years ago. But before I discuss machine voting and tabulations, I’ll address the more common methods of stealing an election.

The Basics

Control the voter rolls – keep dead people and those who moved away years ago on the voter rolls. Add illegal aliens ineligible to vote and have them “vote by mail.”
No cross district or cross state verification of who votes in what districts or how many districts.
Use broad mail-in balloting (not to be confused with legal absentee voting).
Allow people to vote who have no ID to prove who they are, where they are from, or any eligibility to vote.
Control the polling places with limited or no public access to monitor election activities.
Recruit partisan-friendly poll workers only.
Allow “ballot harvesting” wherein party operatives gather ballots in bulk from people “they assist” in voting, by filling out the ballot for them, or guiding their votes.
Avoid signature matching on ballots, even though hundreds or thousands of ballots have the same signature, including counterfeit ballots.
Avoid residency verification, allowing thousands of ballots to be filed using the same address, which is often a vacant lot somewhere in the district.
Only allow partisan “state officials” to manage, monitor, count, or audit the voting results.
Use a variety of “emergency conditions” to justify altering the election process in violation of State and Federal Election laws.
Use billions of foreign donations through ACT BLUE and other international money laundering schemes to fly below the radar of the FEC and any campaign finance laws.
Accuse your political opponents of exactly what you are doing.
Use “motor-voter” and “same day registration and voting” laws to make it impossible to verify or track voter eligibility — or prevent multi-district voting.
Control the public narrative via News Network and Social Media censorship, making the public believe “there’s nothing to see here” even when they can still see it.
Establish hundreds of 527 groups to flood the market with bald-faced false propaganda against your opponents.
Directing “cross party” voting to pick their opponents in “open” primaries, then returning to vote democrat in the general elections.
Using 15-million illegal aliens for Democrat Party redistricting.
Extended voting deadlines before and after election day, when it’s easy to know how many votes are needed to overturn the natural results of an election.

All of the above tactics are well-known methods of manipulating election results that have been around for decades, and they are all an overt attempt to defraud American voters and dilute the legally eligible American vote by flooding the system with ineligible votes.

If your state has engaged in any of these tactics, or is engaged in them today, then your state is involved in “election fraud” with a specific purpose and end goal in mind.

More Advanced Tech Methods

In addition to the fraudulent tactics listed above, modern electronic election technology has made it even easier to steal elections via real-time electronic manipulation of election procedures and final results.

An old adage about controlling election results goes something like this… “I don’t care how people vote, so long as we get to count the votes.”

As the USA has grown from 3-million population during the revolutionary war, to over 330-million people today, advances in election technologies have been developed allegedly to make voting easier, faster, and more efficient…. But NOT more reliable!

These more advanced tech methods include but are not limited to the following.

Electronically flipping votes in the vote collection and tabulation process. Software is programable, as-in, the software can be preset or adjusted in real-time to flip every 3^rd or 5^th vote from a particular candidate to their opponent, electronically.
Count votes as they are cast in real-time, indicating how many votes need to be dumped into the system to offset the natural votes and overcome the natural results of the election after the polls close, during “extended hours.”
Connecting machines to the internet during the entire election process, allowing both foreign and domestic technicians to alter the programming in real-time via internet access to the machines while voting and tabulating is taking place.
Use of private 3^rd party companies or organizations like ERIC, to maintain voter rolls for contract States, wherein the voter rolls themselves can be manipulated based upon recorded voter histories for every voter registered in the system.
Use of foreign owned election machine and software companies allowing foreign interests to determine the outcome of our elections.
Use of foreign countries or companies to provide tabulation services, opening the door to foreign intrusions and fraudulent manipulations of our election results, in real-time, or once the polls close.
Programming the software to over-count or under-count votes depending upon the number of votes needed to arrive at the desired outcome.
Marking “in-person voters” as having already voted by mail prior to election day when they didn’t vote by mail. This pushes these ballots into false “provisional ballot” status.
Lawsuits filed against anyone challenging these tactics as a means of preventing any transparent audit of the systems and softwares in use.

All of these tactics are also overt efforts to secretly manipulate election outcomes in advance, real-time, or post-election time frames. In addition to the basic methods listed above, which can sometimes be detected before, during or after polling periods, these tech methods can finish the job in secret with no public access to audit what’s actually happening inside the technology being used.

When anyone attempts to challenge any of these known tactics, they are immediately labeled a “conspiracy theorist” and “tinfoil hat” nut. If that doesn’t shut them up, then the government responsible for these fraudulent actions goes on the attack to destroy the individuals or groups asking appropriate questions out of deep concern for the legitimacy of our current elections.

Detection, Investigation, and Severe Consequences

Face reality! Everyone involved in any of the tactics listed in this piece is involved in “election fraud.” Anyone who supports the use of these tactics or the people employing them, is also involved in “election fraud.” If there are no consequences, then there is no solution.

No matter political affiliations or philosophy, one thing all Americans should be able to agree upon is the fundamental need for free, fair, lawful, and transparent election procedures, without which, the USA is neither a “democracy” or a “republic” of, by or for the lawful Citizens of the United States.

Almost no one trusts the integrity of our elections today, and how could they, based upon all the tyrannical tactics being used to deny all Americans free, fair, lawful, and transparent election procedures. The courts try desperately to stay out of the matter, but by doing so, they too are responsible for the total lack of trust in the system, essentially protecting the ongoing fraud, claiming Americans “lack legal standing” to ask any such questions.

Approval of Congress and the press are in the single digits today, and rightfully so. Neither does anything to deserve the trust of the people, and they in fact, do so many things to deserve the utter distrust and disdain they currently enjoy. The vast majority of Americans know that we are being lied to and manipulated 24/7 by everyone in a position of power.

There is no one to stop this insanity, except YOU!

If you expect this swamp to drain or reform itself, you expect something that will never happen.

Only YOU can change the course of history. Indeed, this late in the game, you’re up against overwhelming odds, yet the mission remains possible.

Of course, if YOU stand up alone, you will be treated no better than Trump. That means YOU will have to make this stand in united numbers too big to fail.

Do it now, the clock is running and those in power do not plan on giving YOU the power back. If YOU want the power back, YOU will have to take it back, together.

Start by joining those already determined to Make Elections Legitimate Again!

E-Mail Lex Greene: LexGreene24@gmail.com

Trump’s Campaign Promises, Congress & the States, Part 3

By: Devvy

April 15, 2024

Part 1 of this series, Can Trump Deliver on His Campaign Promises? dealt with the issue of how do we stop the shadow government from stealing the election from Trump a second time? Part 2: How to stop the illegals invasion for good and Trump’s number one promise – mass deportation.

Art II, Section 2 & 3 of the U.S. Constitution: Presidential power clearly defined and limited. No where does that include submitting a budget to Congress. If a bill which becomes law is written properly by Congress there is no need for EO’s.

In 1945, CONgress made EXIM an “independent” agency under the executive branch. No where in Art. 1, Sec. 8 of the U.S Constitution does it authorize CONgress to create banks (i.e., the unconstitutional Federal Reserve Banking Act of 1913) to aid anyone in financing – especially foreign countries.

Then president Trump signed an extension for the Export-Import Bank which was twisted up in the “Further Consolidated Appropriations Act in 2020 which allows that “independent” agency to operate until 31 Dec. 2026. Trump should have said no. Supposedly that bank was created to help small businesses. It’s not the function of the U.S. government to help small businesses. A true free market, capitalism, is what allows companies, big and small to become successful. And who funds that racket? The people’s purse now in debt to the tune of nearly $35 TRILLION bux.

Joseph Story, Associate Justice, U.S. Supreme Court, said in the ‘Commentaries on the Constitution’ (1833):

“Another not unimportant consideration is that the powers of the general government will be, and indeed must be, principally employed upon external objects, such as war, peace, negotiations with foreign powers and foreign commerce. In its internal operations it can touch but few objects, except to introduce regulations beneficial to the commerce, intercourse and other relations, between the states, and to lay taxes for the common good. The powers of the states, on the other hand, extend to all objects, which, in the ordinary course of affairs, concern the lives, and liberties, and property of the people, and the internal order, improvement and prosperity of the state.”

Too many presidential Executive Orders have and are being used to circumvent the Constitution or advance political agendas. “Joe Biden signed more than a dozen executive orders in his first hours as president on Wednesday, the first salvos in a coming legislative and regulatory crusade to erase Donald Trump’s legacy from federal law and advance his own agenda.”

Americans Shocked, Angered: Trump’s Latest GMO Executive Order, July 8, 2019 (Mine) – “As someone who tries very hard to stay healthy – which means eating ‘clean’ – once again I was shocked by a recent Executive Order signed by President Trump on June 11, 2019. In fact, I was sickened just like I was when he signed the first devastating one dealing with genetically modified food and animals back in 2017.

“Organic food growers and livestock ranchers were justifiably upset over the 2017 EO as I was because I know how dangerous GMO foods and livestock pumped full of hormones and other dangerous chemicals can be to the human body. I buy 90% organic and what’s called free-range or grass fed only. I read labels. I buy a particular brand of mayonnaise and right on the front label is says: GMO free. ANY GMO food, fish or animal stays on the shelf or in the refrigerated section…

“Due to the federal government operating outside the U.S. Constitution with unconstitutional cabinets (EPA, Federal Department of Education, HHS) and programs (foreign aid) who the heck can keep up with the zillion regulations? If you’re in a specific industry you have to or suffer the consequences…

SHOCK as Trump signs executive order that will end most regulations and oversight on genetically engineered food, June 12, 2019

What is an Executive Order? (Emphasis mine)

“The U.S. Constitution does not directly define or give the president authority to issue presidential actions, which include executive orders, presidential memoranda and proclamations.

“Instead, this implied and accepted power derives from Article II of the Constitution, which states that as head of the executive branch and commander in chief of the armed forces, the president “shall take Care that the Laws be faithfully executed.”…

“With an executive order, the president instructs the government how to work within the parameters already set by Congress and the Constitution. In effect, this allows the president to push through policy changes without going through Congress.

Art. I, Section 8 specifically defines the ONLY powers Congress has, period. Both parties have just about completely ignored the restrictions placed on them by the U.S. Constitution along with a slew of presidents and usurpers like Hussein Obama and pedo Joe Biden.

Missouri vs Biden: COMPLAINT FOR DECLARATORY AND INJUNCTIVE RELIEF

INTRODUCTION

Yet again, the President is unilaterally trying to impose an extraordinarily expensive and controversial policy that he could not get through Congress. This latest attempt to sidestep the Constitution is only the most recent instance in a long but troubling pattern of the President relying on innocuous language from decades-old statutes to impose drastic, costly policy changes on the American people without their consent….
His student loans actions are no different. Just last year, the Supreme Court struck down an attempt by the President to force teachers, truckers, and farmers to pay for the student loan debt of other Americans—to the enormous tune of $430 billion. Biden v. Nebraska, 143 S. Ct. 2355, 2362 (2023). In striking down that attempt, the Court declared that the President cannot “unilaterally alter large sections of the American economy.” Id. at 2375
Shortly after the Supreme Court’s ruling in Biden v. Nebraska, Defendant Biden released a statement calling “the Court’s decision . . . wrong” and promising to “stop at nothing” to evade the ruling. Statement from President Joe Biden on Supreme Court Decision on Student Loan Debt Relief, The White House (June 30, 2023).19
True to his word, the President’s administration released the Final Rule just 10 days after Biden v. Nebraska, on July 10, 2023. See 88 Fed. Reg. 43,820.
Eager to evade the Supreme Court’s ruling as quickly as possible, the President’s administration released the Final Rule without bothering to update any analysis in light of Biden v. Nebraska or amend financial assumptions that were wholly reliant on the administration prevailing in that case. In fact, the Final Rule does not even cite that case.”

Congress

Americans paying attention have been watching the GOP controlled U.S. House eat their own; RINO’s galore siding with the Democrat/Communist Party USA. A mess. The Senate has its fair share of RINO’s, constitutionally illiterate bozos and racists. The Senate is also leashed by a nitwit (just like AOC) Legs-in-the-air, illegitimate VP, Kamala Harris.

If Trump isn’t cheated again, he’s going to have to work with mostly incumbents like mine whom I voted against in our primary last month. Jodie Arrington allegedly won and he’ll go right back to DC to continue violating his oath of office and refusing to support critical bills.

America had better pray Republicans, as worthless as 90% of them are must keep the majority in the House and re-take the Senate. If the DemonRats control the House and/or the Senate, Trump will spend his time fighting cowardly, craven Republicans and liberals (socialists) and progressives (communists) 24/7 while America continues to implode from within.

Outrageous! Speaker Johnson Bloviates on X About “founding principles” the Day After He Breaks Tie Vote to Support FISA Spying on Americans w/o Warrants – Gets Totally Ratioed!, April 13, 202:

“An amendment was proposed by Rep. Andy Biggs (R-AZ), which would have required a warrant for the FBI to conduct surveillance on Americans under FISA. The floor vote resulted in a tie vote of 212-212. Speaker Mike Johnson (R-LA) then broke the deadlock by casting the tie-breaking vote against the amendment, a move criticized by grassroots supporters. Johnson betrayed Americans and defied the US Constitution.” Johnson and a slew of “Republicans” think it’s perfectly fine to spy on Americans.

States of the Union

I don’t know why states like Texas are called ‘red’ states. The true “red” states in this country are California, NY, Oregon, Washington, Illinois, Michigan and a few others. They’re “red” because they’re drowning in Marxism; all their state flags should be the hammer & sickle.

Our state Attorney General, Ken Paxton, has been fearless in going after the America hating lunatics in the illegitimate Biden administration being run by another Marxist usurper behind the curtain, Hussein Obama. Even if Trump becomes president, GOP controlled state offices (Gov, AG, state legislature) need to keep fighting unconstitutional bills signed into law by Trump that directly impacts their state and citizens. I’m sorry, but Trump did sign spending bills that CONgress had no legislative authority to fund. Hopefully this time around, Trump will get some advisers who actually understand the limits placed on CONgress and uses the power of a veto.

Those massive ‘omnibus’ budget bills must become a thing of the past because too much unconstitutional spending and further killing our freedoms and liberty are buried in a 2,000-page bill thrown at members of CONgress at the last minute to “avoid a government shutdown”. What a game they play with our lives.

Geoengineering – the aerosol spraying of our skies is not some conspiracy theory but this vomit by Dianna Leyva is the quintessential example of someone whose done zero research or writes such BS for a paycheck: Tennessee legislature passes bill based on ‘chemtrails’ conspiracy theory: What to know

“The bill claims it is “documented the federal government or other entities acting on the federal government’s behalf or at the federal government’s request may conduct geoengineering experiments by intentionally dispersing chemicals into the atmosphere, and those activities may occur within the State of Tennessee,” according to the bill.

“”The intentional injection, release, or dispersion, by any means, of chemicals, chemical compounds, substances, or apparatus within the borders of this state into the atmosphere with the express purpose of affecting temperature, weather, or the intensity of the sunlight is prohibited,” the bill reads.

Of course, ignorance was on full display: “Rep. William Lamberth, R-Portland, proceeded to ask Clemmons if he believed in the existence of Bigfoot. “About as much as I believe in a conspiracy theory about contrails,” replied Clemmons.’’

Clemmons apparently doesn’t know the difference between a contrail and a chemtrail. Modifying our weather is just another tentacle on the big octopus and scam called climate change. The bill was passed by their House and Senate and signed into law by Gov. Lee last week. That success story would not have happened without boots on the ground and voters keeping the heat on their state legislators with factual documentation.

Overview:

“Pennsylvania Senator Doug Mastriano (R) recently announced plans to introduce similar legislation in his state.

“In June 2023, the White House Office of Science and Technology Policy (OSTP) released a congressionally mandated report suggesting that both global and regional geoengineering projects are being carried out “covertly,” without citizens’ knowledge.

“Page 43 of the document confirms the U.S. government “conducts or funds limited research into solar radiation modification” (SRM), which involves the use of airplanes or balloons to disperse potentially dangerous chemicals into the stratosphere to reflect sunlight away from Earth.”

I intend to get my state senator on this because contrary to the steaming manure printed up by NBC, USA Today and all the other prostitute media sources, the spraying of our skies has been going on for decades and the chemicals being released (which are not contrails) land in our reservoirs, on soil, grass consumed by livestock and so on. My state rep who allegedly won his primary should have been thrown out of office a long time ago; he’s been in the legislature since 2007. Makes me sick.

Tennessee was busy this year: Tennessee Senate Passes Bill Prohibiting Vaccines in Food, Awaiting Governor’s Signature. As of April 8^th, Lee was still sitting on the bill but its “anticipated” he will sign it into law. Of course, not everything is all roses in TN. Mixed in with good new laws is the treachery sauce: Is Governor Bill Lee’s Examples For Tennesseans or the Globalists?, Feb. 3, 2023

Kathleen’s column is precisely why it’s imperative citizens in every state follow bills in their state legislature. I’ve covered this before and how important it is to find sources that focus on bills in legislatures.

Trump stated in 2016 the unconstitutional Federal Department of Education needs to go and again in 2022 at an event calling for abolishing that unnecessary money pit. Tennessee might reject all federal education funds., Oct. 16, 2023 – “Republican Gov. Bill Lee has embraced the move, saying it will lead to more state and local control over schools.

“The federal government has had excessive overreach time and time again in the last few years, and that’s what prompts states like ours to look at any number of ways that we can more effectively make decisions for Tennesseans — out of the control of the federal government,” Lee said in an event in Nashville, The Tennessean reported.” Trump could address their full legislature on this issue. Imagine that instead of him having to spend his time fighting off the jackals in the Democrat/Communist Party USA all day long and probably more threats of impeachment.

Once again, states with GOP majority in the governor’s office and legislature MUST go rent a bucket of guts and simply nullify: Two New State Nullification Bills – Will They Pass? And, Rebuttal: Nullification Is A Fake Solution. Neither bill passed (several sessions). Sen. Bob Hall, thank you for trying but millions of Texans pay no attention to bills to put the heat on gutless legislators.

Hell, millions here don’t even bother to vote – especially in my “red” county. In the 2022 midterm elections here in Texas, 45.7% of 17.7 million registered voters bothered to vote. How shameful. The battlefields ran red with precious blood to give We the People something the world envied – elect those who would represent us and the ability to throw them out of office. Today, the War for Independence means nothing. They’re all too busy to fight for their children’s future and all future generations as a free people.

The bottom line is Trump can use his power as leader of the Republican Party to work more closely with states as well as continue doing what he did his first term: Get rid of thousands of worthless and harmful rules and regulations choking businesses of every kind, farmers and ranchers.

State reps, senators, governors all need to learn the truth about nullification and what a powerful weapon it is against a tyrannical government. The Tenth Amendment web site, see section on nullification.

Today is called income tax day. Our government has been lying to We the People for a long, long time. Cover-ups: KAL Flight 007, TWA Flight 800, WACO, OKC, 911, RussiaGate, Trump headed up an insurrection, Trump tried to “overturn” the 2020 election and COVID-19 just to name a few.

President’s Private Sector Survey On Cost Control – A Report to The President (Reagan)

January 15, 1984. Available from the Congressional Research Service. The excerpt below can be found on page 12.

Resistance to additional income taxes would be even more widespread if people were aware that:
With two-thirds of everyone’s personal income taxes wasted or not collected, 100% of what is collected is absorbed solely by interest on the Federal Government contributions to transfer payments.
In other words, all individual income tax revenues are gone before one nickel is spent on the services which taxpayers expect from their government.”

I urge you to watch the interview below because it’s one of the most important you’ll ever watch. Gutless cowards in CONgress have allowed this lie to put people in jail, confiscate their hard-earned paycheck and bankrupt so many to continue longer than I’ve been alive. All based on yet another monstrous lie.

I have always treasured my friendship with the guest. A man with a family to support who gave up his substantial salary and benefits to uphold the Oath of Office he took. The interview is two weeks old with more than 216,000 views. Let’s make it a million.

Fmr. IRS Agent REVEALS “I haven’t PAID income taxes in 25 years” (41:36)

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@protonmail.com

Related:

WEF-Aligned United Nations at Center of International Efforts to Block the Sun with Chemicals Sprayed Into Sky – UN pressures sovereign nations to implement sunlight-blocking ‘solar radiation management’ (SRM) that involves pumping aerosols into the atmosphere. March 11, 2024

If you live in Wisconsin, here’s a good resource for you. Texas Scoreboard is also excellent; sign up for their free daily emails.

11 Times Celebs Wished [or Imagined] Trump Dead

These cockroaches don’t give a tinker’s dam about the law. Jack Smith Suggests He Will Ignore Supreme Court if it Reverses ‘Obstruction’ Statute, April 11, 2024. Was Jack Smith’s appointment unconstitutional? He has no more authority than Taylor Swift, amicus brief argues, Dec. 21, 2023

Dem Senator Warns Trump Might Appoint Judges That Will Follow The Constitution, April 13, 2024

Executive Orders 101: What are they and how do Presidents use them?

American Food Producers: Americans as Collateral Damage

By Frosty Wooldridge

April 15, 2024

You may have seen Jesse Waters Prime Time last Friday night. Very disturbing. He commented, “After my staff’s research into school lunches, it’s American food manufacturers killing Americans with heavy metals and poison foods.”

We Americans face an obesity epidemic. We face a diabetes epidemic. Cancer epidemic. Heart attack epidemic. Millions suffer from hemorrhoids. Millions more suffer from psoriasis.

If you watch TV ads, you see dozens of remedies to all those physical ailments. At the end of each ad, you hear the provisos that their product may make you constipated, higher blood pressure, fainting, suicidal thoughts, depression, et al. No question that Americans face enormous odds when they shop at any grocery store in America. One expert said, “There are 60,000 food items in American grocery stores…about 50,000 of them are in packages, glass and metal containers, and they feature dozens of impossible names such as Genetically Modified Organism, high fructose corn syrup, aspartame, sucralose, MSG and dozens of other names impossible to pronounce.

One of my health books states that cows and chickens are fed or injected with nine different chemicals. When you consume that animal’s flesh, your body absorbs all those chemicals.

Last week, I saw one couple come into our swimming pool. I estimated he weighed 90 pounds overweight and his wife weighed at least 70 pounds overweight. Their two kids followed their parents with 30 pounds overweigh at age 10 and 12. It’s doubtful the father or mother will see their kids graduate from high school. Just painful to watch them.

For certain, millions of Americans do not receive the suggested 40 to 45 grams of fiber daily. Their eating to elimination runs from 72 to 90 hours. That gives rise to colon cancer and worse. The food literally ‘rots’ in their colon system. (Source: Mayo Clinic)

One documentary depicted a man in Chicago showing how much sugar students received in school lunches each week. Those kids ate three dump trucks full of white sugar. The resulting dental decay, especially in lower income schools, and diabetes cases skyrocket because of such poor food. The average American consumes 65 pounds of sugar annually according to the American Heart Association. When the activist tried to introduce a healthier lunch program, the owners of the lunch programs literally “bought” the school boards NOT to bring in a healthier school lunch program. When it came down to children’s health, money won and children lost.

For the record, I am a “high fiber” guy with 45 grams daily. I used to eat liquid SunSweet Prunes in a jar, that is, until I read the ingredients in the jar. Yes, nice prunes, but soaked in high fructose corn syrup, which is just plain deadly and addictive. I called up SunSweet to ask them to delete the high fructose corn syrup. I documented its dangers in a letter. The lady said, “I’ll take it to our staff.” I repeated that call and documented information four years running. SunSweet still includes high fructose corn syrup in their jar of prunes to this day. I said, “Why not just use prune juice like you put in your prune juice jars?” They didn’t answer.

If you eat at any fast food joint, you get your food laced with monosodium-glutamate. It’s an “excite-toxin” that makes you hungry for another burger/fries and Coke. That whole package runs around 2,200 calories. If you buy another round, and you repeat over time, you suffer obesity.

When it comes to soda pop, whether it’s Coke, Pepsi, Mt. Dew or any of them, it’s simply “liquid poison.” Dental cavities, preservatives, sucralose, sugar and dyes that wreck havoc with your digestive system. After a little research, I found that sucralose and other synthetic sugars can’t be processed by your body so your digestive system stores that junk in your fat cells. That’s where it stays. That’s why kids who drink dozens of soda pops weekly, pay a terrible price on multiple levels.

And, the “Diet sodas” feature the worst things you can dump into your body. It’s insidious how you go to the movies to see the ads. A bunch of polar bears “Open a bottle of Happiness”, which is Coke, and drink it down. No doubt they can’t brush or floss, so they don’t have any teeth after years of drinking Coke to be happy.

Then, those GMO’s that land in your stomach! Your body doesn’t know what to do with alien DNA from foods that are totally out of the realm of Nature.

It blows my mind when I shop at Whole Foods in Colorado where they offer organic strawberries, blackberries, raspberries, and blue berries right next to the same berries sprayed with RoundUp with glyphosates, which are deadly, deadly, deadly. Why not offer only organic? The only produce on the shelves of every grocery store should be “organic.” Otherwise, if you eat the “sprayed” vegetables, you’re eating poison.

What can you do for yourself and your kids? Answer: Educate yourself. There are plenty of YouTube seminars on healthy eating. Shop only “Organic” foods. Avoid just about everything in a package, glass, or can. Everything in packages, glass and cans have additives, unless it really tells you that it’s a healthy food. Check the labels. If you can’t read the names, move toward healthier foods for you and your loved ones.

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

A Corrupted and Divided Religion

By Reverend Glynn Adams

April 14, 2024

I don’t know about you but most of the religious systems in America that are falsely representing Jesus Christ are corrupt and have divided the Body of Christ. As a result, many people are leaving these religious systems. The worst are the mega churches and the denominational religious systems along with their pastors.

There is no doubt we have a divided and corrupted religious system in this nation as evidenced by our nation has been taken over by Satan and the powers of darkness. We have become a nation that leads the world in demonic strongholds and principalities and the fierce Chaldean demonic spirits have gathered in this nation to attack the faithful followers of Jesus Christ!!! As Jewish Messianic Rabbi Jonathan Cahn has said that the gods of Egypt and Babylon have gathered in this nation to reap their demonic destruction on this nation.

I now believe Habakkuk 1:5-7 is coming true in America, “Look among the nations!! Observe!! Be astonished!! Wonder!! Because I am doing something in your days—you would not believe if you were told. For behold, I am raising up the Chaldeans, that fierce and impetuous people who march throughout the earth, to seize dwelling places which are not theirs. They are dreaded and feared. Their justice and authority originate with themselves.”

Christian America, can you explain something to me? Jesus Christ who was perfect in all His ways and is the Word of God, the Faithful One who came to earth to die for our sins and while on this earth performed many healing miracles – healing the sick, blind eyes were opened, leopards were healed, crooked legs were made straight and they walked instantly and He made disciples.

And at the end He ascended up into heaven and He sent back the Holy Spirit that would guide the disciples in all truth and 120 (Acts 1:15) of those disciples gathered in the Upper Room to receive the Holy Spirit. You mean to tell me that Jesus spent 3 years on this earth and He only had 120 disciples to show for it. And the answer is Yes – not everyone He invited to be a disciple did not accept. Why? To be His disciple was too demanding as He challenged and tested everyone.

Count the cost He advised them and take up your cross or you cannot be My disciple. “Enter by the narrow gate for the gate is wide, and the way is broad that leads to destruction and many are those who enter by it. For the gate is small and the way is narrow that leads to life, and few are those who find it.” (Matthew 7:13-14)

He also promised them they would be brought up before the judge, you will be persecuted, called names, I will send you out as lambs among wolves and give up everything to follow Me, deny yourself and you can be my disciple. Look at these disciples in the Book of Acts. They turned the known world of the Roman Empire upside down with their sharing of the gospel of the Kingdom, and their faithfulness of making disciples and planting churches.

Look at our divided denominational churches today. Even worse, look at our mega churches!!! Most mega churches have reached 3000 to 12000 members in three years and what do they have? Are they making disciples that follow Christ or the pastor? Do they abide in Christ and in His Word? Are the Mega Churches and their celebrity pastors turning their city and our nation upside down for Christ? No!!! As a matter of fact, they are allowing demons and New World Order Elites to rule over our nation instead of God. Can you name me just one Mega Church and pastor where God rules over their city? No!!!! Our Mega Church and their people claim to follow Jesus but we see very little fruit in their lives. You will know them by their fruit!!!

There are a few good pastors and churches in America today but they have little influence because of the corrupted churches and members and their bad testimonies. It was Paul who said in Galatians 5:9, “A little leaven leavens the whole lump of dough.” It does not take many to corrupt the whole Christian movement in this nation!!!

The Remnant of God is going to have to come out of these dead churches unless God specifically tells you to stay and assist in their recovery back to Christ. We need to have fellowship and teaching meetings in homes. I challenge you to find any Biblical basis for our current concept of the “pastor” in our churches today. I’ll save you the time – go back to the Third Century and it was Constantine who gave us “church” as we do it today. God bless, I remain His servant and watchman, Glynn Adams

IS GOD DOING A SECRET WORK IN YOU?
mariomurillo.org/2024/04/08/23
Mario Murillo April 9, 2024

Is God doing a secret work in you? Many Christians are fed up with the world system—especially the way it operates in the church. Leaving church they think, “this is not it, there’s something wrong here.” They can’t stomach the glitzy entertainment centers anymore. Many of them are angry at ego-centric pastors with grandiose, expensive and carnal visions. They accuse them of being distracted—even derailed from their first love.

God hungry people are abandoning attraction churches—something revolutionary is happening inside them. Many say “I am tired of going to a service that feels like a rock concert capped off by a TED talk.

Many honest Pastors are also in divine turmoil. The enemy condemned them for having a smaller church. After years of blood sweat and tears their churches were battered, broken and diminished because they can’t compete with mega-mania.

A secret work has started in them.

And why can’t they compete? It’s because they keep their integrity! When they see large crowds and big money pour effortlessly into churches that either hide or pervert the Gospel…it’s easy to feel like a fool for staying true.

The Bible describes them: “Surely, I have cleansed my heart in vain, And washed my hands in innocence. For all day long I have been plagued, and chastened every morning.” Psalm 73:13, 14.

However, our friend in Psalm 73 came to a great revelation. After being bull-dozed by the success of the wicked he took action “16 When I thought how to understand this, It was too painful for me—17 Until I went into the sanctuary of God; Then I understood their end.”

When he entered the sanctuary exhausted and discouraged, the greatness of God overtook him. He saw that evil always loses.

This is a part of the secret work God is doing in pastors!

A growing number of hungry hearts agree—with all its money and crowds—the compromised church did nothing to rebuke America’s sin. The seeker model was a house of cards against the onslaught on the unborn and marriage. While men slept, we had millions of abortions and marriage was destroyed.

Charles Finney said, “If there is a decay of conscience, the pulpit is responsible for it. If the public press lacks moral discernment, the pulpit is responsible for it. If the church is degenerate and worldly, the pulpit is responsible for it.

He went even further: “If the world loses its interest in Christianity, the pulpit is responsible for it. If Satan rules in our halls of legislation, the pulpit is responsible for it. If our politics become so corrupt that the very foundations of our government are ready to fall away, the pulpit is responsible for it.”

Deep, deep in my soul where the real knowing happens—I know God is doing something new. Every atom of my being tells me that God is doing a secret work in His people.

God is finished with hirelings. He is drawing a remnant out of corruption and into a special, supernatural nearness to Him. They will empty themselves of everything, every ambition will be burned out but one…to love and please Christ.

Is God doing a secret work in you? Has God closed you in and stripped you of all enjoyment of lesser things?

Are you in divine frustration because you are going to be a part of something only God can do?

What if millions of Americans get so miserable that they cry out to God in total desperation? What if their cry is too deep and their hunger is too great to ever be happy in a lukewarm church?

This is why the Holy Spirit is recruiting a new breed…a breed that can be trusted in an awakening.

God is doing a secret work! He is pulling a remnant to Himself. He is taking a special core and communing with them—training them—empowering them—preparing them for one last mighty blast of power.

The Holy Spirit sees that our nation hangs by a thread. The death-rattle is in America’s throat. Before God allows destruction—He is going to do one last massive miracle. What will that look like?

People no one’s ever heard of will come to the forefront. They will arrive with awesome power and piercing messages. Not all of them will be regular ministers. In fact, the majority will not leave their secular careers as God is using them. Some will be children!

-Strange locations will house massive outpourings. Churches that have been small for years will become ground zero of God’s presence. People will flock in from everywhere to these centers of fire and glory. Stunning signs and wonders will rock entire communities. These churches will be forced to stay open 24 hours a day.

God is doing a secret work in you. He is making you miserable to make you into a miracle. The secret work will not be a secret for long!

Mario Murillo

Thank you, Mario – for that great word. Next week I will be doing an article on “Dying to your flesh” God bless, Glynn

E-Mail Glynn Adams: glynnadams@sbcglobal.net

God’s Lifeboat Is More Than Half Empty

By Rob Pue

April 14, 2024

This month marks another anniversary of the sinking of the Titanic. For generations, this tragic story has captivated hearts and minds. The loss of the Titanic left a shaken world in disbelief and made people stop and think. I, personally, became deeply intrigued by the Titanic from the moment I learned of the story as a young child.

I believe this is one of those rare, historic events that provides a myriad of timeless lessons. The most obvious is the sinfulness of human pride and arrogance…clearly present in almost every aspect of the story.

Titanic took 12,000 men more than two years to construct. The people of the day wanted luxury, and to say that’s what they found in Titanic would be an understatement. Not only was Titanic the largest man-made moving object ever built, it was also the most luxurious ship the world had ever known. It was a floating palace loaded with fine amenities; a five-star hotel on the sea. Never before had anyone seen anything like it. First class suites even included private promenade decks, sitting rooms and lavatories. It boasted the first on-board swimming pool, and the dining rooms were decked out in fine linen, crystal glassware and fine china.

She was truly impressive, but Titanic’s owners failed to remember Psalm 127:1: “Unless the Lord build the house, they labor in vain that build it.”

Throughout the Bible are accounts of proud men who refused to humble themselves and acknowledge God, who built monuments to themselves and their achievements, trusting in their own abilities, possessions and self-efforts, rather than acknowledging the Lord. All inevitably came to a tragic end. In 1 Peter 5:5 we read, “…God resists the proud, but gives grace to the humble…”

The Titanic was a symbol of everything man could achieve, and she was truly beautiful. But the people forgot God and even taunted God’s awesome power, boasting that: “God Himself could not sink this ship!” With all the latest innovations in ship-building technology, including 15 watertight doors, it was accepted as fact that Titanic really was unsinkable.

As we all know, God Himself could sink the Titanic, but no big storm or major “act of God” was needed. Once again, the arrogance of man was adequate to facilitate his undoing.

Titanic was brand new, shiny and strong, and this was her maiden voyage. Passengers enjoyed a tranquil crossing the first few days on their way to New York and, in fact, crew members remarked they had never seen the Atlantic more calm, the night tragedy struck.

On Sunday, April 14, 1912, Titanic was making excellent speed and most of the passengers spent the day indoors because the weather had turned suddenly cold. Captain Smith held church services that morning, which would have normally been followed by a lifeboat drill for passengers and crew, but on this day, there was no drill…after all, the ship was “unsinkable.”

As for the lifeboats, Titanic’s owners were so certain that the ship would never need them, they only included enough for less than half those on board, to make for a better looking, less crowded boat deck.

Iceberg warnings came in all day and evening but were generally ignored and Titanic pressed forward, speeding even faster toward disaster.

Perhaps what makes the story of the Titanic so sad and heart-rending is that the people involved were really no different than we are today. We can easily identify with them. If we were on a ship that was said to be “unsinkable,” would we feel it necessary to hold a lifeboat drill, or would we call it off if it was too cold outside?

Would we heed iceberg warnings if we “knew” our ship was unsinkable, or continue on with the party we were enjoying? Wealth, comfort and luxury can make people complacent, lulled into a false sense of security. We can become so full of ourselves that we feel we’re invincible. We can think all is well, when disaster is just around the corner. As First Thessalonians tells us, “When they shall say, ‘Peace and safety,’ then sudden destruction cometh upon them…and they shall not escape.”

In much the same way the people of Noah’s day were warned, and just as Sodom and Gomorrah were warned, and just as those on the Titanic were warned about the icebergs, we are warned about the consequences of complacency and indifference to sin — sin in the world and sin in our lives. We’re warned of the cost of living apart from God and without the salvation of Christ. But do we heed the warnings? Or do we continue on in comfort, luxury and ease, doing our own thing, ignoring God?

Disaster struck the Titanic at 11:40 pm, April 14, 1912, as she collided with the iceberg. Two hours later, she slipped beneath the sea, and has rested in a watery grave ever since…slowly disintegrating and disappearing into rust and dust.

When the unthinkable became obvious, Captain Smith ordered the crew to ready the lifeboats. But passengers were reluctant to leave the comfort of the gigantic ship for a 70-foot drop down to the dark ocean in a small, wooden boat. Even though there were only lifeboats enough for less than half those aboard, most left the ship more than half empty.

The rule was “women and children first,” but many of the ladies refused to leave without their husbands, and had to be forcibly picked up and placed in the boats. Families were torn apart, as women and children bid farewell to their husbands and fathers, who were not allowed into the lifeboats. Many of the wealthy on board refused to leave without their valuables and went back to collect their belongings from their staterooms — and in so doing, lost their only chance at survival. They didn’t realize the danger, and preferred to remain with their earthly “treasures.”

By the time the bow of the ship began to disappear beneath the surface of the water, it was too late for most.

Many of the third class passengers remained trapped below decks, separated from the rest of the ship by locked gates. When some of these finally made it to the boat decks, most of the lifeboats were gone — again, most launched more than half-empty — as hundreds remained on the ship with no hope for survival. Captain Smith, who was set to enjoy retirement after this last voyage, went down with the ship.

There are hundreds of inspiring and heartbreaking stories that are told of Titanic’s last moments…the band that kept playing until the end, to help calm the passengers and avoid a panic. The wealthy Mrs. Isador Strauss, who chose to stay and die with her husband, rather than leave without him. The hundreds who were left on board with all the lifeboats gone and no way to be rescued — women, young children and families alike.

1,517 people died that night in the frigid waters of the North Atlantic. Only 706 survived. Survivors in the boats were haunted by the screams of dying people in the water — now beyond salvation — for the rest of their lives. The screams slowly faded away, leaving only the sounds of sobbing widows and crying, now fatherless babies. When the sun rose the next morning, the survivors in the lifeboats had their first look at the harsh reality — hundreds upon hundreds of corpses, still wearing their life jackets, frozen to death or drowned. They were surrounded by icebergs, some more than 200 feet high. And Titanic, that symbol of man’s greatest achievement, was GONE.

A great many awe-inspiring artifacts have been brought up from the site of the wreck…things that help to tell the story, and remind us of what happened that night. We’ve seen pieces of the ship, personal belongings, even letters, menus, deck chairs and tickets. But can we grasp the real story here?

What can we learn from all this? We can learn to not trust in our wealth or the attractive things of this world…they’re only temporary. Trusting in worldly possessions is futile. After all, what does it profit a man if he gains the whole world and loses his own soul? The consequences of pride and arrogance are always destruction.

As Christians, charged with the great commission, we are the “Captains” here. For the sake of our “passengers” — those we’re called to witness to, we can’t skip the lifeboat drills. We need to actively teach people there is a lifeboat (Jesus Christ) and lead them to it (by teaching the Gospel, and equipping them, as “crew members” for the work of the ministry). We must also reach out to the lost — those drowning in sin — and pull them into our boat.

And we need to heed the iceberg warnings, and keep our ship on a safe course. We need to be sensitive to the “icebergs” of temptation and unrepentance, because our eternal lives, and those of our passengers are at stake.

Satan would have us believe we’re “unsinkable,” and that there’s no need for a lifeboat. This is one of his greatest lies…not that there is no such thing as a lifeboat (God), but that there’s no rush, no sense of urgency. And that it’s much safer and more comfortable to stay aboard the ship of our own sinful desires, where we’re in “control.” It’s not just inconvenient — it’s scary — to put yourself in someone else’s hands and be lowered into a lifeboat that doesn’t look at all comfortable — or safe. But it really depends on Whose hands you’re talking about, doesn’t it?

Even though we’re hopelessly lost, with no way to save ourselves from eternal death, the Lord provided each and every one of us with a Lifeboat. The ship is going down, no question… “…it is appointed unto man once to die, and after this, the judgment.” (Hebrews 9:27).

But like those on the Titanic, people are still reluctant to get into the lifeboat. They feel much more comfortable where they are. They don’t realize they’re on a sinking ship, and the lifeboat is the only way to be saved…it’s very simple: “He that believeth on the Son hath everlasting life, and he that believeth not the Son shall not see life…” (John 3:36). There are only two choices: Get in the boat and live, or don’t get in the boat and die. It’s not complicated.

In THIS lifeboat there are enough seats for all of us, yet it remains more than half empty. And the boat is open to all — no third-class passengers trapped below decks…at the cross, Christ unlocked the gates and brought freedom and salvation to all who will seek Him. And this isn’t just for women and children! “For whosoever shall call upon the name of the Lord shall be saved.” (Romans 10:13).

In 1985, explorer Bob Ballard discovered the wreck of the Titanic, more than 12,000 feet beneath the ocean surface. Since then, exhibits of the ship’s remains have been available for the public to view. As a Titanic “fanatic,” I’ve been to many of those exhibits. I was even blessed to be present many years ago, when, at one of those museums, they sounded one of the ship’s sirens, recovered from the wreck — and thousands heard the sound of Titanic for the first time since 1912. In 1912, that very same whistle blew as she left port, in jubilance and celebration. Just a few days later, it blew as a dire warning of impending doom. Few heeded that warning then, and few heed God’s gracious and merciful call to mankind today.

The Lord isn’t willing that any should perish. God’s Lifeboat awaits you, but few there will be that find it. Today is the day of salvation. It’s time you got in the boat!

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

Audio CDs and transcripts of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066. Or email Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com and ask for message number 426.

Mene Mene Tekel Upharsin

By John Dyslin

April 14, 2024

“[The Prophet Daniel speaking to King Belshazzar of Babylon:] And this is the writing that was written, Mene, Mene, Tekel, Upharsin. This is the interpretation of the thing: Mene; God hath numbered thy kingdom, and finished it. Tekel; Thou art weighed in the balances, and art found wanting. Peres; Thy kingdom is divided, and given to the Medes and Persians.” –Daniel 5:25-28

“Mene mene tekel upharsin.”

These were the words the wicked, self-indulgent king Belshazzar of Babylon saw, but could neither read nor understand, the day his life was demanded of him. He called the old Israelite prophet Daniel out in the middle of the night to read and interpret these words – the ‘writing on the wall.’ We at the end of this Church Age have no need of a living prophet to interpret. We have His Word, His Son, His Holy Spirit, understanding, discernment, right teaching, right preaching, exhortative fellowship, and on and on.

We ought to understand; we ought to know better.

This carcass of a nation received an eclipse – a ‘warning shot’ across the bow of this land – August 21st of 2017. Many threw parties; millions drove to witness the silent, terrifying (if appropriately understood) sign from the heavens.

That eclipse crossed seven US cities named ‘Salem.’ Those cities are not, as some have attested, named for Jerusalem. No; both the root of the name Jerusalem and each of the aforementioned cities are transliterated “shalom,” meaning the Lord Almighty’s perfect, abiding, total peace. Jehovah Shalom, the Lord of Peace.

It’s as if the Lord said, “I’m now (or I will) remove My perfect peace, my Shalom, from this wicked, feral nation, if you do not repent of your despicably wicked ways and turn to me.”

False preachers healing with watered down milk, preaching, “’Peace, peace,’ but there is no peace (Jer. 6:14).” “As a fountain casteth out her waters, so she casteth out her wickedness: violence and spoil is heard in her; before me continually is grief and wounds (Jer. 6:7).” Ancient Jerusalem was playing farm club ball compared to the major league depravity of this Mystery Babylon expanse of rotting filth we’re raising our children in today. Just when I think that things have gotten as bad as I’ve ever seen them, they only get worse.
The Lord promised that,

“*If* my people, which are called by my name, shall
1) humble themselves, and
2) pray, and
3) seek my face, and
4) turn from their wicked ways;
*then* will I
5) hear from heaven, and will
6) forgive their sin, and will
7) heal their land (2 Chronicles 7:14).”

Yet there is no repentance, in this depraved, sin-wallowing nation, but even more tragic, there is no repentance in His own house, and from His own children.

We know that “Judgment begins in the house of the Lord (1 Peter 4:17).” And that, if we as believers “are barely saved, what will become of the godless and wicked (1 Peter 4:18)?” It’s as if our house of standing with God is engulfed in flames; meanwhile we’re enjoying our preferred form of circuses and making sure the outside of our social media cup is well-cleaned – while on the inside it is caked with filth, rotten to the core.

A good, if infrequently engaged, friend of mine, Morgan, died Resurrection Sunday. I found out five days later. He choked to death on a piece of steak in a crowded restaurant full of those watching, striving to help, panicking, and possibly streaming for others’ enjoyment. I, who as a giant am well capable of solving such a dilemma, was nowhere around.

I also to this day don’t know – was Morgan saved!?! Did he know the Lord!?! Had he denied himself, and taken up his cross, and followed Jesus Christ daily!?! Missing the opportunity to know, and potentially to share the Gospel with Morgan in tears, haunts me.

So today, as I write, the 8 April 2024 Ninevah eclipse approaches America. This second warning shot bisects seven Ninevahs. In Jonah’s time, following his warning to the city – as well as the Assyrian Eclipse, also called the Bur-Sagale Eclipse, of 15 June 763 BC – that great capital of the Assyrian Empire, from the king on down to the livestock, repented with three days of fasting from both food and water, desperately and fervently seeking the face, and forgiveness, of God. The Lord had pity on the city, relented of his impending judgment, spared Ninevah, and gave them peace for 120 years, and for many, amazingly, salvation.

In the wicked Babylonian King Belshazzar’s time, when the fateful words “Mene, mene, tekel, upharsin” were written, there was no more time. His life was taken that night, as was his kingdom.

The Lord is sovereign; He will do as He wills. He could, in His sovereign grace, wisdom, and mercy, save this wretched, festering nation, compelling depraved, spirit-riddled men and women to fall on their faces before His righteous, ferocious anger and repent in ashes and sackcloth. But I doubt it.

So it seems to me – and I most certainly could be wrong – that we as a nation are on the precipice of the Lord’s holy, perfect, righteous wrath. And if so, I say, Thy will be done. Yet, although this God-sized batch of afflictions is far beyond my capacity to heal, there are things I can do, in my life, and with those around me, walking in obedience and setting my face like flint to be bold in warning those whom I encounter – close friends, family, and strangers alike, as the Lord provides opportunity – to share the Good News of a Risen Savior, Who died so we *might* live, if we repent and believe on His Name, and all the astounding power – dunemis in the Greek, like ‘dynamite’ – that it contains.

So…

How is your standing with the Lord today!?! Anything to repent of? Should you make a special, fasting effort to seek His face and slough off the glittering fool’s gold of this world?

And, who’s a Morgan in your life? Who’s quietly, ignorantly choking to death, spiritually speaking, at the table next to yours, as you look on? Wouldn’t it be worth it, to push through the fear and discomfort, in agreement with your Savior and as the Holy Spirit leads and equips you, to boldly and compassionately share the message of the Gospel with those dying all around you today!?! for no man is promised tomorrow; neither your choking neighbor, nor you to deliver it.

“You have been weighed; you have been measured; and you have been found wanting.”
Don’t let these words apply to you, or your neighbor.

Today, so long as it is called today, run your race in a manner befitting a King Who left His glory in heaven, to become your brother, and to die the death you deserve, that you might live. You, and your neighbor.

“. . . But they that do know their God shall be strong and do their exploits – Daniel 11:32 (b)

E-Mail John Dyslin: jnd22@johndyslin.com

Website: https://johndyslin.com/

The Gun Grabber Glossary

By Sidney Secular

April 13, 2024

The misuse of “gun grabber” terms is not to be glossed over. The gun grabbers and media blabbers twist language in hopes of creating panic amongst the populace while producing rallying-cry rhetoric for gun grabbing and attitude altering emotional evocations to shape perceptions about guns themselves. These enemies of public safety flood the political discourse with misleading terminology – or more precisely, “verminology” – and other falsehoods. The most commonly abused term is that of “assault weapon” chosen to make popular semi-automatic firearms sound especially dangerous and thus unsuitable for civilian possession. Legally, assault is a criminal offense and use of this term is meant to suggest that such a gun type must be suitable only for military use. This, in turn carries the unstated claim that such weapons in the hands of ordinary (that is stupid) citizens inevitably fall into the hands of criminals.

Anything that looks like a complex weapon is assumed to be some sort of “machine gun” that, if used by civilians will end in tragedy for all! This sort of scenario can only increase general public support for restrictions on these weapons, especially among the ignorant. The terms “large” and/or “high capacity magazines” are used by gun control proponents to describe magazines with capacities greater than 10-rounds. However, many popular handguns and rifles are in fact capable of holding more than 10 rounds. That is, that such magazines are not unusual or larger than ordinary, in fact, they’re just plain ordinary.

“Gun safety” is another term meant to deceive. After all, no sane person approves of firearm accidents and even when guns were normal in most American homes – back in the day! – “gun safety” was a prerequisite for using such a weapon. But this is not a large issue among gun owners as fatal gun accidents have fallen by nearly 90% since 1948 (from 1.55 fatal accidents per 100,000 persons then to 0.17 in 2021). This has occurred at about the same time that firearm ownership per capita increased by 264%, from 1948 to 2018, making concerns about gun safety far less of an issue. Indeed, the only entities actually promoting gun safety are pro-firearms groups. These do the job through firearms training courses, range safety officer instruction and the testimony of millions who take pride in handling firearms responsibly. It’s almost a given that that those co-opting the term “gun safety” have never used a gun and are fearful of even trying to use one. Indeed, their idea of “gun safety” is to have guns only in the hands of the government and that, my friend, is anything but “safe.”

Another term that works the same way on the psyche is “gun-violence” prevention. “Gun violence” is more than a misnomer. It is a legitimate attempt to limit the concept of “violence” to guns alone. Now it is true that violent criminals sometimes use guns, but all kinds of modalities are used to commit violence. We don’t use the term “auto violence” when cars are used to run someone down or when violence results from road rage. “Knife violence” has yet to be used to describe stabbings and such devices as are used to strangle a victim do not receive their own particular idiom. The phrase “gun violence” is a further attempt to condemn law-abiding gun owners for the unforgivable sin of owning guns! Similarly, frequent media use of the term “shooters” conflates citizens who engage in lawful gun sports with murderers and violent criminals using guns in their felonies. Then there is abuse of the term “mass shooting”. For a long time, “mass shooting” was defined as an incident where 4 or more victims were killed by gunfire. Then in 2021, the term was expanded to include incidents where 4 or more people were either killed or injured. By expanding the term, the number of shootings were also expanded, making it seem that this matter was suddenly rapidly increasing in frequency, requiring drastic measures to address the “sudden crisis.” The number of “school shootings” is similarly inflated to generate the greatest amount of fear among the public. Actually, nearly one-half of such events are efforts to commit what has been identified as “suicide by cop” in that the shooter arranges to have someone else end his life. Those whom he kills are more a matter of intended consequences than the true motive for the deed. The US Department of Education claimed there were 230 school shootings during the 2015-16 school year, but an investigation was able to confirm only 11 reported incidents.

Politicians play with terms to change realities and deceive constituents – an ongoing game in politics at large. One conspicuous example is the call for gun “buybacks”. The GovMint did not sell the firearms it wants turned in, so it would not really be buying them back. It may be a small point, but it is typical of the lies and exaggerations continually spouted by our “leaders.” And, of course, it is only a short step from voluntary “buybacks” to compulsory confiscations. No one who intends to use a gun for self-defense would be interested in having it bought back from them, except perhaps to acquire a better model in its place, which would be contrary to the alleged purpose of the program. Parenthetically, one must also wonder how many guns thus “turned in” were stolen from the real owner as I cannot believe that the government would be all the committed to matching the owner to the gun!

The gun grabbers refuse to see or understand why the number of gun owners keeps growing along with the number of guns they own. They simply won’t look at the stats and their views remain static as they give us static over the issue. For Biden and his fellow travelers and followers and those of a similar ilk, lying is a normal way of life and the result they want to achieve is justified by whatever they do to achieve it. As they obtained their positions via lying, just calling them out on their lies on this issue is of no avail. They don’t have what we would consider a conscience. Biden continually asserts that “gun manufacturers are the only industry that can’t be sued”, despite his fact checkers repeatedly telling him that that claim is false. But then, Biden seems to have reached a point at which he can publicly deny that the sky is blue (without clouds, of course)!

Even when the gun grabbers are bold enough to state their goal is the repeal of the Second Amendment, they don’t understand or appreciate that the right to armed self-defense is “endowed by their Creator” as stated in the Declaration of Independence, whether in the Constitution or Bill of Rights or not. However, we must also acknowledge that they deny that same Creator so we should not be surprised when they deny the rights He endows! When lefties can’t resort to reason to justify their positions – and they usually cannot – their fall back position is to vilify and demonize gun owners, basically characterizing them as potential killers. They blame the “deplorables” instead of inner city gangs for the “gun violence” usually perpetrated with their stolen guns. This cannot be admitted or brought forth because doing so gets into the “race ” issue, a matter avoided at all costs by the politicians and the media. As a result, the blame gets shifted to the blameless and practical (actual) solutions cannot even be considered at that point. Understanding the Lefts basic motivations, lack of principle, and paucity of moral integrity should deter honorable reformers from compromising basic rights in any attempts to appease them.

A necessary prerequisite to stopping the gun grabbers is to stop using their deceptive expressions and void their vernacular from your vocabulary. You have already lost the fight by fighting on their terms by using their terms. It is essential that we parry their deceptions with accurate descriptions and call them out to place them in morally indefensible positions which is the field they like to play in to make their points. You have to hit them where it hurts and derail their “loco motives” which are the feature of one-track minds.

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

Make Sodom and Gomorrah Great Again?

By Cliff Kincaid

April 13, 2024

Republicans are now acting like Democrats as they sacrifice the lives of the innocent unborn in a desperate appeal for votes from feminist soccer moms who regard a “fetus” as an inconvenience. Meanwhile, Melania Trump is raising money for the “gay” Republican group, the Log Cabin Republicans, in an event scheduled for Trump’s home Mar-a-Lago.

“Make America Great Again” is becoming a Republican recipe for continued moral decline and destruction.

Trump’s endorsement of the state’s rights approach to abortion means more abortions, on top of the 60 million that have already occurred. Indeed, since the Supreme Court overturned the Roe v. Wade abortion-on-demand decision, abortions have actually gone up, according to a report from the Society of Family Planning.

We are told by the feminists that these were “unplanned” or “unwanted” pregnancies but abortion has become a rubber stamp for sexual promiscuity by terminating the unborn human life that results.

Indeed, for these people, abortion is birth control, which is what Playboy founder Hugh Hefner, an early supporter of “abortion rights,” intended. He wanted women to be sexually available for men. Hence, when they got pregnant, the babies had to be aborted.

Promoting Gay Rights

In the matter of the gay “lifestyle,” also supported by Hefner, former President Trump and his wife are active cheerleaders.

In December of 2022, former President Trump had himself hosted an event in honor of the Log Cabin Republicans’ 45th anniversary, featuring such “Republican notables” as former Ambassador Ric Grenell, Rep. Kat Cammack (R-Fla.), former State Department spokesperson Morgan Ortagus, and former GOP gubernatorial candidate from Arizona (and now Senate candidate) Kari Lake.

“We are fighting for the gay community, and we are fighting and fighting hard,” said Trump. “With the help of many of the people here tonight in recent years, our movement has taken incredible strides, the strides you’ve made here is incredible.”

Conservatives are getting the message that their votes are being taken for granted.

Indeed, as noted by Peter LaBarbera of Americans for Truth, “Perhaps it’s time for Trump to read the Bible rather than merely sell it. There he would find God’s clear truth revealed against homosexual practice as sexual sin.”

“It appears Donald Trump is escalating his pro-homosexual policies in advance of a possible second term,” LaBarbera went on to say. “By having his wife (a Catholic) host a fundraiser for a gay activist group at Mar-a-Lago, Trump is coming out of the closet as a social liberal, after selling himself previously as a conservative.”

Trump’s betrayal on the pro-life issue consists of defending extreme pro-abortion laws on the state level, in the name of state’s rights, and accepting abortion on the national level in cases of rape, incest and life of the mother.

The life and health of the mother always must be protected and defended. But human beings conceived in the rare cases of rape and incest are still innocent of any crime. To kill them for the sins of their father is a perversion of the justice system. It constitutes the weaponization of the justice system against the most innocent and vulnerable.

Prosecuting Abortionists

On top of President Trump’s reversal, from pro-life during his first term to pro-abortion as he seeks a second term, Trump and other Republicans are decrying an Arizona decision that a pro-life law on the books is still valid.

The law stated, “A person who provides, supplies or administers to a pregnant woman, or procures such woman to take any medicine, drugs or substance, or uses or employs any instrument or other means whatever, with intent thereby to procure the miscarriage of such woman, unless it is necessary to save her life, shall be punished by imprisonment in the state prison for not less than two years nor more than five years.”

The term “procure a miscarriage” means abortion.

It is being denounced as “archaic” but is a perfectly defensible effort to save the lives of the innocent unborn by holding abortionists accountable under the law. The pro-life group Alliance Defending Freedom argued for the Arizona law in court.

Republicans like Trump and Kari Lake who said they favored a state’s right approach to abortion now say they don’t want this particular state law. Clearly, they are scared to death of offending the feminists and taking on abortion businesses like Planned Parenthood.

Regarding Melania Trump raising money for the Log Cabin Republicans, we have come a long way from the days when conservative icon Howard Phillips referred to gays as “anal sex practitioners,” a reference to how male homosexuals have sex.

LaBarbera notes that the Log Cabin Republicans is a gay activist group that supports homosexual “marriage” and other radical LGBTQ agenda items.

Cultivating the “gay rights” movement runs counter to President Reagan’s winning strategy of having a “three-legged” stool of political support – fiscal/economic, foreign policy, and Christan/social conservatives. Reagan was elected for two terms.

With some self-described MAGA spokespeople already in favor of sacrificing Ukraine to Vladimir Putin’s Russia, jeopardizing the “peace through strength” element of the Republican coalition, the drift to the left on abortion and gay rights runs the risk of alienating conservatives and Christians.

We are seeing the same drift within major organs of the conservative media.

On Fox, Greg Gutfeld declared that “abortion, whether you like it or not — and I’m pro-life — it’s become an acceptable evil.” He advocated taking abortion “off the table,” which he claimed would enable Republicans to win votes and “be in power forever.”

But that “logic” assumes that social conservatives will continue to vote for the Republicans if their views are disregarded. Perhaps they will decide not to vote.

At Newsmax, supposedly a conservative alternative to Fox, a top officer of the firm is Richard Grenell, a former Trump national security official who wants to use the power of the federal government to spread homosexuality to Christian and Muslim lands, a prescription for more conflict and wars.

Since he is still close to Trump, it can be expected he will get another top position in a second Trump administration.

Homosexual Imperialism

The former Acting Director of National Intelligence under Trump, Grenell’s interview on the topic of Gay Pride 2020 is still featured on the intelligence agency website, where he described working with the Harvey Milk Foundation to launch global campaigns to decriminalize homosexual activity. This started under Trump.

Before he went to Newsmax, Grenell was also Trump’s U.S. Ambassador to Germany and went to the United Nations to promote what he called a global initiative to force all U.N. members to approve homosexual conduct. He was joined in this demand by Trump’s U.S. Ambassador to the U.N., Kelly Craft, who lectured the 69 countries which have laws making homosexuality illegal. She told them that “human dignity” requires that every country on the face of the earth embrace the practice of homosexuality.

It appears to be a case of Grenell hijacking U.S. foreign policy for the benefit of his friends in gay groups such as the Log Cabin Republicans. A foreign affairs advisor to Mitt Romney during his 2012 presidential campaign, Grenell has a same-sex partner and claims to be a Christian. Then, suddenly, he became a Trump supporter in 2016 and rose through the ranks.

Big money has been driving the push in the GOP to accept and approve homosexual conduct, a major source of the STD epidemic infecting America.

Years ago I wrote a major report on the homosexual infiltration of the Republican Party, driven in large part by financial hedge funds. It got no attention from Fox News, which has been part of the homosexual lobby for decades, having poured tens of thousands of dollars into the Association of LGBTQ+ Journalists. Peter LaBarbera’s report “Unfair, Unbalanced and Afraid,” on Fox selling out to the gay lobby, documents this trend.

Hence, while Republicans and some conservatives publicly denounce DEI (diversity, equity and inclusion), they practice it in their politics and hiring policies.

“Sadly,” said Peter LaBarbera, “Trump has steered the GOP away from its socially conservative platform, even as he counts on the support of evangelicals and traditional Catholics to win in November. Far from Making America Great Again, Trump is contributing to our nation’s moral and spiritual decline.”

Under these circumstances, it can be argued, America can’t and won’t be great again.

Unless Trump reverses course, millions of Americans from his MAGA base will be alienated and dispirited and may not turn out to vote for him.

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

Terrorist Billionaires & The Future of Food

By: Amil Imani

April 12, 2024

Let us be clear—Consuming insect-based foods comes with potential health risks. These risks are primarily related to food safety and the presence of allergens or toxins in some insects.

The Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO) has highlighted several food safety issues associated with edible insects. These concerns include:

Pathogens: Insects can harbor bacteria, viruses, and parasites, which can risk human health if not properly handled or cooked.

Allergens: Some insects contain allergens that can cause allergic reactions in sensitive individuals.

Toxins: Certain insects may contain toxins that can be harmful if consumed in large amounts.

Insects can contain allergens that may trigger allergic reactions in some individuals. These reactions can range from mild to severe, depending on the individual’s sensitivity and the amount of insect consumed. Allergic reactions can manifest as skin rashes, itching, swelling, and, in severe cases, anaphylaxis, which requires immediate medical attention.

Moreover, some insects are known to contain toxins that can be harmful to human health. These toxins can affect various systems in the body, including the nervous, cardiovascular, and respiratory systems. Symptoms of toxin exposure can include nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, and, in severe cases, coma or death.

Now, enter billionaires with sinister motives. At the forefront is none other than Bill Gates, who is relentlessly plotting to manipulate the world’s food supply, pushing for the consumption of insects and alternative proteins while buying large amounts of American farmland.

Bill Gates, co-founder of Microsoft and a prominent figure in the so-called philanthropic sector, advocates for a diet of insects and, through his foundation and investments, works towards a future where traditional livestock is replaced by insect-based foods. All these can be traced back to Gates’s foundation’s investment in All Things Bugs, LLC, a company aiming to develop nutritionally dense food using insect species.

Bill Gates’s agenda-driven interest in sustainable food solutions is not limited to insects. He has also invested in cultured meat, a lab-grown alternative to traditional beef, which has received $50 million in funding. Gates’s investments and advocacy for his so-called sustainable food solutions are part of a sinister effort disguised as global challenges, including climate change and food security. His property acquisitions, including farmland in North Dakota and Texas, have only added fuel to speculations about his intentions, and these actions are likely part of a larger strategy to take our food away and make us eat insects.

Then we have Klaus Schwab and his “The Great Reset” plot to intending to destroy capitalism and enact a one-world government under the cover of COVID-19 and other agendas. Schwab founded the WEF with the help of Henry Kissinger and is actively supported by Prince Charles. Schwab likely established his ties with other influential American advocates of globalization through Kissinger’s International Seminar, which the CIA funded with $135,000. The global elite led by Schwab used the “pandemic” opportunity to roll out radical policies, such as forced vaccination, digital ID cards, and the renunciation of private property. The sinister agenda of the World Economic Forum (WEF) becomes evident from the fact that the unelected Schwab has served as the WEF’s chairman since its inception, and he continues to hold the position of Founder and Executive Chairman today.

In the meantime, we hear about billionaires buying bunkers and islands as if prepping for an apocalypse. The truth is that land acquisitions in Hawaii by billionaires displace local communities, raising concerns about mirroring a modern twist on feudalism. Ultimately, these billionaires aren’t just waiting for the apocalypse but actively shaping their own self-sufficient, controlled environments while we can survive on the insect food they produce.

I rest my case with a summary of the points regarding the risks of eating insects:

Allergic Reactions: Some people may have allergic reactions to insects, similar to allergies to shellfish or shrimp, due to the presence of chitin in their exoskeletons. This can lead to symptoms ranging from mild to severe.

Microorganisms and Pathogens: Insects can harbor pathogens on their surface, in their gut, and as part of their reproductive cycle. The full scope of the microbiota of edible insects is unknown, and whether these extrinsic pathogens may be harmful if eaten. Cooking may not kill them, either.

Biological and Chemical Contaminants: Insects grown on agricultural waste may be exposed to mycotoxins, pesticides, and other chemical hazards like toxic metals and dioxins. High lead levels have been found in dried grasshoppers, leading to elevated blood lead levels in humans.

Processing Risks: When heated or cooked, the chemical-thermal reactions with the toxins on their shells or within their guts can release toxic compounds that accumulate in the protein meal.

The future of food is definitely at stake, and billionaires and their vast wealth continue to influence food systems in concerning ways.

America: The Last, Best Hope of Earth

by Peter Falkenberg Brown

April 12, 2024

The poisonous clouds of tyranny are spreading across the globe.

The Chinese Communist Party is committed to its growth of power at any cost, even if hundreds of millions die. The Epoch Times reported that sometime before 2003, then-Defense Minister Chi Haotian gave a speech to CCP leaders in which he stated:

“Only by using non-destructive weapons that can kill many people will we be able to reserve America for ourselves. There has been rapid development of modern biological technology, and new bio-weapons have been invented one after another. Of course, we have not been idle, in the past years we have seized the opportunity to master weapons of this kind. We are capable of achieving our purpose of ‘cleaning up’ America all of a sudden.”[1]

[The full text of this article continues below the video.]

Globalists like Klaus Schwab and the World Economic Forum are confident of their technocratic domination of human beings as they work toward what they call the Great Reset, where “you’ll own nothing. And you’ll be happy.”[2]

Islamic supremacists are manufacturing their own expanding waves of jihad, slavery, and death, with Iran, Turkey, and now the Taliban in Afghanistan committed to the death of America, the Great Satan.

Presented with such implacable enemies, what shall America do? Shall we lay down our arms out of fear? Shall our leaders facilitate the destruction of America by accepting bribes from China and yielding to blackmail? Many of them have done so. Shall we watch as our young people fall victim to malicious propaganda and turn against their homeland?

Unless we are rooted in the spirit of freedom with the will to fight, we will eventually be conquered by peoples who will lay waste to America.

Our national spirit is in severe danger of being entirely lost. Many confused young people, adrift in a sea of disinformation, are unable to step up with boldness and strength. Even if they have not abandoned the original vision of America, they must be trained and ready. But now, too many young people huddle in safe spaces and live in fear.

George Washington wrote:

“To expect, then, the same service from raw and undisciplined recruits, as from veteran soldiers, is to expect what never did and perhaps never will happen. Men, who are familiarized to danger, meet it without shrinking; whereas troops unused to service often apprehend danger where no danger is.”[3]

We are a very long way from the days of General George S. Patton, who, in speaking to soldiers on their way to battle on the beaches of Normandy, declared:

“The kind of man that I want in my command is just like the lieutenant in Libya, who, with a Luger against his chest, jerked off his helmet, swept the gun aside with one hand, and busted the hell out of the Kraut with his helmet.”[4]

How did so many people in America lose the desire and the will to defend freedom? Why do so many shrink from defending the country that has created the freest society in the history of the world? Did it happen by accident? For that answer, we can turn to the words of Ion Mihai Pacepa, the acting chief of Romania’s espionage service during the cold war. He wrote:

“As far as I’m concerned, the KGB gave birth to the antiwar movement in America.

During my last meeting with Andropov, he said, wisely, ‘now all we have to do is to keep the Vietnam-era anti-Americanism alive.’ Andropov was a shrewd judge of human nature. He understood that in the end our original involvement would be forgotten, and our insinuations would take on a life of their own. He knew well that it was just the way human nature worked.”[5]

Even Yuri Andropov would be flabbergasted at how perilously close America is to total defeat. Yet, we must ensure that Andropov’s evil plan does not succeed. We must rise and brush away the cloud of ash threatening to bury what Abraham Lincoln called, 160 years ago, “the last best hope of earth.”[6]

How will we do this? We must educate our youth and re-educate adults that even though Americans are an imperfect people, the Founders’ vision of a constitutional republic has never been matched. We must thoroughly reject the destructive accusations and lies of globalists, Marxists, and jihadists who will not replace America with a better society, but will—if we let them—turn the entire world into a prison.

More than anything else, we must be bold and strong and indefatigable in our determination to defend the consecrated freedoms that God has given to all people everywhere.

May God bless our efforts.

E-Mail Peter Falkenberg Brown: peterbrown@worldcommunity.com

Website: https://peterfalkenbergbrown.com

Endnotes:

“The Secret Speech of General Chi Haotian,” – pronounced “Chrr How Tee-en.”

“The US Should Help the Chinese People to Break Away From CCP,” Jennifer Zeng, July 17, 2019

https://www.epochtimes.com/b5/5/8/1/n1003911.htm

“Sino-Fascism,” John Derbyshire, September 29, 2006

[Author’s note: Derbyshire is doubtful that China will act this way, but his article was written in 2006. A lot has changed since then, and China has become far more aggressive. Of note is that the Covid virus originated in Wuhan, China.]

“Welcome To 2030: I Own Nothing, Have No Privacy And Life Has Never Been Better,” Ida Auken, Nov 10, 2016.

“No Privacy, No Property: The World in 2030 According to the WEF,” December 8, 2020, Antony P. Mueller

WEForum Video with statement: “You’ll own nothing. And you’ll be happy.”

The Writings of George Washington, Volume III, Jared Sparks, 1833, Hilliard, Gray, and Company, and Russell, Odiorne and Company, p. 279. https://catalog.hathitrust.org/Record/008688489

https://hdl.handle.net/2027/nyp.33433112148410

“Patton’s D-Day Speech: ‘The Very Idea of Losing is Hateful to an American,’” by Michael W. Chapman, November 11, 2019,
“Kerry’s Soviet Rhetoric: The Vietnam-era antiwar movement got its spin from the Kremlin,” Ion Mihai Pacepa, National Review, 2004,
Abraham Lincoln’s Annual Message to Congress, Concluding Remarks, Washington, DC, December 1, 1862

The Cultural Left’s Cold War on Christianity

By Steven Yates

April 11, 2024

A Transgender Day of Visibility.

Recently we were handed a choice Bidenista treat: a declaration of a Transgender Day of Visibility that just happened to fall on Easter Sunday.

Conservative Christians were pretty upset, some calling it blasphemous and satanic.

The leftist response: a condescending “every March 31 at least since 2010” (summary of the history here, with tweets, etc.) has been a Transgender Day of Visibility, while Easter Sunday moves around so as to fall on Sunday after the first full moon following the vernal equinox. Respondents also stated that Joe Biden is a “devout Catholic” as if that meant anything these days.

Were we supposed to be paying attention to every shenanigan these people have instituted since “progressives” started getting progressively more lunatic?

March 31 has been “Transgender Day of Visibility” that long? Apparently this is true and not fake news, though the Bidenista choice of words makes it sound like something Sleepy Joe’s handlers just cooked up:

Today, we send a message to all transgender Americans: You are loved. You are heard. You are understood. You belong. You are America, and my entire Administration and I have your back.

NOW, THEREFORE, I, JOSEPH R. BIDEN JR., President of the United States of America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and the laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim March 31, 2024, as Transgender Day of Visibility. I call upon all Americans to join us in lifting up the lives and voices of transgender people throughout our Nation and to work toward eliminating violence and discrimination based on gender identity.

No references there to any past proclamations. Can you blame Christians for thinking this was a novel affront?

This is, after all, the most left wing White House in U.S. history: in the cultural sense of left, not the economic sense (the difference is substantial). The culture lurched left during the 1990s, but the 1990s were sane compared to the New Normal!

Leftists act as if Christians are universally a bunch of stupid and backward rubes who didn’t know that Easter moves around. This adds insult to insult, something the woke mob excels at, and which the Bidenista regime serves whenever possible.

Turn this around! Knowing in advance that Easter fell on March 31 this year, and that Christians reserve the day to celebrate the Resurrection of Jesus Christ Our Lord and Savior, the Bidenistas could have moved their celebration of secularist gender fluidity back or forward a week. It would have been a nice gesture.

Wolves don’t make nice gestures, however.

The Larger Effort to Remove Christianity from Society.

This is just the latest volley in a much larger effort, that of cultural leftists and secularists more broadly, to remove the Christian worldview from visibility and end its capacity to influence the public conversation.

These efforts go back over a century, starting conceivably with the tensions Darwinism provoked, leading to the Scopes trial and the realization by a few theologians (e.g. J. Gresham Machen, author of Christianity and Liberalism back in the 1920s) that Christians were being strongarmed into embracing the liberal/materialist/Darwinist outlook. Those who resisted, maintaining that such supernatural events as Christ’s Resurrection really happened, were labeled “fundamentalists” and canceled. (Yes, Virginia, “cancel culture” didn’t begin yesterday, either.)

Supreme Court decisions such as Engel v Vitale (1962) removed prayer from public schools, using the spurious argument that a morning prayer violates the First Amendment.

What the First Amendment says:

Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof; or abridging the freedom of speech, or of the press; or the right of the people peaceably to assemble, and to petition the government for a redress of grievances.

A morning prayer in a government school hardly “establishes a religion,” and it should go without saying, schools are not Congress. Apparently, too, prohibiting the free exercise thereof was simply ignored.

It is probably true that the Framers didn’t envision an age when Federal power would be not just in schools but literally everywhere. Expansionist government, alongside relentless secularization, have combined to enable the cultural left’s cold war against Christianity, operating through the courts but hardly exclusively through them.

I call it a cold war, because obviously it is a war of influence, not violence. Christians aren’t being physically assaulted in large numbers — yet. We’ve been seeing efforts to marginalize, leaving Christian denominations intact.

Leftists thus have plausible deniability. They can laugh at their Christian critics and point to all those churches standing on street corners in every Southern city and town.

What they can’t do is point to many influential Christian scholars in major universities.

To the best of my knowledge, a fellow named Alvin Plantinga is the last remaining Christian philosopher of note, author of books with titles like Warranted Christian Belief (2000) and Where the Conflict Really Lies (Science, Religion, and Naturalism)(2011).

At age 91, Plantinga is semi-retired at the University of Notre Dame. I am only aware of two other Christian philosopher with university positions (last I knew): Edward Feser, who has criticized the evangelical New Atheism of Richard Dawkins, Christopher Hitchens, Sam Harris, and others in a book entitled The Last Superstition (referring to materialism)(2008); and Francis J. Beckwith, author of Defending Life (2007).

While researching this article I did a search for Christian scholars and this shot to the top. Two items are worth noting. (1) No one listed is under 60. Many are in Plantinga’s generation. They’ll probably be gone in less than ten years. (2) I wonder about someone’s status as an adherent to a consistent Christian worldview if he or she declares that it and Darwinism are compatible. If each is properly understood, they are incompatible, and that’s all there is to it. One, moreover, Hans Küng, is described as thinking that “all religions are true” which is also not a belief a Christian can hold.

So how many authentic Christian scholars are there in academia? Obviously, I might have missed a few people, but I’d guess-timate that you can count them on your fingers and toes. Very unlike academic leftists, who dominate the philosophy, history, and literature departments in the top-tier universities.

Auguste Comte, the Frankfurt School

Paving the way for scientistic and secularist attacks on the Christian worldview was Auguste Comte, French founder of sociology and originator of the philosophical ideology known as positivism, with his Law of Three Stages. His third and final “stage” was “positive science” as the sole source of intellectual truth. The story is a long one, and I can only direct interested readers to the second and third chapters of my book What Should Philosophy Do? (link below).

Most relevant to the Bidenista effort on behalf of a tiny group of probably under .00001 percent of the population is the Frankfurt School who set classical Marxism aside in favor of what some call cultural Marxism — or cultural leftism.

Its architects such as Hungary’s Györgi Lukács and Germany’s Theodor W. Adorno saw Marx’s emphasis on economic relations as short-sighted. They realized: political economy is downstream from culture. The prevailing culture of the West was Christian. Thus they turned to psychology, literature, music, art, film, etc., with an eye to “capturing the culture.” This meant attacking Christianity at a foundational level. They drew on Freudian psychoanalysis, existentialist literature, sociological studies of the effects of technology on society, and enhanced their criticisms of capitalism in the context of what they called critical theory.

They and their students became very good at what they did as they infiltrated universities, the entertainment industry, eventually media empires and other corporations. We can study how they’ve weaponized language with invented words like transphobia (and its older sibling homophobia) and the even more ridiculous misgendering someone (e.g., calling men men because they have male chromosomes, male DNA, male physiology, even if they are wearing women’s swimwear and participating in women’s sports).

One of the Frankfurt School’s best students, Herbert Marcuse, shifted the emphasis of leftist-liberalism in the U.S. from class to race, and from free speech to calls for controls on speech, in his influential 1965 essay “Repressive Tolerance.” Those seeking to understand critical race theory and its doctrine of “equity” (as opposed to equality and equal opportunity) need to study this essay. Political correctness began with Marcuse. By the 1980s his ideas were being applied to women, and by the early 1990s, especially following academic radical feminist Judith Butler’s Gender Trouble (1990) we started hearing not about sex, which is biological, but gender as a “social construct,” meaning something capable of deconstruction and recreation: the origins of gender fluidity and of transgenderism.

The Christian worldview had already been beaten back via Supreme Court decisions, of course. It had a marginal status before any of these people came along. No one in centers of intellectual influence was listening to Christians. Materialism as the guiding metaphysical ethos of nearly all twentieth century science made the cultural left’s cold war on Christianity easier, even if transgenderism tries to deconstruct materialist biology by portraying biological-genetic sexuality as a manifestation of the “patriarchy.”

Christians remain, of course, and continue to have influence outside the big cities, intellectual centers, and controlled media institutions. Our definition of marginal is to be outside of those and not having their reach, while noting that most of those churches are still there.

If there is any psychological trait that characterizes leftists, though, it is their need to control others en masse. Most Christians couldn’t care less what the big cities do and have ceased trying to influence them. Leftists who rule those citadels can’t stand it, however, that in Dothan, Ala. (e.g.), there are churchgoers who don’t “affirm nonbinary persons” in their midst (are there any “nonbinary” people in Dothan, Ala.???).

The Declining Influence of Religion.

Today we have solid data on declining religious observances and belief, especially among younger generations, illustrating the success of the cold war on the Christian worldview. According to a Pew Research Center survey, more than three quarters of Americans agree that the role of this worldview in American public life is shrinking, whether they support this change or not. Many would agree that religion’s loss of influence is “a bad thing,” while 57 percent retain the view that religion has a positive impact on American life.

According to this same study, nearly half of U.S. adults claim they feel “some” tension between their religious beliefs and mainstream culture.

Gallup polls show that for decades now, the percentage of Americans with “no religious affiliation” had increased.

This has become an era of skyrocketing mental health problems, including suicide as one of the leading causes of death in those under 30. The New Normal is an era of school shootings and road rage. There are plenty other signs of a society where stress has risen to dangerous levels, with nothing, no larger sense of purpose, to counteract it.

Leo Tolstoy, the Russian novelist, grew aware of how common people’s faith in Providence sustained them. In his day, commoners had far harsher lives than most any of us — some argue, in fact, that with what prosperity we have and with today’s creature comforts, we’ve never had it better!

But somehow, “our” secularized world doesn’t feel better. We’re plagued with anxiety, depression, sleep disorders, suicidal thoughts, and chemical dependencies. Some “snap” and express their frustration violently.

This is because there’s no sense of Highest Purpose which only God can supply, and it gets worse as more and more people (e.g., Gen Z; it might actually be worse for Alphas the oldest of whom are about to enter their teens) grow up and come of age without this sense.

They’re not going to get it in their wretched public schools, of course; and they’re no longer getting it at home.

Can Christian influence be brought back?

Given the cultural and sociological disasters of recent years — including the “happy nihilist” mindset of “party animals” that sets conditions for horrifying events like this — and given that many Christians attribute these to the removal of their faith from the public square, the fear that Christianity might make a comeback, or revival, in the form of a new Great Awakening, haunts the left.

Hence talk of “dominionists,” a supposed Christian conspiracy aimed at establishing a theocracy. This has about as much chance of happening as flapping our arms and flying to the moon.

Evangelical Christians’ support for Donald Trump (although with a few exceptions) has been a mystery to secular leftists. There’s no mystery. Had Evangelicals not supported Trump, they would be completely outside the national conversation.

So what do we do?

The truth is, we don’t have much to show for anything we’ve done over the past few decades. Secularists / leftists have continued to advance, even during the Trump years which culminated in the George Floyd riots of 2020.

Too few Christians have tried to frame this as a clash of worldviews. Many have agreed with secularists that the only solutions to our problems are political — which means getting “their” people into elected office.

How’s that working out, anyway?

We’re faced with the likelihood that the abortion issue could cost Trump and other Republicans this November. Because a single Supreme Court decision was never going to repeal the death culture, which is a matter of deep-seated worldview belief and practice. Always remember: politics is downstream from culture, and a culture is downstream from a worldview.

There is no political solution for the problem of girls and women thinking it okay to kill their unborn children and using phrases like women’s reproductive rights or my body, my choice. That the latter sentiment never applied to the covid mRNA shots should tell you all you need to know.

The same kind of weaponized language that brought us homophobic, transphobic, and misgendered.

I’ve promoted the idea before: create new, separate institutions that will provide the basis for a parallel culture and a parallel economy: parallel institutions, in other words.

As I’ve noted, existing higher education can’t be saved. Nor can the big cities nor the corporate leviathans be salvaged.

Christians can only be resourceful and learn to operate outside their confines.

We need to develop a parallel culture, which will include a parallel marketplace and ultimately a parallel financial structure that won’t be abrogated.

That’s a tall order, but the only alternative will be if enough Americans decide they actually care about collapsed education, the toxic social media environment, a dysfunctional political order, an economy that redistributes wealth upward, and a decaying culture more broadly. Then there might be some slim hope of fixing at least some of these institutions from the inside.

That’s so iffy, however, that pursuing an agenda of separation and independence seems to me the way to go. If that can’t be made to work, then nothing will.

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

____________________

He has a Patreon.com page. Donate here and become a Patron if you benefit from his work and believe it merits being sustained financially.

Steven Yates’s book Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) can be ordered here.

His philosophical work What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021) can be obtained here or here.

His paranormal horror novel The Shadow Over Sarnath (2023) can be gotten here.

Should you purchase any (or all) books from Amazon, please consider leaving a five-star review (if you think they merit such).

So Much for Our Civilization

by Lee Duigon

April 11, 2024

We have, for all practical purposes, history’s first global civilization. There’s nowhere you can go where it can’t reach out and bite you.

Once upon a time it was different. When the whole Bronze Age collapsed in the 12^th century B.C., who in North or South America even noticed? The Indus Valley civilization went extinct without leaving the smallest hint of a cause.

Civilizations come and go. But ours is the whole world’s. If it goes belly-up, everybody goes.

What destroys a civilization?

Massive outbreaks of disease: bubonic plague very nearly wiped out Europe.

Invasions by people who won’t co-exist with the natives.

A series of natural disasters: earthquakes, droughts, the whole country turning into a desert.

Some unhappy combination of All of the Above.

Our civilization does a lot of things wrong—always a war or two going on somewhere, industrial pollution, new diseases escaping from the laboratory, and so on. But civilizations have always done those things, and some managed to keep on doing them for centuries on end. China’s still here. So is India. They are exceptions to the rule of history. Search in vain for Hittites, Babylonians, or Olmecs.

So what will do us in? Having the whole world in which to spread the effects of our worst ideas and most destructive mischief, what will it take to knock us over?

I’ve voting for gender insanity.

This is new. Our evil age invented it.

What would the, um, medical industry do, to corral vast multitudes of people as lifelong medical patients? “Gender-affirming care” has become an immensely profitable business. Okay, the Vatican has finally, and without much pleasure in it, cried “Enough!” But who’s listening?

Politicians like it because it’s a wedge issue that pits blocs of voters against each other: divide and rule, with abundant opportunity to manipulate public opinion. And they aren’t too particular about what they have to do to keep on ruling.

Teachers’ unions like it because it gives them leverage over families. Start the kiddies on puberty blockers in kindergarten, and they’re yours for life.

The entertainment industry likes it because they’re all a bunch of perverts anyway.

The nooze media like it because it’s new and exciting and it gets people all stirred up. Good ratings always spring from controversy.

Do any of these people honestly believe they’re providing “care”? Can it be that highly-credentialed Experts can actually say, without a ghost of hypocrisy or mendacity, “This boy is now a girl”? I find that very hard to swallow.

How many children can be irreversibly neutered before you crash the population? Why would we want to even risk that? How deranged does our very language have to get, before we lose the ability to communicate? How many preposterous lies do we have to pretend to believe, before we have to find some way to live without truth?

Under the pretense of “care,” whatever that means anymore, we are inching toward genocide. A whole new way to destroy a civilization!

This is evil and perverse, and it has to be stopped.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://www.leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and drop in for a visit. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

Twelve Ways Biden’s Handlers Are Hellbent On Destroying America, Part 2

By Frosty Wooldridge

April 11, 2024

In Part 2: When he imports another 10 million illegal aliens including hundreds of thousands of Muslims, Chinese and Africans with chain-migration along with “asylum seekers”, we won’t know who we are or what the hell to do to save ourselves. Biden’s handlers are effectively destroying our culture, our language, our identity and our way of life.

In the news last night, Joe Biden invited biographers to his private digs to tell them how his legacy should be written. One of them stated that Biden should placed right alongside of Lincoln. I about fell off my sofa listening to that Mt. Everest-sized pile of balderdash.

He ran for president four times. He lied to his draft board to avoid military service. Scholars pointed out that he plagiarized papers, he cheated on exams, he stole speeches, he didn’t want his children to be educated with blacks in the “urban jungle.” He voted against black integration. He befriended the biggest racist Klu Klux Klan member former U.S. Senator Robert Bird. He used his V.P. status to swindle countries into giving his son millions of dollars for doing nothing. His son Hunter spread millions to members of the family. He stole classified documents upon leaving the vice-presidency.

We’re talking about a man so corrupt, Al Capone, Sam Bankman-Fried, and Bernie Madoff must have taken lessons from Joe Biden.

As to his legacy, historians will write about Joe Biden as the most corrupt criminal genius in modern history. Except now, with Alzheimer’s, his “genius” stems from his handlers—-and they ain’t doing too well to cover up his vacant mind.

Here’s what they are doing. You hear it on the liberal media programs that Trump would be a dictator, but in fact, as we saw in Russia, Putin just killed one of his opponents while in jail. Biden is trying to imprison Trump because Biden imitates Putin.

Last six points of Biden’s legacy:

Reinvent the justice system to indict, bankrupt, convict, jail and eliminate political opponents. That sums up what Biden is ordering our DOJ to do to Trump. “Use ballot removal, impeachment, civil suits, and state and federal indictments rather than elections to defeat an opponent. Mob the homes of non-compliant Supreme Court justices, and attack them personally by name,” said Victor Davis Hanson.
Encourage the fusion of the bureaucratic state with electronic media to form a powerful force for political audit, surveillance, censorship and coercion. Just look at the liberal media feed the American public more junk news, fake news and biased news. How could John Fetterman (D-PA), a man with nothing to show for his life, become a U.S. Senator, even when he couldn’t speak a full distinct sentence?
Make war on gasoline and natural gas. Biden destroyed our ability to drill for our own oil, and pretends he knows anything about climate change. It’s doubtful he possesses the common sense of a fourth grader.
Pretend he knows how to stop climate change when China and India continue building and multiplying beyond all comprehension of sheer numbers.
Turn our kids against their own country in our universities and high schools. Teach them CRT to hate other races. Blame white people for everything. Engage mediocrity, illiteracy and stupidity as the new standards of American choices.
Keep adding people millions of people to grow our population Beyond our ability to water, feed, house, work, educate or Maintain any kind of a cohesive civilization.
Finally, this is a “Baker’s Dozen”. Biden supports DNA men competing and beating the pants of DNA women, as if it is fair. In fact, it’s the biggest farce of the 21^st century.

Biden’s legacy? It might read like this: “U.S. President Joe Biden became the first president to lie his way into the White House. He told his lies so often, somehow, half the American public bought his bullshit. While in the White House, his wife fooled the American public into thinking he could pass a 30-question cognitive test for mental competency. He could not and did not. He was the first president in U.S. history to be controlled by his inner circle. He lacked judgment, understanding, comprehension of world events, and common sense. He spoke with total dependence of his speech writers and a teleprompter. He will remain history’s question mark as to how he was elected to the highest office in the world. He never worked a day in his life. He lived off the public dole for his entire existence. His legacy can be summed up in one word: incompetence.”

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com